LI E> RAHY OF THE U N IVERSITY Of ILLINOIS 418-3 M72p 1912 v ■ 1 - £ CLASSICS The person charging this material is re- sponsible for its return to the library from which it was withdrawn on or before the Latest Date stamped below. Theft, mutilation, and underlining of books are reasons for disciplinary action and may result in dismissal from the University. To renew call Telephone Center, 333-8400 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN L161— O-1096 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2013 http://archive.org/details/palaestrabeingpr12avel 4 v <> C THE TVSCVLAN SYSTEM 476.3 M73f Ci A £S I C S THE TVSCVLAN SYSTEM AMIDST the numerous and honest efforts put forth by the best talents amongst learned and enthusiastic teach- ers of modern languages to devise a practical method, whereby a person, mas- tering a language, could impart his knowledge to those who are eagerly endeavoring to acquire that language, quite a variety of " methods " and gram- mars came into, and passed out of, exist- ence. Many of these were based on the intuitive, or object teaching, principles, sometimes pictures taking the place of the real objects. These methods were styled " natural," whilst, in reality, they are artificial. Though all of them that remain suffer from one fault, that they are not graded, beginning anywhere, end- ing anywhere, they still are a great improvement over the old methods, though they are still frowned at in many Orthodox institutions. Latin grammar, too, has seen a few attempts at improvements by which experienced Latinists have ventured to divorce the teaching of the language from analyzing Caesar, or other authors. Prof. Paul Traut, for instance, has applied Ollendorff method; Henn tried Ahn's method in teaching Latin, while all the other independent teachers, such as Booch-Arkossy, Giambatista Buonaven- tura, and many others, would not venture outside the texts of the Roman classics. Witnessing this hesitancy on the part of earnest scholars on one hand, and the sterile drudgery of the old method on the other, I started in Philadelphia with an associate of mine at Rugby Academy, in April, 1893, a small periodical, called Tvscvlvm, bringing, out seriatim my col- loquial Latin primer, the Palestra, which was quickly spread in all parts of the known world, and the whole edition was quickly exhausted. Three years later I started rewriting this little book; but, all my resources being exhausted in continuing the above periodical, bringing out Arena, a colloquial Reader, and in my new Latin periodical, Pr^eco La- tinvs, T was unable to complete the primer, stopping short with the Xth Lesson. The book was used in this form in many schools, in various countries, and for self-instruction, until 1902, when, after eight years of heroic struggle, I found myself forced to abandon the whole enterprise. My agitation in behalf of spoken Latin was felt in Germany, France, Italy, Spain, Chile, producing pamphlets, at least two other Latin periodicals, and one French in Belgium, and an Italian in Italy, an International Latin Congress at Rome, Latin popular courses at the Berlin University, discussions at the Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, in the French Parliament, and in govern- mental circles in Italy, Russia, Chile, etc. In 1898 the Educational Department of the large publishing house of Messrs. Harper & Brothers had summoned me up to discuss the publication of my primer by that firm. This system, in the opinion of the management, was the most practical, most rational and the most up-to-date, and this opinion was based on practical tests instituted by the- educa- m. tional department of the firm, and thus gaining direct conviction, would not hear of any venture of publishing any other book than Palcestra. Seeing this, the interested champions of the old system proposed to produce a " better book in the same method," and the verbal agree- ment reached was, that Messrs. Harper & Brothers would publish both books, and let the public decide. Time went on. The promised " better book in the same method " was not forthcoming, while the famous old firm in the mean time went into new hands, which, not being con- cerned in school-book publication, the threatening revolution was averted. It was this third, newly-written edition of Palestra which was to be published by Messrs. Harper & Brothers, and which was dormant since their going out of business. Since then another large publishing house has taken up the case, with the result that their " experts " have taken stand against the attempt, and a third firm has also made overtures in the same direction with much the same result. Thus, while business men, prac- tical people, were ready and anxious to invest money in this venture and effect a change for the better, fertilizing the barren deserts of antiquarianism, inter- ests, which I do not care to name, have successfully defeated the cause of improvements and advancement. Neither do I care to refer to other manifestations of hostility, jealousy and ill will of those enjoying the fruits of the perpetuation of the notoriously wrong old system; but I owe that much to honest truth, to the honest public and to myself, that I explain here after so many years' silence, that the devising and the publishing of this System were not con- ceived and executed with any anarchical or revolutionary purpose, nor with any secret schemes, hostile spirit, or to destroy reputation, but with the same honorable mind and intention as guide other modest scholars to lay before the world of letters their fruits of knowledge and industry. Times have changed since, and, of course, men and ideas have since also changed, and many a foe has become a friend, many have regretted their silent victory and the discontinuance of Pr^eco Latinvs. These, and the numerous friends and pupils of Palestra in all parts of the world/ will rejoice to see that this ill-fated third edition of their old friend, Palestra will, after all, appear, finer and better than ever expected. With this hope, and in this spirit, I send forth this edition, not radically changed, but slightly improved and enlarged, which, I feel sure, will be highly appreciated. Arcadivs Avellanvs. Philadelphia. HOW TO USE PAL/ESTRA T " A. In General. I [E MET] [OD employed in Pa- ,ka radically differs from all methods employed in schools or in private teaching, whether they be called "Nat- ural Methods/' object teaching, or those known by the nam'-, of their authors. I do not consider any method " Natural," excepting the unconscious acquisition of a language, as is the case with a child, or an adult learning to speak a tongue passively, by the ears, without individual effort. AH other methods are artificial Object teaching is no teaching of a lan- guage, but simply an attempt at com- municating the names of a few obvious IV. objects. That contrivance can never serve as a vehicle for conveying complex ideas, or a vocabulary of 3,000 words, that is, a whole system of human speech. • Whilst in those old methods it is quite feasible for a teacher to undertake to teach a language without knowing the language, just as one teaches geography from maps, telling all about peoples, countries, cities which he has never seen : in Palestra this cannot be done. In the old methods the teacher does not treat the language, but the philosophy of language, i. e., grammar, and applies the set rules and exceptions of the gram- mar without the safeguards of positive knowledge of the tongue, the instincts of the ear, and the balancing power of habit of speech, and the result often is disastrous. He does not teach the lan- guage, he preaches and lectures about- the language, and he " assigns " lessons from the book for the pupils to " make out " as best they can. And this thing is carried to such an extent that numbers of college graduates get imbued with the idea that all there is of Latin is in their text-books, and that Latin is a set of cunning philological devices to be unraveled by translating same, and read them off in " plain Eng- lish." They have never learned during their eight years'^ course of Latin, that Latin were as much a language, and more so, than any language now spoken. A Palcestrites (teacher of Palcestra), must know enough Latin to master his lesson. He must speak as much Latin as his lesson demands, and through the method he imparts that knowledge to his class. He does not read the book, or translate the lessons for his pupils ; he memorizes the lessons, or at least the succession of the leading thoughts of each lesson, and propounds same at the black-board, as though his own extempore composition. Neither he nor the pupils must have the books in sight; these only are for refer- ence and exercises : all attention must be directed to the black-board, the teacher teaching by Latin speech, the students learning by hearing, seeing, reading and answering questions. No part of any lesson is to be " explained," Anglicised or " trans- lated ; " all must be uttered in living Latin speech without hesitancy, and no English must be mixed into it. The ver- nacular is only employed in the gram- matical part, expounding the forms and principles. The accidence of grammar, i. e. } the cases, endings, declensions, etc., are scat- tered over the first few lessons, to be learned, detached, one by one, carried home by Reading, Writing and Spoken exercises, and gathered into one in the course of the first ten lessons. All books are removed from sight, and the students copy every word from the black-board into an appropriate tablet or pad. B. In the Class Room. The Palaestrites will take good care to ascertain before entering the class that he perfectly masters his Pensum. I would advise that he recite, or deliver the lesson to some friends first, before step- ping into the presence of his pupils. The chief pitfall of the Pensum Primum is lurking right after the first two sentences, where he may lose his thread ; he will not know what follows next. Should he feel diffident as to his memory, it will be ad- visable to mark down the salient points in the changes and turns of the subject matter on a small slip of paper, which he may conceal in his palm, or sleeve, to consult in case of perplexity. Stepping before the black-board, with chalk in hand, the teacher writes on the upper part of the black-board, Pensum Primum, and below it, Lesson First, pro- nouncing both in a loud and clear voice. A trifle below, he marks a dot, writes below it the word, Punctum, pronounc- ing it aloud, at least twice. Now he turns to his left, and a line further below, near the left end of the board, he marks another dot, and writes under it " punctum hoc," underscoring the new word every time one occurs. Turning half way towards the class, he nearly touches the dot with his finger, uttering the word hoc, and walks immediately to the right end of the board, marking down another dot, and writing under it " p (unnecessary to write the old words every time; the initial letter will suffice) Mud," underscoring the new word. Now he returns to the left, points out hoc once more, and pointing to the distant one, repeats "p(unctum) illud." Watch the pupils whether they will not misun- derstand, because some will say " here " and " there," but the majority will say " this " and " that," and this should be approved with a nod. Wipe off the " punctum hoc " now (if they have done copying), and substitute: "hoc est p.," and : "illud est p.," emphasizing est, They all will understand it. Repeat the thing twice, half facing the class. With all this understood, you invert the sentence : " Est hoc punctum ? " making it interrogative, ask it aloud, answer it yourself, writing down: " Ita est; hoc est p. ; est illud p. ? " Thus the lesson is started and continued. Every question must first be answered by the teacher; never ask a question that has not been answered by yourself first. The class will feci much interested, then encour- aged, finally delighted, and all question of discipline eliminated. The parents, the brothers and sisters, and the neigh- bor will know of your work, and the town will resound with " Quid est hoc?" " Nonne istud est punctum?" One pensum is enough for a week, one section for an hour. After the lesson is all gone over, at the last period the Reading Exercise is read aloud alternately by the pupils. They need not translate it; the intonation and the fluent reading will tell whether and how they understand it. The written exercise shall be written by the teacher on the black-board, and copied by the class, and read aloud by the pupils, each one reading one sentence, verifying the correct copying. The sentences are to be written one below the other, and the students will write their answers at home, in the opposite column. The next week's work begins with revising and correcting the exercises of the class. The Spoken Exercise must be memor- ized during the same time, at home, first going through it in the school, to ascer- tain whether the sentences are under- stood. After each section, the teacher may explain in the vernacular all the gram- matical principles involved, and see that a vocabulary is constructed by each stu- dent of all words gleaned during the lecture ; or he may postpone vernacular explanation of grammar until after the end of the three sections. C. For Self-Instruction. Students taking this course without a teacher will first carefully read what is said in the foregoing chapter concerning class work'. Then, taking a pad or tablet, with the book before them, begin to read the headlines, " Pensum Primum, Lesson First." Now they know two words. They then copy these words in ink, or pencil, and under these words make a dot, writing under it, Punctum. The student understands now that the name of that dot, or point, in Latin, is punctum. Should he fail to reason out this much, let him glance at the foot-notes under No. i ; there he will find " the English of it." Knowing this much, he should make another dot at his left hand, as indicated by a hand in the book, and write under it, " punctum hoc," underscoring the new- word. As the other hand points far, to the other edge of the pad, and there the words are to be written "p. (for punctum) Mud, the contrast will suggest that the farther dot, with Mud, must mean " that," therefore the nearer must mean " this." Should reasoning, power again fail, the foot-notes will help out. The next sentence will be : " hoc est punctum," and "illud est p." The est will need no explanation. He can now say: Hoc, or, illud est punctum ; hoc, or, illud est pensum primum. By inverting the sentence and writing it down, he will have: Est (or tstne) hoc punctum? est hoc pensum primum? — an interrogative sentence. The next step is to make the first dif- ferentiation between the two dots, mark- ing one as A, the other B, as if by names. Then come the first two adjectives, helped by the different sizes of the points. In doubt, use the foot-notes. When once so started, any student of ordinary intelligence will find his way in the further study, as have others suc- ceeded before him. PRONUNCIATION WITH us, in America, the pronun- ciation of Latin is no longer a problem. A committee of college pro- fessors has been delegated some thirty years ago, and its findings have been universally adopted, and there is no High School, Academy, or College of any repute that would still cling to the old barbarism of the " English Pronuncia- tion." A great credit is due to American teachers for this freedom of bias, and courage of convictions. However, one must not infer from this circumstance the discovery of some epoch-making truth; for all the facts in the case have been known to scholars for centuries, and Corssen's work in Ger- many has explained all the facts known to the world; but German scholars have lacked the courage of casting off their prejudices and of accepting truth. Neither is American Latin pronuncia- tion entirely correct. For, aside from the consideration that they affect the recon- struction of the pronunciation of Repub- lican Rome, American teachers cannot rid themselves of a strong English accent in uttering many Latin sounds, such as a flat a, a slurred r, a hissing t, an uncer- tain at for ce, and above all, a mythical w, for simple v, of which I shall speak a little below, amongst the individual letters. Still, on general principles, America is far ahead in these matters of all other countries. But, since there are numbers of for- eigners in this country interested in Latin, who are still held by their native, mostly German and Italian, prejudices, because they are not versed in the ques- tion, and are not acquainted with the rea- sons why we all say Kikero, instead of their Tzitzero, Sisero and Tchitchero, I deem it right and proper to advance some of the reasons justifying our Roman pro- nunciation. These are the principal reasons : vn. 1. That there were no tz, tsh, zh or other hissing sounds in either Latin or Greek, even as late as the IVth and Vth centuries, is very plain from Jerome's Latin in the Vulgata, and from the writ- ings of the early Fathers, who could not express in Latin some Hebrew, Arabic and other sounds, like sh in Yeru-sha- la-im (Jerusalem), Ye-shu-a (Jesus, Ihesus), 7>ijjon (Sion), Shirzch, S7*'lomo (Solomon). Neither could Tacitus, during the early empire, writing about the German and the British barbar- ians record one single barbarous name with any of those sounds. Nor is there any such sound recorded in Caesar, Livius, Iustinus, Florus, Ammianus Mar- cellinus, or any historian, Pomponius Mela, the geographer ; Plinius Maior, the naturalist and traveler. 2. On the other hand, Greeks have always rendered the names of Cicero, Caesar, Cincinnatus, Cethegus, etc., as Kikeron, Kaisar, Kethegos; while the Germans have preserved a number of Latin names and words as they heard them pronounced by the Romans, as: Kaiser (Pompae) Circenses, as Kirche; career, as Kerker; cellare, as Keller, etc., and cythara, in Spanish guitar. 3. All Roman authors are absolutely reticent on the alleged rule that, if c is followed 1>y e, i, y, and t followed by i and another vowel, such and such will be their sounds. Had the grammarians for- got ten to mention such a principle, the comedians, or the critics, like Aulus Gelliu (or, as the older scholars called him, AgelUus), or Macrobius would have recorded it; as it is, not an allusion to it occurs in any Roman author from Ennius down to Tertullianu . 4. But if this does not occur in all Roman literature, its reverse, the most unquestionable proof, does occur in nearly all the Roman grammarians, who treat on this subject. Quintilianus says distinctly that the letter C carries its power to every vowel, so that K is entirely superfluous in Latin, and he keeps this letter in the alphabet, because it sometimes has a meaning by itself (meaning that it stands for the name Kcbso and some other abbreviations). 5. There have been, and are still, three K sounding letters in Latin : Ce, Kd, and Qu. As their names indicate, C stands before e, as well as before i, and 0; K before a, and Q before u, followed by another vowel. But C has gradually dis- lodged K and C was also used before ce, gradually also before a, rendering K entirely useless, this latter retaining its power in a few words, like Karthago, Kaput, Kalendse, Kalo. C was originally formed from the Greek gamma, the third letter of the Greek alphabet, and was used as such. Witness thereto is the columna rostrata of Duilius, bearing inscriptions thus spelled : Leciones, Macistratos, Exfociont, (pu)cnadod Cartaciniensi, for legiones, magistratus. effugiunt, pugnando, etc. And even to-day vicesimus and vigesimus are cor- rect spellings. The corruption of C into various sibi- lants was not originated in Italy before the Vllth century, and thence spread to other countries. 6. On the other hand, Romans, reduc- ing Greek names into Latin writing, though K and Q were present in their alphabet, have always employed C as the equivalent of the Greek Kappa, as: Cecrops (Kekrops), cedrus (kedros), Celtcc (Kcltai), Cenceum (Kenaion akron), and so in infinitum. VIII. THE ROMAN ALPHABET The Roman Alphabet, originally adapted from the Greek, consisted of the following 23 capital letters : A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, S, T, V( U ), X, Y, Z. From the above, in the course of time, a set of smaller kind of characters was devised, which are the following: a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, k, 1, m, n, o, p, q, r, s, t, u, v, x, y, z. The letter J, j, a mere oblongated form of I, i, to indicate the consonantal sound of the latter before a vowel, is not of Roman origin, and Latinists, even at the present time, deny it a place in the Latin alphabet. The same is the case with U, u, unknown to the Romans, and it only indi- cates V, v, when a vowel; otherwise, at least the capital form is never used in Latin inscription, but the smaller form is tolerated by all Latinists in writing and in print. Of the Sound of the Letters. Human speech is a chain of articulated sounds. Single links of this sound-chain are the words, and the conventional signs expressing the elements of these sound- links are the letters. It is not the letters that make words; it is the sounds expressed by these conventional signs, that make words, and the ears are the cri- teria thereof, not the eyes. Sounds and speech have long existed before letters, and languages do exist without letters or writing. The opposite process, as in modern languages, to produce words from letters on a preconceived theory, for instance : this letter is an ache, but its sound is a mere breath ; this is a yu; this is a dshai; again a yu, but " short," and an ess, make a hyudshas, is absurd, because the word is hooyoos. No letters are as neat, as adaptable to so many fanciful shapes, and yet so clear and precise as are the Roman. If the barbarians did have letters of their own before subdued and Christianized by the Romans, they have lost or abandoned them for the sake of the superior Roman letters. The so-called " Gothic," still em- ployed by Germans, but gradually aban- doned, as well as the Gaelic, are but the modifications of the Roman letters. The Greeks, their civilization being anterior to the Roman, are still using their own letters, while the orthodox Slavs, con- verted by the Greeks, are also using a kind of hybrid alphabet, which continues to obstruct Roman civilization amongst the Eastern Slavs. For, where Roman letters are used there the civilization of Rome and its vehicle, the Latin language, will forever flourish. Following are the Roman letters and the sounds they do represent : A, a = ah, short or long. By the term " long '\ we mean that the time to utter its sound is twice as long as that of the " short." Roman a, when long, sounds approximately like in " bother," or a in " father " ; when short, it sounds almost exactly as o in " dot," " shot," " lot." B, b = bay, has the same sound as in English. But that this sound did have a leaning toward v has ample proofs in Roman inscriptions, like oixit, for z/ixit, just like Beta of the Greeks, as is also seen in Italian, French, Spanish and other neo- Latin tongues, in which instances like " ta^erne," for " taoerna " ; " aoocado," for " ad^ocatus," abound. C, c = kay. Being but an adaptation of the Greek T , gamma, and this in turn brought from Phenicia, therefore a deriv- ative of the Hebrew 3, gitnel, kindred IX. with other Shemitic signs for the same sound: stood originally for G, as is evi- denced by the Columna Rostrata of Duilius, of the first Punic War, where Leciones, (Pv)cnadod, Macistratos, Exfociont, Cartaciniensi are read for legiones, magistratus, effugiunt, pug- nando. A Roman grammarian also tells us that though we write " anguis," and " sanguis," gu being = cv (qv) they are pronounced as though written " anquis," and " sanquis," that is, ancuis, sanoiis. Same is the case with civis, which is but a different spelling for quivis (quivis Romanus = civis Romanus), coquus and cocus, hicque, hocque, ecque, hicce, hocce, ecce, and numerous other instances, where c, g and q are inter- changed, as a conclusive evidence that c served both purposes, that of ce (kay) and ge (gay). The present hissing, or sibilant, sounds, sh, tz, s, tsh, are out of the question during the national existence of the Roman people, and those sounds have developed amongst the various bar- barians about the time of Mohammed, during the Vllth century, probably due to a rapid utterance of words, as when we say di-jezv-see, for did you see. D, d = day, sounds like in English. E, e = a when long, like a in day, hay; like eh, or e in let, yes, met, when short. F, f = eff ; was formed from the Greek F, digamma, double gamma, particularly of the TEolians. Priscianus assures us that its sound was that of p with the aspiration h. At the age of Priscianus ph had already the sound it now has, whereas in the classical period, Greek us and tro/>3eum. Besides, we have positive assurances of the grammarians and an anecdotic illustration by Quinti- lianus, in the instance of a Roman farmer, an examining attorney and Amphion. Th = tay-hdh, are also to be pro- nounced separately, not as a third, sup- posed resulting sound, as in English, but as a I strongly aspired, nearly as we do in pronouncing not hit. Diphthongs. Since all vowels, whether they do or do not form syllables, must be pro- nounced separately, as aut, ehen, sen, ceu, diphthongs demand no especial consid- eration, excepting AE and OE. In ante-Classical times, say before the Kimbrian War, these two compounds were written as in original Greek, AI, OI, and pronounced as such. All during that century, in the days of Caesar and Cicero, down to Octavianus Augustus, AI and AE, OI and OE were used promiscuously, and in Augustus' time the former was already obsolete and aban- doned, AE being universally used. Soon after Tiberius, there are inscriptions bearing the contracted forms 7E, CE ; and from the second century on, pretor and pr^fectvs abound, showing conclusively that Romans about the time of Christ began using plain Cesar, prefectus, iedus, cetus (for ai, ae, oi, oe), though retaining the historical or archaic spelling of Grsar, pr^fectus, fra-stans, oV-spectus, aw-traho ; but : prod-ero, ^d-itio, red-eo, because the prepositions are pro-, se-, re-, while d is only inserted for the sake of euphony, to avoid a gap between the vowels. Quantity. By quantity (rhythmos, numerus) the duration is meant it takes to utter a syllable: for a syllable is either short or long. We utter a short sylla- ble in half the time it takes to utter a long one. From the natural suc- cession of these changes, adding also accent and emphasis, helped by gesticu- lation, a sing-song undulation of human voice, or speech, arises. When quantity (metrum, measure) is artificially or artis- tically arranged according to certain plan, which is taught in prosody, song is produced which in mere reading or reci- tation is called scansio (scansion, scann- ing), while in solemn delivery, or as a complete whole, is a song. Whence Greek and Latin poets did sing, not figuratively, but in fact, accompanying their modulation with beating time with their feet, and rapidly counting the rhythmos, or numerus, quantity, with their fingers. This is still practised by Latinists of experience. Years ago I used to furnish samples of these songs by graphophonic records. Students may know from the above that there is a considerable difference between quantity in speech and quantity in prosody, or poetry. Quantity sways poetry, in speech accent predominates* .mB9. Syllables, that is, the vowels in them, are either long, in school-books marked by an horizontal line ( — ), or short, marked by a curved line (w), or com- mon (^). Vowels are long or short by nature or by position. Thus a is long by nature in dra mater; short by nature in tiro, ptlter ; long is a vowel by position when it is followed by two consonants, as factum axis (x being a double conso- nant) ; short by position when a vowel is followed by another vowel pertaining to another syllable, as debco, conum. Com- mon is a syllable when its vowel can be taken either long or short, as in the case in the final syllable of a verse, or when it stands before a separable mute and a liquid, as cerebrum, tenc-brae, lug#-bris, which are short in prose, long in poetry. Accent. By accent (accentus = ad + cantus, to + singing) the stress of voice is meant, whereby we give more promi- nence to one syllable in a word than to another, as when we say, conspicuous, economy. In some Latin words used in English, accent sometimes coincides with the original Latin, as adversity, adver- sitas; sometimes it does not, as cw/ture, culfwra; philosophy, philosophic. Its principles in Latin are as follows : 1. In words of one syllable, the first, or the only., vowel bears the accent, as hdud, hcu, i, lex, da, qui, sol. 2. In words of two syllables, the paenultima, or last but one, is accented, as villa, chdrta, homo, pdnis, dger. 3. In words of three or more syllables accent is governed by quantity, so that it is laid on the paenultima, : ^ it be long, as sondrus, aequdlis ; but if that vowel be short, as is often the case, the accent falls one syllable further back, as sequdlitas, amdbilis, sdllicitatidnibus (similar words having two accents), habwimus, obedi- cntia. 4. With enclitics (-que, -ve, -ne) the immediately preceding syllable bears the accent (a), when it is long, as homincsne, Dedsque; (b) when a short syllable pre- cedes the last as folidque, but dmneque. Words consisting of two short vowels retain the accent on the radical, as sua.- que, ftaque. Accents will be marked throughout this book. Sfc. I. PENSVM PRIMVM LESSON FIRST. punctum 1 • hoc 2 punctum illud 3 punctum hoc (.) est 4 punctum (.) est hoc punctum ? (.) estne 5 hoc punctum ? hocne est punctum? punctumne est illud? quids est (.) hoc? illud est punctum ita est, hoc est punctum! est punctum hoc est punctum illud punctum estl hoc est punctum istud (hoc) est punctum A, quod 7 punctum est istud? est hoc punctum A? illud autein 8 est punctum B, quod punctum est illud? illud autem ? • A £ B punctum parvum 9 punctum magnum 10 Punctum A est parvum, punctum B autem est magnum. — Utrum 11 punctum est parvum ? — Punctum A est parvum. — Utrum punctum est I. 1 A point, a dot, a puncture. — 2 This, at my hand. — 3 That, that one. — 4 Is. — Ita so, thus, in that manner. — 5 An interrogative particle, not present in English. It is called enclitic (onleaning) syllable, itself without any stress, or accent, but throwing all the more heavy stress on the preceding syllable. It is attached to the word upon which the question hinges. — 6 What. — 7 Which. — 8 Not present in English; can be rendered by whilst that, that, on the other hand. — 9 Small, little. — 10 Large, big, great. - n Which of the A? — Mud punctum est A, quod 12 est parvum. — Estne punctum iilud, quod est B, magnum, an 13 parvum? — Mud punctum, quod est B, est magnum. — Quale 14 est punctum A? — Quale est punctum B? Punctum A non 15 est magnum sed parvum ; punctum B autem non est parvum, sed magnum. — Nonne 16 punctum B est magnum? — Ita est; punctum B est magnum. — Quale est illud punctum quod non est magnum? — Nonne istud punctum, quod non est parvum, est ma- gnum ? — Utrum punctum est parvum, hoc, an istud ? — Istud nun- ctum non est magnum, sed illud est. NOMINA SUBSTANTIVA pensum punctum PRONOMINA DEMON STRATIVA hoc Istud Illud PRONOMINA INTERROGATIVA quid? quod? quale ? utrum ? VOCABVLARIVM I. NOMINA ADIECT1VA prlmum parvum magnum PRONOMEN RELAT1VUM quod PARTICULA INTERROGATIVA VERBUM SUBSTANTIVUM est ADVERBIA ita non CONIUNCTIONES sed an II. ^tiam 3 haec Haec una (i) 4 est Haec 1 est linea. 2 est linea. linea A, ista altera autarn est linea B. Ea 5 linea, quae est A, est brevis, altera autem, quae est B, est longa. Qme linea est brevis ? — Est linea A brevis ? two? It cannot be used of more than two. — 12 Same as 7, used relatively, that which. — 13 Or, perhaps. A disjunctive particle (conjunction) mostly introducing an alternative wth doubt. — u No equivalent in English; it is rendered by the circumlocution, What kind ? What sort? of what quality ? It elicits an adjective for an answer, whilst quid demants a noun. — ]r ' Not, no; Sed, but. — ]6 Isn't it so that—? II. 1 The feminine form of the neuter hoc, this. — 2 A line: really a linnen thread. ~- ■ 3 Also, too. — 4 One; ***** like h«c, this x pointing further: Altera, other. — 5 That, tbr Qualis 6 est linea A? — Nonne, linea A est brevis? Utra 7 linea est brevis ? — Utra est longa ? Qualis est una ? — Qualis est altera ? Estne utraque 8 linea brevis ? — Utraque linea non est brevis: una est brevis, altera longa. brevis & 9 tenuis longa & crassa Ista linea, quae est C, est brevis et (&) tenuis; altera autem, quae est D, est longa et crassa. — Qualis est una linea, qualis est altera ? — Utra linea est tenuis? — Utra est crassa? — Estne linea C tenuis, et etiam crassa? — Estne utraque linea tenuis? — Non; altera linea tenuis est, et etiam brevis, altera autem longa est, et etiam crassa. et brevis, & tenuis, & recta nee brevis, nee tenuis, nee recta, sed et longa, & crassa, & curva. Linea E non solum 10 brevis est, sed etiam tenuis et recta. Linea autem F non solum brevis non est, sed nee 11 tenuis, neque recta; ilia nee brevis est, nee tenuis, neque recta, sed et longa, et crassa et etiam curva. Estne linea E talis, 12 qualis est F? — Nequaquam. 13 Ilia nequa- quam est talis, qualis haec; nam ilia est longa, crassa & curva, haec autem nee longa est, nee crassa, neque curva, sed et brevis, & tenuis & recta. VOCABVLARIVM 2. NOMEN SUBSTANTIVUM NOMINA ADIECTIVA ADVERBIUM linea brevis tenuis nequaquam PRONOMINA DEMONSTRATIVA longa crassa CONIUNCTIONES haec utraqua recta et & nee ista ea una altera curva tails etlam necte autem nam Ilia PRONOMINA INTERROGATIVA. non solum — sed etlam PRONOMEN RELATIVUM quae quae qualis one; q««» feminine for the neuter quod, relative and interrog. pron., which; brevis, short, brief; longa, long. — 6 Feminine, for neuter quale, what kind, of what quality. — 7 Feminine for the neuter utrum, which of the two. — 8 Each of the two. The -que, is a detachable enclitic particle, but here inseperable, materially changing the meaning of the original power of utra (fern., which of the two). When detachable, it means and. — 9 Et, and & mean and\ the latter is a monogram of the former. — Tenuis, thin; crassa, III. • on punctum circulus quadratum I stud, quod est punctum, est rotundum. 1 — ^Sed etiam hoc alte- rum est rotundum, tamen non est punctum, sed circulus. Circulus est rotundus. 2 — Non solum iste 3 unus circulus est ro- tundus, sed omnis circulus est rotundus, nee ullus est circulus nisi rotundus. — Estne etiam omne 4 punctum rotundum? — Nequaquam; est punctum quod non est rotundum; aliquod 5 punctum est b quadra- tum, aliud est rotundum; at nullus circulus est quadratus, nee ullum quadratum est rotundum. At ille circulus est magnus; estne circulus rotundus etiam si 6 est parvus ? — Est, sane; 7 circulus est rotundus, siye parvus, sive ma- gnus. _ Anne 8 est circulus qui est punctum ? — Ita sane; aliqui 9 cir- culus, qui est parvus, est punctum, sed non omnis circulus, nee omne quadratum est punctum. VOCABVLARIVM 3- NOMINA SUBST. circulus quadratum omnis omne pronomina di iste coniunctiones at give-slve si NOM. ADIECTIVA rotundum urn omnis omne ulius ullum nullus nullum aliqui aliquod unus unum aliud PRONOMEN RELATIVUM qui llle hie ADVERBIA sane tamen thick, heavy. — 10 Not alone, not only — but also. Recta, straight. — n Nee - nee . neque, (for nec+que), neither - neither - nor; — i"a, fern, for neut. illud, that, that one, point- j ng f ar _ Curva, crooked. — 22 Talis - qualis, such - as, of like quality with... — 13 Not at all; nam » for, since. III. 1 Round; — yet; — a circle. — 2 Masculine ending, for the neuter -um. — 3 Iste, ista, istud, are the masculine, fern, and neut. forms of the same word; the same as to unus, una, unum; omnia, all; ullus, ulla, ullum, any, any one, in the three genders; n'si, unless, except; nec U,,U8 — ni8i » nor is (there) any, but. — 4 The neuter form: the two others being onm'**- — r > The neuter form of aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, some, any: alius, 6lia, aliud, another. — At, a more emphatic sed, with sharper contrasting: nullus, nulla, nullum, the reverse of ullus, -a, -urn, none, not one, not any. — ° If. — 7 Indeed; sive-sive, whether, or. — '" An interrogation with strong doubt, as though "Do you think?" "Do you ima- gine?" for the most part answered negatively, but not of necessity. — 9 See 5 . It is a compound of a,iu8 . a,la , a,lu(, « and Q ui » Puncta, the pl oipunct-um; and so all -«ni, and all other, neuter endings of all declinable parts of speech. - Sex a numeral adj. taking no endings, just like all cardinal 13 magna, seu grandia, non igitur sunt paria, sed disparia. - Nulla omnino 6 puncta sunt hie paria ? - Sunt aliqua, sed non cuncta. - Quaenam sunt paria, quenam disparia? - Duo prima puncta sunt paria, ita sunt etiam duo ultima; sed duo secunda, quas sunt media, disparia sunt, nam sunt grandia, alia autem quatuor sunt parva, cuncta igitur non sunt paria, sed disparia. Quota puncta sunt parva? - Primum, secundum, quintum atque sextiiiu 7 sunt parva. - Quota magna? - Magna sunt tertium atque quartum. - Quot sunt magna? - quot parva? - Magna sunt duo, parva autem quatuor. - Estne ullum hie quadratum? - Nullum est; cuncta sunt rotunda. VOCABVLARIVM 6. NNA. ADIECTIVA ADVERBIA par sex omnino dlspar sextus, a, urn num grandia numerals above ties, tria; six. — Grandia, the n. pi. of the adjectives in Group B. — Paria, disparia, n. plural of par, and dispar, adj. of Group B, of one ending for all three genders; they are -*a in pi., not -a, as the adjectives of Group A; pair, unpair, that is like and unlike. e Omnino, adv., no endings, altogether, in all; n"Ha omnino puncta absolutely no points. 7 Sexais, a, urn, numeral adj. of the ordinals, the sixth. Here it is in n., because punctum (a neuter noun) is understood. PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS. The principles of Grammar here involved refer to the formation of the plurals of all declinable parts of speech, such as nouns, adjectives and pronouns, 1 1 . Plurals are formed by detaching the endings of the singula) number, and sub- stituting the endings of the plural number. 12. In applying plural endings the consideration of gender is decisive, just as in adapting adjectives and pronouns to nouns. We must, therefore, know the gender of each noun in order to know what plural ending to substitute into the place of the singular ending detached. 13. Nouns, ending in -us in singular, change this ending into c > in plural; as: circul us ? pi #> circul-l 14. Adjectives of Group A, agreeing with a masculine noun, and, therefore, taking their -us ending, also change this ending to -Mn plural. 15. Adverbs, whatever be their masculine ending in singular, change it to -i in plural. 16. Adjectives of Group B, whether of two or one ending, change that to -es in masculine plural. 14 17. Whence the following paradigm results: Mmerus Singul&ris. Pronomlna. Nomen Substantivum. Nomina Adiectlva. hic Group A Group B is parv- brev- iste circul-us ma S n " t6nu " jc ille crass- grand- l0 qui rotund- US omn- rect- plan- Mmerus Plur&lis. hi Group A Group B .. parv- brev- isti circul-i magn- t£nu- ini crass- . grand- CJ > qui rotund- ' omn- rect- plan- 18. Nouns ending in -a in Sing, whether feminine, as most are, or masculine, change this -a into »» in the plural. 19. Adjectives of Group A, also take the fern, ending -a, and similarly change it to -*; if agreeing with a masculine noun, the above paradigme (under 17) is followed; adjectives of Group B change their -is termination to -es. 20. Pronouns, agreeing with zfem. noun in -a (also of any other ending) change their respective singular endings to ■* in Plural, and the following paradigm results: Mmerus Singul&ris. Ndmlna Substantive. Nomina Adiectiva. Group A Group B long- brev- line- obliqu- tenu- litter- a plan- tal- j$ rect- a qual- prim- omn- secund- Numerus Plur&lis. Group A Group B long- brev- line- obliqu- temi- litter- ffi plan- tal- eS rect- ffl qual- prim- omn- secund- Pronomina. haec ea ista ilia quaa hae ea; istae ilia; auae 15 21. Nouns in -urn, all neuter, change this ending to «a in Plural, in which they are followed by the adjectives of Group A, while those of Group B change their -is into *ia. Pronouns follow their own way. As : Mmerus Singularis. e Pronomlna. Nomina Substantia. Nomina Adiectiva. hoc Group A Group L id punct- magn- omn- istud pens- um parv- u m tal- illud quadrat- rotund- qual- quod plan- grand- Numerus Plur&lis. haec Group A Group B ea punct- magn- omn- ista pens- a parv- a tal- j ilia quadrat- rotund- qual- quae plan- grand- ia Examples: hie circulus, qui.... iste parvus circulus, qui.... ille circulus rotundus, qui.... hi circuli parvi et tinues, qui.... non isti circuli omnes, qui.... cuncti circuli tales, qui.... omnis numerus talis, qui.... cuncti hi talesque numeri grandes, qui.... isti & omnes alii numeri, qui.... Haec linea, quae.... ista parva littera, quae.... ilia longa & tenuis linea, quae.... ea ob- liqua et tenuis linea, quae.... non omnis littera magna, quae.... cunctae eas litteraa grandes, quae.... hx curvaa et breves linear, quae.... tamen non omnes linear crassae, nee omnes litte- rae istae, quae.... Haec puncta magna, quae... cuncta ista et talia nomina adiectiva, atque nomina sub- stantia, quae.... nee istud punctum, quod.... aliud quadratum parvum, quod.... nullum pensum, nee hoc, quod.... nee illud, quod.... quale punctum hoc, quod.... omne id, quod.... omnia ea, quae.... cuncta ilia, quae.... illud aliud, non hoc, quod.... non istud pronomen, nee illud, nomen adiectivum, sed hoc nomen substantivum. 22. When a noun, or pronoun, the subject of a sentence, is in plural number, the copula est must agree with the subject in number, and its plural form, sunt, must be employed, as: hi circuli sunt parvi; ista duo pensa sunt br£via; pensum hoc atque secun- dum non sunt longa. 23. If one of the two subjects is of masculine gender and the other is feminine, the predicate may agree with the masculine subject, as: numerus et littera sunt parv*« 24. If there be several subjects of masculine and feminine gender; the predicate may agree with the last; or the neuter gender may be used; but if one of the subject is of neuter gender, the gender of the predicate must be neuter. Examples: numerus, circulus, littera, linea sunc rect«, or, recta- — Circuli, puncta, lineae, quadrata, atque litterae sunt magna. — Nee omnis littera est magna, nee omne 16 punctum (est magnum understood). - Omnis circulus est rotundus, sed nullum c^ra- ^SKSS*.-*^^-* 1 - are adiectives of one ending for all three genders. 26 Unus, a, urn is used in plural occasionally: urn. unit, «»a. 27 The plurals of the other declinable particles: ' ue ^ fl^ra. alteram alteri. alters, altera aliqui, allqua, aliquod, aliquid aliqui. aliamc, al.quK EXERCITIVM LEGENDI. , Istud secundum pensum longum omnino non est, tamen nee breve." -fonXirculuLt linea curva, sed omnis llnea, curv; t non * Sis - * Sunt aliqua; litters quae sunt lineae curvas, totes sunt B, C, t etm al£ ; sed litter. A & Z, qua, sunt prima atque «- mnm sunt line® curva;, sed recta;, obliquae et plana;. - 4- Hie nul.a nuTta sit Srata, sed cuncta sunt rotunda. - f. Sunt ahqua nomina substantW^ et etiam non unum nomen adiectivum, quae sunt longa, SSS^Hum." "perpendiculum," '**?^*£^ at sunt etiam brevia, nee unum, quaha sunt pensum, breve, qua; nuinaue e sex litter, sunt singula. - 6. Nee omnis circulus est par; sun rrrotndi, igitur pares, sea non cunctisive parvi sive magn, sun igitur dispares. - 7- Nulla linea, qua, est ad P^^gJ perpendicularis, est nisi recta, non au em curva -J 1 Si id quod longum non est est breve, etiam exercitium hoc legend, breve est. - 9 - At hoc "on est ita • nam Id quod nee longum nee breve est, est medium; exer- ciumegendi istud medium igitur est. - io. Nonne litter* sunt hne* ?- oudes Stur sunt lines, tales suntlitterae: si linea;, sunt recta; etiam StteS su rrecS. - . .. Numerus duo (2) est par; etiam numen quatuo Tsfx sTnt pares, numeri autem unum, tria, quinque, al.ique, sunt, impares. - 12. Quod medium est, rectum est. EXERCITIVM SCR1BEND1. ,. Quotum est pensum istud? - 2. Estne pensum istud et! illud unum et primum pensum ? - ,. Quota; litter* sunt C et D ? - 4- -unt, to paint. — 30 Ger. of tr. v. caedit, -unt, he slashes, they slash, cut. — 31 Ger. of the tr. v. ambulat, -ant, he walks, they walk. — 32 Ger. of tr. v. tenet, -ent, he holds, they hold. '•'■'• Pres. participle of ardens, its ending after transitive verbs and the mentioned pre- positions, is ardentem, p l. -tes, in neut, sing., ardens, in pi. ardentia. — Vel, cony, or, as the case may be. w Vero, properly the noun verum, what is true, used as an adv., but the meaning is the same as autem. 21 Is, 3 5 qui illuminat, est illuminator ; ^ qui scribit, est scriptor ; qui delineat, est delineator ; qui pingit, est pictor ; qui habet gladium et caedit, est miles ; qui ambulat, est ambulator. Quid est cylindrus ? — Quid roeatur 37 ea res, quse, si ardet, illu- minat ? — Quot et quales lineae faciunt ciispidem ? — Quse res efficiunt graphidem ? — Quas res est ad pingendum ? — In 3 « quid est gladius ? — baculus ? — Quid agit is, qui habet et tenet candelam ardentem ? — Quid 39 tenet penicillum pictor ? — Quid tenet miles ? — in quid ? VOCABVLARIVM 7. Nna Subst. Nna Adlec. cylindrus anterior, ius lineola posterior, ius candela postre"mus, a, um candelabrum parallels, a, um cuspis acutus, a, um graphis, f. aduncus, a, um penicfllus fiflidius Preposltiones ca"pulum supra" biculus infr* illuminator inter scriptor ante delineator post pictor pdne miles super ambulator in res Verba faciunt ffacitj efficiunt lefficitl habet JhabentJ illuminat scribit delineat ping-it caedit Imbulat tenet ardet Adverbla ubi vero Pronomina se ipse, ipsa, ipsum Idem, e"adem idem, Coniundlones quod vel Remarks: The Teacher, begins to talk the instant he is drawing the three lines- he must never draw silently, or make pause in speaking, excepting when awaiting' the answers of his pupils. Neither must he look into the book, or allow the students to do so- books must be out of sight. The pictures are outlines, so that the Teacher and the students should be able readily to reproduce them in teaching and studying. Students mu st not merely pick out words from these foot-notes, or merely read them like a novel, they must give account of their contents. Is (ea, id), when used as a noun, that is, not joined like an adj. with another noun as, is circulus, but independently, like here, means a man, a male person: be, who . . .- 36 The BOr ending always impljes a maleperS0Hi neyer zfemakj which ' is expressed by the ending -tnx, illuminat beatrix, doc trix (not doctor), actrix, imperatrix, the male being actor, doctor, beator, imperator; much less a neuter thing, as is usurped in English motor, elevator, factor; the Latin ending for neuter things is -orium. The abstraction is 22 II. A Istee du« line® obliquae faciunt unum fipicem » et unum /\ Unguium. Apex est cuspis extrst^ et supra lineas, angulus autem est intrii et infra duas lineas, ubi has se tatigunt. 3 formed bv the ending -io, f., as, Muminatio, deliaeatio, cassio, ambulatio; -iura, as, scrip*™, SZ&1B-5U*- So, also scrips the *; tfM the draftsman the designer- pid™, ^painter; miles (milifem, milifes), the soldier ; ambulator, the mater. Their endings: illuminators, -es; illuminate, doctrix, &c, illuminate**, ■*»; doctrto>», -«s ; scriptorew, -es ; pidarem, -es, &c. 37 Quid vocatur? = What is called ? In colloquial Latin more frequent is the form Quomoio vocatur (quo modo, in what manner ? how? how is this thing called ?)• The former is strictly Roman, for the latter 1 have no authority except tradition. Grammati- cally both forms are correct : the former, because vocatur, passive, demands object in Nominative, vocal, active, an object case, and quid is both; the latter, because a verb is qualified by an adverb, and quomodo (or, for that matter, quo modo, in two words) does so qualify. The latter is also borne out by the traditions of the barbarians, as come, Italian, and comment French. ,.'.,* w as in quid?— 39 Quid tenet pictor penicillum .? For what? what for? tor what purpose? to what end? This, apparently so simple question of future purpose, different from why ? on what account ? in so direct a form as in quid .? does not occur in the existing works of the Roman authors until Seneca (first half of I. century) who uses it repeatedly (Mundus in quid incessum absolvit ? in quid sol diem extendit ? Benet. IV- \i. In quid amicum paro ? Ep. IX. Thence, as a correlative : Laudari in id. Ep. 59. In hoc pacem peperi ? CI. Caes. In ante-classical and in classical times they resorted to ^ circum- locutions, qudmobrem ? (quam ob rem, for what thing), quam ob causam ? for what cause? quern in finem? to what end. Or, simply, quid was asked, when it was clear for instance, with intransitive verbs, that quid was not the object of the verb, as, .quid nisti? what did you come for? Or, as in our sentence: quid tenet pictor pemcihum? what does the painter hold the brush (for) ? where the object, penicillum, plainly shows Oat quid cannot be the object, just as in English, where for has that function. Popular Latin has settled on ad quid, used exclusively, and is supported by the Neo-Latin idioms. II. i Apex, m. n., the summit, the top point ; -us, a corner, an angle. — 2 E *< ra - prep, and adv., outside; -intra, prep., inside, within. — 3 Tanjit, -uat, tr. v., he touches, they touch. 23 Hie sunt tres lineae. Dua- recte sed oblique linese stant 4 super unam planam. Ubi earn contingunt, 5 efficiunt duos alios angulos ; habet igitur haec figura e tres angulos, rocaturque triangulum. Triangulum, itaque, habet tres angulos, duo latera, unum apicem, et unum fundum. Latera, quas triangulum habet, sunt haec: unum latus est linea inter litteras A et B, atque A et C; fundus est linea inter litteras B et C, apex autem, ad litteram A, ubi duo latera se tangunt. Facitne una linea angulum ?— Quot linea? faciunt angulum? — Anne lineas parallels faciunt angulum ?— Quales linese faciunt angulum? Faciuntne duas linea? duos angulos ? — Quid vocatur ea figura, quam tres linea? faciunt ? — Quid habet triangulum ? — Utrum est latus unum? Ubi stant duo latera ? — Inter quas litteras est fundus ? i. AO 2. OAO 3. DOD 4. -£- 5. ~^Q 1. Triangulum est iuxta 7 circulum. 2. Circulus est ante illud triangulum pone quod est alter . circulus. Triangulum est medium inter duos circulos. Triangulum hoc habet duos circulos, unum ante se, alterum post (pone) se. 3. Circulus est inter duo quadrata. Circulus habet duo quadrata iuxta se, unum ante, alterum post. Anterlus quadratum habet circulum pone se, posterius autem quadratum habet circulum ante se. 4. Punctum est super lineam, infra quam est circulus. Iste est cir- culus, supra quern est linea, super quam autem est punctum. 5. Hasc est linea, infra quam est punctum, iuxta quam autem est circulus. Ante circulum est linea, infra quam est punctum. Infra quam rem est punctum ? Ubi sunt linea et punctum ? Ubi est circulus ? Pone quas res est circulus ? Super quam rem est linea ? * Stat, stant, intr. v., stands, stand. — 5 Contingit, -unt, tr. v., touches on, touch on (con + tangit). The -as and -os endings are the/, and m. pi. object endings. — 6 Figura, /. n. t shape; vocatur, -antur, tr. v., passive voice (the active is vocat, -ant), i s , are, being called, is called, are called ; triangulum, n . n. y three-corner, triangle. — Latus, n . n , t p i. latera, a s id e; -us, m . n ., a bottom. — 7 Iuxta, prep,, beside, by. 24 Nna SubBt. VOCABVLARIVM .8 Verba Praeposltiones anftx tang-unt extr f angulus stant figfira continent i«xt4 triangulum vocatur latus fundus in. A Triangulum est super quadratum. I stud est tnangu- □ lum, infra quod est quadratum. Infra triangulum, iuxta quod est quadratum oblongum et obliquum, est quadratum, quod habet iuxta se alterum quadratum oblongum et obliquum. Superiusi qua dratum habet super se parvum quadratum, quod est caminus, inferius quadratum autem, quod est latus unum, etiam habet parvum quadratum, quod est lanua, triangulum autem, atque quadratum quod est infra se, habent tria parva quadrata, qua; sunt fenestra?. Ha;c omnia efficiunt casam. Ista figura est casa. Casa est domus parva. Casa ista habet tres fenestras, **» U nam ianuam, unum caminum super tectum, et quatuor latera. Omnes domus habent latera, tecta, ianuas, fenestras atque ca- minos ; non tamen omnes domus sunt casa;. Ista domus est alta 2 habet enini quatuor contignatio- nes, sed est angusta; hasc autem domus ^ =±==±= , est h " m \H S ' quia unam tantum contignationem habet, tCHSTD sed est vawe lata. Domus magna; aides, aedes autem magna; pa- latia appellantur (vocantur). in. ' Adjectives, like superior, inferior, interior, exterior, anterior, posterior, &c are in, what is called, the comparative degree, like upper, lower, outer, inner &c, in English, and their endings are, -ior, »., -ior,/., and -™, n.; here the ending *****?*£»* which is a neuter noun, hence the neuter ending. - Cam.aus, a chimney; 'anua a door, nestra, a window; casa. {hence, bans, bouse) a small house, cottage; domus, /. n house; tectum, a roof. - Domus has its pi. dom«s, hence omnes dom**s; the pi. object can be domo%. „ -a, -urn, high; enim, conj., for, surely, clearly; cootignatio, -nes, /., story (has four stories) ; -t»a, a, um, narrow; •"", *. adj. Gr. B, low- «•>'«, conj., because; valde, adv., 2 -US. - 25 MALLUVIUM Omnis domus, sive magna, sive parva, habet intra se cubicula ; 3 quodlibet cubiculum autem quamdam supellectilem, Yeluti sel- lam ad sedendum, mensam ad edendum, grabatum ad cuban- dum, lectum ad iacendum et dormiendum, atque malluyium, super quod est pelvis, super earn lirceus, qui aqiiaisi continet, iuxta earn autem smegma et sabanum ad se layandum. Omnis quoque domus habet culinam, 4 ubi est focus pfe ad coquendum. Domus, quas omnem hoc-genus 5 supel- Mm lectilem habet, vocatur domus instrueta. EBB Quae res efficiunt casam ? — Quas res habet casa ? — Quid interest (what is the difference) inter casam atque aedes ? — Quod genus domus habet tres vel quatuor contignationes ? — Quas partes 6 very; -tus, a, urn, wide; «des,/. n. t sing, and pi.; palatium, =ia, a building on the Palatine Hill in Rome, a palace; passive of appellat, -ant, tr. v., to call, name (appeal). 3 PI. of cubiculum properly a sleeping chamber, in wider application, room; quilibet, qualibet, quodlibet, an indefinite pron., whatever, each; quidam, qusedam, f£uoddam, bj. sing., quemd., quamd., quod.; pi., quosd., quasd., quajdani; bj. of supeliex, f. n., outfit, furniture; velut, veluti, indeclinable, adv., as, such as; seHa, a chair; ger. of sedet, ent,he sits, they sit, for sitting; mensa, a table; ger. of edit, edunt, -dum, for eating; grabatum, a sofa, or couch; cubat , - ant , -dum, for lying down, (from cubitus, elbow); lectus, a bed ; *acet, -ent, -dum, intr. v., to be lying ; dormit, -iunt, -iendum, intr. v., for sleeping; malluvium, a washstand; pelvis, obj. pelvim, pelves, f., a wash basin; urceus, a pitcher; aqua, water; continet ( C on+ tenet), -ent, tr. v., holds; smegma, nn., pi. smegmata, soap; sabanum, pi. sabana, a towel lavat, -ant, -ndum, f or washing. 4 Obj. of culina, a kitchen; focus, a fire place; coquit, cequunt, -dum\ for cooking. 5 Hoc genus, pronounced like one word, accent on hoc, this kind; so «d genus (idgenus), this sort, this kind; quod genus (quodgenus), all indeclinable, what sort? what kind ? — Domus instrueta, (m+struit, struuni, ad struendum, for heaping, piling, laying one upon another, structor, structio, structura, a builder ; a mason ; the act of building ; the thing built), a furnished house; the -tus, ta, turn ( r -sus -sa, -sum,) are the endings of the per- fect participle. 6 PL obj. of pars,/., sing obj. partem. 26 habent omnes domus ? — Quid habent cubicula intra se ? — In quid sunt selke, mensae, grabatum ? — Quam supellectilem et quas res habet is qui se lavat ? — Estne focus ad dormiendum ? VOCABVLARIVM 9- Nna Subst. caminus palatium cubiculum ilnua asdes supe"llex fenestra sella pelvis casa mensa urceus domus grabitum aqua tectum lectus smegma contignltio malluvium sSbanum pars culina genus focus Nna Adlec. Verba Coniuoctlonea oblong-us, a, um appellantur enim altus, a, um sedendum quia angrustus, a, um edendum humilis, e cubandum Pron. Indef. latus, a, um Adverbla valde v£luti iacendum dormiendum lavandum coquendum quodlibet quamdam instructa interest continet PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS. De Partibus Orationis. — Of the Parts of Speech, 28. Following are the parts of Latin speech: 1. Nomina Substantia, names, ex- pressive of subsistence of things, Nouns, Substantive Nouns; 2. Nomina Adiectiva, adjustable nouns, Adjectives-, 3. Verba, sayings, words, Verbs; 4. tAdvetbia,^ accessories to sayings, Adverbs; 5. Pronbmina, name-substitutes, Pronouns; 6. Prcepositiones, fore- settings, Prepositions; 7. Coniunciiones, couplings, Conjunctions; and, 8. InteriectioneSf throw-betweens, Interjections. 29. Nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, and pronouns are subject to changes when joined into coherent speech ; prepositions, conjunctions and interjections do not change. Changes, proper to the former, excepting the verb, are called Declinaiio, beending off, Declension; those, proper to adjectives and adverbs, bear the name of Comparatio, pair- ing, measuring together; and of the verbs, are known as Coniugatio, yoking together, Conjugation. NOTE: The more ancient of the Roman grammarians used the term of declinatlo both for nouns and verbs; Soslpater Charislus (A. U. 375) applied the term of "ordines" to verbs, but he quotes a very learned grammarian, Comminianus, as having introduced our present term* Conlugatio. 27 De Declinatione. — Of the Declension. 30. The name of a thing (a noun), or its substitute (pronoun), or the word expres- sive of the quality of a thing (adjective), when simply uttered, is said to be in the Casus Nominativus, Nominative (naming case), as : hcec casa bumilis. NOTE : Since these terms are utterly meaningless in English, and often repel students, even to the point of abandoning the study of Latin, I add the following explication : In the conception of Roman grammarians the declinable Latin particles had two forms: one the original, a kind of parent stock, and another resulting from the accession of endings, or terminations. The original stock was then conceived as being a vertical line, from which, by the accession of the endings, the others had to fall away (cado, 3 cecidi, casum), a fall being called casus; or had to decline, bend away, (declino, 1 declinavi, dedina, turn, whence the act is declinatio, nis, f.). This declining away from the straight, or vertical line had three stages, or drops, casus, from R to P, (or G), thence to D, and lastly, to Ac. The entire rout from R to Ac. was, then, Declinatio, the drops from one stage to the other, were the Casus. These casus, down to the time of Quintilianus (A. D. 95) were four, the Rectus, R, the Patritius (Varro, B. C. 27), Genitivus (Quintilianus); Patrius (Gellius, ' A. D. 175), Paternus (Priscianus, A. D. 500), therefore letters P G ; Dativus, D ; Accusativus Ac. The casus vocativus was i ntro- duced, as an obverse to Rectus, by Gellius, as the Vocativus (noun), by Charisius. Quintilianus has introduced the Ablativus, as an obverse to Dativus. Several grammarians recognized six, others four, others seven and eight cases. Even in our days some Berlin philologists advocate two more cases, the Locativus and Instrumentalis, but they are not recognized, because neither is true histori- cally; and thus Latin declension has crystallized in six cases. Although the first and general division of the declension into two forms, the Casus Rectus, and all the others Casus Obliqui, is still valid and true, the Rectus, as one of the cases, has received a special name from its function, Nominativus, given by M. Terentius Varro himself, whose grammar was the chief source of information for M.Tullius Cicero, whenever he set about to deliver an oration, or to write a treatise; and this name has come down to us unchanged. The Casus Patritius, Patrius and Paternus, trying to express the relation existing between a father and his offspring, was felicitously expressed by Quintilianus by the verb of that relation, gigno, 3 genui,genitum, as Genitivus, which has ultimately survived. The third case was named Dativus, from the verb do, 1 dedi, datum, to give, expressive of the relation between the giver and the receiver, the motion towards. The fourth received the name of Casus Accusativus, from the verb accuso,i vi, turn, to charge, to accuse, ito ex- press the relation existing between an acting Subject, and a suffering Object. The Casus Vocativus from voco,i vi, turn, to call, is the case, in which the name of a person or thing addressed, or spoken to, stands; it is the obverse of the Nominativus. Lastly, the Casus Ablativus, from aufero, 3 abstuli ablatum, to take away expressing the idea of away, off, along, with, by the opposite of Dativus. For students the following brief statement will suffice: 31. The Latin language recognizes six cases for the declinable particles; these are the 1. Casus Nominatirus, or naming case, nominative- 2. „ GenitiYus, or, the case of origine and possession, genitive- 28 3 Casus Dativus, or, giving, and approaching case, dative. 4. „ AccusatiTUS, or, the case of suffering the action of others, accusative. 5. ',', Yocativus, or, the addressing case, vocative. 6. ,',' Ablativus, or, the case of departing, off, away, with, ablative. In this lesson we deal with the ^Accusative case. 32. If we understand the sentences, casa habet unam ianuam, tres fenestras, quatuor latera et unum caminum super tectum ; cocus stat ante ianuam; miles tenet gladium, we fairly know the whole theory of the accusative case. To make the matter entirely clear and distinct, we divide all our nouns into the following five groups, showing the relative position of the accusative. Declinationes Quinque. — The Five Declensions. Norn. Ace Sing. =am Plur. =ffi Slog. = us, =um .ura II. I». Plur. Slog. Plur. = i, =a | — | =es, =a, M \ =os, =a I =em, I =es, =a, =ia IV. V. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. =us M =es | s es =um ,U8 =em | ses To the 1. Group, therefore, will belong all those particles, nouns, adjectives, pronouns, which have -a in the Norn- Sing., and -® in Norn. PL NOMINA SUBSTANTIVA. - SUBSTANTIVE NOUNS. NOM. SING. NOM. PLUR. ACC. SING. ACC. PLUR. line- lineol- litter- candel- ~ figur- ianu- ** cas- fenestr- line- lineol- litter- candel- ~ fisrur- ianu- ™ line- lineol- litter- candel- fig-ur- ianu- am line- lineol- litter- candel- fig-ur- ianu- cas- fenestr- cas- fenestr- cas- fenestr- sell- mens- sell- mens- sell- mens- sell- mens- aqu- culin- aqu- culin- aqu- culin- aqu- culin- as NOMINA AD1ECTIVA. — ADJECTIVES. parallel- acut- parallcl- acut- parallcl- acut- parallel- acut- adunc- postrem- adunc- postrcm- adunc- postrem- adunc- postrem oblontr- alt- oblon#- alt- oblong- alt- oblongr- alt- antrust- lat - a parv- ansrust- lat " 9B an«fust- lat - am anjrust- lat- mafirn- matrn- parv- majgfn- parv- magn- parv- lonjr- rcct- lonjr- rect- lonfif- rect- lonsr- rect- crass- obliqu- crass- obliqu- crass- obliqu- crass- obliqu- rotund- curv- rotund- curv- rotund- curv- rotund- curv- as 29 circul- cylindr penicfll- gladi- bacul- angul- fund- camin- lect- urce- foc- NEUTRA candelabr- capul- triangul- tect- palati- grabat- malluvi- saban- CROUP II. NOMINA SUBSTANTIA. — SUBSTANTIVE NOUNS. US urn circul- cylindr penicill- gladi- bacul- angul- fund- camin- lect- urce- foc- NEUTRA candelabr- capul- triangul- tect- palati- grabat- malluvi- saban- a MASC. & NEUTRA circul- cylindr- penicill- g-ladi- bacul- angul- fund- camin- lect- urce- foc- candelabr- capul- triangul- tect- palati- grabat- malluvi- saban- Ulll circul- cylindr- penicill- gladi- bacul- angul- fund- camin- iect- urce- foc- NEUTRA candelabr- capul- triangul- tect- palati- grabat- malluvi- saban- OS a NOMINA ADIECTIVA. — ADJECTIVES. parallel- adunc- oblong- angust- magn> long- crass- rotund- acut- postrem- alt- lat- parv« rect- obliqu- curv- MASC. US NEUTR. um parallel- adunc- oblong- angust- magn. long- crass- rotuna- acut- postrem- alt- lat- parv- rect- obliqu- curv- MASC. i NEUT. a parallel- adunc- oblong- angust- magn- long- crass- rotund- acut- postrem- alt- la t- parv- rect- obliqu- curv- parallel- acut- adunc- postrem- MASC. oblong- alt- MASC. & NEUT. angust- lat- OS um magn- long- parv- rect- NEUT. crass- obliqu- a rotund- curv- GROUP III. NOMINA SUBSTANTIA. — SUBSTANTIVE NOUNS. ;uspis, graphis, scriptor, cuspid - graphid- pictor, miles, contignatio scriptor- pictor- cdes, apex, pelvis milit- contignation- apic- CS iupellex, latus, pars »d- pelv- supellectil- latera, part- cuspid - graphid- cuspid- graphid- scriptor- pictor- scriptor- pictor- milit- contignation- Awn milit- contignation aed- apic- C1I1 aed- apic- pelv- supellectil- pelv- supellectil- la tus, part- latera. part- 68 3° GROUP 111. NOMINA ADIECTIVA. - ADJECTIVES. NOM. SING. MASC. A FOeM. brev- tenu omn- is humil- NEUTR e anter- poster- MASC. & FOeM. ior NEUT. ius infer- inter- exter- super ACCUS. SING. brev- omn- anter- poster- infer- inter- exter- super • brev- omn- anterior- posterior- inferior- interior- exterior- superior- tenu- humil- masc. & Foeiw. es tenu- humil- M. A F. iorem A. 4 F. em NEUT. e NEUT. ius M. F. es NEUT. ia NEUT. a ACCUS. PLUR. brev- omn- tenu- humil- anterior- M.1F posterior- es inferior- nterior- exterior- superior- M. 4 F. es NEUT. ia NEUT. a manws GROUP IV. manws | manww manws GROUP V. res r£s rem r£s NOTES. 1. The stump of a word, to which the endings are affixed, is called the stem. .The stem in all cases is disclosed by the oblique cases,|some times by the Casus Rectus Thus: in I me-, the a is an ending, the nominative, whilst in doctor, there l. no case-ending th ^^ e J°^"? * stem, receiving the endings, as, doctores, doctorem. In some instances the oblique ^J««JV whole new syllable, or even two, which is called an increment, as: miles, milltes; supellex, supel lectilem ; iter, itinera (way, road, journey). 2. The I. declension contains no neu t er nouns, ,nor neuter adjective endings. Excepting a very few nouns, denoting men, such as auriga, a coachman, all nouns in this declension are femin ine AH adjectives of Group A, in their -a, or feminine, endings belong to this declension **™W™™ Group B belong to this declension. If a noun ends in -a in nom. sing., and Is neuter, cannot belong hither; all such belong to the III. nominative- 3. All nouns and adjectives in the II. declensions have definite endings in the ^Mttve. these are -us, -er and -urn ; the first two masc. or f ., the third neuter. All the adjectives of Group A, in their -us (-er)and -um endings are declined as the nouns of this declension. where fore 4. The III. declension has no set nominative endings, all other declensions have wherefore, all nouns, which are excluded by these set endings of the other declensions, wil IMongto^' Id, whatever be their genders. Excepting the -or endings, which are stems, and the -is, whicn, 3i T U £ h ™h' S S3ke reC ^ e f n " D b , ef ° re the termi nations, all nominatives change in the oblique cases. These c hang es must be learned with each individual noun and adjective as we go along. Nouns and adjectives in -x, as this is a compound consonant, consisting of c and s, resume their c in the oblique cases, as: apex , apicem; doctrix, doctricem, &c. Some nouns, like pelvis, form their accus. sing, in -In, as, pelvim, though pelvem would not be wrong. All -us nouns in this declension are irregular, therefore, never masc, but either neuter, or fern. All adjectives of Group B, and all others not hitherto mentioned, belong to this declension; no adjectives belong to IV and V .™J; ^"Pf^l^y spe^ng. but few original nouns, and no adjectives and other particles be- ong to the IVth : declension; a large portion of these nouns are formations from verbs; they may be- ong to any of the three genders. As we had no applicable noun in our vocabularies for illustrating he endings, we introduced a new one, manus, f, a hand, domus, also of this group, being an irregu- lar, forming its ace. pi. in the II, in -os, though -us also occurs. nth-J^?^ d f, C ! ensi0n has scarce, y more than 5 n °uns h its vocabulary (and no adjectives or other particles), all fern., excepting one, which is both m. & f., and all defective, excepting, perhaps two, one of which is res, serving as our model. **«l'r AS a TZu r ^ e, 1 aH m * & f ' accusatives sin g- of all declensions, end in -m, with the charac- teristic vowel of the declension preceding, as a for I., u for II., e for III., u for IV., e for V.- and all m.&f. accusatives of all declensions end in 5, with characteristic vowels of the respective declen- sions, as a for i f ILi , for nLf u for ^ e fQr yth< _^ q neuter ^^ ^^ h J s . n ending in any declension: all employ the nomin. endings. All neuter nouns and adjectives employ their a ox ta endings in their accus. pi. of all declensions, as: Norn. S., smegma, Ace. S. smegma Nom Pi. smegmata, Ace. Pi. smegmata. ' 8. As to quantity, at the present stage, it will suffice, if the student knows, that vowels in the endings closed by a consonant, like -am, -urn, are short; closed by s, like -es, in nom. and ace pi. stress"* m SPe6Ch ' ^ merdy emphacized by a stress ' whiIst the shor t are uttered without De Usu Casus Accusatiyi — Of the Use of the Accusatiye Case. 33. The accusative case has two principal applications: (a) It is governed by a group of prepositions, such as ante, in, post, pone, infra, intra, super, supra, iuxta &c, so that whenever any of these prepositions is used, the declinable particles to which they refer, must follow in accusative case as : candela ardens stat super mtr^am; quis sedet iuxta mttitem ? (b) The accusative is the case of the object f a sentence, as is the nominative the case of the subject. i n the sentence, miles tenet gladium, mUe s is the subject (subiectum) therefore in the nominative case, gladium is the object (obiectum), upon which the subject acts therefore in the accusative, or objective case, whilst the verb, tenet, is the predicate (pradicatum), announcing, or expressing the action of the subject. De YerMs — Of the Yerbs. 34. Verbs are words denoting the doings or deeds of some body or something and the bearing of the consequences of such doing as: scriptor tenet grapfaidem ; w here tenet \ s the doing of the scriptor; but if we invert the sentence and say, graphis tenets and take the viewpoint of the grapbis, as bearing the consequences of the doing of the scriptor, the subject, as the grammarians express it, suffers the action of the subject, when the verb assumes a different form, which is called the suffering form, r forma passiva, and this is J2 called in grammar Vox Passiva, Passive Voice. Therefore, tenet is an active verb, tenetur caliea in gr a transitive verbs can become passive. 5 a P 35 Thrive verbs are two kinds: transitive and intransitive, called verna act.va and verJnenla Vy Z 'Roman grammarians. Tr^veb^jrtwhidi^gven^ x ■+• ,« ;c orMrli Hops not* as to write, paint, hold, because we may ask. What stars **£^:t% ^ . «* * ,** . ^ * ■«. . does he wr u , ? ^ an , Hfi sUnds the S£ •£ SsTbe?^a Se tttag^ For this reason the former are transitive verts', the Mter are ^intransitive verbs; the former are said to have d.rect government, the lat %rD!rtcUs\rg r oTe e rnment. when between the verb and its object nothing inter- venes; indirect is the government, when it is effected through prepositions, as the follow- ing illustration shows: Miles subject I tenet (transitive) gladium £ -o- - Accus - predicate object Miles subj. NUJU | sedet, stat, dormit o — - predic. (intrans) super — sellam ante — casam iuxta — lectum infra — mensam 37 All our verbs end in the present time, 3d person sing, in -at, -d, -it, and in -ant, -ent, -unU -imi, in pi.; whence we group them into four classes, thus: ambulat illuminat delineat stat vocat appellat cubat lavat II. habet tenet ardet sedet iacet continet III. facit efficit coquit instrult scribit contingit pinffit cadit tanffit edit IT, dormit Wemay roughly say, that the first is the -a- Conjugation, the second is the -e- Com jugation, the third is theshort 4- Conjugation, the fourth is thelong -f Conjugation, the characteristic vowels being -a in the I., fin the II., short -« in the 111. and long -t in the IV. Facit with l»cimi in pi. should not mislead the student, it a irregu ™- 3K When we said c.ndela ardens, we turned the verb ardet ,„to its Par..c,p,um « sentis, present participle, and gave it a form, readily used as an adjective v a noun, and declined in the 111., as: Nom. S. ardens, N. PI. ardentes, if -. & ■ but ardent,., ,f n., Ace. S. m.& f., ardenteia, n. ardens; Ace. PI- •"• & f • ardentes, n. ardentia. All other verbs can be handled similarly, as: ambulans, stans, vocans, habens, sedans, faciens, tangens, edens, scribens, coquens, dormiens, and declined like ardent«m, e t na dre s ardentfa, &c 39. in domus instru c fa we have an example of the Participium Perfecti, or perfect par- ticiple. which always ends in -tus, -ta, -turn, or -sus % -sa, -sum, always passive, therefore proper to the transitive verbs, as: illuminatus, a, um, delineatus, a, urn, vocatus, lavatus, ha- bitus, tentus, factus, effectus, scriptus, pictus, csesus, tactus, esus, a, um. There is also status, the standing, but that is derived from the factitive form of this verb (stat), which is sisto,3 stiti, statum. 40. The form, ad scribendum.vmgendum, vocandum, &c, is called the gerundium, which is nothing else, than the neuter gender of the Participium Futuri Passivum, future passive participle (not present in English, meaning a thing to be done), used as a noun, with- out a nominative and without plural number; examples: miles tenet gladium ad caeden- dum; pictor tenet penicillumad pingendum casam; scriptor vocatcocum ad ambulandum. 41. The various pronouns are thus declined: NOM. SING. m. f. n. bic bcec boc idem iadem idem is ea id iste ista istud ipse ipsa ipsum tile ilia illud qui quce quod quis quce quid NOM. PLUR. bi bee bcec iidem ecedem eadem ii ece ea isti istce isla ipsi ipsce ipsa illi illce ilia qui qua quce qui quce quce ACCUS. SING. m. f. n. hunc eundem banc boc eandem idem eum istum ipsum ilium earn istam ipsam illam id istud ipsum illud quern quern quam quam quod quid ACCUS. PLUR. bos eosdem has easdem bcec eadem eos istos ipsos illos eas istas ipsas illas ea ista ipsa ilia quos quos quas quas quce qua Quidam, quadam, quoddam, quilibet, quaeiibet, quodlibet are declined like qui, quas, quod Aliquis, aliqua, aliquid; Norn. plur. aliqui, aliquae, aliqua; Ace. Sing, fliquem, i'llquam, ill* ^?^£ l £ V "^ ■«?«! «f» »h» o* <**. **«, bf«d; so also alius, P.. would be r ru ° ra f ^nT' qU ' S ' 1S ' '" a " ^ ^ C ™°* here is in ge, sing.; in I .E .ft*.'*?**' gtn - S> of ^'* s ' «• "*. ^d ^»«5, ^„ms, a., of various kinds m Latin it is singular number; but currtis, as sunt sh ows is pi terialo 1 ; llit^f °'T' f ° r haUHng burdenS ' wei * ht ' «• °™' *"*. «• a ma- terial or moral burden; adj. oner 6 sus, a, um, burdensome, cumbersome - VeheldT* u pass, participle, of veho, 3, vexi, vectun, to carry> ^ con ™ ;„ dus , "^ rS :"' u .f d as « «*c «ve, and in this application called a ^ta not to be confounded with ad scribendum, wh ich is the ge ruudi„m, and is a noun a vJ i -Sr/LSTatT ^ H b ° Ve ^ ~eCa wagon, m. to be read and studied: wrfo, vectdre, vectdvi, vectdtum, tr . to practice hauling carting, to cart constantly. This type of verbs is called freou^teflr £ S S fa the frequentative of veho. - Gravis, e, adj . Or- B., heavy, weighty ' ve (Germ n Craf ™^Zl 6 Z~ Cdmer - adv - — ■**■ ^-S^: fLw Z^™' '' a "y ''Sht vehicle, buggy. - C«w, ««««,«, with the Roman a hght, two-wheeled vehicle, a cabriolet, a pony-cart, to-day, any light open vehicle to SivToTSsT //m ' f - T larIy ' t00 ' ** "*> *• a coactSilf »L parative of g av.s, here in pi. - Arcera, ce, an ambulance; cegrotus, i, an adi standing tor a noun, a s.ck ( person) . _ ^letudindriunt, ii, a hospital there were such n Rnt, f ESS! ES S£ft *■""■ -^ its principal --™/"- <«- o y, to near, to Uch ( wlt h prepositions: affero, confero, defero, effero infero nnrfrrn It™' P l° f r°' refer °' SUffer °' differo) ' a W ™<* used verb. - Crlc cr^f °' red L~ *"*? f *"*'' "^ rM * ra ' * w ' red; «** »*. m.. a co.on in gen s of red color. - Alterius, gen. s- of alter, a, um, anoth er; see 9 * ' aot lackinV^f' (de + ! U , nt ; de ~ est > = is awa ^ ofl f)' they lack, non deest, non desunt, it is r 2w Y 3re " 0t hCkmg - ~ mmr ' oris < comparative of parvus, n, um, pl n u ^Mi~m rd 1 U pr m 'f-° f ° aas ' eris ' weight - burde «. ^-ri . wo wheek nf th^ ' "' ^ a " d COnj - " S ' SUch aS " ~ C^«/*0», «, a cart; (h le-buO nf/ T Cart o ad "° SP ° keS ' they Weresolid - - Nonnii (non^nsi ^S *: TS: ~ Pab °' ^ ^ a ^ b ™- - **-• ad - a 'on, only.' i7- Qiwtuplex? how many fold? 18. Genit. s. of rota. — Axium, see 4. 2 9. Tz/m, adv., then; what happens then? ^l^ dgenUS GnStead ° f " Cuius ^ neris/< which ™™ "of what gender?") and is r m ^^ •«• M like tas, iSu e s r , eiai- JJ . &c — 21. Cuiusmodi? see the preceding 4 o 22. Quo} adv., does not change; whither? 23 SifWKm, i a mark, a sign. - Soletferre; the English phrases, As a rule; As is wont to be; ordinarily, usually, is expressed by the verb soleo, satire solitus sum with the principal verb (here fero» ferre, tuli, latum, to carry, to bear) in the Infinitive Mood (here ferre): soleo scribere, 1 used to write, I usually write, 1 am given to writing. 24 Signum cruets; when two nouns are related in a sentence, one of them is in ge- nitive (crucis); the other may stand in any case, it may also stand in genitive thus: sigui crucis, of the sign of cross. -Rubri coloris, the quality of color is expressed by ge- nitive- Cuius coloris? of what color? - rubri, of red; alterius coloris, of another color. 25 Ad celkiter currendum; though currendum is a gerundium, therefore, a noun, it still retains its verbal power, and is called a "verbal noun,' ' it is qualified by an adverb (celeriter), and it could not be qualified by an adjective. 4i II. fabrica Non solum currus habet rotas yerum 1 etiam aedificia sunt quaedam, quae intra se rotas habent, nee duas, vel quatuor, sed inultas, maiores et minores, omnis generis. Hocgenus cedificium M>rica 2 appella- tur. Caminus fabrics celsus 3 et procerus esse solet, atque atrum (nigrum) fumiim, Yomere. Is qui habet fabricam, est doininus 4 fabrics, estque fabricator, quia aliquas res, veluti, vehicula, supellectilem fabricator. Multa quoque sunt aedificia, quorum partes anteriores fere 5 nihil aliud sunt nisi iBgentes fenestras. Idgenus aedificia tabern^ vocantur. Dominus tabern^e est taber- na'rins, qui est mercator, quia ipse eas res, quas fabrica- t6res fabricantur, emit, in tabernam suam d^vehit, ibi Thibet et rendit. Hae res sunt merces 7 , qui eas vendit, est mercator, qui autem emit, est emptor. 1. Verum, a n. noun, used as an adv. particularly in negative constructions, non so- !um_verum etiam; non solum- se d etiam; non tantum - ve rum etiam; a much stronger ad- versative than sed. — /Edifidum (aedes+facio), », a building. - Multus, a, um, many, much. — Maior, or, us, comparative of magnus, a , um, bigger, larger. — 2. Fabrica, #, a factory. — 3. Celsus, a, urn, lofty; procerus, a, um, tall. — ' Esse, is the present infini- tive of est, to be, on account of solet. Two verbs, one of them in the infinitive. - Aier, Ira, hum, black, fork; fiimus, i, smoke; vom , 3, vdmui, vomitum, to vomit. — 4. Do- wwitf, 1, (from domiw, m, a house), a landlord, an ownen /^r^/or, is, m., a manu- facturer; fabncorjabricdnjabricdtus sum, to manufacture. This is the form of a regular passive verb, although Latin has a class of verbs, like the present called verba deponentia, or deponent verbs, which are only passive in form, while in meaning they n active. 42 Alius generis aedificium est scliola 8 , quae etiam ludus litterarius appellari solet. Dominus scholae est ludima- pster. 9 Fabricatores, mercatores, scriptores solent suos 10 Alios et Alias in scholam, vel ludum, ad ludimagistrum schoia mittere, qui eos litteras legere, scribere, numerare, et recte loqui docet. Filii et filiae sunt pueri et puellae. Hi omnes sunt discipuli et discipulsB ludimagistri, quia discunt ; id autem quod discunt, est disciplina, quod vero ludimagister docet, est doctrma litteraruni. Palus 12 iuxta scholam fert yexilluiik Maxima 13 et ornatissima aedes inter domos solet esse templum, quod et ecclesia vulgo appellatur. Templum iuxta se ant 14 ante se, turrim celsam solet habere. Templum est dormu Dei, 15 quam non tantum pueri et puellae, sed etiam eorum parentes, hoc est, patres et niatres, aliique yiri et mulieres frequeutaut, ibiqua orant et canunt, verlbum Dei, quod sacerdos prsedicat, audiunt, sicque Deum colunt. VOCABVLARIVM II. templum aedificium, ii flbrica, as fumus, i d6minus, I fabricator, is, m, taberna, ai tabernirius. ii mercltor, is, m. merx, cis, f. emptor, is, m. schoia, ai NOMINA SUBSTANTIVA ludus, i ludimagister, tri filius, ii filia, ■& puer. i puella, x. discipulus, i discipula, ze disciplina, ae doctrina, ae palus, i ADVEKB1A verum rccte fere vulgo vexillum, i turris templum, i ecclesia, ae Deus, i parens, tis, m. f. pater, tris vir, viri mulier, eris verbum, bi sacerdos, dotis, m. f. PRONOJVUNA suus, a, urn NNA. ADI. multus, a, um maior, is celsus, a, um procerus, a, um ater, atra, um ingens, tis litterarius, a, um mlximus, a, um VERBA esse vomo, 3, ui, itum flbricor, 1, atus sum emo, 3, emi, ptum ddveho, 3, xi, ctum exhibeo, 2. ui. iturr vendo, 3, didi, itum mitto, 3, misi, ssum leg-o, 3, gi, ctum scribo, 3, psi, ptum numero, 1, vi, turn loquor, qui, cutus, sum doceo, 2, cui, ctum disco, 3, didici habeo, 2. ui, itum frequento, 1, vi, turn oro, 1, vi, turn cano, 3. cecini, cantum praidico, 1. vi, turn colo, 3, colui, cultum audio, 4. ivi, itum 8. Schoia, a, (not skola but with deep, guttural ch), a school; alius generis, f another kind; Indus, i, a game, a play; -ius, a, um, literary, particularly the elementary school; Jlppellari, pres- infin. passive of appellor (-/o). — 9. Ludimagister, tri, m., a schoolmaster. — 10. Suus, a, um, the possessive pronoun of the 3rd person, sing and plur., his, hers, its; inflected just like other adjectives. — Filius, ii, a son; filia, x, a daughter. — Mitto, 3 misi, missum, to send; infinit. on account of solet. — Lego, 3 legi, tectum, to rezd',numero, ' vijum, to reckon, calculate; recte, adv., fr. rectus, a, um, right, plain, straight, r\ght\y, properly, correctly. Loquor, loqui, locutus sum, dep., to speak; infin. on account of docet. D6teo % doctre, docut, doctum, to teach. — 10. Puer, pueri, «*•> a boy; puella, at, (a dimi- DUtive, fern, of puer), a girl. — 11. Hi, m. pi. of hie; masculine precedes the feminine in 43 agreement, so that hi includes also the feminine; disMpulus, i % a male pupil, or disciple; discipula, God, the gods. — Eorum, gen. pi. of is, their Parens, tis t m- & f-, properly the pres. participle of pdrio, par ere, peperi, partum, to bear a child, a bearing one, a parent, applied to both, father and mother. — Hoc est, same as id est, that is. — Pater, tris, m., a father; mater, iris, *., a mother; vir, viri, m-» a man (not a boy or a women); mulier, is, U a woman (particularly a married one), also as opposed tc vir. — Frequento, 1 vi, turn, to go habitually (transitive). — Oro, 1 vi, turn, from os,oris, a., a mouth, to pray, to talk; cano, 3 cecini, cantum, to sing; verbum, i, a word, verbum Dei, in Christian phraseology, the word of God. — Sacerdos, otis, m. & *., a priest, a priestess, a clergyman; pt&dico, 1 vi, turn, to announce, to proclaim, to praise, commend. — Audio, 4 vi, turn, to hear; sicque, and thus; colo, 3 ui, cultum, to cultivate, to respect, to worship. III. *gv * Diico 1 lineam. — Quid ago ? 2 Diico lineam. — \JL Quid diico ? — Lineam. — Quis 3 diicit lineam ? — Ego. 4 Ista est linea quam ego duxi. 5 — Quis duxit illam lineam, aliquisne discipulorum, an ego, magister ? Tune duxisti illam lineam ? — Non tu earn duxisti, sed ego duxi. * The teacher simply draws a line on the black board; he should not draw the hand, which is meant to suggest the manner of handling the subject. Neither should he draw the next picture, but designs letter A. In both cases he must utter the sentences simulta- neously with drawing. Speech and action must go together. 1. T)uco, is the 1st person sing, in the present tense of the Indicative Mode, of the active verb duco, ducere, duxi, ductum, 1 draw, I pull. All Latin verbs in the active voice, in the 1st person sing, present tense, Indie. Mode, end in 0, which expresses the subject, or doer, I, wherefore, the personal pronoun, unless other considerations demand it, is not -employed. 44 ego scripsi Quid ago nunc? — Nunc scrifco 7 litteram ma- iusculam A. — lam 8 non scribo, iam scripsi litteram ft, — Quid egi 1 — Scripsi. — Quid scripsi ? — Scripsi litte- ram ft. — Quis scripsit istam litteram ? — Ego. — Tune scripsisti illam litteram ? — Non tu earn scripsisti, sed 2. *Ago, 3 egi, actum, to drive, to be acting, to do. Quid ago? what am I doing? — The small numerals after the verbs, like oro 1 , doceo 2 , duco 3 , audio 4 , indicate the groups, called conjugations (coniugationes,^ yoking together) to which each of them belongs. Hence 1 indicates first group, the infinitive of which is -are; the 2nd, -ere; the 3rd, -ere; the 4th, he; we read them: oro, i vi, turn = oro, ordre, oraVi, oratum; doceo 2 ui, ctum = doceo, doc£re,d<5cui, doctum; ago 3 egi, actum- igo, feere, £gi, actum; audio 4 v i, turn, 2udio, audire, audivi, auditum. 3. Quis, interrogative pronoun for male persons, quce, for females, or fern, things, quid, for neuter things. It is sometimes employed for masc. things, though qui is the proper interrogative there. Who draws the line? 4. Ego, the personal pron. of the first person, without regard to sex, h employed when emphasis demands. 5. Duxi, ist the 1st person sing, of the past time, or, as grammarians say, perfect tense (in Latin Tempus Praeteritum Perfectum Indicativi) of the Indicative Mode. I ha ve fed, or drawn. The Latin expresses the idea with one word, or directly, whilst the English employs three words; this is called circumlocution (circum-f locutio), or periphrasis. Mark this latter term. Ego is emphatic here: This is the line which I have drawn. itis, -Aunt. These differences always depend on the charac. (eristic vowel of the present of the Infinitive of each verb. In eniint.o, or nuntio, that Infi- nitive is -d't, in deleo it is - thou art, he, she, it is; pi. sumus, estis, sunt. Past, /w/, fuistufuitjuimus, fuislis, fuerunt. - Bonorum librorum, gen. pi. of bonus liber, a good book. PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS. De Nominibus Substantivis. 42. The principal feature of this Pensum is the introduction of the endings of the Casus Genitivus, or genitive case. This being the first of the oblique cases, it contains the stem of each declinable particle, ready to receive any of the endings of the other oblique cases. Therefore the stem of any declinable particle is found by leaving off the genitive ending, as: temon-/ 5j miliWs, radi-/, ax./ s , oner-/ 5 , sign-*; curr- ws , rot.^. 43. As it is the genitive ending which decides to which declension each and every noun belongs, the genitive ending must be studied along with the nominative in each and every noun, and adjective of one ending, when we memorize them, pronouncing them along in this manner: rota, rot« capsus, capsi vehiculum, vehiculi radius, radii currus, currus sarrtcum, sarr&i par, paris temo, temdnis co i or , coloris axis, axis onus, oneris pa b , pa b6nis simplex, simplicis duplex, duplicis minor, mindris 44. The following table exhibits all our case-endings hitherto acquired: Casus I II III IT y Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing, Plur. NOMINAL -a -a; -us «er -urn •a any .es -a ■ia -us -us -ua -es -& GENITIVUS -03 -arum -i -orum -is -um -ium -us -uum -ei •erum ACCUSAL -am =as =um -OS -em -any -es -a -ia -um =u -us =ua -em -es 4 8 Examples of Genitiyes: line*, linearum; Utter*, litterarum; C as*, casarum; can- del* candelarum; mens*, mens"™; fenestra fenestrarum; pens?, pensorum; circuit cir- culorum; quadrat*, quadrate™; baculi, baculorum; gladU, gladiorum; tecti, tectum; ax", axium; gdphidis, graphidum; mflith militum; pelvis, pelvium; Uteris, laterum; generis, g^nerum; domes, domuum; manes, m^nuum; r ei, rerum. De Noniinitms Adiectivis. 45 The adjectives of Group A, or -us, -a, =um, as has been stated, when making use of their' =«s and -em endings, follow the 11 declension; when they employ their -a ending, they belong to the I., thus: II I H MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NOMIN, SING. magnws parvus latws altws ruber magna parva lata alta rubra wherefore, they will form their genitives in this manner: II I GENITITUS SING. GENITITUS PLUR. magm parvz latx alt/ rubn' magnorww parvorwm tetorum zMorum rubrorum magn# parv<£ lat# alt# rubra? magnarwm parvarww \2\arum 2\iaium rubrarum magnum parvww latum Htum rubrum II magm parv/ latx alti rubn' mzgnorum parvorww Iziorum dttorum rubrorum 46. All other adjectives, of whatever ending, that are not -««, -a, -um, -er, or even these, when they chansre their endings in the comparative degree into -»<>r, belong to Group B, and are declined in the III. declension, as: ■ior, NQM. SING. MASC. brew's tenw's omn/s quahs raaior simple ingens FEM. brtvis tenuis omnis quail's maior simple mgens NEUTER breve tinue omn^ quale mains simple mgens ■uis, 49 GENITIYUS SING. m. f. n. brew's tenuis omnis qual/s maion's simpkWs mgentis GENITIYUS PLUR. m. f. n. brbjium ttnuium 6mntum qualium vcmoxum simplidz/m ingentium Examples: line® brev's et crass®; linearum breVium e t crassarum ; litter® tenuis et rubr«; litterarum tenuium e t rubramra ; C as® lat® et hum«'Iis ; casarum latarum e t humilium; candel® rotund® et ardent's ; candelarura rotundarum e t ardentium ; mnis pensi pr i m i ; omnium pensorum primorum ; m i n or baculus adunc«s, Gen. minoris baculi adunc" ; minorum baculorum aduncorum ; graphics acut® maioris ; graphidum acutarura maiorum \ var«i generis; variorum g£ n eruni; gravis man"s r ect®;gra'vium man«um rectarum; r ei parv® et simplicis; r erum parvarum e t simplicium. 47. The following nine adjectival particles, and three plural numerals are thus de- clined: NOM. SING. anus, a, um ullus a, um nullus, a, um solus, a, um totus, a, um alius, a, ud uter, tra, um alter, a, um neuter, tra, um NOM. PL. uni, x, a ulli, se, a nulli, 33, a soli, aa, a toti, 33, a alii, 33, a utri, 33, a alteri, 33, a neutri, 33, a ACC SING. unum, am, um ullum, am, um nullum, am, um solum, am, um totum, am, um alium, am, ud utrum, am, um alterum, am, um neutrum, am, um ACC. PL. unos, as, a ullos, as, a nullos, as, a solos, as, a totos, as, a alios, as, a utros, as, a alteros, as, a neutros, as, a GENITIYUS SING. m, f. n. unius uWius nullius so\ius totius i\ius utrius alten^s neutnws GENITIYUS PL. not in use ullorum, arum, orum nullorum, arum, orum solorum, arum, orum totorum, arum, orum aliorum, arum, orum utrorum, arum, orum alterorum, arum, orum neutrorum, arum, orum V NOM. PL. duo, duae, duo ambo, amb£, ambo tres, tres, tria ACC. PL. duos, -as, duo ambos, -as, -bo tres, tres, tria GENITIYUS PL. duorum, duarum, duorum amborum, ambarum, amborum trium, trium, trium De Pronominibus. 48. The various pronouns form their genitives in this way: NOM. SING. m. f. n. hie hcec hoc is ea id idem, eadem idem iste ista istud ipse ipsa ipsum Me ilia Mud qui quce quod quis quce quid GEN. SING. m. f. n. huius eius eiusdem istius ipsius Mius t cuius GEN. PLUR. m. f. n. horum harum horum eorum earum eorum eorumdem earumdem eotumdem istorum istarum istorum ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum illorum illarum illorum quorum quarum quorum Mixed Examples: Illius scriptoris magni; illorum scriptorum magnorum; huim casae humilis; harum casarum humilium; cuius pictoris parvi; quorum pictorum parvorum; eius fabric* maioris et atrae; earum fabricarum maiorum et atrarum; solius patns httera- rii; solorum patrum litterariorum ; nullius filias maioris; nullarum filiarum maiorum; alius pueri minoris; aliorum puerorum minorum. 49. Whenever two nouns, dependent on one another, occur in a sentence, one of them will be in the genitive case; the other may be in any case, but it also may be in genitive. If there be three nouns, two will be in genitive; as: rota pilenti; rota pilent» fabri- catoris . _ If th ese nouns are joined by conjunctions, like et, vel, aut, & c ., or divided by commas, they are not related, but enumerated, in which case the above rule does not apply, as: pabo, arcera, sardcum, pilentum sunt currus, vel vehicula. 50. This relation of two nouns may express that relation which exists between a father and his son, as, filius patris, that is, of origin and source, or of possessor and posses- sion, as, taberna mercatorls, or of quality, as, crux rubri coloris, and some others. 51. The relation of the possessor and possessed being the most typical and most frequent application of genitive, it may be stated as a rule, that the possessor is placed into the genitive case, the possession into any case, and, that the possession precedes, the possessor follows in the order, as: templum est domus Dei, not Deidomus ; unless some spe- cial consideration demands the inversion. De Terbis. 52. Verbs, in all languages, are of two kinds by form, or voice : Verba Acti va, and Verba Pass.ra, r verbs of active voice, and verbs of passive voice. The Latin lansruare has a third class of verbs called Verba Deponentia, or deponent verbs, which bear a passive form, but by meaning they are active either transitive, or intransitive, but they cannot be used passively, as: fabricor, loquor. 53. Again, all verbs are either laifnita, r Finita. The Infinita are those that are not circumscribed, or limited, by persons, as, for instance, to write, to walk (since we do not specify, or limit, who does it); Finita are those that are so limited to persons, as I write "e walks. > 54. This limitation of the powers of the verbs is effected by the manner ( mo dus) in which we utter them; the time, in which the action of the verb takes place; and by the person performing, or suffering the action of the verb. A) As to manner, or mode, of uttering, four Modi are distinguished: (1) (Modus Infimtus or Infinitivus (Infinitive mode); (2) modus Indications (Indicative mode) ; 3) Modus Conmnciivus (Conjunctive, also called Subjunctive, mode); and (4) Modus Imperaiivus (Imperative, or commanding mode). B) As to the time which specifies the action of the verb, we distinguish these six- Tempus Praams now-time, present time, or tense) ; T em P us Prceteritum lmperjedum the time not completely passed (imperfect); Tempus Prceieritum Perfectum, the completely passed time (perfect tense) ; Tempus Prceteritum Plus-quam- Perfectum, the time, more than completely passed (pluperfect tense); Tempus Futurum Simplex, the simple time to-come (simple future); and, Tempus FuturumExactum, thedone-time yet to-come (future perfect ense). - Of these the Present, the Past, and the Future are called Primary Tenses, the Imperfect, Pluperfect and Future Perfect, are called Secondary Tenses. C) As to the persons restricting the power of the verb, we distinguish three- the First tZ2 ( Pe / SO - P » m f^ h ^oer, or speaker; the Second Person (Person, Secunda towards which he first person acts, or speaks to; and Third Person (Persona Tertia) Persons, thc St P ?° U aCtS ° r Speaks or the Person spoken about. - These persons are either in Singular, or in Plural Number. di„ m D) B ' sides * hese . the L »tin verb has the following parts: four Participia, one Oernn. dium, one Oerundlvnm, and two Supina. De Temporibu8 Primitivis. 4 u t 55 ' F ° r „* e . classification of *e verbs, and for the finding of the various time-endines the Tempora Pr.nmiva, or Principal Parts, furnis h the clews. These are: * ' 1st person Praes . p rat Pres.Indic Infinit Indic . J m ,! - v ° co ' vocare ' vocavi, vocatum • doceo, OocSre, d6c ui, doctum "' i cn *°> scribere > scripsi, scriptum 1V ' mdi0 < audire < audivi, auditum 52 From these four stems are all other tenses formed, as will be explained later on. 56 The present of the Infinitive decides in each verb to which conjugation that verb belongs, it has a different characteristic vowel for each of the four conjugations, as: 1. -ire, — 2. -<>»«. emere or vendere, to buy, or to sell for a higher, larger, more price; less, smaller price; dearer, cheaper. - 5. Mm didicerunt, have learned, or studied »» boys. - 6. Future of Co. «'», fit, fimus, fitis, tiunt, to become; thou too wilt become learned ; ** **, to thee; lame", and yet. - 7. Adv. at the same place. - 8. Pra;s. Coni., that we may - 9. Pres- partic in accus., like ardentem. 55 EXERCITIA SCRIBENDI. i. Qudmodo fit currus? - 2. Qua? vehicula vectaverunt merces mercatorum in suas tabernas ? - j. Quo vehuntur ^groti ? — 4 Quod- genus vthiculum est carpentum? _ j. Quos viros et mulieres vocamus parentes ? — 6. In quid fabricantur merces domini fabricarum ? — Quid solet cocus agere quum (when) caminus ^dium fumat? - 8 Quis fit doctus? — 9. Quid est doctrina? — disciplina? — Quis fuit M T Cicero ? — 1 1. Quid solent agere ii, qui templa frequentant ? — 12 Num tabernarn minons vendunt suas merces ut maioris emant ? — Quid fit (what happens ?) ? v EXERCITIA LOQUENDI. 1. A. Heus} puer, quid agis ? 2. A. At ego iam hdbeo totum exercitium scriptum, 3 tu autem non habes. 3. A. AtquP habuisti; quo posuisti earn? 4. A. Quid igitur ages? iam non habes multum temporis. 5. 6. A. Tenesne 6 cuncta verba qu£ magister te docuit? Si non teneas, legam ea ut audias. Hstne grammatica tua Latina ad manum? A. Ages igitur, curre in tabernarn gvi- phidem emptum, 9 turn recurras domum cele*riter. Ego et amicus Pictor interea hie sed£bimus. A. Tu autem facn u t in tabernarn cur- ras, non autem ut soles, post pilenta curses ! B. Quid agam? 2 Id quod tu, nempe, nihil. B. Verum, profectoest, sedhabebo; prius tamen emam gdphidem, nullam enim habeo- B. Inter libros patris, supermensam, sed iam non est ibi. B. Curram protinuss \ n tabernarn, emam, feram domum, atque pensum illico descn- bam- B. Gratias7 tibl Mbe o et ago mfcimas; multa eorum verborum tineo, non tamen cuncta. B. Curram ergo celemme quam 10 pedes me ferre possunt. Tu autem atque amicus Pictor, si ita placet, aliquid legetis: nam ego et pater multos bonosque habemus libros. InteVea valete ! B. Non faciam! 12 be di? -tstr. ir co f ; m ? ying f the question ' do you ask me> what ■ s At JL rv . ' Partlc - P erf - '**> "' nln • written. — * Ye t. — l\h,M ,' 7 Dlrect c lon ' whither? with accus.: domum, home. - illico = p ro tinus • I shall write down. _ e Dost thou ho|d (mentally) . thee; ^ (taag< % umy /"!: 56 7 Qritia, «, In such case usually in pi. «W. to thee; grati.s habeo, and V- ago, or both toeether, I thank you (1 have and do thanks to thee) ; many of those words ... - Im- Ztol ofZ, go ahead then. - • Ecptum, see Principle 56, on sup.num; -cums thou wi un back (re-contraction of retro, backward) ; i»terea, i„ the mean time- - Cele - rimequam . . . Most swiftly than . . . (my) feet can carry me; placet? ^personally,, it so pleases (ye), if you please. - Vale.,* «i, itum, , am in my usual «>busUond,hon of health; I have the health, bodily strength, ability, mental vigor hence valetudo, ... , i. 5S co.valesc.,3 ui , , am regaining my vigorous health ; vale udmanum an hospita o r 8 a.itari.m (a word of no Roman authority) ; hence also valed.co, va.ed.C.o, from va. te ! farewell' 1 say 'farewell', 'farewell-saying. - » Whilst thou see to it, that . . . fac. imperat. of «acio, make it happen. - This «t is an adv. as, ut soles, as thou art wont, as you are accustomed to do. - Cm,' v. .., habitually running, to run forward and back- ward to roam; frequentative of c«rro,3 and its own frequentative form is curs.to, to run ceaselessly, to run up and down, back and forth, to be given (particularly to vain) running; here, as boys do, to run after buggies, wagons. — 12 hall not do (so) ! 57 PENSVM QVINTVW. i. O Iterum circulum simplicem descripsi. — Hiiic 1 circulo alterum maiorem ? circiimdabo® ? utsit 2 circulus duplex. — His 3 duofous drculis tertium addam exterius, ita, ut circulus sit triplex (?§n) — Nunc ponam punctum ill 4 ((0©))) medium trium circulorum. — Circulus exterior, qui est maximus, est circum 5 interiorem, minorem, iile vero est circum lntimuin, & minimum, in medio cuius est pun- ctum. Punctum est in medio circulo minimo, cui 6 maior estcircumdatus; hunc maiorem autem maximus cingit. 1. Huic, is the dative case of hie, hac, hoc, f or all three genders ; circulo i 5 the dative case of circulus ; maiorem, [ s the accus. s., m. & f. of maior, comparative m. & f . of ma- gnus, a. um, circumdabo j s the simple future of circumdoi, dedi, datum, to surround, to put around. — Though of the I. conjugation, the a and e, radical vowels, are very short, and they throw the accent back upon the u f circum, as, circumdare, circumdabo ; I shall put (give) around (to) this circle another, larger one. 2. Sit, 3d pers. sing. pres. tense, Coniunctivus of sum, es, est, = be, it be ; "t sit, i n order that it be. It runs: sim, sis, sit, simus, sitis, sint, be I, be thou, be he, she, it ; be we, be ye, be they. 3. Dat. pi. of hie, hax, hoc, of duo, and of circulus ; to these two circles ; ad + do 3 didi, ditum, f ut . addam, =des, *6et, = demus, detis, -dent, I shall give to, I shall add. Take notice that do, with its compounds, governs two cases, the accus., of what one gives, or adds ; we cannot say in Latin I give him a book, two accusatives, but I give to him a book do ei librum. Triplex, treble, triple threefold ; exterius, adv., outward- 4. In, prepos. when it means direction, like into, it governs accus., like here, I put a dot into the middle of the three circles ; otherwise, when it answers the question where? (not whither?), it is joined with abl., as in the next sentence, ia medio. 5. Prep., around, w. ace; minorem, compar. of parvus, a, urn, in ace m. & f.; inti- mus, a, um, innermost, in ace; minimus, a, um, superl of parvus, the smallest. 6. Cui, dat. of all three genders of qui, quae, quod, to whom, to which; -datus, a, um, perf. partic of circumdo; this puts qui into dative, cui. — Cingo? xi, ctum, to girdle, to surround w- something, to encircle. ?8 Istis 7 tribus circulis, cum puncto in medio, quadratum extrinsecus circumduct quo facto, 8 fit scopus. Scopi fieri 9 solent e 10 pliiribus tabulis commissis, E- albo 11 et nigro colore distinctis, quod 12 hi colores e longin- quoclarius yideri&disceruipossunt — Hae tabulae pictae 13 deinde palo, in terram defosso, & in altitudiuem plunum scopus pedum erecto, afflguntur. 7 Dative pis- of iste, tres, circulus. - Cum, prep., with, always w. abl., with a dot in the middle. - Like exterius, on the outside, outward, - *e _ very short, accent on eXt ™8 Abl s. of quod ; abl. sin. of factum, perf. part- neuter of facio, done, quo f ado a pure abl. without prepos- cum; (with) which done, with this done, this being done, after this is done, fit scopus, a target arises, a target turns out. Mark this Latinism ; it is exceed- ingly frequent; we shall have many of them. 9. Fieri solent e tdbulis, they are usually made of boards. F,o, fieri, facta. sum is supposed to be the passive form of facio, but it is not quite so. It rather seems to be the Greek fU6, to beget, it furnishing the perfect of sum, as fni, receiving in return its own perfect from facio (f actus sum); hence the supposition that it is the passive of facio. Some idioms- ut fit, as is usually the case; «t fieri solet, assolet, as it usually happens; f»en potest it is quite possible, perhaps it is so ; fiat lux ! be there light! (in the Bible) ; Hat voluntas tua happen thy will! (not thy will be made r done) ; fieri quod tibi uou vis, alter! ne fecerk] that which thou dost not will to happen to thee, thou wilt not do to another. Fiat money, come-into-being-money, whereas sit would mean be K being! 10. E pluribus tdbulis commissis, out of several (more) boards joined or jointed, fitted, moulded, or grooved, or glued. E before consonants ex before vowels and h (this principle is not strictly observed), a preposition, governing ablative case; therefore plus, tabula and commissus are in abl- pi- whose endings are -is, in I. and II., -ibus in III. and IV., -ibus in V. — Committor si, ssum, fr. con, together and mUto, in perf. partic, sent, put' joined, jointed together ; commissura, ae, is the seam, or line of jointure. 11. Mbus, a, urn, white ; niger t gra, urn, black. — Hereafter I shall mark adjectives of this kind by -us, a, urn, or er, a , urn &c. — Perf- partic. of disiinguo? xi, ctum, pro- perly to touch asunder, stain or paint in two different colors, so as to make a thing easily discernible, to make the difference apparent, to distinguish ; in abl. pi., qualifying tabulis, then: Targets are usually made of several (pieces of) boards, joined together, painted (in, with; white and black color(s). - - Note (a) the -is abl. pi. endings, all governed by* (tx); (b) the -o and -e abl. sing, endings, not governed by any preposition ; this latter is again a pure abl- , . 12. As, since, because ; e longinquo (-urn, i), from a distance, from far. — Clarius, adv. In comparative, more dearly; pass. Inf. of videre, to be seen; pass Inf. of discerno (dis ■ asunder, apart )■' crevi, creium, to pick out, or single out one, or more by sight from a crowd; "as these colors can more clearly be seen and known apart from afar." 13. -US. a % «m, perf. part, of pingo, painted. — -us x i % a pole, dat. s.; terra, ce> earth, ?9 Scopus est res eiusmodi, in quam arma" nostra iaculatoria collineamus, ac tela nostra, veluti sagittas ex arcu, glandes & globos funda, aut sclopeto coniicimus & iaculamur, sicque nos in iaculando exercemus. Quaestiones 1 *: Quid egi iterum ? — Quomodo est circulus triplex factus ? 16 — Quam rem circumdedi circulo ? — Ubi est punctum ? — Cui rei est circulus maximus circumdatus? — Quomodo fit scopus ? — Quibus 17 coloribus distinguuntur tabulae ? — Ob quam causam ? 18 — In quern lisum 19 est scopus? VOCABVLARIVM 13. Nna Adi. Verba Adverbia triplex, icis circumdo, dare, dedi, datum exterius, ctfrius intimus, a, um minimus, a, um sit addo 3, didi, ditum extrinsecus plus, pluris albus, a, um cingx>3. xi ctum circumduco 3, xi, ctum Pronomlna nig-er, gra, um long-inquus, a, um iaculatorius, a, um fio, fieri, factus sum committo 3, si ssum disting-uo 3, xi, ctum nos noster, tra, um maior, ior, ius video 2, di, sum minor, or, nus discerno 3, crevi, turn defodio 3, di, ssum Praepositiones erigro 3, rexi, ctum affigo 3, xi, xum circum collineo 1, vi, turn cum coniicio 3, ieci, ctum e, ex iaculor 1 , atus sum in exerceo 2, ui, itum Nna Subst. scopus, i tabula, 32 palus, i terra, as altitudo, inis, f. arma, orum, n. telum, i sagitta, ae arcus, us glans, dis, f. globus, i funda, as sclopetum, i causa, as quasstio, nis, f. usus, us, m medium, ii ground, accus. sing, on ac. of in; -defossus, a, um, perf. part, of defddio* dissum to dig down, qualifies palo, to a pole, dug down into the ground ; altitudo, inis, f., height, or depth; perf. part, of erigo* erexi,erecium, fr. e, ex + rego* xi, ctum, to straighten,' fr rex, regio, regula, rectus, a,um, to raise upright, in dat. s. ; affigo** xi, xum (ad+figo, 3 xi,' xum) to fasten, to attach, in passive form ; "are fastened (fixed) to a pole, dug down into the ground and raised to the height of several feet". 14. Jlrma, armorum, only pi., fr. armus, i, the shoulder joints ; hence such weapons as are carried on, or leaning against the shoulder, as spears, battle-axes, arches, in our times, guns; the others, like swords, darts, slings, are tela, (telum, i); arms; — Noster, tta, um, poss. pron. of more possessors, our, ours. —Iaculatorius, a, um, fitted for shoot- ing. — Collineo, 1 vi, turn, to aim. — Sagitta, ce, an arrow; arcus, us, m., an arch, a bow, mzbl; glans, dis, an acorn, leaden bullets, used by Roman slingers, with the sentence engraved on several found : ROMA FERI (O Godess Rome, strike!); globus, i a ball ; funda, 03, a sling; sclopetum, i, a gun, our present fire-arms. — This word was employed by all Europe since fire arms came into use, and I want to perpetuate it here, though not known to the Romans. The Roman root is scloppo} vi, turn, to pop, the sound of the explosion of a gun, or any similar crack. Because some stray MSS. presented the spelling 6o as stloppo, or even stlopo, the inferences and speculations of German philologers and doctors should not be listened to. This is the tradition. — Coniicio? iid 9 tectum to throw, to hurl; iaculor} aius saw, to hurl, to shoot, to fire: a verbum deponens. — Nos, nom. pi. of ego, we, and its accus., as here; taculando, abl. of ger. by shooting; exerceo 2 , m, citum, to exercise, to practice "our selves in shooting." 15. Quastiones, nom. pi. of qucestio, nisj., an asking, a question, fr. qucero* sivi, itum, to seek, inquire, ask. 16. Perf • part, of tacio, made. 17. Abl. pi. of qu', Q Uffi » Q uod ' and Q« is , Q uaB ' Q uid ; by or with what colors . . . 18. Causa, ce, cause, reason; for what reason? 19. Usus, us, m., fr. utor, 3 usus sum, to make use, in accus. s., for what use ? II. o /^\ Alter horum circulorum est integer, 1 alter vero ( j dimidiatus ; du« partes dimidiae huius sunt duo V — / semi-circuli. Lineolae, quas priori circulo lindique 2 appli- cui, eff iciunt, ut haec figura speciem solis re. ferat; circulus enim ipse erit sol, lineolae autem radii eius erimt. — Iuxta solem ponimus par Luna Sol Stella semi-circulorum, alterum in altero, in similitudinem 3 lunae, ac, de- nique, ex altera parte parvulum solem collocabimus; ea est Stella. 1. Integer, gra, urn, declined like =us, a, am; accent on in-; whole, unbroken, unda- maged, not spoiled, -us, a, urn, perf. part, of dimidio 1 , vi, atum, to half, cut into halves; -dius, a, urn, and as a noun-dium, ii, a half. — Semis, semissis, m., the half, the half part of a thing, derived from it an idecl. particle, semi-, half (Greek ncmi French demi, which latter is the corruption of Latin dimi-dium), used in forming compounds like semi, circulus, semi-vivus, semesus, &c. 2. IJndique, adv., accent strongly on un- from all parts, all around; -co, 1 avi, alum, Hum, both forms used, both good; perhaps the ««, itum form is prevalent. —Species, eij., form, appearance, what is seen (specto); s 6l, is, »., the sun ; refero, 3 retuli, relatum, to bring back; speciem alicuius rei referre = to have, to carry resemblance of a thing. — Erit' pi. erunt, is Futurum simplex of Sum, es, est, (he, she, it) will be, (they) will be. 3. In similitudinem, -ludo, tudinis, resemblance, just as we say "in memoriam," in s. lunae (hma, xj into, in the likeness of the moon; the - ul - is a diminutive particle; colloco 1 , r. (hereafter 1 shall mark by r all regular verbs, that is those ending in -vi, turn), fr. locus i, place, = we shall place; stella, az, a star. Quoniam^sol, luna atque stellae in coelo sunt, idcirco corpora coelestia appellantur; ea autem 6mnia, quae in terra videmus, res ter- restres vocantur. hora 6-ta, vdspera horizon hora 6-ta, mane horizon Sol est in medio coelo. — Sol est in summo* vertice coeli. Veriim- tamenesol non est semper in eodem coeli puncto; subinde est in homonte : sol surgit in horizonte. - Quum? sol surgit, vel oritur, est hora sexta (6) matutma ; est mane. Antequams sol horizdntem attingit, est dilueulum; quum vero 4 Adv. since, as; caelum, i, n. in s, the sky; but in ecclesiastical Latin it is m. in pi. ,cceh Chorum, ; pi. ,„ class. L. does not occur. - Adv., for that reason; on that account- corpus, -pons, n. 111., pi. -ra; ccelestis, e, heavenly; terrestris, e, earthly. 5. Summus vertex -us, a, urn; -ex, ids, m. , the greatest the uppermost the highest r. super, superus supenor, sup^us, and summm> a> f 3 P £ Z^Tttt turning point of any thing sloping to a peak, as a mountain, as the sky, according to popular conception, of the head, &c turning 10 6. Adv. however; adv. always ; eodem puncto, at the same int f t . SJtori ^ a *" ne T rath,g the - earih 3nd the ^thehLon;^ S f*' *° 1Se : _ 7 - Adv> when; »w. ™H orius sum, dep. v., to rise, to spring, to draw its beginnings, noun, origo, Ms, t, the rise, the origin, said of the sun stars rivers nations, &c. -Hora, ae, an hour, likely of Shemitic (Phenician?) orig n fir to' wa h ' whence Greek hora. The Romans have divided the day-time, from sunris to sunset S shorter Thei? T? ^ 7T " ° f the ^ the hours -re longe or Lh L prLa i nrr d f° f ° Ur "***■ WSkeS ' Vi£ilS ' 0f three ho ^' duration each, the pr ma v,g,l,a beginning at sunset, the quarta ending at sunrise. This must be borne in mind for understanding Roman writings, -tus, a urn, the sixth bourT d ys s. "he^s: a,s - are counted by the ° rdinai — ; --• «. -. S of s 8. Adv. ere, before than; -go? -tigi, -factum ( ad + tango) to reach, attain, touch , 62 primos radios nitilos in ccelum dispe^git, est aur6ra, quse idem sonat atque 'aurea hora'. - Sole", denique, oriente, totum ccelum radns fulgentibus coruscat; postquamvero in cceliconvexum perTenit, orbem terrarum uniYersum lumine ac splendore perfundit. Ab™ hora sexta matutina sol, secundum horas septimam 7 , octavam (8), nonam (9), decimam (io), undtfciniani (11 , veluti per gradus, pedetentim ascendit, donee, hora duodecima (12) ver- ticem summum attingit: tunc est meridies. - At sol nee hie consi- Btit," nequemora-tur,sed iter suum prosequitur, ac puncto tempons .urn, i, twilight, daybreak; -us, a, um, reddish, also the color of red hair; -go? Ja^to scatter, disseminate (dis+spargo*); I., the dawn; -no} ui,itum to ^^£ T£ * signifies- idem -ac before consonants, except, perhaps c and t. before which the other is preferable (aurora is supposed to be the contraction of aurea hora, golden hour). 9. Sole oriente, instead of <— -1 oritar, a very frequent contraction in case of two statements (sol oritur, ccelum coruscat) of two events taking place at the same time the "when" then is omitted, the subject of the first sentence is put into abl. (sole), «d ita predicate verb into corresponding participle (present, past or future), and ,t is made to agree with its subject in number and case (oriente). This is again one of the pure ablatives, ungoverned. We shall meet it often; fMgeo? si - to shine, glea m pres. part ab pi., qualifying radiis; corusco} - to glitter, said of tremulons light, flash (the sky is glittering Sh brilliant rays). - Adv. after than; -um, i, the inside hollow part of a thing, like a ten a globe, a dome, the sky; -nio* ni, turn, fr. per, through, all the way + W J turn, to come, after (that) that the sun has arrived; -is, is, m. a «"»;"" ! s » l ' a " y pi. ; h en it means the earth ball; -us, a, um, the entire, the whole; -or, is, m., brfihancy, splendor; -do.'fudi, fusum, fr. per, through, all the way, throughout, + fundo, fud,, fu- sum, to pour, to overpour, overwhelm. , „ hc „.„„rn 10 \Ab, prep., before vowels and h, a, before consonants (not strictly observed), from, since, off, away, departing, movingaway on the same level with the .object, a way with ablative ; secundum, prep. w. ace, along, acceding to i the following a e ordinal numerals from seventh till twelfth, all -us, a, um, adjs.; -us, us, m. ace pi ™ to P ' a prep, governing accus. , by steps, fr. grddior? gressus sum, to step, hence 7*^^ «»• stepping together; adv. step by step, fr. pes; -do? di, sum, fr. ad+scando a sum, to mount, to go up, ascend; adv. until; adv. then; -es, M, /., noon. fr. med.us+dies. , \ Jo ■ stk slitum, fr. con+sisto, the transitive form of *.. to come to standstill, to stop! moror*, atus sum, v. dep. to tarry, also transit to delay, to detain somebody ; iter Uneris, ». a road, a way, a journey, marching, -«er facere, to travel to march 1 r> cuius sum, v. dep. f r . pro+sequor*. cuius sum, forward-follow to continue, follow, to pro ecute; a phrase, l-.ta.tl,. immediately ; -no} - to bend, to incline; adv. down wad. SuTZ upward; -dior? gressus sum, fr. ad + gradior, 1 step to, hence aggressw, ms step- p to somebody w. hostile intentions, to begin, to start, to step on his downward way. 6: molinat, iterque deorsum aggreMitur. Deinceps^ fit hora prima secunda, tertia, quarta, quinta, ac turn demum ad horizontem vergens occidit & ocoumblt. - Sole ad ocddnnm" horizontem veS lumen sensim deminuitur: tunc est crepiisculum: postauam ml honzdntem descendit, est vesper, vel vespera Q A mane usque" ad meridiem sunt sex hora, inde, usque ad ve- frsTdTodlrf e VH° r£e: 3b °/ tU igitUr S0 ' iS ^ ad «£™ pus%r n d uTsS ( ; 2 peS : qU ° d ^^^ SPa ' tiUm «* Ve ' ' tem - Dumissolin coeli convexo moratur, aer est lucid us, quia lux sin cTer S a reS ^^ "* ^^ Ut e * Clarissime ^ pos- 1 oX?i6 Ve H° CO , rPOr f COeI&t i a ° b eandem Iucem cer "i "on possint, Locus,i6 ubi sol oritur, est tiriens; ubi occidit, est ticcidens, ve. usually bec^rshoriened L^ZZ ttfZSgSST*,? ** ^ *,' «M, AfMta, fr. ob+cubo,: t0 lie do^ to d"; ' ° f ** ^ t0 "* cend' tr ' ' fr0m ab ° Ve ' +SCand °' 3 "'' sam < to mount, to go down to des cend, -per, t, or -«, m. or -*, *, the evening, Vesper, is, evening star. 14. Adv. till, until, usually with a r ad as- a temnlo usnnA * r ad tempi.* usque , „ gque ad templum unti ° as 'fa ' as ftTTT' ? "* ^ * ^ Chl "' Ch there are sixhni>r*-,w„ ^ «. !' the church : from morning tiil nooi ZJn! rf d Sd b turn ;'d ^ ^ ^^ SimiMy ' ' V '' the risi ^ IV • setting theothes ' h ^. ad ;. ln su ^ rIat -. most clearly, very clearly; a**, * a< usu ^ pl ., ^^to^'? c S- w " acc ;'? n ac , count ' for - samelight: ^'^i apart, to'see, to view ' "^ t0 ^ ° Ut by Sight ' t0 discern »* «*. to know books w«7'i TJ n p S '; ,^ ^ ,, ' ln Pl " ' PlaC6 ' in Ph loca > orum < P la «s; torf, passages in vS -'-for to Ini f \T'!- $ ' m -' (S0 ' iS ""derstood), the West; -us, us, m the West, to, r., to look, to be lookmg toward (whither he looks, or, is turned); ' ZriS 6 4 Occasus; quo spectat meridie, est Meridies, vel Auster; e regione auTem huic est Sept^mtrio, vel Aquilo; hae sunt coeli quatuor plag*. " Recensio: 17 Qualem circulum vocamus integrum ? — Quae res rete- runt sDeciem solis? - lurce? Cur vocantur sol, luna, atque stellae cor- po iSS?- Quota hbmest sol in vertice coeli ? Quando^est meridies? - Ubiet quando oritur sol? - Quando est diluculum? — quando crepusculum? - Num sol consistit aut moratur in vertice cceh? - auid aeit? - Ubi & quando occidit sol? - Quo tempore est lux? - Ob quam causam cetera corpora caelestia non videntur interdiu ? - Quae sunt quatuor regiones, vel plagae coeli? VOCABVLARIVM 14- Nna. Subst. species, ei, f. sol, is, m. similitude inis, f. luna, ae Stella, ae coelum, i corpus, oris, n. vertex, icis, m. horizon, tis, m. hora , ae mane, n. indecl. diluculum, i aurora, at convexumi, i orbis, is, m. splendor, is, m. gradus, us, m. meridies, i'u f. iter, itineris, n. crepusculum, i, vesper, eris, eri, m. vespera, ae ortus, us, m. occasus, us, m. spatium, ii dies, ei, m. & f. aer, is, m. locus, i, m. pi. m. n. oriens, tis, m. occidens, tis, m. auster, tri, m. reglo, nis, f. septemtrio, nis, m. aquilo, nis, m. plaga, ae recensio. nis, Nna. Adi. integer, gra, um dimidiatus, a, um dimidius, a, um semis, issis coelestis, e terrestris, e summus, a, um sextus, a, um matutinus.a, um rutilus, a, um universus, a, um septimus, a, um octavus, a, um nonus, a, um deamus. a, um unde'eimus, a um duoddcimus, a, um duodeni, ae, a diurnus, a, um lucidus, a, um caeteri, ae, \ Adverbia quoniam idcirco verumtamen semper antequam quum postquam pedetentim donee tunc deorsum deinceps demum sensim usque inde perinde dum quia clarissime cur? quando? Verba applico 1 , ui, vi, itum, atum refero, referre, tuli, latum erit, erunt colloco 1, vi, turn surgo 3, rrexi, ctum orior 4, ortus sum attingo 3, attigi, attactum dispergo 3, si, sum sono, 1, ui, itum corusco 1, vi, atum pervenio 4, veni, ntum perfundo 3, fudi, fusum ascendo 3, di, sum consisto 3, stiti. stitum moror 1, atus sum prosequor 3, cutussum inclino 1, vi, atum aggredior 3, gressus sum vergo 3 — — occido 3, cidi, casum occumbo 3, cubui, cubitum deminuo 3, ui, utum descendo 3, di, sum collustro 1, vi, Itum cerno 3, crevi. cr£tum specto, 1 , vi, Stum Praepositiones ab, a sub secundum ob cenbiu, ma. • • j U1 SCT?«lSX h «n, manyness. crowd, multitude; -sus, a, um, still, noiseless, in abl. s. w. crelo; tor, 3 versus sum, passive of verfo, 2 ti, sum, to turn. 9. -nio* ni, turn, fr. ex + venio, to come out, it comes to pass; quandoque =subinde, interdum); -//', ce, a, solitary, lonely, individual; adv., just like; -dus, a, um, deep, high; imum, i, the depth; down into depth; -bor, H psus sum, v. d. to slide, glide, tumble, fall; -do,'' recidi, casum, to drop, to fall; videantur, (videos di, sum, to see) passive in Tps. Praes. Couiunctivi to seem, as though they be dropping upon the earth; these are the "sidera cadentia" of the poets, the "falling stars". 6? Luna non sua, sed ali^na 10 luce splendet, nempe a sole iiiutuata. Nee est bicornis 11 siderum regina omni nocte in ceIo: noctes tales sunt illiiaes, tempus autem interlunium. Quum vero ipsa sese visui nostro 12 iterum praebet, fit nova luna, vel crescens, turn dimidia, ter- tia, mox fit plena, quod plenilunium vocatur, ac tandem decrescit, senescit, fit quarta et ultima, non raro etiam laborat, quin etiam deficit, quum earn umbra solis obruit. Intdrdiu, 13 luce solis, per fenestras, domus quoque nostras collus- trantur, ita ut in cubiculis nostris commode legere, scribere, laborare queamiis; at noctu candelam, lampades, vel lucernas quaslibet accendimus, sine quibus laborare, aut qiiidquam agere nequinuis. Attamen ad somnum 14 capiendum (dormiendum) luce non egenius. 10. -us, a, urn, others', belonging to others, in abl., as is sua, which, the a, e, 6, i, abl. endings being long and emphatic, I mark, both referring to '«ce, f.; -deo? — , — (Aur. Augustinus uses spiendui), to shine; -us, a, urn, P- P- fr. mutuor, 1 atus sum, to borrow; with light borrowed from the sun. Luce i s again an abl. without a prep. ; this kind is called by the grammarians "ablative of means' '. 1 1. -77/s, e, fr. cornu, us, n., a horn, + bis, twice, the two horned queen (-na, ce, the masc. is rex, gis, king) of the stars; -nis, e, moonless period- 12. Noster, tra,um, possessive pron. of more possessors, one possession, our, \ n dative m., the 2d person in pi. is vester, tra, urn, your; -beo, 2 ui, itum, to reach, to hand a thing to somebody, to lend one's self, "when she again offers herself to our view"; -us, a, urn, new; pres. part, of cresco, 3 crevi, cteium, to grow; -us, a, urn, full ; -ium, it, Plinius Maior's word, full-moon; in late Latin there is also a novilunium; -sco, 3 crevi, turn, oppo- site of crcsco, to decrease; not to be confounded with decretum, i, i ruling, a decree, this is derived from decemo, 3 crevi, decretum; -sco, 3 ui, — , to grow old; adv., seldom, rarely; -ro* 7. to work, to toil, to be pressed hard, verging on collapse; here, struggling (with the shadow of the earth during an eclipse); conj , nay, indeed; -cio 3 feci, fecium intr. to fail to lack, (deficit, defectus, it is absent, wanting, not there, insufficient; a fault, some- thing missing); here, she is eclipsed; -ruo, 3 rui, ruium, (accent on 6), to overwhelm, cover over. 13. Adv. in day time; prep. w. ace, through; queo, quire, quivi, quii, quitum ('short) a defective werb, I can, like possum; its reverse is nequeo,* vi, ii, Hum, I can not; here, Pros- Coni. so that we be enabled confortably to; adv., at night; -pas, dis, (Greek, accus. lampad'J, Latin, -denn f., a i amp; the former, originally a torch, then a lamp carried at mght; the latter, an oil lamp; but they are used promiscuously; quilibet, qucelibet, quod- libct, whatever, like qui, quae, quod; -do 3 di, sum, to kindle, to set on fire, to light; prep, w. abl. without, the reverse of cum, sine, quibus, without which, pi.; indef. pron. quisquam, qucequam. qiiidquam, anybody, anything; nequeo, as above, "can not do anything." 68 Rec&isio: Quando est nox? — Qualis est nox? — quam ob cau- sam p _ Quando est luna in coelo ? — - Quando est coelum visu iucun- d um ? _ Quae sidera obversantur oculis circa 15 polum coeli ? — Num ilia astra stant ? — Num Orion atque Via Lactea eodem tempore yisun- tur? 16 _ Q u id de 17 stellis cadentibus? — Quali luce splendet luna? — Estne luna in coelo die - noctiique ? 18 — quid quum non est ? — Quid fit post plenilunium? — Quando dicitur 19 luna 'deficere?' — Quid agimus in domibus ut vesperi et nocte legere queamus ? — Ad quid agendum non egemus luce ? 14. -nus, l sleep; -*o, 3 cepi, captum, to catch, capere somnum, to get a sleep; egeo? U l^ __ to need, to be in need of, governs abl. like in English we are not in need of light. 15. Prep. w. ace, about. — 16. Viso? visi, visum, v. frequentativum f video, here pass-, are seen, can be seen; a further frequent, of this is visito, 1 r., to see often, to go to see. --17. De, prep., w. abl., of, off, down from, from above, about, concerning. — 18. Adv., day-and-night. — 19. Pass, of dico? xi, ctum, to say, "when the moon is said. . .'?" Nna Subst. t^nebrae, arum nox, ctis, f. umbra, x calisro, inis, f. visus, us, m. aspectus, us, m. polus, i astrum, i trio, nis, m, ursa. ae sidus, eris, n, <5culus, i venator, is, m. Orion, is, m. canis, Is, m. Sirius, ii via, ae mu'.titudo, inis, f. reffina, ae intcrlunium, ii plenilunium, ii llmpas, adis, f. luccrna, ae jomnus, i Conlunct. cnim quin Vraeposltlones prope sine per dc VOCABVLARIVM 15. Nna. Adiect. opacus, a, um nocturnus, a, um lenis, e lansruidus, a, um densus, a, um serenus, a, um siellatus, a, um pulchcr, chra, um iucundus. a, um lacteus, a. um innumerlbilis, c silentiosu?, a, um sintruli, ae. a profundus, a, um imus, a, um alie"nus, a. um bicornis. e Munis, e novus, a, um plenus, a, um Adverbla pirlter plerumque procul quanddquc tamquam raro inte"rdiu noctu die-noctuque Proaamlna sese quisquam, quaequam quidquam quillbet. quaelibet quodlibet Verba evandsco 3, ui, - mergro 3, si, sum obre*po 3, psi, ptum conspicio 3, xi, ctum dffero 3, obtuli. oblatum intueor 2, itus sum obversor 1 , atus sum mico 1, cui, — palo 1, vi, turn verto 3, ti sum £venit 4, [ev£n!o 4, ni. ntum] labor 3, lapsus sum cado 3, ce"cidi, casum splendeo 2, ui — mutuor I, Itus sum praebco 2, ui, itum crcsco 3. crevi, cretum decrcsco 3, vi, turn senesco 3, ui, — labdro 1, vi, turn deficio 3, feci, ctum <5bruo 3, ui, rutum queo, quivi, quii, quitum nequeo 4, vi, ii, ftum accendo 3, di, sum cipio 3, cepi captum e"freo 2, ui, — viso 3. si, sum dico 3, xi, ctum 69 PRINCIPIA GRAMMATIC/E. De Noniinibus Substantivis et Adiectiris. 58. Two new cases are presented in this lesson, the Casus Dativus and the Casus Ab- lativus. The former is the case of approaching, nearing, the latter is the case of departing, receding. Their endings are summed up in the following table: CASUS 1. II. ill. IV. V. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Nominativus -a -33 -us,-er -um -i,-a — -es, -a -ia -us -us -t; -es Genitivus -a* -arum -i -drum -is -um, -ium -us -uum •ei -erum Dativus -ce is -6 -is -* •ibus ~ui subi- -ei -ibus Accusativus -am -as -um -6s, -a -em, -es, a, -ia -um -us -em -es Ablativus -a * •6 -is -e y -i } -ibus -u -ibus -e ebus Note 1. Observe that the dat. and abl. pi. of the I. and II. end in -is, whilst the III., IV., and V. end in -bus, with the respective characteristic vowels added, which are i in the III., i or u (German u) in the IV. and e in the V- Of the u (") I shall speak later on. Note 2. A few nouns, such as have ■■« ending for the male, an B. nostra Nrus. Sing. nostro m. f. n. m. f. n. Nom. brevis brevis breve maior maior maius Geo. brevis brevis brevis maioris Dat. brevi brevi brevi maiori Ace, brevem brevem breve maiorem maiorem maius Abl. brevi brevi Nrus. Plur. brevi maiori Nrus Plur. Nom. breves breves br£via Gen. breVium maiores maiores maiorum maiora Dat. br£vibus maioribus Ace. breves breves breVia maiores maiores maiora Abl. breVibus mai6ribus Nom. Sing. 61. Pronomina. m. f. n. hie haec hoc ille ilia illud Nom. ingens huius illius Gen. ingentis huic illi Dat. ingenti hunc hanc hoc ilium ilium illud Ace. ingentem, ingentem, i ngens h6c hie h6c ill6 ill* illo Abl. ingenti Nrus. Plur Nrus. Plur. Nrus. Plur. hi has hrc illi illas ilia Nom. ingentes ingentes ingentia horum harum horum illorum -arum -orum Gen. inglntium his illis Dat. inge*ntibus Ace. ingentes ingentes inglntia hos, has hasc illos illas ilia Abl. ingentibus his illis 73 Nrus. Sing. Nrus. Sing. Nrus. Sing. Norn. ipse ipsa ipsum qui quae quod is ea id Gen. ipsius cuius eius Dat. ipsi cui ei Ace. ipsum ipsam ipsum quern quam quod eum earn id Abl. ipso ipsa* ipso quo qui quo e6 ti e6 Nrus. Plur. Nrus. Plur. Nrus. Plur. Norn. ipsi ipsae ipsa qui quae quae ii eae ea Gen. ipsorum -arum -orum quorum quarum quorum eorum earum eorum Dat. ipsis quibus iis (eis) Ace. ipsos ipsas ipsa quos quas quae eos eas ea Abl. ipsis quibus iis (eis) Like >s ea id, j s also declined Mem eadem, idem; like qui, quae quod, quidam, quaedam, quoddam, quis quae quis, aliquis* aliqua, aliquid, quisquam quaequam quidquam, quilibet, quivis, quiscunque- EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE. Pron. hffic, noun candela (I.), participle ardens, m., f. Norn. s. : hasc cand£la ardens ; Gen., huius candelae ardentis; Dat. /;#/«; (one syllable) candelae ardent/; Ace, hanc cand£lam ardentem; Abl., hdc candeli ardent/. Note 4. Nouns, as a rule, take e in the abl. of III.; adjectives receive the i\ participles, when used as nouns, follow the rule of the nouns, if they are employed as adjectives, take the i as do the adjectives, as is the case here with ardenti. When a participle is used as a participle with verbal power, as is the case with the Ablativus Absolutus (soleoriente) the e ending is used. All those nouns and adjectives, that receive » in the abl., will take the -ium ending in gen. pi., and -ia in nom. and ace. pi.; if neuter. N °ra. pl. : hae candelae ardentis; Gen., harum candelarum ardent/ww; Dat. his candel/s zrdtntibus; Ace., has candelas ardentis; Abl., his candel/s ardenttfws. Hie eirailus integer (11. ) — ; huius circuli integri; huic circuld integro, hunc circulum integrum; hoe circulo integrd; hi circuli integri; h6rum circul6rum integrorum; his circuits Integra; hos circulos integros; his circul/s integr/s. Iste vir (II., m.) magnus; istius viri magni; ist/ vird magnd; istum virum magnum; iStd vird magnd; isti viri magni; istorum virorum magnorum; istis vin's magn/s; istos viros magnos; ist/s vir/s magn/s. Illepuer (II- m.) mdior (comparat. m. of magnus, III.); illius pueri maidris; Mi puerd maior/; ilium puerum maiorem; illd puerd maior/; illi pueri maior£s; ill6rum pue- r6rum maiorum; ill/s pilaris mzloribus; illos pueros maiore's; ill/s puer/s maiortfws. 74 Hoc tectum (II. n.) ^///«s (compar. of aHum, m., n .); huius tecti altioris; huic tecto altiori; hoc tectum iltius; h6c tectd alti6ri; haac ticta altidra; h6rum tectorum altitfrum; his tectis altidribus; hsec tecta alti6ra; his tectis alti6ribus. Quis miles (III. m.) novus (II. m.); cuius militisnovi; cui{ one syllable) militi novo; quern militem novum; quo milite nov6; qui militesnovi; quorum militum nov6rum; quibus mWitibus nov/s; qu6s milit£s nov6s; quibus militibus novis. Is auctor (III., m.) Romanus (II., m.); eius auctoris Romim; ei auctori Roman6; eum auctorem Rominum; eo auctore Romano; ii auctores Romini; eorum auct6rum Roman6rum; Us (eis) aucttfribus Rominis; e6s auctores Rominos; iis (eis) auctoribus Rominis. Quisque sacerdos doctus; cuiiisque sacerdotis docti; cuique sacerdoti docto; quemque sacerdotem doctum; qu6que sacerdote docto; quique sacerdotes docti; quorumque sacer- d6tum doctorum; quibusque sacerd6tibus doctis; quosque sacerdotes doctos; quibusque sacerddtibus doctis. Ulla turris celsa; ullius turris celsas; ulli turri celsae; ullam turrim celsam; ulla" turri celsi; ullae turres celsae; ullirum turrium celsarum; ullis turribus celsis; ullas turret celsis; ullis turribus celsis. Noster pater (III., m.) bonus (II., m.); nostri patris boni; nostra patri bono; nos- trum patrem bonum; nostra pitre bon6; nostri patris boni; nostrorum patrum bonorum; n6stris paribus bonis; nostras patr£s bonds; nostris paribus bonis. Quae mater (III., f.) clara (I.); cuius matris claras; cui matri clarae; quam matrem claram; qua matre clad; qua? matres clarae, quirum mitrum clarirum; quibus matribus Claris; quis matres Clara's; quibus mitribus Claris. Allerum corpus (III., n-) coeleste (III., n.), alteYius corporis coelestis; ilteri corpori coelesti; alteram corpus coeleste; alter6 corp6re coelesti; Altera corpora coelestia; alterorum corporum coelestium; alteris corpdribus coelestibus, iltera corpora coel£stia; alteris corpo- ribus coelestibus. llludtempus (III., n.) prceteritum (II., n.); illius t£mporis praet^riti; illi timpori prae- terit6; illud tern pus praeteritum; ill6 tempore praet^ritd ; ilia timpora praetirita; illdrum t£mporum prasterittfrum; illis temp6ribus praetiritis; ilia timpora pratiritajillistemporibus praet£ritis. Eadem merx (III., f.) tenuis (III., f.) eiusdem mercis tinuis; eidemmerci tinui; ean- dem (eamdem) mercem t£nuem; eaedem merc£s tenuis; einindem meVciumteniiium; iisdem (eisdem) m£rcibus tenuibus; eisdem merce*s tenuis; iisdem meVcibus teniiibus. Una manus (IV., f.) recta (I-, f.); unius mantis rectae; uni minui rectas; unam manum rectam; una' manii recti; duas manus recta:; duirum minuum rectarum; duibus minibus rectis; duis manus recta's; duibus minibus rectis. Uterque dies (V., m.) pulcher; utriusque dial pulchri; utrique di£i pulchr6; utrumque diem pulchrum; utr6que die pulchro; utrique dies pulchri; utrdrumque dieVum pulchrd- rum ; utrisque di£bus pulchris; utrdsquc di£s pulchros; utrisque di£bus pulchris. 75 EXERCITIA LEGENDL i. His (circulis quinque) sextus accedit, * qui superiorem partem mundi 2 ab inferiori secernit . . . Dimidia enim pars mundi semper supra dimidia infra est. Hanc lineam, quae inter aperta 3 & occulta est Grseci 4 horizonta vocant, nostri 5 finitortem dixere, alii finientem. Adiiciendus 6 est ad hunc meridianus circulus, qui horizonta rectis angulis secat. — Ergo horizon, siva finiens circulus, quinque illos orbes — secat, et efficit decern partes : quinque ab ortu quinque ab occasu. Meridianus circulus, qui in horizonta incurrit, 7 regiones duasadiicit. — Sen. Nat. Quaest. V. 17. i. Goes to, is added. — 2. Gen. mundus, i, world; =no, 3 crevi, turn, to separate. — 3. Accus. pi. n., open and hidden (=io, 4 ui, turn, to open, occulo, 3 ui, ltum, hidden, concealed) the part above the line, therefore seen, the other, beneath it, hidden. 4. The Greeks; =ta, Greek accus., the Latin is =era. — 5. Ours, i. e., the Romans; -ere: same as =£runt, have said, called, finitor (an ender, a boundary line. — 6. Must be added; =io, pi. abl. at . . . — 7. Runs into; throws, adds two more . . . 2. Quos nostri Septem solid 1 vocitare Triones, Cic. N. D., Aart. II. 41. 1. Soleo, 2 tus sum; frequent, of voco, used to call . . . 3. Septimodie (Galli) ferventes 1 glandes, fundis, 2 et ferve- facta iacuia in casas iacere coeperunt. Caesar, B. G., V. 35. 1. Hot. — 2. Abl, of funda; heated; -um, i, a dart; to throw; to begin. 4. Quod e tabulis vehiculum erat factum, ut area, 1 arcera dictum — Varro, LL. 5. 1 . Like a chest, box. 5. A septemtrionali latere summus est Aquilo, medius Septemtrio, imus Thracias. —Sen. N. Qu. V. 16. 6. Hie 1 mutat mercessurgentea sole, adeum 2 quo Vespertinatepet 3 re §i°. Hor. S. 1.4.29—30. 1. This man; -to, V., to change, exchange; from the East. — 2. To him (to that 7 6 sun); from which. - 3, Becomes warm; the evening region, West; trading from till Orient to the farthest West. 7. Hie vertex nobis semper sublimis 1 ; at ilium Sub pedibus Styx 2 atra videt, manesque profundi. Virg. G. I., 242—3. 1. is, e, high, too high; for us; but that one (accus.).— 2. -jris, f., the lower world; -nes, ium, the departed souls (see the other zenith, or nadir of the sky). 8. Illic 1 sera rubens accendit lumina Vesper. Vir. Q. 1. 251. 1 Ibi- late; reddish; evening star; a very pretty poetical image; the belated evening star (in summer) lights up, kindles, the lights of the heavens, as she is the first to appear. 9. Vertitur interea coelum & ruit 1 Oceano nox, Involvens umbra magna terramque polumque. Virg. /En. II. 250—1 1. Dashes; from the Ocean (from the West); -vo 3 , vi, utum, to enwrap; both, the earth and the heavens (polus). 10. (Litteras) multo mane mihi dedit. Cic. Att. 5. 4. 1. 1. Very early morning; to me. 1 1. A mane usque ad vesperam. Suet * Ca,i 2- ,8 « 12. Hora quota est? Hor. S. II., 6, 44. I* lam nox humida 1 coelo Prsecipitat, suadentque 2 cadentia sidera somnos. Virg., /En. II., 8—9. 1. Damp; to. 1 r., to fall headlong (nox e coelo). — 2. -eo, 2 si, sum, to advise, suggest. This, with many others, well deserves to be memorized. 14. Esseda 1 festinant, pilenta, petorita, naves. Hor. Ep., II., 1, 192. 1. um, i, a wagon; hurry; petoritum, like sarracum,a heavy wagon, or dray; ships. I* sed tamquam in eodem valetudinario iaceam. Sen. Ep. 27. 77 i6. Supplices 1 audi pueros Apollo; Siderum regina bicornis audi, Luna, puellas. Carmen Saeculare, 35. I -lex, icis, beseeching; imperative of audio, -Io, inis, god of the sun; the sun. EXERCITIA SCRIBENDI. i. Quomodo facimus scopum? — 2. E quibus rebus solet scopus fieri? 3. Quibus coloribus distinguimus eas tabulas? — quare ( w hy) ? _ 4. Cui rei affiguntur tabulae pictse? — 5. Quidagimusfundis et sclopetis? — 6. Quae sunt corpora ccelestia?— quare vocantur ita?— 7. Quid fit hora sexta matutina? — hora duodecima? — hora sexta vespertina? — B. Quid est dies? — 9. Quxt sunt cceli plagae? — 10. Quo tempore fit nox? — 11. Quae sidera videntur tempore nocturno, ccelo claro? — 12. Quando laborat et deficit luna?— 13. Quid facimus in domibus nostris quum sunt tenebrse, atque idcirco non videmus? — 14. Ad quid agendum non egemus luce? EXERCITIA LOQVENDI. Pueri Marcus et Publius colloquuntur. 1. M. Eho/Publi, usque domi lates' Fortasse 2 modo surrexisti. 2. M. Oh ego non sum tain seden- tarius 5 quam tu, nee mihi cum sole surgere placet, sed in aprico versari. Nunc curram 6 visum milites qui iacula- tum, exercitationis causa, prodiverunt. 3 arcus sagittasaue non euro quidem placet iaculari, sed sclopeto et glandibus, ut milites; quam 12 cupiosclo- petum habere! 4. M. Tune 14 vis pueros dienoctuque libris incumbere oportere? Ego vero M. O te f ortunatum ! 10 attamen, ego 11 ; ne funda 1. P. Sum 2 profecto usque domi; at non modo surgo; nam quotidie cum sole consuevi surgere. Sed quid novi? 4 quo tu paras ire? 2. P. At, Marce 7 mi chare, quid tua interest milites scopo se exercentes spec- tare? Vide 8 , sis, ego habeo arcum & sagittas, quando libet 9 , his rebus domi nostra? memet exerceo. 3. P. Vana 13 sunt quae memoras, amice; ego omnia quae ad venatumspec- tant, habeo: subinde quum vacat, etiam scopo me exerceo; tamen litteras nugis antep6no. 4. P. Ego autem aliteri 6 sumapatre avoque doctus: apud me officia praece. 78 dunt, quibus persolutis, litteris aut bonis artibus vaco,autambulo, vesperi autem, ccelo sereno, cum patre miro aspectu siderum delectamur. 5. P. Ego autem sic 18 audivi a magi- stro: "Tibi aras, tibi occis, tibi seris, tibi eidem et metes." schola finita, libellis 16 valedico, per reli- quum autem tempus aut domesticus otioi , aut vero foris vagor. 5. M. Sibi 17 quisquehabeatquodsuum est. Ego vero sidera noncuro, sedhora octava aut nona cubitum eo. 1. Hello, vocative of Publius -eo, 2 ui, — to lurk, to skulk. — 2. Adv., perhaps; adv., just now. — 3. I am; still at home; adv., every day; -sco, 3 suevi, suetism, I am wont. — 4. What news; -ro, 1 r., to prepare; eo, ire, ivi, itum, to go. 5. -us, a, um, given to sitting; then thou, mihi — placet, pleases me (mini, dative of ego; placeo 2 , ui, itum, to please) = I don't feel like. ..;=cum,i, out-doors, in the sunshine; -sor, 1 atus sum, to move about. — 6. Fut. of curro; to see; causa -nis for the sake of practicing; -deo (pro +d+eo), go out, forth, perf. Indie. — 7. Vocative; take notice that the ending here is e, whilst in the other it is i, becuse, P. ends in -ius, M. in us; vocat. of meus, mine; us, a, um, dear; mea, tua, sua, &c. interest, what interest of yours, how does it concern you? -to, r., to look on. — 8. Imper. of video; sis, (-=si vis, if you will). — 9. Impersonal, when it pleas- es rne; meniet, me, accus. of ego, +met, a particle strengthening the pronoun, I exercise myself at (our) home. — 10. =us, a, um, lucky, fortunate; te, accus, of tu thou, obeserve that in similar exclamations accusative is employed. — 11. -ro 1 r.,tocare;ne — quidem, nor even. — 12. Oh how! 1 =io, ivi, itum, to yearn to long, to be wistful. — 13. -us, a, um, vain, usless; -ro, 1 r., to mention, = allyou, say is a vain talk; -us, i, friend, in vocative; -us, us, hunting; all pertaining to; vacat, 1 impersonal, when I am at leisure; iiuga?, arum, trifles, in dative, because of antepeno, 3 sui, itum, to place before, to give preference; very many compound verbs govern dative. — 14. Tu, thou+ne, vis, is the 2d pers. sing. Indie, of volo, velle, volui, to will (volo, vis, vult, volumus, vultis, volunt);=bo, 3 cubui, cubitum, to lie upon, to pour over (libris dat. pi., owing to the compounded verb), = thou wilt all boys . . . Oportet, ere, it is necessary; all boys be obliged. — 15. -us, i, diminutive of liber, quite frequent; in dative on account of compound, verb, valedico, to bid 'good bye;' -us, a, um, the rest; -us, a, um, being at home; otior, 1 atus sum, to idle; adv. from, fores, ium, door, double door, — outdoors, abroad; -gor, 1 atus sum, to stroll, to rove, ramble. — 16. Adv., otherwise; -us, i, grand- father (both abl, because of a, from; here by); -us, a, um, pp. of doceo taught; prep. w. accus. with me, French chez, Germ, bei; -um, ii, duty; -do, 3 cessi, ssum Cprae, fore, before-f-cedo, I go), goes in front, precede; solvo, 3 vi, solutum, to pay up, to fulfillfconstruction like sole oriente, in pres., sole orto, in perfect);ars, artis, f. , an art, dat. pi. on account; of vaco, 1 r. , to devote one's time to . . .; -rus, a, um, wonderful; -tor, 1 atus sum, to rejoyce, delight, w. abl. — 17. Dat. s. and pi. of se, to himself; quisque, quaeque, quidque, everybody, every one; Pra^s. Coni., should have; = overbody should have what belongs to him; euro, 1 r. , to care, sidera non euro ~ I do not care (for the) stars; cubitum eo, I go to bed (properly, -bo, 1 ui, itum, to lie down). — 18. Sic, thus for thee; co, 1 r., to harrow; -ro," sevi, satum, to sow;self-same;et = etiam; -to, 3 ssui, ssum, to mow, to harvest, na. 79 PENSVM SEXTVM. FIGVRA ista imago 1 est equi. — Equus est animal 2 quadrupes, domesticum, quia habet quat- uor pedes, et quia circa domos habitat, estque homi- ni in laboribus adiumento. Habitaculum 3 equi est Equus stabulum. Genera equorum, sectinduni 4 miinera quae perficiunt,suntva- Celeres equi sunt cursores, 5 qui longinqua itinera percurrunt, sunt veredi, quo spectant etiam parhippi. Hi veredarios, vel alios equites in tergo vehunt. Ephippium 6 enim est in tergo, unde utrim- que stapise pendent. Eques equum conscensurus 7 alterum pedem i. Imago, inis, f., a likeness, picture, image. — 2. -al, is, n., a breathing being, fr. animd, 1 r., to breathe, an animal; abl. -i, N. pi. -ia, Gen. -ium; — -pes, pedis, four footed, adj. of one ending; -us, a, urn, belonging to, or used to, a house; house-animal, domestic a.; piep. w. ace, about; -to 1 r. (regular, that is, -vi, -turn), to dwell; dat. of homo, for man, to man; -bor, is, m., work, abl. pi., in (his) labors; -turn, i, help, assistance, dat. S., to, for help, = homini adiu- mento est, is a help to men; mark this double dative. — 3. -um, h dwelling place; -urn, i, fr. sto, a standing place, a stable. 4. Prep w. ace, according, along; us, eris, n., duty, office; to, 3 feci, ctum (per + facio), to perform, to do from end to end — according to the func- tions the horses perform. — 5. -or, is, m.,a runner, a racer (the swift horses); iter, itineris, n., a road, a way, a journey, i. longinqua, long journeys; -ro, 3 percu- curri, -cursum, run through; -dus, i, a post-horse; such were held in readiness at stations, to changed carrying messengers with letters, orders, etc., to distant points, before modern appliances in this line had developed; quo spectant, quo adv. whither, -to, 1 r., to look on, = whither belongs, to which is to be added, (a frequent expression); parhippus, i, an extra horse for certain officials when tra- veling through the post-stations. — ius, ii, a messenger; -es, itis, m., a rider, a horseman, a cavalier; -urn, i, the back. 6. -urn, i, with the Romans a horse-blanket, as they knew no saddles, later, and with us, a saddle; enim = nam, but never begins a sentence, nam does; adv. on, or, from, both sides; (I. first decl.) later stapedia, and stapes, a stirrup, not known till the last periods of Rome, -deo 2 pependi, — to hang down, intransitive. 7. Part. fut. act., of conscendo, 3 di, sum, to mount: eques conscensurus, "the to be mounting rider ;" -ro, 3 ui, rtum,to plant in, set in,w. dat. aliquid alicui rei 8o stapise inserit, ea se siiblevat, altero pede autem transposito, ephip- pio insidet, sicque equitat. Mannus rhedas vehit, mannulis pueri equitant; caballi, denique, sunt plerumque equi veterani, senectute laboribusque confecti ac decrepiti. Equi secundum colores quoque inter se differunt. 8 Plurlmi sunt badii, vel spadices; alii furvi, turn varii, ac, denique, albi, vel can- didi, et cani. Dominis equorum sollicitse 9 curse est, uti sui equi mundi ser= ventur. Munere equos et stabulum curandi 10 acpurgandi agasoet insero, set something to (into) something, stapise, dat.; abl. s. of ea (is, ea, id) = by that, by the means of that (stapia);=vo, J r., (sub+levo),to lift up, se, self; perf. part, of transpono, 3 sui, itum, put across, = with (his) other leg put, lifted across; insideo, 2 sedi, sessum, also insido, 3 sedi, sessum, i long and emphatic in both cases, to seat one's self into; and thus; -to, 1 r., ride. — us, i, a carriage-horse; -Ius, i, a diminutive of the former, a pony; -us, i, originally an outworn, old horse, later the heavy draft-horse, lastly, any and all horses, whence caballo, cheval, whence cavalleria, chevalier, cavalry; adv., for the most part; =us, a, urn, grown old in service, -us, utis, f., old age ; all -tus, tutis form a group of feminine nouns, belongig to the III., as, iuventus, utis, servitus, utis, virtus, utis, young age ; slavery, or being in service; virtue; part, praet. of conficio 3 feci, ctum, to finish up, use up, wear out by use; -tus, a, um, fr. de+crepo, 3 ui, itum, to rattle, to rattle away, = a rattle-bone, said vulgarly of lean and old people and animals (German philological interpretation notwithstanding) whence, veterinarius, a caretaker of old and sick animals^ 8. =ro, 3 distuli, dilatum, fr. dis, asunder, + fero, 3 tuli, latum, to carry, part asunder, to divide apart, to differ (by, according to colors). — Plurimus, a, um, superl. of multus, a, um, compar. plus; = most, very many; -us, a, um, bay, color of a horse; -dix, icis, adj. of i ending, yellowish bay; -us, a, um, black, said of a horse; -us, a, um, spotted, dappled, checkered; -us, a, um, and -us, a, um, white, the former ordinary, the latter shiny; -us, a, um, gray. 9. -us, a, um, anxious, solicitous; I care; dominis (mihi, tibi, nobis,) curse est, = the owners (I, thou, we) are deeply concerned, two datives; same as uf ; -us, a, um, his, theirs, their, -us, a, um, clean; vo, 1 r., to keep, in Passive Voice I'nesens Coniunctivi, = that their horses be kept clean. — 10. -ro, 1 r., to care for; go, 1 r. , to cleanse, here said of the stable; -so, nis, m., a groom; I. m., a coach- man; -gor, #i, ctus sum, w. abl. munere, officio fungor, I discharge, I administer an office, I function as . . . ; munus curandi, the duty, office, of caring for, a de- ponent verb. 8i Mandra auriga funguntur. Horum 11 igitur est pilos equorum, item setas, quo nomine iubae et caudse slgnlficantur,strigili quotidiediligen- ter pectere ac panno detergere et perfricare. Videndum quoque iis 12 est, ut ungulse equorum laventur et perungantur, utque soleisfer= reis nunquam non munitse sint. Singula 13 stabula plerumque plures equos alunt; sua tamen quisque equus mandra gaudet. IlSic, 14 ad parietem est prsesepe, ad quod equus capistro deligatur, et ex quo pabulum suum capit. Supra id, e pa- riete 14 falisca pendet, fceno semper referta, ut id equus ad liifoitum carpere possit. Tabulatum, 15 sub pedibuseqvai, stramine est constratum, quod ii. Horum est, (the duty, the business) of these (it) is; II., hair I., a bristle, any coarse hair; abl. of quod nomen, by which name; I., mane; I., tail, =co, ! r., to indicate, designate, mean, denote, signify, passively, = the manes and tails of the horses are called, designated; -is, is, f. , a tool to scrape the skin with, a curry comb; adv., every day, daily; diligently; to, 3 pexi (pexui), pexum (pectitum), to comb; II., a cloth, a rag; =geo, 2 si, sum, to wipe, wipe down, off; co, 1 ui, ctum to rub all over. — 12. Dat. pi. of is, ea, id, = they must also see (to it); I. a hoof, laver, eris, etur, =emur, emini, entur, that I, thou, he, we, ye, they be washed; Pass. Voice, Prses. Coni: =go, 3 unxi, unctum, to smear, to grease, to anoint; I., a slipper; ferreus, a, um, of iron, iron slippers, a horse shoe; the Roman horse shoes were strapped on the hoofs of the horses; abl. pi., =nio, 4 vi, turn to fortify strengthen, protect; praes. Coni. passive, be protected; nunquam non, at no time not, two negatives forming a special kind of affirmative, = they should be at al; times . . . 13. =us, a, um, mostly pi. single, individual; =lo, 3 ui, Itum, to support, to give a living; pi., ace. of. plus, more; quisque, quaeque, quidque. each one; I., a stall, an inclosure; =deo, 2 gavisus sum, to enjoy, to reojice in having, to have. — Adv. = ibi; paries, etis, m., a wall; =pe, is, 11., a manger, =um, i, a halter; -go, 1 r., to tie down (where they tie down), the English passive does not express the Latin passive; =um, i, a food = takes his food. — 14. From the wall; I., a hay- rack; =um, i, hay; fr, refercio, 4 si, rtum, fr, re, + farcio, to stuff, is full of stuffed with; ad lubitum (fr. lubet, the u sounding like German ii which is interchang- ible with i, whence the difference of spelling, and, consequently the learned hair- splittings of the German philologers: it pleases, it is one's choice, whence German lieben, English love, perhaps all from Hebrew leb, heart), at his pleasure; =po, 82 stramentum, quotidie refectum, equo molle praebet cubile, ubi, exantlatis diei laboribus, meritam quietem capere, artusque fessos commode porrigere possit. Sic iacentibus 16 sopor obrepit, ac placide obdormiscunt. Nam et equi dormiunt, quin 17 et non raro stertunt. Recensio: Quid est equus? 1 — Cuiiismodi animal vocatur "dome- sticum ?" — Quid est stabulum ? — Qust sunt genera equorum ? — Quomodo conscendit eques equum? — Qui sunt colores equorum ? — Quae sunt munera agasonum et aurigarum ? — Quae est supellex mandrse ? Quid et qualis est lectus equi ? — "Quando et quomodo quiescit equus? psi, ptum, to pluck; possim, possis, possit, possimus, possitis, possint, that I can, that I be enabled, Praes. Coni., = so he can pluck it at his pleasure. 15. -urn, i, board-floor; =en, inis, n., straw, abl.; perf. part., of consterno, constravi, turn, to bestrew, to cover over; -turn, i, a litter, a bed for animals; p. part, of reficio, 3 feci, fectum, to make a fresh, to renew; -lis, e, soft; -=eo, 2 ui, itum, to reach, to offer, give; =le, is, n., a lying place, bed; exantlo, 1 r., to ex- haust, to draw, or pump out to the last, = having done a full day's work, abl. absolutus; -reo, 2 ui, itum, to earn, merita quies, a well earned rest; =io, 3 cepi, captum, to take; -us, us, m., limbs; -go, 3 porrexi, ctum, to stretch out. 16. Dat. pi. of the Part. Praes. of iaceo, 2 ui, itum, to be lying, = to them thus lying; dat. on account of the compounded verb obrepo, 3 psi, ptum, to steal upon, to creep upon; adv., pleasantly, sweetly; -sco, 3 — , — , to fall asleep. — 17. Coni., nay, rather; adv., seldom, -to, 3 ui, — , to snore. VOCABVLARIVM 16. Nna. 5abs. Nna. Adi. imago, inis, f. equus. i animal, is, n. labor, is, in. adiumentum. i habitaculum, i stabulum, i tuunus, ei is, n. cursor, is. m. iter, itineris, n. veredus, i parhippus, i veredarius, ii ins, m, f. tergum. i ephipptom, ii stapia, n: mannus, 1 mannulus, i caballus, i senectus, utis, f, cura ae agaso, nis, m. auriga, ae, in. pilus, i seta, ae iuba, ae cauda, ae strigilis, is, f, pannus. i ungula, ae solea, ;•: mandra, ae paries, etis, m. prajsepe, is, n capistrum, t pabulum, i quadrupes, dis falisca, ae dcmesticus, a, um fcenum, i, celer, is, e lubitum, i longinquus, a, um tabulatum, i veteranus, a. um stramen, inis. n. decrepitus, a, um stramentum, i badius. a, um cubile. is, n. spadix, icis artus, us, m. furrus. a, um sopor, is, m. varius, a. um Adverbia. quo utrimque plerumque quotidie illic candidus, a, um sollicitus, a, um mundus, a, um fe:reus, a, um singulus, a, um plus, pluris cdmmode placide mollis, e fessus, a, um item S3 VERBA. habito, 1 !-. servo. 1 r. refercio. 4 si. rtum perficio, 3 feci, tectum euro, 1 r. carpo, 3 psi, ptum percurro, 3 cucurri, cursum purgo.ir. consterno, 3 stravi, turn specto^r, fungor, gi, ctus sum reficio, 3 feci, fectum pendeo, 2 pependi. — significo, 1 r. praebeo, 2 ui, itum conscendo, 3 di, nsum pecto. 3 xi. xum exantlo^r. insero, 3 ui, turn detergeo, 2 si, sum mereo, 2 ui, itum sublevo, 1 r. perfrico, 1 cui, ctum porrigo, 3 rexi, ctum transpono, 3 sui, situm perungo, 3 xi, ctum iaceo, 2 ui, itum insideo 2 di, ssum munio,* vi. turn obrepo, 3 psi, ptum equito^r. alo, 3 ui, altum, itum obdormisco, 3 conficio, 3 feci, ctum gaudeo, 2 visus sum sterto, 3 ui, — differo, 3 distuli, dilatum deligo, 1 r. PR/EPOSITIONES circa secundum II. CI. 1 C. Mutius Scsevola, vir indole prseclarus, dominus stabuli, duos habebat f ilios : Marcum, ruvenem vicenum annorum, atque Iu- i. Clarissimus, a, urn, superl. of clams, a, um, renowned, distinguished, here used in the manner of later imperial Rome, and ever since the world over in Latin letters and speech, it also giving origin to titles placed before the names of distinguished men of all nations. In our days of democratic usages, everybody is deemed to be worthy of equal titles, and CI. is so used, either with the name or for further distinction "Vir" is added. In republican Rome extolling and praising adjectives were always used at least after the names of great public men either living or dead; but also wicked and dispised men received epithets after their names, as (for good men) Vir Clarissimus, Vir Ornatissimus^Vir Amplissimus; (great Jurists of Imperial Rome) Vir Spectabilis, Spectatissimus; Patres Con- scripti, Quirites, etc.; for the wicked: Homo ille nequam, sceleratus, furcifer ille, nebulo, bipedem nequissimus (the most wicked amongst two feeted beings) etc. — C. = Cams, pronounced Gaius, because C originally stood for gamma, g, of the Greeks. Germans, and their disciples, are trying to foist upon the student world the spelling Gains : this should be utterly rejected by all honest Latinists, as contrary to history and Roman usage. This attempt at Vandalism is all the more intolerable as the same people are manufacturing archaisms to sicken the stomach. — Mutius, this and kindred names, are constantly spelled by the above philolo- gists as Mucius, because many Romans did the same. It should be spelled and 8 4 Hum, fratre biennio minorem. Uterque ephebus 2 insigni erat in pa- rentem viduum pietate. Hi igitur tres viri, tripartite) 3 labore, om- nem rem rusticam pecuariamque sui prsedii singulari industria sciteque administraverunt. "luli mi/' 4 sic Marcus quondam fratrem affatur, "eras moiitum ibimus. * * pronounced as given by me, for the word is derived from mutus, dumb, not mucus, snivel, and it explains the myth of its first bearer having burned his right hand to a crisp, without uttering a word. — Scaevola, dimin. of scaevus, a, urn, left handed, further explaining the above legend. — Indoles, is, f., inclination, quality, character, in abl., -us, a, um, excellent, praiseworthy (of, or with an excellent character); -bat, 3d pers. s. of the imperf. indie, of habeo ; it runs: habebam, bas, bat, bamus, batis, bant, I had, thou hadst, etc. — Marcus, i, here a proper name; the word itself means a sledge hammer; its diminutive is mar= cellus, and martellus; =is, is, m. f. here a noun, a youth; =ni, ae, a, distrib. nume- ral, about, or as many as, twenty, its genit. pi. regularly is orum, but most fre- quently contracted into -um, as of many other words; genit. is one of the ways of expressing age, = a youth of about 20 years; Iulius, ii,here a proper name, masc, an adj. of lulus, (three syllables), the name of ^Eneas' grandson, whence the Iiilia gens, to which C. Caesar belonged, derived its origin; the word itself is Greek, but used in Latin, meaning the wooly stalks of plants; -ter, tris, m., a brother; =um, ii, two years 1 time; -or, us, compar. of parvus, = by two years younger. 2. -us, i, a lad; =is, e, prominent, excellent; eram, eras, erat, eramus, eratis, erant, 1 was, thou wert etc.; =ns, tis, parent, here father; -tas, atis, etc. loyalty, devotion to; -us, a, urn, widowed, -us = a widower, -a, = a widow. 3. Tripartitus, a, um, properly a perf. part., but without a verb; also tri= pertitus, a, um, adv. tripartito, to divide into three parts, shares; -us, a, um, fr. rus, ruris, n., field, res rustica, field work, affairs; -arius, a, um, fr. pecu and pecus, oris, n., cattle, live stock, the affairs thereof; -um, ii, farm; -is, e, singular, particular; I., diligence, industry; adv. fr. scio, cleverly; -tro, 1 r., perf. Indie. 3d, pi., it runs: -vi, visti, vit, vimus, vistis, verunt, to attend to. t© administer, ad- ministrate. 4. Vocative of meus (not of mea, or meum), mine; adv. at some time, on an occassion; ad + fari, speak to, not in the 1st person, to address; adv- to morrow, -lo/' ui, itum, to grind grain; fut. Indie, of eo, ire, ivi, itum, to go; eras m61i= turn ibimus, to-morrow we shall go to (have our grain ground) grind. Here the rule of all languages, that a verb governs another verb into Infinitive, as, I like 85 Cui 5 ille, ''Quid ita, mi Marce?" inquit, "die, amabo, quid rei sit? Anne coca sic depleverit 6 cameram penariam, ut iam peniiria annonse laboremus?" Turn Marcus, "Recte 7 mones, " inquit, "sic coca adpatremretulit; negat enim ipsa satis penus habere, unde coquere, panemque facere possit, nee ego reperio unde pecori pabulum parem. Quocirca 8 pla= to write, is overruled by a special Latin principle: when this governing verb indi- cates motion, the verb so governed is put into the supinum; as: eo m6Htum, imus scriptum, ambulatum, emptum, etc. 5. Dat. of quis: ille, there being no pers. pron. (he, she, it) in Latin, de- monstr. pronouus are used, to whom, he, the verb is inquit, says, which runs: inquam, inquis, inquit, — inquiunt, say I, etc. used only in quoting like the English "said I." Quid ita? how so? Mark the vocatives of luli, and Marce: the former is ending in ius, its Voc. is i, the latter is us, Voc. e.; die, amabo, tell me, please, dico in Imperative; amabo is the fut. Indie, I shall like; quid rei sit, what be the matter? The question is indirect (because "tell me please"), there- fore sit, Coniunct., instead of est, Indie. 6. =eo, 2 vi, — , to draw off, to empty; perf. of Coni., =verim, veris, verit, verimus, veritis, verint; I., chamber; -us, a, urn, later -uarius, a, urn, fr. penus, us, m., later penus, oris, u., last penu, indecl., a larder, stores, provisions; I., need, destitution; I., food supply; laboro aliqua re, ex aliqua re, I am suffering from something; here pres. Coni. 7. Adv., rightly; =eo, 2 ui, itum, to warn; here a common phrase: you are right; refero, referre, retuli, relatum, perf. Indie. = that is how the (she) cook has re- ported to father; -go, 1 r., to deny; "She denies her (self) to have;" that is, she re- ports that she does not have enough (satis, indecl.) of provisions; adv. whence; =rio, 4 ri, rtum, to find (by searching); -ro, 1 r., to make ready, to prepare, pres. Coni., the verb depending on unde. — 8. Wherefore; =ceo, 2 ui, itum, to be pleas- ing; very frequently used about those in authority in the sense of the phrase, "it seemed best to. . . " especially about the Senate "placuit Senatui;" placuit patri de- mandare nobis, our father thought best to order us, bid us; nobis dat. of nos; mihi, tibi, datives of ego and tu; -do, 1 r., to bid, order, downward to commit something to somebody; misunderstood by the Italians and distorted into domandare to demand, French demander, to ask; scilicet, as is evident, namely, to wit; per me, through me; early; fifty; II, bushel; -urn, i, wheat; =le, is, n., rye; I., originally large baskets, a bin; =ium, ii, granary, storehouse for grains; =mo, 3 psi, ptum, to 86 cuit patri nobis, scilicet mihi, ac per me tibi, demandare, uti eras, prima luce, quinquaginta (50) modios tritici secalisque e cumeris granarii depromptosin molam deveheremus, atque molitos quo ocy« us domum referremus. Tenesne?" "Quam 9 optime, " inquit Iulius, aequi & boni facio patris consi- lium; at, Marce, die, velim, quam partem coepti vis ego capiam? "/Equum 10 mihi videtur, " ait ille, "litpote quum te sim adiil= tior et fortior, ut ego saccos complerem et ad sarracum baiula- rem ; tu vero, setate viribusque quum me sis minor, interea equos cibares et currum apparares? Placetne?" "Perquam," u inquit hie, "Marce mi; faustam tibi noctem." produce, take out, perf. part.; I., a mill; ground; adv. superlative, ocyssime, soon, quo ocyus, eo melius, the sooner, the better; imperii. Coni. we should bring back; domum, accus., because "end of motion." Dost thou hold.? = do you un- derstand. 9. "Like one who best" (understands), most exactly; an idiom; I am fully satisfied, I take my father's will (consilium, mind, resolution, determination) as most fair, I acquiesce in, I take it for the best: velim, velis, veiit, velimus, veli- tis, velint. Prass. Coni. of volo, vis, vult, v61umus, vultis, volunt, German wollen, to will, as a verb; die, velim, tell me, pray; c(Bptum, i, cOepi, c(Bpisse, to begin, an enterprise, undertaking; capio, 3 cepi, captum, to take, get hold, = what part of the enterprise do you want me to take (upon myself)? Prses. Coni. 10. -us, a, um, equitable, reasonable, fair, = it seems to me fair; coni., as one who; -tus, a, um, compar. -tior, fr. adolesco, to grow up, = since 1 be older than you, thy elder, te abl. of comparison (next Pensum); -tis, e, comp. -tior, ius, stronger; -eo, 2 vi, turn, to fill, fill up; Imperf. Coni.; -lo, 1 r., to carry some- thing heavy, to lug; aetas, tis, f., age; same abl., vires, ium, f., strength, same abl., pi.; since thou be my younger; adv. in the mean time; -bo, 1 r., to feed, Im- perf. Coni. -rem, res, ret, remus, r£tis, rent.; -ro, 1 r., ad + paro, to fit up, get ready; .',ame mood and tense; art thou pleased, are you satisfied? 11. Very much; -us, a, um, fortunate, lucky, auspicious, nox in accus., be- cause the object of precor, I wish to you, is understood, = I wish to you a good night! Though not a regular form of Roman greeting, but such sentences have been used, and can be used now with full propriety. 87 Postero 12 die, prima luce, ut inter fratres convenerat, Iulius, so- lita sua pernicitate ad stabulum decurrit, ostium reserat, pandit, et ad equos intrat. Audito 13 strepitu, hi subito in pedes subsili= unt, arrectisque auribus, herum suum iuvenem cum hinnitu ex- cipiunt. "Heus 14 equuli, " affatur eos Iulius, 'iamne surrexistis? etiamne esuritis? este bono animo, iam ego indigentiis vestris illico mini- strabo. " His dictis, 15 e loculamento promit sacculum avense paratum, e sacco maiori haurit f lirfurem quantum satis, utrumque in alveolo miscet, turn adlata situla aquae, farraginem prsesepi infiindit, aqua cito conspergit. Equi interea, morse 16 impatientes, ab esu vix arceri & cohiberi poterant. Copia 17 denique edendi data, equi cibum prius degustare, turn demum avide vorare coeperunt. 12. Posterus, a, um, rior, tremus, a, um, the next following; first light, abl., = the next day, bright and early; ut, = as; -venio, 4 ni, turn, plus quam perfec- tum, =ram, ras, rat, ramus, ratis, rant, as was agreed; perf. p. of soleo, 2 itus sum, half deponent, the usual; -tas, tatis, f. , nimbleness; -ro, 1 r., to unlock; -do, 3 di,sum, or passum, to throw openj-tro, 1 r.,to enter. — 13. Perf. of audio, 4 vi, turn, in abl.; IV., noise, = with the noise heard, abl., abs.; adv. at once; -Ho, 4 lui, — , to jump up; -go, 3 rrexi, rectum, p. p. pi.; auris, is, f., ear, with erected ears; II., master; IV., neighing; -pio, 3 -cepi, ptum, to receive. 14. Interj., hello! horsies; perf. Indie, of -go, 3 rrexi, ctum, -xi, xisti, xit, ximus, xistis, xerunt, to rise; -rio, 4 vi, turn, pres. Indie. 2d pi. -io, is, it, imus, itis, iunt, tu hunger; Imperat. pi. of sum, be ye! II., mental disposition, = be of good cheer; I., needs; -ter, tra, um, your: adv. at once; -tro, 1 r., fut. to serve, minister. 15. Abl. abs., with these said; -um, i> a shelf, "pigeonhole," &c; -mo, is, it, imus, itis, unt, take out; dimin. of saccus; I., oats; p. p. of paro 1 , r., ready; -rio, 4 si, stum, to scoop, dip; furfur, is, m., bran; us, a, um, as much as; -us, i, m- , a small trough; =eo 2 ui, xtum, to mix, blend; pp. of adfero, 3 tuli, latum, abl. abs., I., a bucket; -go, inis, f ., forage; dat. because of compounded verb -do, 3 di, sum, to pour in; adv., quickly; -go, 3 si, sum, to besprinkle. — 16. I., delay; adj. fr. patior, pati, passus sum, to suffer, = unsuffering, impatient; IV., eating; adv., scarcely; =ceo 2 ui, ctum, to hinder, prevent, restrain; -eo, 2 ui, itum, keep in check, both pass. Infin.; possum, potes, potest, possumus, potestis, possunt; Imperf.: poteram, as, at, amus, atis, erant, = they could scarcely be restrained. — 17. I., chance, permission, abl. abs.; pp. of do, dare, dedi, datum, = with a 88 Dum equi ientaculo 18 vires recreant, famemque explent, Iulius grundam petit visurus, utrum sarracum oneri vehendo ex omni parte idoneum firmumque sit. Quapropter 19 rotas detrahit, modi- olum, canthos, absides tentat, et experitur, axem axungia Unit, rotas reponit, et quum omnia sarta tecta reperiret, in stabulum red- it, ut equos loris in aream ad alveum educat et adaquet. Postquam 20 equi sitim quoque longo haustu restinxissent, sequo animo exspe- ctabant donee eos ad sarracum perductos, Iulius hamaxaret. Itaque 21 ille profert lora, eaque primum uni, turn alteri, aptarein- cipit. Levato 22 freno, ori equi oreas inserit, frenum imponit capiti, idque a latere revincit. Mox helcium 23 per caput infert collo, mo- chance for eating obtained; -to, 1 r., to get a taste, Infin.; adv., finally; adv. eagerly; -ro, 1 r., to eat ravenously; coepi, isti, it, imus, istis, erunt, have begun. 18. =um, i, breakfast; abl. of means; -o 1 , r., to restore, renew; es,is, f.,=pleo, 2 vi, turn, to fill out; I., shed; -to, 3 ivi, itum, to seek, to go somewhere; Part. Fut. Act. of video, 2 di, sum, to see, for the purpose of seeing; ex omni parte, in all respects; -us, a, um, in fit condition, suitable; -us, a, um, firm, solid. 19. Quamobrem; -ho, 3 xi, ctum, ho his, hit, himus, hitis, hunt, to pull off; II., the hub; II., the tire; -sis, sidis, f., the fellies; -to, 1 r. to try; -rior, iri, rtus sum, to try; I., axlegrease; -no, 3 levi, litum (i short); to smear; -no, 3 sui, itum, to put back; sartus tectus, us a, um, fr. sarcio and tego, properly of buildings, tropically of anything, in good repair; redeo, 4 ivi, itum, fr. re + d + eo, d for euphony, to go back; -um, i, a strap; I., the yard; II., a trough; -co, 3 xi, ctum, Praes. Coni. -cam, as, at, amus, atis, ant, to lead out; -quo, 1 r., to water (horses), Praes. Coni. — 20. After that . .. afterward that; -is, is, f., thirst; IV., a draught, drinking; -guo, 3 xi, ctum, to quench, Plusquam Perf. Coni.; sequus animus, with acquiesecence, equanimity, -to, 1 r. Imperf. Ind. — bam, bas, bat, bamus, batis, bant, awaited; until; pp. of perduco, 3 xi, ctum, lead; -xo, 1 r., to harness, to hitch up, Imp. Coni. rem, res, ret, remus, retis, rent. 21. Therefore; -ro, 3 tuli, latum, to bring forward; harness; adv., firsti-to, 1 r., to fit. — 22. -vo, 1 r., to lift, abl. abs.; um. i, a bridle; dat. of os, oris, n., mouth; I., pi. only, the bit; -ro, 3 rui, rtum, to put in; caput, itis, n., the head, dat. after a compound verb; a latere, on the side; -cio, 4 nxi, nctum, to tie, fasten. — 23. -um, -ii, horse-collar; -ro, 3 tuli, illatum, to bring over in; -um, i, the neck; =le, is, n. , the yoke-strap; a strap on the neck of Roman horses, ornamented with brass plates, buttons, etc.; -to, 3 xui, xi, xum, II , a ring; II., a hook; -um, ii, or molile, is, 11., the traces; -um, i, the end; II., a hook; -um, i, properly a small beam, here the 89 nile nectit annulo temonis; hamo nelcii pendit epirhedium (vel molile), eiusque extrema unco, tigilli destinat; tandem habenas extremas ore-is per fibulas adstringit. Eadem 24 cum altero equo re= petit. His rebus finitis equi currui, currus autem equis erant iuncti. Interim opus 25 suum sane arduum Marcus quoque consummat, ultimumque saccum frumento gravem ad currum baiulat. Totus 26 eius vultus sudore niadet. Nunc demum fratres in sediie 2 * conscendunt, Marcus prehendit habenas, editoque rnastigiae crepitu, equos in- citat. Hi connitiintur: 28 pedes movere, currum trahere incipiunt. Pariter 29 cum equis trahentibus rotse moveri, turn circumagi, dein vol= whiffle-tree, a mere conjecture, particularly with the adjective sororeum, pointing to, if not originating a Roman legend, connected with the Horatii et Curiatii, fratres trigemini;— no ! r., to fasten down; I., pi., only, the reins, lines; ends; I., a buckle; — -go, 3 nxi, ctum, to bind, tie. — 24. Ace. pi. of idem, n., the same (things); -to, 3 vi, Hum, to repeat; -go 3 nxi, ctum, to join. Cicero speaks some- where of a wagon as being hitched to the horse; this sentence is a reference thereto. 25. Opus, eris, n., work as completed or under way; adv., really; -us, a, um, steep, difficult; -mo 1 , r., to complete; -turn, i, fr., fruor, frui fruitus, fructus sum, to enjoy, means the cereals, bread-stuff, wheat, rye, barley, oats, to which Indian corn may be added; abi. s., heavy with fr.— 26. -us, a, um, the whole; IV., coun- tenance ; -or, is, m., sweat, -deo, 2 ui, — , the adj. is -didus, a, um, wet. — 27. 4e, is, n., a seat; -do, 5 di, sum, to grab, seize; edo, 3 edidi, turn, fr. ex + do, to give out, forth; not to be confounded with edo, 3 edi, esum, to eat; 1. , a whip; likely of Asiatic origine, for the Romans until the later emperors have not used fiagrum, flagellum, nor any other cruel whips for horses, but a light switch, or twig; IV., a crack; -to, 1 r., to incite. 28. Connitor, ti, nixus sum (also nisus), to set one's body against a thing an effort to move, push, overthrow it; -tor, eris, itur, imur, imini, untur; -veo, 2 vi, turn, to move. Infin. pres., because of the other verb, incipiunt;-ho, 3 xi,ctum, o pull, draw.— 29. Adv., simultaneously, equally, at the same time; Part. Prses. of traho,abl., pi., w. the horses pulling, Inf. pass, of movere; same of ago; then; Inf. pass, of volvo, 3 vi, utum, to roll; Inf. p. of verso, 1 r., to keep turning; adv., lastly; -um, ii, same as grunda, wagon-shed; Inf. p. of provolvo, 3 vi, utum, to roll forward. Mark here the infinitives without the necessary governing verb, which is invariably the defective verb ccepi, ccepisse, in its 3d per. s., ccepit, or pi., as here, Cceperunt. In descriptions of this sort, when the details of an event 90 vi et versari, denique currus e loco moved, postremo e subgrundio in aream provolvi. Tunc equi citato 30 gressu aream percurrunt, hinc in viam vicinalem, illinc denique paulopost in viam regiam iter fle= ctunt. Recensio: Quis fuit dominus stabuli? — Quos habuit filios? — Quid et quomodo hi administraverunt? — Quid dicit Marcus Iulio? — Quidillerespondet? — Quid ait Marcus de coca? — Quid placuit patri? — Quid convenit inter fratres? — Quid dicit Iulius a Marco discedens? — Quid agit Iulius postero mane? — Quomodo cibat equos? — Posteaquoit? — Quid agit in grunda? — Quomodo haj maxat?— Interim quid agit Marcus? — Quomodo evehunt equi currum oneratum e grunda? VOCABVLARIVM 17, Nna. Subst. indoles, is, f. secale, is, n. loculamentum. marcus. i cuinera. ae saccuhis, i annus, i granarium, ii avena, ae frater, tris mola, 33 furfur, is, in. biennium, ii consilium, ii alveolus, i ephebus. i pars, tis. f situla, 33 pietas, atis, f. coeptum, i farrago, inis, f praedium, ii saccus, i mora, as industria, ae setas, atis. f. esus, us, m. camera, ae vis vim. vi. f. copia 33 penuria, ae pernicitas, atis. f. ientaculum, i fames, is, f. annona, 33 strepitus, us. m. penus, us, m. panis, is, m. pecus. oris, n. auris, is, f. herus. i hinnitus. us, m. grunda- 33 modiolus, i canthus, i •nodius. ii animus, i abses. idis. f. triticum. i indigentia, 33 axungia, ae sarta tecta lorum, i area, ae sitis,is,f. haustus, us, m. frenum, i os, oris, n. oreae, arum caput, itis, n. helcium, ii collum, i monile, is, n. annulus, i hamus. i epirhedium, i molile, is, n. cxtremum, i are narrated, and presented like in a picture, this general governing verb, for the sake of abruptness and resulting effect, is omitted. A mighty field for German philological speculation. As narratives of this kind by their very nature, must be held in the present time, German doctors of philology give it a special name of "Historical Present, 1 ' and the construction of these defective Infinitives is called the ''Historical Infinitive." Students should pay no attention to the sophistry at all ; what I have said, and my examples explain the whole matter. 30.— Perf. p. of cito 1 , r., to accelerate; IV., a step, = with accelerated steps; -ro, 3 curri, or percucurri, percursum, to run through; I., way, road; -lis, e, neighboring, via vicinalis, country-road, thence, soon after, V. regia (us, a, urn) royal highway, -to, 3 xi, xum, to bend; -do, 3 cessi, ssum, to depart, pres. part. 9i uncus, i tigilluin i liabena* arum libula. a? opus ens n. frumentum. i vultus, us, m. sudor, is, in. sedile, is. n. mastigiaas crepitus us locus, i subgrundium, ii gressus, us. m. via. ae Nna Adi. clarus. a. uni caius. a mutius, a, urn scaevus, a, urn praeclarus, a, uni viceni, ae, a insignis, e viduus, a, um tnpartitus. a. um rusticus, a, uni pecuai ius, a, um satis quinquaginta asquus, a. uni bonus, a, um adultus, a, um fortis, e minor, or, us faustus. a, um posterus, u, um solitus, a, um paratus, a, uin quantus. a, um impatiens, tis idoneus, a, um firmus, a um estremus. a, um arduus, a, um totus. a, um citatus, a, um vicinaiis, e regius, a, um "V E IR IB .A.. administro, 1 r. aff ari, affatus sum molo, 3 ui, itum eo.* ivi, itum depleo, 2 vi, — laboro^r. moneo 2 ui, itum refero, 3 tuli, latum nego repeno,* pen paro placeo, 2 ui, itum demando^r. depromo, 3 psi, ptum volo. velle. volui capio, 3 cepi, captum videor, 2 sus sum compleo, 2 vi, turn baiulo, 1 r. cibo^r. apparo, 1 r- convenio.* ni, turn decurro, 3 decucur. i i, sum resero, 1 r. pando, 3 di, pansum, passum audio,* r. subsilio,*ui, — arrigo, 3 rrexi, ctum excipio, 3 cepi, ptum esurio, 4 r. ministro, 1 r. haurio,*si stum misceo, 2 cui, xtum affero, 3 adtuli, latum infundo. 3 fudi, fucum conspergo, 3 si, sum arceo. 2 ui, ctum cohibeo, 2 ui,itum degusto, 1 r. voro, 1 r. coepi, ccepisse expleo, 2 r. peto, 3 ivi, itum detraho, 3 xi, ctum tento, 1 r. experior,* rtus sum lino, 3 levi, litum repono, 3 posui, itum redeo.Mvi, itum educo. 3 duxi, ctum adaquo. 1 r. restinguo, 3 xi. ctum exspecto, 1 r. perduco, 3 xi, ctum hamaxo, 1 r. profero, 3 tuli, latum apto, 1 r. levo, 1 r. insero, 3 ui. r»um revincio. 4 nxi, ctum jnfero, 3 tuli. illatum necto, 3 xui, xi, xum pendo, 3 pependi, pensum d> stino, 1 r. adstringo, 3 nxj. strictum repeto, 3 r. finio, 4 r. ungo, 3 xi. ctum consummo, 1 r. madeo, 2 ui, — prehendo, 3 di, sum edo, 3 didi, tun incito, 1 r. connitor, 3 xus. sus, sum moveo, 2 vi, turn circumago, 3 egi. actum volvo, 3 vi. utum versor, 1 atus sum provolvo. 3 vi, utum percurro, 3 percucurri, per- cursum flecto, 3 xi, xum discedo, 3 cessi, ssuni dveho, 3 xi, xum Adverbia. scite optime quondam perquam eras subito recte illico quocirca avide scilicet interim ocyus sane pariter postremo illico paulopost Interiectio. beus 92 III. MOLA 1VTON desunt 1 domus, quae iuxta se rotas, et sub iis aquam 1M habent; domus eius generis est mol Aqua autem sub rota molari 2 non stat, sed fluit: aqua vero fluens fluvius, vel rivus vocatur. Omnis rivus fluit in alveo, inter duas ripas, 3 quas, in nonniillis locis, pontes iungunt, ut, qui velint, transire possint. Verumtamen 4 aqua e fluvio non recta decurritin rotam aquariam, sed pontem inter & molam aggeribus et cataracta coarctatur et reprimitur, ut piscinam efficiat, utque cataracta ope vectis levata, aqua per canalem eo maiori vi ac pondere rotse irruat, seque palmulis eius i. Desum, deesse, defui, to be missing, absent, lacking; non desunt, are not wanting; prep., under; abl. pi. of is, governed by sub, under them. I., a mill, a grist mill alone, all else is fabrica;mostly pi. because of the two stones, the origi- nal meaning; here, also the building is so named. The Romans had but hand-mills, and a larger kind turned by mules, donkeys, mola asinaria; usually combined with a bakery, when it is called a pistrina.— 2. Adj. of mola, -is e, whence dentes molares, the grinding, milling teeth; fluo, 3 fluxi, xum, to flow; pres. p. -ens, tis, flowing; II., II., a stream, a river. 3 I., a bank; -us, a, urn, some; II., a place; pons, pontis, a bridge; Prs. Coni- of volo, velle, volui, velim, velis, velit, -imus, itis, int, whoever willed (wanted) possim, is, it, imus, itis, int, could; transeo, 4 vi, turn, to go across, to cross. 4. Adv., however; adv., straightway; -us, a, um, water-, watery; prepositions often stand between the two nouns they govern; -er, is, m., a mound, a dike; I., a flood-gate, abl. of means; -to, 1 r., to press into a narrow place; <=mo, 3 pressi, ssum, to squeeze, press back, passive; I., originally a fish-pond, a pond, a mill-pond; -is, is, m., a lever, genit., ope vectis, by means of a crow-bar; -vo, 1 r., to lift, raise; abl. abs., -is, is, m., properly a tube, pipe, a channel, a sluice; abl. of id, eo ma- 93 impingat. Quum hoc fit 5 , rota primum lente moveri, turn verti, deniqe circumagi, postremo gyrare ac versari incipit. Rota gyrante 6 , ope axis, et caeterae rotae dentatae, molucra, verticula, fusi, re!i= quumque machinarnentum molae in motum agitur. Omnia igitur quae in mola agitantur a rota aquaria cientur, 7 ipsam autem vis aquae torque! et impellit. Intrinsecus, ad parietem, e regione recti ostii suggestus estad, vicenum pedum altitudinem, ad quern scalse ducunt, et in quo siti sunt lapides molares sepimento obtecti. His 9 imminet Inftindl- bulurn, e quo agitato grana frumenti faucibus catilii tenui fluxu IHabisntur, quae verticillo catilii conteruntur & comminuuntur. iori vi, by that much greater force; =us, eris, n., weight; dat.; ~o, 3 ui, — , (in + ruo), to dash against; I., a paddle of a water wheel; -go, 3 pegi, pactum, to strike against, dat. — 5. When this happens; adv., at first; adv., slowly. The following In- finitives are governed by incipiunt (they) begin; all the act. transitive verbs in such cases receive the Inf. of the Passive voice, but they are not passive, such verbs are called "Middle Verbs," which idea is expressed in English by the Active Voice; but the intransitive verbs, like gyro, retain their active form; notice also the gradation of the adverbs: prirnum, tum, denique, postremo; -ro, 1 r., to be rotat- ing, revolving. 6. Abl. abs., w. the wheel revolving; casteri, ae, a, the other, the rest; -us, a, urn, fr. dens, tis, m., a tooth, a cog; p. p. cogged; =um, i, a pulley for transmis- sion of power; II., properly a spindle, a vertical shaft bearing pulleys, wheels, &c-; =us, a, um, the rest, remaining; -urn, i, machinery; is set in motion. — 7. Cieo, 2 civi, citum,tomake go, to cause movement, to put into motion, = are being stirred, moved, put into motion by the water-wheel; =queo, 2 si, tum, to twist, to give a motion like that of a shaft, rolling, forced by a crank, or wheel; *-lio, 3 puli, pulsum, to drive on, forward. 8. Adv. on the inside; opposite of extrinsecus, on the outside; also intus; an adverbial phrase, opposite, w. gen. or dat.; =ium, ii, the main entrance, main door,=opposite the main door; IV., a platform; ad = to the height of some 20 feet; =ni, se, a, some twenty; =do, inis, f., height., I., steps, ladder; =us, a,um, situate, is, are situated, fr., sino, 3 sivi, situm, to allow, let; as an adj., -us, a, urn, placed, situated; -is, idis, in., a stone; -um, i, an inclosure; =go, 3 xi, cturn, to cover over. 9. Dat. pi. of hie; -neo, 2 — , — , to hang over; -um, i, a hopper; -um, i, grain; -um, i, any, all the cereals, wheat, rye, &c; faux, cis, the throat, any similar thing, here the opening, mouth, of the upper stone; usually pi.; II., upper stone; 94 Istinc 10 molitum excipitur a saccino, in area lignea, oblique pendenti, furcaque bidenti quassato. Si saccinum pavitense 11 sit, uti e serica textum, similam, si levidense, farinam minus subtilem saccat et excutit. Os saccini ex area eminet, et apludam in cribrum duplex aut triplex evomit. Cribrum hoc ante arcam in planum 13 quassatum apludam bifariam aut trifariam secernit, atque far, furfuremque, item ador, in diversas partes agit, qua^ deinceps in singulos m6dios dilabuntur. Quum modii pleni fiunt, submovenur 14 , IV., flowing; in+labor, 3 psus sum, to drop in; compounded verb w. dat.; II., a whirling; -ro, 3 trivi, tritum (hence contrition), to crush; -uo, 3 ui, utum, to smash, to crush or break into small fragments, powder, dust. 10. Adv.=hinc, thence, hence; fr. -lo, 3 ui, itum, as a noun, what has beer ground; -pio 3 , cepi, turn, to take up, to take out, to receive, pass.; -urn, i, fr. sac cus, a hair-cloth bag, which shakes out the flour from the gristpassingthrough it I., a chest;=us, a, urn, wooden; pres. part, of pendeo, hanging obliquely, i. e., the bag- I a fork; -dens, tis, adj. of one ending, two pronged; -sso, 1 r., pp., shaken ii '-sis e, closely woven; I., silkstuff, silk-cloth; texo, 3 ui, xtum, to weave,-as when woven of silk; I., the finest flour (cf. German Semmel); -sis, e, loosely woven; I., flour; -lis, e, fine, minus s., less fine; -co, 1 r., to strain, sift; -tio, cussi, ssum, to strike, knock, throw, shake out. 12. -neo, 2 — , — , to stand, or hang out; I., the "shorts" (Germ. Schrott), what remains of the grist after the flour is shaken out; -urn, i, a sieve; -mo, ui itum, to vomit, to throw up, out, to pour out.— 13. Horizontally; advs. two-three folds- -no, 3 crevi, turn, to sift out to separate; far, farris, n., English farina; -ur uris m., bran; ador, 6ris, or adoris, one of the very few or ending neuter nouns : and is also used as indeclinable. Originally both far and ador mean two differeni species of wheat, the former the yellow kind, the latter the red kind, hence alsc spelt was so called. Both kinds were roasted and eaten, and used in sacrifice. Th< two names were still retained after either kind was ground or crushed and usee promiscuously for flour necessarily coarse in those days. Now we mean Enghsl farina of a coarser grade by far, a smaller, or finer grade is called ador.-Adv. thenceforward; -bor, 5 lapsus sum, to fall off (each into distinct measures, wooder eU, tub ). — 14. -veo, 2 vi, turn, to remove; -us, a, urn, empty; -tuo, u utum fr sub. + statuo, 3 ui utum, to set up something, to stand, to substitute ( t he empty ones removed, and put in their places . . .) ; -to, 3 si, ssum, con « mitto, to send, are committed to sacks, put into bags; -us, a, urn, full, carnedout 95 in corum locum vacui substituuntur, molita autem in saccos com- mittuntur, hi autem pleni ad currum efferuntur. Dum hoc in mola saevo 15 strepitugeruntur, tyr o molinarius bigas, pontem appropinquantes conspicatur. Nee mora 16 ; herum suum Cornelium Scaurum, senem molitorem, illico accersit, et 1 ' Aspice 17 mi here, " inquit, ' ' videque bigas ! nullum dubiuni subesse puto quin hue tendant, grandemque molituram advehant." Laeto 18 nuntIo motus, " Quid ais? " inquit dominus molseforas itans^ " grandem molituram nobis advehi? quam aveo ut ita sit! " Bigse interim, traiecto 19 ponte, declivo eius in aream molae tolliti m appellunt, nee procul ab ostio subsistunt, 15. -us, a, urn, fierce; -ro 3 , ssi, stum, to carry on; -ro, nis, an apprentice; us, a. um, miller — ; biga, ge, a span of two horses and the wagon; -cor, atus sum,= to catch a glimpse of. — 16. a phrase, =nor (is there any) delay; I., delay; us, a, um, fr. cornus, i, f, a cornel-cherry tree; -us, a, um, one having a swollen ankle, proper names; -or, is, a miller; adv., at once; -so, 3 sivi, situm, to summon, to call and take along; this verb is mixed up w. arcesso 3 , cessivi, itum; they should be kept apart. — 17. -cio, 3 pexi,pectum, to look, in Imperative, sing. = look, my master! -deo, 2 di, sum, to see, Imperat. ; -um, ii, doubt; subsum, esse, fui, to be under; to, 1 r. , to think, to have the opinion = I do not think to be any doubt about; quin, but that; this is the invariable conjunction after dubium, dubito, and after several negatives, like nullus, nemo est - - quin, none, nobody • - but who; adv. hither ;=do, 3 tendi, turn, sum, to tend; to haul. — 18 -us, a, um, joyous, gay, joyful; -um, ii, rumor, news, tidings; pp. moveo, moved; aio, ais> ait— aiunt, to say, to assert; what dost thou say?; adv., fr. fores, ium, a double door; it has two forms, foras and foris, the former answering to the question whither? the latter, where?; ito 1 , r. , frequentative of eo, to go leisurly, slowly, to trudge, pres. p. ; dat. of nos, pi. of ego, to us, for us; advehi, Inf. pass, to be hauled, brought; construction accusativus cum Infinitivo will always happen after verbs like dico, aio, credo, puto, the subject (grandis moltiura) becoming the object of such a verb, and must go into accusative, as here, grandem molituram, the other verb being put into the Infin. as advehi; adv. how? aveo 2 to wish, to long; that it be so. 19. Traiicio 3 , ieci, iectum, trans, across, through + iacio, to throw, to pass, to shoot through, pp.. w. the bridge passed through; II., a slope; I., the yard; adv., trotting; ad + pello, properly said of ships driven by oars; here the verb is used as a middle verb, as is also "to drive" in English; adv., far; -sto, 3 stiti, Stitum, to stop, " not far from the door." 9 6 "SalvPeste!" magna voce acclamat iuvenes senex farinosus, ecquid, 6bsecro, boni, affertis?" ''Molituram patrue 21 " inquit Marcus, " eamque haud parv^e molis!" Tumille: "Bene 22 statuistis," inquit," sequi & bonifacio : Dii vos ament,"— His dictis ad tyronem se vertit: 24 " Tu autem," inquit, "nebulo, quid hie oscitas? curres confestim, operasquemeo nomine extemplo prodire iubebis, ut equis consulant & prospiciant, atque currum exonerent." Dictum & factum. Salute 24 interea iterum ultro citroque data et reddita, ad scamnum secundum parietem sessum itur, ut negotium molitionis, 20. =us, a, um, hail, nom. pi.; Imperativ. 2d per. pi. of sum, be ye! vox, cis, f., a voice, aloud; ad + clamo 1 , r., to cry; -is, is, here a noun, ace. pi., addresses the youth in a loud voice; -ex, senis, adj. of one ending, old; -us, a, urn, beset w. flour, senex farinosus. flouery (white w. flour) old (man, senex standing for a noun); -cro 1 , r., to beseach, to pray, like English, " what, pray." . . -us, a um, good, here a noun, bonum, i, a good (thing); =ro, ferre, tuli, latum, to bring, "what, pray, good do ye bring." 21. -us, ui, the father's brother; the mother's brother is avunculus, i, whence German onkel, English uncle; in Latin the former is used as a general term for elderly people, Uncle So-and-so; haud, like non; -es, is, f , a bulk, and not of a small bulk at that.' 1 22. Adv., bonus, well; -uo, 3 ui, utum, to set up, to decide, perf, Indie. 2d pers. pi., ye decreed well; sequum & bonum, fair and good, I appreciate, I value; " may the Gods like you!" a Roman blessing; amo, 1 r., to love, to like, Prses. Coni.-2 3 . -to, 3 ti, rsum, to turn, he turns himself; =io, nis,a rascal, a wretch; -to, 1 r., to yawn; fut. Ind. 2d per. s. of curro; adv. at once; " thou wilt at once run; 3 ' I. m., plural only, help, hands, laborers;- us, a, um, mine, my; -en, inis', a name, abl., "in my name;" adv. instantly; pro + d + eo, to go forth; -beo, 2 si, ssum, to order, command; fut. Ind. " thon wilt instantly order them; -lo, :i ui, ultum, to look out for, w. dat.; -io, 3 pexi, pectum, to look forward, to provide; -ro, 1 r., to unload. " Said and done;" = no sooner said than, &c. 24. -us, utis, f., greeting, abl. abs.; again; that side and this side; given; -do, didi, ditum, to give back, w. greetings mutually exchanged; -um, i, a bench; in lupinum of sedeo; itur, is bein^gone to sit; no equivalent expression in English; pass., verdegris, money-rust (by joke); ipse=he; -sus, a, um, " becoined," provided w. coins, wherefore; -I0, 1 r., to feign; altogether; -tior, 4 itus sum, to lie; " he either simulates, or he tells a downright lie. — 27. L, m., a stranger, in oncomer. Nna Subst machinamentum. 1 regio, nis, f. ostium, ii suggestus, us altitudo, i, nis, f scala, a? lapis, idis, m. sepimentum, i infundibulum i cribrum, i far, farris, n. furfur, is, m. ador, is, u. tyro, nis, m. molitor. is, m. bigse, arum dubium, ii molitura, se homuncio, nis, n nervus, i vita, ae necessarium, ii auris, is, f. aerugo, inis, f advena, as Nna. Advi. molinarius, a. um Cornelius, a, um scaurus, a, um senex, senis laetus. a. um salvus, a, um farinosus, a, um nummosus, a, um Verba fluo. 3 xi, xum exonero^r. susurro, 1 r. Adverbia volo, velle, volui duco 3 , xi, ctum caveo, 2 vi, cautum recta transeo,* vi, turn obtego, 3 xi, ctum submoveo, 2 vi turn lente possum, posse, potui immineo, 3 - substituo, 3 ui, turn intrinsecus coarcto 1 , r. reprimo, 3 pressi, ssum illabor, 3 psus sum contero, 3 trivi, turn committo, 3 si ssum effero, 3 extuli, elatum istinc bifariam, trifariam levo, 1 r, comminuo, 3 ui. turn gero, 3 ssi, stum clam plane irruo, 3 ui, - quasso, 1 r, conspicor, 1 atus sum furtim quam impingo, 3 pegi, pactnm texo, 3 ui, turn accerso. 3 sivi, itum bene gyro. 1 r. sacco, 1 r. aspicio, 3 pexi, ctum deinceps procul agito, 1 r. excutio. 3 ssi, ssum subsum, esse, fui illico confestim cieo, 2 vi, turn emineo, 2 puto 1 , r. foras extemplo torqueo, 2 r. si, turn evomo, 3 ui, itum tendo, 3 tetendi, tentum tolutim ultro citroque impello, 3 puli, lsum secerno, 3 crevi, turn aio subsisto, 3 stiti, stitum dilabor, 3 psus sum ito.ir, acclamo, 1 r. obsecro, 1 r. statuo. 3 ui, tutum reddo, 3 di, itum eo,* ivi, itum dirimo. 3 remi, ptum traiicio, 3 ieci, iectum appello. 3 puli, pulsum credo, 3 didi, itum Praepositiones sub oscito, 1 r. memoro, ; r. simulo, 1 r. prodeo,* ivi, itum conqueror, 3 questus sum iubeo, 2 ssi, ssum tento, ' r. consulo, 3 lui, hum intendo, 3 di, turn, sum prospicio. 3 pexi, ctum comparo, 1 r, Principia Grammatics. DE CONIVGATIONE VERBORVM. 63. De Participiis. Participia are forms of verbs partaking of the nature of verbs, adjectives and nouns. In English we have two of them: the Present Participle that ends in =ing, in all the verbs, as, loving, buying, going, always active, and ought to denote the acting subject, or the action, as in Latin; the Passive Participle, ending in -ed, in the regular verbs, as, loved, painted, or some other ending. as in the irregular verbs, such as written, bought, found; it is always passive, denoting the thing done. 99 We have four Participia in Latin; they are: i. Participium Praesentis: J s J^ J™{ iens ) -iens =antis =entis =entis (ientis) Mentis 2. Participium Praeteriti: ^ * ^ tm ~ . sus £'***» I. - iv. %. Activum: -turus, a. am, or sums, a, ntn I. II. HI iv. , 4 . Passivum: -andus, -endus -endus, -iendus, a, um. a, urn. a, urn. a, um. Participium Futuri 1. Participium Praesentis. Exemplaadl. .amans, vocans, ambulans, habitans, agitans, properans, parans, &c, their genitives are, =tis, and are declined on the III., as, pner amans, pueri amantis, pnero amanti, &c. When, as pure participles, u e verbs are employed to qualify nouns, they govern the noun, so quahfied, lato genitive, as. puer amans parentum. . . Ad II -habens, docens, delens, videns, movens, emmens, contnens, genitives: habentis, docentis, nom. pi. videntes, abl. sing, eminente, abl. pi. continentibus, &c. , Ad III.: agens, faciens, dicens, scribens, edens, legens, fluens, loquens, &c; genii.: =tis, all declined in the III., as: agenti, facienti, dicentem; scribente, edentes, loquentium, fluentibus, &c. ...»•* Ad IV.. audiens, dormiens, finiens, mentiens, esunens, sitiens, &c; genit.: -tis, all in the III. , , The Partic. Pnes. is formed by dropping the pres. Infimt., or the -o of the Praesens Indicativi, substituting the participial ending of the respective conjugation. One must be cautious in the III., where there are a few verbs with -io. in the Pnes. Indie, likeiacio, pario, capio, lacio, which may be mistaken for the IV., where -io is regular; in such a case, if the -io is cut off, it must be restored in the -iens, (instead of -ens) ending. 2. Participium Praeteriti. The Participium Praeteriti, or perfct participle, as is called in English books, or, abbreviated as pp., is always passive, meaning the thing done, as, written, made, bought, in Latin and in English perfectly agrees with each otfaei as: amatus, a, um, is loved; scriptus, a, um, is written. Not so the present, IOO which, in English, means the thing, as, writing, drawing, painting, almost always are nouns, meaning the thing written, drawn, or is expressed by a distinct noun, as, lover, buyer, driver. Exempla ad I.: amatus, vocatus, agitatus, aratus, quassatus, invitatus, coarctatus, &c: all are -us, a, um, Ad II.: habitus, doctus, delectus, visus, motus, cautus, iussus, completus, contentus, census, &c. ; all -us, a, um. Ad III.: actus, factus, dictus, scriptus, esus, lectus, tractus, ductus, divisus, &c; all are -us, a, um. Ad IV.: auditus, finitus, repertus, munitus, &c; all -us, a, um, handled like adjectives, or nouns in their respective declensions. Since the Participium Praeteriti is always passive, meaning the thing done; and, since only transitive verbs can be made passive, as I have already stated, it is evident that intransitive verbs, like dormio, sedeo, ambulo, esurio, &c, can have no perfect participles; for just as we cannot say in English, the bed had been slept, the chair had been sat, the street is walked, so we cannot say in Latin lectus est dormitus, sella est sessa, via est ambulata, &c, though the English does say, " walk your horses," which, grammatically, is absurd. The Partic. Prset. is found by changing the -m of the supinum into an -s, thus: amatum, amatus, a, um. 3. Participium Futuri Activum. As this participle is not present in English, I wish to convey its meaning to the student by venturing the expression, "the to be doing," something or somebody; as -auctor scripturus, the to be writing author. Exempla ad I.: amaturus, vocaturus, ambulaturus, habitaturus, agitaturus; prscparaturus, laboraturus, paraturus, &c; all are -us, a um. Ad II.: habiturus, docturus, deieturus, visurus, moturus, &c; all are=us, a, um. Ad III.: acturus, facturus, dicturus, scripturus, esurus, lecturus, casurus, cocturus, empturus, venditurus, fluxurus, &c:; all are -us, a, um. Ad IV.: auditurus, finiturus, dormiturus, oriturus, &c: all are -us, a, um, whether active or deponent, in any conjugation- The ending of this participle is found by changing the supinum, or the pp. of the deponent verbs, into -turus, a, um, or -surus, a, um. But, since there are numerous verbs, which have no supina, as emineo 2 , ui, — , and particularly the -sco verbs, as disco 5 , didici, — , then this participle cannot be formed, and we cannot say puer est disciturus, homo est senesciturus, auctor emineturus; but we resort to the fut. act. participle of sum, es, est, futurus, a, um, and ut, saying: futurum est ut puer discat, ut homo senescat (consenescat), auctor emineat. IOI 4. Participium Futuri Passivum. Not present in English. By meaning it is the reverse of the Participium Futuri Activum, the thing to be done as: puella amanda, the to be loved girl; liber legendus, the to be read book. Exempla Ad I.: amadus, vocandus, agitandus, educandus, invitandus, &c. all are=us, a, um. Ad II.: habendus. docendus, delendus. videndus, movendus, continendus iubendus, &c.; all =us, a, um. Ad III.: agendus, faciendus, dicendus, scribendus, legendus, csdendus, emendus, vendendus, &c; all -us, a, um. Ad IV.: audiendus, finiendus, muniendus, &c; all =us, a, um. This participle, like the perfecti, being passive, excludes all intransitive verbs, active and deponent. But it has a peculiarity of its own, that its neuter form is applicable to almost any verb, whether intransitive or deponent, attaching to it the times of the verbs sum, es, est and the subject of the verb is joined to it in dative, if necessary, as: mihi scribendum est, I have got to write; nobis eundum est, we have got to go; omnibus hominibus moriendum est, all men have got to die; properandum est, one has got to hurry. Any of the times of sum es, est can be employed with this participle, but only in the 3d person, because the person is excluded from the verb by its neuter ending, and it precedes or follows the verb in dative, therefore the verb is impersonal, as: scio mihi properandum esse, I know that I have got to hurry; dicis tibi properandum fuisse, thou sayst that thou hadst to hurry; fratri pro-; perandum erat, my brother had to hurry; scribendum ei fuit, he had to write; illis ante casam standnm erit, they will have to stand before the cottage; nescimus ubi nobis sedendum sit, we do not know where we shall have to sit; sciendum est, it should be known: cavendum erit, one will have to beware, or, one will have to furnish securit} 7 . As this dative is really equivalent to Dativus Possessivus, to be specified later, we may consider this Participium as a noun, and, as such, I class it with this gerundium, making it the Nominativus Gerundsi, though no grammarian does so. The Gerundium is the Participium Futuri Passivum used ss a noun; the same Participium used as an =us, a, um adjective, is the gerundivum. De Gerundio, et de Gerundive 64. The Gerundium is the Participium Futuri Passivum, in its neuter form, used as a noun in singular number only, without a Vocativus. Its form and use. 102 Nom. (mihi) scribendum (est, erat, fuit, &c.^ Gen. (exercitatio) scribendi Dat. (graphis) scribendo (apta, suitable) Ace. (graphis est) ad scribendum Abl. (manus) scribendo (fessa, tired) The Gerundivum. Nrus. Singularis. Nom. liber legendus Qen. libri legendi Dat. libro legendo Ace. librum legendum Voc. (o) liber legende Abl. (a) libro legendo Nrus. Pluralis. Nom. libri legendi Gen. librorum legendorum Dat. libris legendis Ace. libros legendos Voc. (o) libri legendi Abl. (a) libris legendis De Vsu Participiorum. 65. The Latin verb, like the Hungarian, in its simple form, expresses the subject, the action and the time of the action, as: mitto (Hungarian kiildok), in which the =0 is ego, I, and also the time now, and mitt, is the action, send; where- as all modern languages must employ another word (I, ich, je, io, Jach, Ja, &c.) for the subject, misi (Hungarian kuldtem), is rendered in English as I have sent; three words. When the verb is thus conjugated by the assistance of a help-verb, having no direct and simple form to express the required time, the conjugation is called periphrastic, of which both the Latin and Hungarian avail themselves. A periphrasis, circumlocution, therefore, consists of two parts : the respective participle of the main verb, and a help-verb, which in Latin, is sum= es-est. Wherefore, by combining sum-es-est with any of the four Participia, we form a complete periphrastic conjugation, as: amans sum, eram, fui, ero, sim, essem, fuerim, &c-: I am, I have been, I shall be, I be, I would be, I would have been loving; amatus, sum, erain, fui, ero, &c, I am, I was, I shall be &c. loved; amaturus, a, urn, sum, sim, essem, fuissem, &c,, 1 am to be, in order that I be, I should be, I should have been to love; amandus, a, um, sum, sim, forem, fuissem, &c, I am, I be, I were, I should have been to beloved. Sometimes it is the help- verb that furnishes the time, at other times it is the participle. All the time and personal endings of the regular conjugations of the Latin verbs are furnished by three little verbs, sum=es=est, eo, ire, ivi, itum, and fio, fieri, factus sum. When the student knows these three verbs, he knows the entire Latin conjugation, which can be accomplished in this one lesson, in an hour's time. io3 VERBVM SVBSTANTIVVM SVM 66. Tempora Primitiva: sum, esse, fui Modus Infinitivus, Prcesens, esse Prceleritum, fuisse Futurum, futurum, am, urn, os, as, a, esse, or, fore Participia: Present*, ens, tis; Praeterito, caret; Put. Act.-, futurus, a, urn MODVS INDICATIVVS. MODVS CONIVNCTIVVS. Tempus Prsesens. S. sum, es, est PI. sumus, estis, sunt S. sim, sis, sit PI. simus, sitis, sint Tps. Prsetentum Imperfectum. S. eram, eras, erat PI. eramus, eiatis, drant S. essem, esses, esset PI. essemus, essetis, Assent S. fui, fuisti, fuit P. fiiimus, fuistis, fudrunt, fuere Tps. Prseteritum Perfectum. S. fuerim, fueris, fuerit P. fuerimus, fueritis, fuerint Tps. Prseteritum Plus quam Perfectum, 5. fueram, fueras, fderat P. faeramus, fueratis, fuerant S. fuissem, fuisses, fuisset P. fuissemus, fuissetis, fuissent S. ero, eris, erit P. erimus, iritis, drunt Tps. Futurum Simplex. S. futurus, a um P. futuri, as, a }sim, sis, sit simus, sitis, sinl Tps. Futurum Exactum, S. fuero, fueris, fuerit P. fuerimus, fueritis, fuerint S. fut P. f uturus, a, uml uturi, se, a J essem, esses, esset sesemus, essetis, essent A L TERN A TI VA TEMP OP A . Tps. Futurum Exactum Tps. Imperf. Coniunctivi. S. fuero, fueris, fuerit S. forem, fores, foret P. fuerimus, fueritis, fuerint P. foremus, foretis, forent 104 Modus Imperativus. Lenioiv Asperior. S. es ! P. este ! S. esto ! esto ! P. estote 1 sunto ! Notes? i. As to quantity; es, of the 2nd pers. is usually long, but it is also used as short. The e is short throughout, excepting esses, essemus, essetis, as marked. The a is also marked where it is long. The i is short throughout, excepting in fui, and fuisti, sis, simus, sitis. The u is short, and where it is marked, it bears the accent. 2. Sum being no regular verb, but simply expressing existence, it cannot be passive: wherefore, it lacks pp. 3. By Alternativa Tempora I mean that essem and forem (o short) are used almost like synonyms; the difference being that the former has the meaning of were I, the latter, were 1 ever to be. On the other hand fiiero serves both as Indie, and Coniunct., as the regular direct verb, beside the periphrastic form. 4. Let the stundent mark well that by compounding eram and fui, he obtains fuerarn, from fui and ero, fiiero. from fui and essem, fuissem, from fui and sim (s and r are often interchanged in Latin) fiierim. From these elements, and the ones furnished by eo and fio, is made up the whole Latin conjugation. The student must not take up the next until he knows sum by heart without a hitch. VERBVM EO. 67. Tpora Primitiva : eo, ire, ivi, itum, Mod. Infill., Press., ire, Praeter., ivisse (iisse, isse). Put., iturum, am, um, os, as, a, esse. Participia : Prasentis, iens, euntis. Preset, caret ; Put., iturus, a, um ; Supina, itum, et, Itu. Modus Indicativus. Modus Coniunctivus. Tempus Prassens. S. eo, is, it. S. earn, eas, eat P. imus, it is, eunt I P. eamus, eatis, eant. i°5 S. ibam, ibas, ibat P. lbdmus, ibatis, ibant Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. S. irem, ires, iret P. iremus, irdtis, irent. S. ivi, i visti, ivit P. ivimus, ivistis, iverunt, ierunt ive*re, iere Tps. Prseteritum Perfectum. S. iverim, iveris, fverit P. iverimus, iveritis, iverint Tps. Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum. S. iveram, iveras, iverat P. iveramus, iveratis, fverant S. ivissem, ivisses, ivisset P. ivissemus, ivissetis, ivissent Tps. Futurum Simplex. S. ibo, ibis, ibit P. ibimus, ibitis, ibunt S. hums, a, urn"! sim, sis, sit P. iluri, ae, a Jsimus, sitis, sint, Tps. Futurum Exactum. S. ivero, fveris, iverit P. iverimus, iveritis, iverint S. lturus, a, urn ) essem, esses, esset P. ituri, se, a jessemus, essetis essent. Lenior. S. i ! P. ite! Modus Imperativus Asperior. S. ito! ito! P. itote ! eunto ! Gerundium. Nom. eundum (est) Gen. eundi Ace. (ad) eundum Dat. eundo Abl. eundo Note. Most of the endings of the regular conjugation are formed from the stem of the main verb and the endings of this verb; as: ama + ire, amare, ama + jS, amas; ama + it, amat, &c; ama + ibam, amabam; ama + ivi, amavi; ama + iveram, amaveram; ama + ibo, amabo; ama + ivero, amavero; ama + iverim, amaverim; ama + ivissem, amavissem; ama + iens, amans; ama + iturus amaturus; ama + eundum, amandum. Quite a sufficient reason for the student to stop here for memorizing eo most thoroughly. io6 VERBVM FIO. 68. Tempora Primitiva: fio, fieri, factus sum Infinitivi: Prsesens, fieri. Praeteri turn, factum, am, um, os, as, a, esse. Futurum, factum iri (futurum esse). Participia: Praesenti, caret; Praeteri ti, factus, a, um; Futuri, Activo caret. Passivum, faciendus, a, um. Modus Indicativus. Tps. Praes., fio, fis, fit, fimus, fitis, fiunt " Praet. Imp. fiebam, bas bat, bamus, batis, bant. " Praet. Perf., factus, a, um, ti, ae, a, sum, es, est, &c. " Plus qm. Perf. factus, a, um, ti, ae, a, eram, eras, erat, &c. ' Fut. S. fiam, fies, net, emus, etis,fient. M Fut. Ex. factus, a, um, ti, ae, a, ero, eris, &c. Modus Coniunctivus. fiam, fias fiat, fiamus, fiatis, fiant. fierem, res, ret, remus, retis, rent. factus, a, um, ti, ae, a, sim, sis, sit, &c factus, a, um, ti, ae, a, essem, esses, &c faciendus, a, um, di, ae, a, sim, sis, &c faciendus, a> um, di, ae, a, essem, &c. Notes: i. Some grammarians are particular in leaving out fimus, fitis, as not present in the classics; others leave them in as I do, for it is unlikely thai they were not in use, and Roman grammarians recite the full form. 2. This verb, as stated before, stands as the passive of facio, and as a kind of middle verb, in the sense of "to become," or "to happen." Whence it furnishes us with a model of the periphrastic forms of the passive conjugation. 3. When it is emplo3 r ed in the meaning of to happen, it has also an active ! m 11 in the Infinitive, futurum, am, um, &c, esse. 4. Take notice that, while eo forms its Fut. Simplex, =bo, which is also the int. 'ridings of the I. and II. conjugations, this offers us -am, es, et, which furnishes the Fut. Simplex endings of the III. and IV. regular conjugations, wli it :>v we have here all the elements making up the regular conjugations. io7 69. VERBVM POSSUM. Tempora PrimitLva: possum, posse, potui Tps. Prses. Infinitivi, posse Prset. potuisse Tpre Futuro " caret Participium Prsesentis, potens, potentis Cseteris caret Modus lndicativus Modus Coniunctivus. Tern pus Praesens. S. possum, potes, potest, PI. possumus, potestis, possunt Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum 5. poteram, p6teras, poterat PI. poteramus, poteratis, p6terant Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum S. potui, potuisti, potuit, PI. potuimus, potufstis, potuerunt, potuere Tps. Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum S. potueram, as, at, PI. potueramus, dtis, erant Tps. Futurum Simplex S. p6tero, p6teris, p6terit PI. pot^rimus, eritis, erint S. possim, possis, possit, PI. possimus, possitis, possint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum S. possem, p6sses, posset PI. possimus, possetif, possent Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum S. potuerim, potueris, potiierit PI. potuerimus, potueritis, potuerint Tps. Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum S. potuissem, ses, set PI. potuissemus, setis, sent Tps. Futurum Simplex caret Tps. Futurum Exactum S. potuero, potueris, potiierit Pi. potuerimus, potueritis, potuerint io8 CONIVGATIO . VERBORVM PERIPHRASTICA. 70. Coniugatio Prima Coniugatio Secunda Praesens Infinitivi, amans esse Praeteritum " amans fuisse Futurum amans futurus esse amans fore Cum Participio Praesentis. Praesens Infinitivi, monens esse Praeteritum monens fuisse Futurum monens futurus es monens fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct Tern pus Praesens. amans \sum, es, amans ) ' est jsumus, amantes J estis, / sunt \sim, sis, sit amantes simus, sitis, sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. amans \eram, (eras, erat eramus, )ci ex 111 u. a , eratis, ) erant amans \essem, 'esses, esset essemus, amantes /essetis, ) essent amans amantes Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. fuerim \fui, fuisti ( fuit vluimus, /fuistis, JfueVunt ) fuere aman Ntue s I fueris, I fuerit /fuerimus tes /fueritis, ) iuerint am Tps. Pratt. Plus quam Perfectum f , \ iuissem I ii'-ram \ u'-ram, ans ) ' as, l Mil' ra amantes ai ramus atis, ant amans ) v es, et Uuissemus amantes) e itj s ) fuissent Modus Indie. Modus Co/iiun, Tern pus Praesens, monens )sum,es, ) est )sumus, monentes ) estis ) sunt monens )sim,s: ) )simus monentes ) s jtj s ) ' si Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. )eram, monens ) eras, ) erat )eramus, monentes ) eratis, ) erant ) essen monens ) esses ) ess )essemi monentes ) essetis ) esse Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. )fui, monens monentes ) fuisti, ) fuit ) fuimus, )f nistis , )fuerunt ) fuere )fuerii monens ) J fuerim monentes )f U erit ) fuer Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum. )fuiss monens ) fueram, ) as, at )fueramus monentes ) £tis, ) fuerant monens \ es ^fuissi monentes ^mus, Jsitk. )fuiss.i CONIVGATIO VERBORVM PERIPHRASTICA. Coniugatio Tertia Coniugatio Quarta Cum Participio Praesentis. aesens Infinitivi, regens esse aeteritum ' regens fuisse iturum regens futurus esse fore >dus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tern pus Praesens. ens entes, )sum, ) es, est )sumus, ) estis, ) sunt )sim, re s ens )sis, sit, Jsimus, regentes ) s itis ) sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. )essem, regens ) esses, ) esset )essemus, regentes )essetis, ) essent )eram, ens )eras,erat |eramus, entes ) era tis, ) erant ens Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum fui,fuisti fuit fuimus, entes fuistis, fuerunt, fuere Jfuerim, regens ) ris, rit )fuerimus regentes )^ ri tis, ) fiierint regens Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum )fufssem, )fsses,set )fuisse- )mus, regentes )fuis ^ t . g ) fuissent ens ) f * eram > ) as, at Jfuera- entes )mus, atis ) fiierant Praesens Infinitivi, audiens esse Ptseteritum " audiens fuisse Futurum audiens futurus esse fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tern pus Praesens. ,. )sum, audiens * M ' . ) es, est, )sumus, audientes) est j S) ) sunt audiens )sim, )sis, sit, Jsimus, audientes ) s itis, ) sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. ) essem, audiens ) esses, ) esset )essemus audientes )essetis, ) essent ,. )eram,e- audlens )ras,erat )eramus, audientes) eratis, ) erant audiens Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum .. )fui, fui- aud.ens } sti fuU )fuimus, )fufstis, audientes )f U( £ runtl ) fuere )fuerim, ) ris, rit, Jfuerimus audientes )f ue s r j t i s / fiierint Tps. Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum aud )fueram, lens )ras,rat, )fuera- audientes ) rnus, ) ratis, ) fueran audiens uissem ) ) sses,set ) fuisse- audientes { mus > ) fuissetis ) fuissent I IO Tps. Futurum Simplex. )ero, eris amans j erit> )erimus, amantes )ior. Sing, amans esto! PI. amantes est6te! sunto! Cum Participio Praeteriti. Praesens Infinitivi amatus, a, um esse Praeteritum ' amatus, a, um fuisse Futurum " amatus, a,um futurus esse, fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tern pus Praesens amatus, )sum, es, a, um ) est amati, )sumus, Be, a ) estis,sunt amatus, )sim, sis, a, um ) sit amati, ) simus, ae, a )sitis,sint Tps. Futurum Simplex. )futuru monens )ero, eris ) erit ) erimus, monentes ) iritis, ) erunt monens )a, um )sim, s ) si )futuri ; )a,simi monentes )sitis, ) si: Tps. Futurum Exactum. )futurus monens )fuero, ) is, it ) fueri- monentes ) mus > ) itis, ) fiierint ^a, um, monens ) )essem,i \ ses, t )futuri,; )a, esse monentes )mus,et ) Modus Imperativus. Lenior. 5. monens es! PI. monentes este! Asperior. S. monens esto! PI. monentes esto " sunt Cum Participio Prseteriti. Praesens Infinitivi m6nitus, a, um es Praeteritum" m6nitus a um fuis; Futurum " m6nitus, a um fut- rus esse, fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniun Tempus Praesens monitus \sum, es, a, um) est \sumus, m6n,tl sim » ) sis, sit )futuri,ae, audientes 'a, simus )sitis,sint Tps. Futurum Exactum. Ifuero, audiens 1 ris, ) rit • fue*ri- audientes < 1 mus, 1 itis, ) fuerint audiens futurus, a, um essem, esses, esset futuri, a, audientes) essemus, ) esse'tis, ) essent Modus Imperativus. Lenior S. audiens es! PI. audientes este! Asperior S. audiens e*sto! PI. audientes estote! sunto! Cum Participio Prseteriti. Praesens Infinitivi, auditus a, um, esse, Praeteritum auditus, a,um, fuisse Futurum auditus a, um, futurus esse, fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniunet. Tempus Praesens. auditus (sum, es, a, um est auditi \sumus, 33, a \estis.sunt auditus, a, um auditi, ae, a sim, sis, sit simus, sitis, sint I 12 Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tps. Praeterit- Imperfectum. amatus )eram, e*ras a, um amati 33, a drat eramus, eratis, e"rant amatus )essem, a, um ) esses? ) esset )essemus ) essetis, ) essent amati 33, a Tps. Prseteritum Perfectum. )fuerim, amatus ) is, it, a, um ) )fudrimus, amati ) itis, ae, a ) fuerint )fui, fuisti, amatus ) fuit a, um ) fuimus, amati ) fuistis, as, a ) fuerunt, ) ere Tps. Prset. Plus quam Perfectum. )fuissem, amatus ) fueram ) as, at, jfueramus: a, um amati ) atis, se» a ) fuerant amatus )f u isses, a, um )fufsset, amati )fuisse- )mus,etis, )fuissent 33, a amatus a, um amati, 33, a Tps. Futurum Simplex. )futurus am&tus )dro, dris, ) erit, ) primus. ) eritis, ) erunt a, um amati, 33, a ) a, um, )sim, sis, )sit, futu- ) ri, 33, )a, simus )sitis,sint Tps. Futrum Exactum amatus a, um )fiinro, ) ftieris, ) ftierit amati 33, a )fu£rimus, ) iueritis, ) fuerint amatus a, um amati 33, a )futurus,a, )um,essem )esses, 6s- )set futuri, ) 33, a,, es- )sdmus, tis ) Assent Modus Indie. Modus Coniunci Tps: Praeterit. Imperfectum. m6nitus ). ) eras,erat a, um \ . . . )eramus, m6nitl ) eratis, 335 a ) erant , . )essem, monitus ) esses, a ' um ) esset )essdmus ) essetis, ae ' a ) essent moniti Tps. Prseteritum Perfectum. m6nitus )fui, fuisti, a, um ) fuit )fuimus, moniti ) fuistis 33, a ) fudrunt, ) fueVe m6nitus )fuerim, a, um )is, fuerit )fueri- moniti ) mus, 33, a )eritis, ) int Tps. Prset. Plus quam Perfect. monitus )fuissem, a, um ) es, et )fuisse- ) mus, ) etis, ent monitus )fueram, a, um ) as, at , ... )fuerdmus ) dtis, 36 ' a ) fuerant moniti 33, a Tps. Futurum Simplex. ) futurus, m6nitus )a,umsim a, um, ) sis, sit )futuri, m6niti, ) a3, a, 33, a, ) simus, )sitis,sint m6nitus)ero, eris, a, um ) erit , ... )erimus, moniti, < , . A . ; eritis, 3e ' a ) erunt Tps. Futurum Exactum. ) futurus, monitus )a,um,es- a, um )sem,es- monitus)fuero,eris a, um moniti 33, a ) erit )fudrimus, ) eritis, ) fuerint m6niti 33, a )ses, esset )futuri,3?, )a, esse- )mus,etis ) essent H3 Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum, rectus, )fui, fuisti, a, um) fuit )fuirnus, recti, )fuistis, 33, a)fuerunt, ) fuere rectus, )fuerim, a, um)fueris, ) fuerit recti, )fuerimus, se, a)fueritis, ) fuerint Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum. rectus, )fueram, a, um)as, ) fiierat recti, )fuerdmus, ae, a)ratis, ) erant rectus, )fuissem, a, um)fuisses, ) fuisset recti, )fuissemus, se, a)fuissetis, ) fuissent Tps. Futurum Simplex. rectus, )ero, a, um) eris, ) ent recti, )erimus, ae> a)eritis, ) erunt rectus, )futurus, a, um)a, um, )sim,sis, sit recti, )futuri,ae,a, se, a)simus, ) sitis, sint Tps. Futurum Exactum. rectus, )fuero, St, um)f tieris, ) fuerit recti, )fuerimus, 33, a)fueritis, ) fuerint rectus, )futurus, a, a, um)um,essem, ) ses, set recti, )futuri,ae,a, 33, a)essemus, ) tis, sent Modus Imperativus. Lenior. 5. rectus, a, um es ! PI. recti, 33, a e*stel Asperior. S. rectus, a, um esto ! PI. recti, 33, a est6- te! sunt6! Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. auditus,)fui, fuisti, a, um) fuit )fuimus, auditi, )fuistis, 33, a)fuerunt, ) fuere auditus,)fuerim, a, um)fueris, ) fuerit auditi, )fuerimus, 33, a)fueritis, ) fuerint Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum. audftus,)fueram, a, um)fueras, ) fuerat auditi, )fueramus, 33, a)fueratis, ) fuerant auditus,)fuissem, a, um)fuisses, ) fuisset auditi, )fuissemus, 33, a)fuissetis, ) fuissenc Tps. Futurum Simplex, auditus,)ero, a, um) eris, ) erit auditi, )erimus, 33, a)eritis, ) erunt auditus,)futurus, a, a, um)um, sim, ) sis, sit auditi, )futuri, 33, 33, a)a, simus, ) sitis, sint Tps. Futurum Exactum. auditus,)fuero, a, um)fiieris, ) fuerit auditi, )fuerimus, 33, a)fueritis, ) fuerint auditus,)futurus, a, a, um)um,essem, ) es, et auditi, )futuri,33,a, 33, a)essemus, ) tis, sent Modus Imperativus. Lenior. S. auditus, a, um es ! PI. auditi, 33, a, e'ste ! Asperior. S. auditus, a, um esto ! PI. auditi, 33, a e- st6te ! ' sunto I ii4 Modus Imperativus. Lenior. S. amatus, a, urn es PI. amati, ae, a este! Asp^rior. S. amatus, a, urn esto! PI. amati, ae, a est6tel 11 sunto! Cum Participio Futuri Active Praet. Fut. Praes. Infinitivi, amaturum, am, urn, os, as, a, esse " amaturum, am, um, os, as, a, fuisse " amaturum, am, um, os, as, a, futurum esse, fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tempus Praesens. )sim, amaturus ) sis, a, um ) sit )simus, Modus Imperativus. amaturus a, um amaturi ae, a )sum,es, ) est ) )sumus, ) estis, ) sunt amaturi ) sitis, ae, a ) sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. )eram, amaturus )eras, a, um ) erat )eramus, amaturi ) eratis, I amaturi Jesset'ft. ge a ) erant|ae, a ) essent ) essem, amaturus ) esses, a, um ) esset )essemusj )< Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. )fui,fuis- amaturus )ti, fuit, a, um )fuimus, )fuistis, amaturi )fu£runt ;( . a ) fu^re )fuerim, amaturus )fiieris, a, um )fuerit )fu^rimus amaturi )fudritis, ae, a ) fuerint Lenior. S. m6nitus, a, um, es! PI. mdniti, ae, a, este! Asperior. S. monitus, a, um esto! PI. m6niti, ae, a, estote! suntol Cum Participio Futuri Active Praes. Infinitivi, moniturum, am, um, os, as, a, esse Praet. 4 * moniturum, am, um, os, as, a, fuisse Fut. " moniturum, am, um, os, as, a, fore, futurum esse Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tempus Praesens. )sum, monittirus a, um monituri ae, a ) es, ) est )sumus ) estis, ) sunt moniturus a, um monituri ae, a )sim, ) sis, ) sit ) simus ) sitis, ) sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. )essem, )esses, a, um ) eram, moniturus ) eras> a, um ) eratj . , . )eramus monituri ) tis> 3e » a ) erant moniturus monituri ae, a ) esset ) esse- )mus,tis ) essent Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. moniturus a, um monituri ae, a )fui,fui- )sti,fuit )fuimus )fuistis )fue- ) runt )fudre . . )fuerim monitutus ) fueris , a > um ) fuerit )fueri- monituri )inus, ae, a ) tis, )fuerint "5 Cum Participio Futuri Active Praesens Infinitivi, recturus, a, um, esse Praeteritum " recturus, a> um, fuisse Futurum recturus, a, um, futurus, a, um, esse, fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tern pus Praesens. recturus)sum, a, um) es, est recturi, )sumus, ae, a) estis, sunt recturus)sim, sis, a, um) sit recturi, )simus, ae, a) sitis, sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. recturus)eram, a, um) eras, erat recturi, )eramus, ae, a) tis, erant recturus)essem, a, um) esses, et recturi, )essemus, ae, a) tis, ent Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. recturus)fui, fuisti, a, um) fuit . )fuimus,fu- rectun > )istis, fue- ae ' a )runt, ere recturus)fuerim, a, um) ris, rit . )fuerimus, recturi, ) fu<5ritiSf 3e ' a ) Merint Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum. recturus)fueram, |recturus)fuissem, a, um) as, fuerat a, um) ses, set recturi, )fueramus, recturi, )fuissemus, ae, a) atis, rant' ae, a) tis, sent Tempus Futurum Simplex. recturus)futurus, a, a, um)um, sim, ) sis, sit recturi, )futuri,ae,a, recturus)^ro, eris, a, um) erit ) ) recturi, )erimus,tis, ae, a) ^runt ae, a)simus,sitis ) sint Cum Participio Futuri Active Praesens Infinitivi, auditurus, a, um, esse Praeteritum " auditurus, a, um, fuisse Futurum auditurus, a, um, futurus, a, um, esse, fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tempus Praesens. auditur-)sum, es, us,a,um) est audituri)sumus, es- ae, a) tis, sunt auditur-)sim, sis, us,a,um) sit audituri)simus, ae, a) sitis, sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. auditur-)eram, us,a,um) eras, erat audituri)eramus, ae, a) tis, erant auditur-)essem, us,a,um) esses, et audituri)essemus, ae, a) tis, ent Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. auditur-)fui, fuisti, us,a,um) fuit .)fuimus,fu- auditun^v' .• ( , jistis, tue- se ' a ) runt, ere auditur-)fuerim, us,a,um) eris, rit )fuerirrms, )fueritis, a ) fuerint audituri ae Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum. auditur-)fueram, us,a,um) as, at audituri )fueramus, ae, a) atis, rant auditur-)fuissem, us,a,um) sses, set audituri)fuissemiis, ae, a) setis, sent Tempus Futurum Simplex auditur-)e'ro, eris, us,a,um) erit ) .) audituri)^rimus, ae, a) tis, e'runt auditur-jfuturiif , a, us,a> um)um, sim, ) sis, sit audituri)futim, se, ae, a)a, simus, ) sitis, sint i6 Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum. amatu- )Meram, rus, )as, a, urn) fuerat . )fueramus, amaturl )ratis, ae ' a ) erant amatu- )fuissem, rus, )fuisses, a, um) fuisset . )fuissemus, amatun )fuiss£tis, ae » a ) fuissent Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum. Tps. Futurum Simplex. amatu- )ero, rus, ) eris, a, um) erit . )erimus, amaturi )eritis, ^ a ) erunt amatu- )futurus, a, rus, )um, sim, a, um) sis, sit .)futuri,ae,a simus, x ' a ) sitis, sint amaturi y Tps. Futurum Exactum. amatu- )fuero, rus, )fueris, a, um) Merit . )fuerimus, amaturi )fueritis, se ' a ) Merint amatu- )futurus, a, rus, )um,essem, a, um) ses, set .)futuri,ae,a, amatun )essemus, 2e> a ) tis, sent Modus Imperativus. Le^nior. S. amaturus, a, um 6s ! PI. amaturi se, a este! Asperior. S. amaturus, a, um esto ! PI. amaturi,ae,ae- st6te ! " sunt6! CumParticipioFuturiPassivo. Praesens Infinitivi, amandus, a, um, amandi, ae, a, esse Praeteritum " amandus, a, um, amandi, 32, a, fuisse Futurum " amandus, a, um, amandi, ae, a, fore, futurus, a, um, esse moni- )fiieram> turus, )fueras, a, um) fuerat moni- )fueramus, turi, )fueratis, se, a) fuerant moni- )fuissem, turus, )fuisses, a, um) fuisset moni- )fuissemus, turi, )fuissetis, se, a) fuissent Tps. Futurum Simplex. moni- )ero, moni- )futurus, a, turus, ) eris, turus, )um, sim, a, um) erit a, um) sis, sit moni- )erimus, moni- )futuri, se, turi, )eritis, turi, )a, simus, ae, a) erunt se, a) sitis, sint Tps. Futurum Exactum. moni- )fuero, turus, )fueris, a, um) Merit moni- )fuerimus, turi, )fueritis, ae, a) fuerint moni- )futurus, a, turus, )um,essem, a, um) es, et moni- )futuri,se,a, turi, )essemus, se, a) tis, sent Modus Imperativus. Lenior. S. moniturus, a, um es ! PI. monituri, se, a, este ! Asperior. S. moniturus, a, um esto ! PI. monituri, se,a,e- stote ! " sunto! CumParticipioFuturiPassivo. Praesens Infinitivi, monendus, a, um, monendi, ae, a, esse Praeteritum 44 monendus, a, um, monendi, se, a, fuisse Futurum 44 monendus, a, um, di, ae, a, futurus, a, um, i, se, a, esse ii7 Tps. Futurum Exactum recturus)fuero, a, um)fueris, ) fuerit recturi, )fuerimus ae, a)fueritis, ) fiierint recturus)futurus, a, a, um)um,essem, ) es, et recturi, )futuri,ae,a, ae, a)essemus, ) tis, sent Modus Imperativus Lenior. S. recturus, a, urn es ! PI. recturi, ae, a, este ! Asperior. S. recturus, a, um, esto ! PI. recturi, ae, a, estote! ' sunto! CumParticipioFuturiPassivo. Praes. Infinitivi, regendus, a, um, esse Praet. regendus, a,um,fuisse Fut. regendus, a, um, futurus, a, um, esse, fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tempus Praesens. regen- )sum, es, dus, ) est a, um)sumusj regendi,)estis, ae, a) sunt sis, sit regen- )sim dus, ) a, um)simus, regendi,)sitis, ae, a) sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum, regen- )eram,eras, dus, ) erat a, um)eramus, regendi 5 )eratis, ae, a) erant regen- )essem, dus, ) esses, et a> um) regendi,)essemus, ae, a) tis, ent Tps. Futurum Exactum auditur-)fuero, us,a,um)fueris, ) fuerit audituri)fudrimus, ae, a)fudritis, )fiierint auditur-)futurus, a? us,a,um)um,essem, ) es, et audituri)futuri,ae,a, ae, a)essemus, ) tis, sent Modus Imperativus. Lenior. S. auditurus, a, um es! PI. audituri, ae, a, este! Asperior. S. auditurus, a, um esto ! PI. audituri, ae, a, est6te ! " sunto! CumParticipioFuturiPassivo. Praes. Infinitivi, audiendus, a, um, esse Praet. audiendus, a, um, fuisse Fut. audiendus, a, um, futurus, a, um, esse, fore Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tempus Praesens. audien- )sum, dus, a, ) es, est um) audien- )sumus, di, ae, a) estis, sunt, audien- )sim, sis, dus, ) sit a, um) audien- )simus, di, ae, a) sitis, sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. audien- )eram, dus, ) eras, erat a, um) audien- )erdmus, di, ae, a) tis, erant audien- )essem, dus ) esses, et a, um) audien- )essemus, di, ae, a) tis, sent n8 Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tern pus Praesens. aman- )sum, dus, ) es,est a, urn) amandijsumus, se, a) estis, sunt aman- )sim, sis, dus, ) sit a, um) amandi,)simus, se, a) sitis, sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. aman- )essem, dus, ) esses, et a, um) amandi, )essemus, ae, a) tis, ent aman- )eram, dus, ) eras,erat a, um) amandi, )eramus, 83, a)tis, erant Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. aman- )fui, fuisti, dus, ) fuit a, um)fuimus, fu- amandi,)istis, lue- 39, a)runt, ere aman- )fuerim, dus, ) ris, rit a, um)fue'rimus, amandi, )fu£ritis, 33, a) fuerint Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum. aman- )fuissem, dus, ) ses, set a, um) amandi, )fuissemus, ss, a) tis, sent aman- )fusram, dus, ) as, fuerat a, um) amandi, )fueramus, se, a) atis, rant Tempus Futurum Simplex. aman- )ero, eris, dus, ) erit a, um) ) amandi, )erimus, tis, ae, a) erunt aman- )futurus, a, dus, )um, sim, a, um) sis, sit )futuri,ss,a, amandi, )simus, sitis ae, a) sint Tempus Praesens. Tps. Futurum Exactum, aman- )fuero, eris, dus, ) fiierit a, um) jfiif'rimus, amandi, Jfucritis, as, a) fuerint aman- )futurus, a, dus, )um,essem, a, um) es, et )futuri,32,a amandi, )ess^mus, 33, a) tis,essent monen- )sum, es, dus, ) est a, um) monen- )sumus,es- di, 33, a) tis, sunt SIS, sit monen- )sim dus, ) a, um) monen- )simus, di, se, a )sitis, sint Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum monen- )eram, dus, ) eras, erat a, um) monen- )eramus, di, 33, a ) tis, erant monen- )essem, dus, ) esses, et a, um) monen- )essemus, di, 33, a ) tis, ent Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. monen- )fui, fuisti, dus, ) fuit a, um)fuimus,fu- monen- )istis, fue- di, 33, a) runt, ere monen- )fuerim, dus, ) eris, ril a, um)fuerimus, monen- )fueritis, di, 33, a) fuerini Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum. monen- )fueram, dus, ) as, at a, um) monen- )fueramus, di, 33, a) atis, rant monen- )fuissem, dus, ) sses, se a, um) monen- )fuissemus di, 33, a) se'tis, sen Tempus Futurum Simplex. monen- )£ro, eris, dus, ) e*rit a, um) ) monen- )erimus, di, 33, a) tis, erunt monen- )futurus, a dus, )um, sim, a, um) sis, si )futuri, 33,i monen- )simus, di, 33, a) sitis, sin Tps. Futurum Exactum. monen- )futurus, a dus, )um,essem a, um) es, e )futuri, 33, £ monen- )essemus, di, 33, a) tis,essen monen- )fuero, eris, dus, ) fiierit a, um) )fue'rimus, monen- )fue'ritis, di, 33, a,) fuerint H9 Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. regen- )fui, fuisti, dus, ) fuit a, um)fuimus,fu- regen- )istis, fu- di, ae, a) erunt, ere regen- )fuerim J dus, )fueris, a, um) fuerit regen- )fuerimus, di, ae, a) ritis, rint Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum, regen- )fueram, dus, )fueras, a, um) fuerat regen- )fueramus, di, ae, a) ratis, rant regen- )fuissem, dus, )fuisses, a, um) fuisset regen- )fuiss£mus, di, ae, a) setis, sent Tps. Futurum Simplex. regen- )ero, dus, ) eris, a, um) erit ) regen- )erimus, di, ae, a) ritis, runt regen- )futurus, a, dus, )um, sim, a, um) sis, sit )futuri,ae,a, regen- )simus, di, ae, a) sitis, sint Tps. Futurum Exactum. regen- )fuero, is, dus, ) it a, um) ) )fuerimus, rey;en- )itis, l ' *' a ) fuerint regen- )futurus, a, dus, )um,essem, a, um) es, et )futuri,ae,a, regen- )essemus di, ae, a)tis, ent, ) forem Modus Imperativus Lenior. S. regendus, a, um, es i PI. regendi, ae, a, este ! Aspe>ior. S. regendus, a, um, esto ! Pi. regendi, ae, a, estote ! " sunto ! Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. audien- )fui, fuisti, dus, ) fuit a, um)fuimus,fu- audien- )istis, fue- di, ae, a) runt, ere audien- )fuerim, dus, )fueris, a, um) fuerit audien- )fuerimus, di, ae, a) ritis, rint Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectu audien- )Meram, dus, )fueras, a, um) fuerat audien- )fueramus, di, ae, a) ratis, rant audien- )fuissem, dus, )fuisses, a, um) fuisset audien- )fuissemus, di, ae, a) setis, sent Tps. Futurum Simplex, audien- )ero, dus, ) eris, a, um) erit ) audien- )erimus, di, ae, a) ritis, runt audien- )futurus, a» dus, )um, sim, a, um) sis, sit )futuri,ae,a, audien- )simus, di, ae, a) sitis* sint Tps. Futurum Exactum. audien- )fuero, )audien- )futurus, a, dus, ) is, it)dus, )um,essem, a, um) ) a, um) es, et ) ) )futuri,ae,a, ,. )fuerimus, )audien- )essemus, a . udlen - )itis, ) di, Ee, a)tis, ent, dl ' ae ' a ) fuerint) ) forem Modus Imperativus. Lenior. S. audiendus, a, um, es ! Pi. audiendi, ae,a, este ! Asperior. S. audiendus^ a, um esto ! PI. audiendi, ae, a, estote! sunto! 20 7i. GENERAL REMARKS. i. The periphrastic inflection of the Latin verbs is far more frequent, conse- quently its proper treatment is far more important than teachers and students will find it treated in Latin grammars, For instance, a few minutes' search in Li- vius, beginning with the Preface, and glancing over a few pages, will reveal the following state of things. Livius begins : Facturusne opera pretium sim ; then goes on- prsebitura sint voluptatem ; animadversa erant; ut magis— lapsi sint; donee perventum est; querela gratae futurae erunt; Book I. Chapt. i.palatinum, in quo ipse erat educatus, muniit ; sacra Diis, ut — instituta erant - facit ; ipsa vestigia dominum eo deductura erant; Cacus vi prohibere conatus esset ; quam miratae ha gentes fuerant, &c. The same is found in all other authors. 3. The statement of the grammarians, that the Participium Praesentis (-ans, -ens -iens) is seldom employed in this capacity, is quite true, particularly of the ornamental language ; but it is still found in the best authors, as: (Epaminondas) erat adeo veritatisdiiigens, Nep.;non fore dicto audientes milites, Caes., B. G. I. 39- while in the technical writers, and in the spoken language that form is quite common: dummodo ad perpendiculum sint stantes, Vitr. II., 8. 9.; ut est patens; Id o 7 • quae sunt nocentes , id. 12 ; aeternas memoriae sunt ad postentatem per- manentes; id. III.; omnes sunt causas agentes, foro discos tenentes, aut currentes seu pila ludentes, &c; the author was a contemporary of Caesar and Cicero. 4 How this periphrastic form differs from the regular form, as to power and bearing, Caesar may be quoted: Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres ; a little further below: Eorum una pars, quam Gallos obtinere dictum est, if contrasted, although both are ParticipiaPraeteriti, it will be apparent, that the force and bear- ing of each is different. By form both are the Present of the Indicative of the periphrastic form, yet the first is evidently present, the second is perfect in mean- i Q g The reason of this difference may not be obvious, but it is explicable. The regular conjugation in its passive form lacks the Praeteritum Ferfectum, Plus qua* Perfectum and Futurum Exactum in the Modus Indicative, wherefore it had to b< borrowed from the periphrastic form, which is full. Hence, Gallia est divisa is the pure Prawns Indicativi in periphrastic form, while dictum est, as is used here, U the Praeteritum Perfectum of Modi Indicativi, of fhe Vox Passiva, which has nc direct ( >rm of its own, as has the Praesens, Imperf. and Futurum Simplex: amor 121 amabar, and amabor. It must also be evident, that, estdivisa means both, is di- vided, and has been (and still is) divided. 5. Teachers should take notice, that the regular form of the passive voice, a- mor, amaris, &c, can not be rendered by "I am loved," "thou art loved," &c, if they want to know why? let them translate that form back into Latin, and they will discover that I am loved will be sum amatus, and not amor, in Latin. The English periphrasis will exactly answer the Latin, and the English has nothing, excepting an additional periphrasis, say, I am being, by which to render amor, that is, the regular passive form. 6. In the Fut. Ex. Coni. the pariphrasis is double, as : audituri futuri essemus and the like, by substituting forem, fores, &c, the expression will be more euphon- ic and neater : forem us audituri. Often even this is avoided by employing ut, as : fore ut audiamus. 7. The Infinitives amans esse, fuisse, fore, futurus esse, amatus, a, um, ama- turus, amandus esse, fuisse, &c. here are left in Nominative, though this can be thecase with passive constructions only, as: puer scitur parentum arr.ans amaturus esse ; otherwise, probably 80 times out of a 100 the construction will be Accusativus cum Infinitivo : scimus puerum amantem, amaturum parentum esse. 122 72. CONIVGATIO VERBORVM ACTIVA, Coniugatio Prima. VERBVM AMO. Tpra. Primitiva: amo, amare, amavi, amatum Mod. Infin., Tps. Praes., amare " " Praet., amavisse " ** Fut., amaturum, am, um, os, as, a esse Part. Prsesentis, amans, -antis 11 Praeteriti, amatus, a, um " Futuri Act., amaturus, a, um 11 " Pass., amandus, a, um Modus Indie. Modus Coniunet. Tempus Praesens. amo, amas, amat amamus, tis, ant amem, ames, amet amemus, etis, ent Tps. Praeteritum im perfect um amabam, bas, bat amabamus, tis, ant amarem, res, ret amaremus, tis, ent Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum amavi, visti, vit amavimus, vistis, verunt, vere amaverim, ris, rit amav^rimus, ritis, amaverint Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum. amaveram, as, at dmus, tis, ant amavissem, es, et £mus, tis, ent Tps. Futurum Simplex. Coniugatio Secunda. VERBVM MOVEO. Tpra. Primitiva: moveo, vere, vi, motum Mod. Infin., Tps. Praes., movere " " Praet., movisse " li Fut., moturum, am, um, os, as, a esse Part. Praesentis, movens -tis " Praeteriti, motus, a, um " Futuri Act., moturus, a, um " " Pass., movendus, a, um Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct. Tempus Praesens. moveo, es, et I moveam, as, at movemus, etis, ent | moveamus, tis, ani Tps. Prseteritum Imperfectum. moverem, res, ret moveremus, tis, en amabo, bis, bit bimus, tis, bunt amavero, eris, erit amav£rimus,tis,int movebam, bas, bat bdmus, tis, ant Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. movi, visti, vit m6vimus, vistis, verunt, vere moverim, eris, eri moverimus, eritis moverin Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum moveram, ras, rat eramus, tis, ant movissem, es, et tous, tis, en Tps. Futurum Simplex. move*bo, bis, bit bimus, tis, bunt movero, eris, erit moverimus, tis, in 123 CONIVGATIO VERBORVM ACTIVA, Coniugatio Tertia. VERBVM REGO. rpra. Primitiva: rego, revere, rexi, rectum Nod. Infin., Tps. Praes., regere Praet., rexisse " Futurum, recturum, am, um, os, as a, esse Part. Praesentis, regens, tis Praeteriti, rectus, a, um Futuri, Act., rectiirus, a, um Pass., regendus, a, um Modus Indie. Modus Conjunct. Tempus Praesens. ego, regis, regit r^gimus, tis, unt regam, as, at regamus, atis, ant Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum •eg^bam, ebas , ebat regebamus, tis, ant regerem, es, et regeremus, tis, ent Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. exi, rexisti, rexit eximus, istis, erunt, rexere rexerim, is, it rexerimus, itis, rint Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum. ■£xeram, as, at •exeramus, tis, ant rexissem, es, et rexissemus, tis, ent Tps. Futurum Simplex. *^gam, es, et regamus, tis, ent rexero, is, it rexerimus, itis, int Coniugatio Quarta. VERBVM PVNIO. Tpra. Primitiva: piinio, punire, punivi, punitum Mod. Infin., Tps. Praes., punire Praet., punivisse Fut., punitiirum, am, um, os, as, a, esse Part. Praesentis, piiniens, tis Praeteriti, punitus, a, um Futuri, Act., puniturus, a, um Pass., puniendus, a, um Modus Indie. Modus Conjunct, Tempus Praesens. pumo, punis, punit punimus, tis, iunt puniam, as, at puniamus, tis, ant Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. puniebam, bas, bat bamus, tis, bant punirem, res, ret puniremus, tis, ent Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. punivi, visti, vit punivimus vistis, verunt, vere punivenm, is, rit puniverimus, tis, rint Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum. puniveram, as, rat veramus, tis, ant punivissem, es, et vissemus, tis, um) esse moturi, se, a) & Modus Imperativus. Lenior. Asperior. Lenior. Asperior. Sing, ama ! Sing, amato ! Sing, move ! Sing, moveto ! PI. amate 1 Pi. amatcte ! PI. movete! PI. movetote ! '* amanto ! movento ! Supina. Gerundium. Supina. Gerundium. amatum N. amandum (est) motum N. movendum(es amatu Q. amandi motu G. movendi D. amando D. movendo Ac. ad amandum Ac. ad movendui Abl. amando Abl. movendo 73- CONIVGATIO VERBORVM PASSIVA. Coniugatio Prima. VERBVM AMOR Tpra. Primitiva : amor, ari, atus sum Mod. Infinit., Tps. Praes., amari Praet., amatum, am, um, os, as, a esse, fuisse Tps. Fut., amatum iri Coniugatio Secunda. VERBVM MOVEOR Tpra. Primitiva: moveor,dri,m6tus,si Mod. Infinit., Tps. Praes., mov^ri " " Praet., motum, am um, os, as, a esse, fui 44 Tps. Fut., motum iri 125 Tps. Fut. Simplex Periphrasticum. recturus, a, ) sim, um) sis, recturi, as, a) &c. Tps. Futurum Exactum. xero, eris, erit xerimus, eritis, rexerint recturus, )esserrij a, um)esses, recturi, ae, a) &c. Modus Imperativus. mg. I. Lenior. rege ! regite ! 5upina. :ctum rectu Asperior. Sing, regito ! PI. regitote ! regunto ! Gerundium. N. regendum (est) G. regendi D. regendo Ac. ad regendum Abl. regendo Tps. Fut. Simplex Periphrasticum. puniturus, a, )sim, um )sis, punitiiri, as, a) &c. Tps. Futurum Exactum, punivero, eris, erit puniverimus, tis, puniverint puniturus, )essem a, um )esses punituri,ae>a) &c. Modus Imperativus Lenior. Sing, pun PI. punite ! Supina. punitum punitu Asperior. Sing, punito ! PI. punitote ! puniunto ! Gerundium N. puniendum(est) G. puniendi D. puniendo Ac. ad puniendum Abl. puniendo CONIVQATIO VERBORVM PASSIVA. Coniugatio Tertia. VERBVM REGOR. 'pra. Primitiva, regor, gi, ctus sum flod. Infinit., Tps. Praes., regi Prset., rectum, am, um, os, as, a esse, fuisse Tps., Fut., rectum iri Coniugatio Quarta. VERBVM PUNIOR. Tpra. Primitiva, punior, iri, itus sum Mod. Infinit., Tps. Praes., puniri c< Pra^t., punitum, am, um, os, as, a esse, fuisse Tps. Fut. punitum iri Modus Indie. Modus Coniunet. II Modus Indie Tempus Praesens. amor, amaris, amd- tur, amamur, ami- mini, amantur amer, ameris, amd- tur, amemur, ame- mini, amentur Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum, amabar, amabaris, (-bare), amabatur amabamur, amaba- mini, amabantur amarer, amareris, (-rere), amaretur amaremur, amar^- mini, amarentur Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. amatus, a,)sum, um) es,est amati, )sumus, se, )estis, a) sunt amatus, a,)sim, um) sis, sit amati, )simus, se, )sitis, a) sint Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum. amatus, a,)eram, um)ras,rat amati, )eramus ae, )eratis, a) erant amatus, a,) essem, um) es, et amati, Asse- ss, )mus,tis a) ent Tps. Futurum Simplex. amibor, amaberis, (-bere), amdbitur, amabimur, amabi- mini, amabuntur amandus, )sim, a, um) sis, sit amandi, )simus, 83, )sitis, a) sint Tps. Futurum Exactum. amatus, a,)ero,ris, u m) erit amati, )£rimus, B, Jcritis, a) erunt amandus, )essem, a, um) es,et amandi, )ess^- 33, )mus, a)tis,sent m6veor, moveris, movetur,movemur, movemini, y^ntur Modus Coniunet. Tempus Praesens. m6vear, movearis moveatur, amur, amini, antui Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum. movebar, moveba- ris, (-bare), batur, bdmur, bamini, movebantur moverer, movere- ris, (-rere), move retur, moveremur, remini, r^ntu Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum. motus, ) sum, a, um moti, 33, ) es, est ) sumus, ) estis, ) sunt motus, a, um moti, 33, ) sim, ) ) a) SIS, SI simus, sitis, sin Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum. motus, ) eram, a, um ) ras, rat moti, ) eramus, se, ) eratis, a ) erant motus, ) essem, a, um ) es, e moti, ) esse- 33, ) mus, ti a ) en Tps. Futurum Simplex. movebor, movdbe- ris, (-bior. S. amator ! PI. amaminor! a man tor! Coniugatio Secunda. Modus Imperativus. S. PI. Lenior. movdre! movemini! Aspe>ior. S. movetorl PI. moveminor! moventor! 73. Remarks. 1. The conjugation of the Latin verbs is the simplest of all languages ; it is also the most regular and clear-cut. Here the student finds them all excepting the Deponent Verbs, which run exactly like the Passive form, and the irregular, impersonal and defective kinds, to be considered in their places, and the forms are grouped closely, so that with a little careful reading and comparing, all can be learned in a single lesson. It is advisable that the student refer many verbs of the text, after finding out from the foot-notes to what conjugation they belong, find in the paradigma the exact ending. After finding the termination, let the stu- dent pass the verb through the whole conjugation ; as, for inst. credas ; the foot- note will say : -do 3 , didi, itum, therefore it is in the III ; we find -as ending in Tps. Prset. Imperf. Coniunctivi, 2d person sing., the first being -am ; hence : cre- bam, -as, -at, &c, now we conjugate it all through. 2. Observe that 3d person pi. of Tps. Praet. Perf. Ind. is -erunt, and -e>e, as, amaverunt and amavere, rexenmt, rexe>e, audiverunt, audivere. The latter form is somewhat more solemn; some authors, like Cicero and Caesar seldom use it, Livius almost constantly. 3. The vi and ve syllables in the various endings, excepting in the Praet. Perf. Ind. of the I, are often contracted, or left out, as : for ivi ( eo, ire ), we may also say ii, amaverunt, amarunt, audiveram, audivissem, andiverim,as: audieram.au- dissem, audierim. 4. In the Passive Voice, the Imp. Ind. and Coni. and Fut. Simpl. Ind. also two alternate forms, for -baris, -bare, &c, quite frequent in high style, as in Cicero and the poets. 5. The Fut. Ex. Ind., though other grammars neglect to say so, is also the regular Fut. Simplex Coniunctivi, when it is very hard to differenciate it from the Perf. Coni., and the Fut. Exactum Indie. (>. Already in the times of the Roman grammarians a controversy has arisen about the Modus Imperativus. Many of them denied that times and persons can bave place in this Mode. The opposition maintained, as do I, that commanding 129 VOX PASSIVA, Coniugatio Tertia Modus Imperativus. Lenior. S. regere ! PI. regimini ! Asperior. S. regitor ! PI. regiminor ! reguntor ! Coniugatio Quarta, Modus Imperativus. Lenior. S. pun ire! PI. punfmini! Asperior. S. punftor! PI. punfminor! puniuntor! Persorto'the? 6 "„ ^ *"* tim6 ' ^ " *« fUtUre ' h ™ st be ^one by the first person to the second person tn the present time, though the bidding may be mean for a 3d person, or 3 d persons, to be carried out in the future • but Z , a mg itself is still present, and must be addressed to the ,T command- ae, agedum, age, quasso, litinam, amabo, veils, sis, sodes as • fac LI i ivus we call the Asperior the w h T" C ° m£S ^ ThiS f ° fm ° f Im P e "' rceram ne sternito xr Tab m M ' T"* \ " " ^ '^^ in law > as : sto, Cic. Fin. ™ " i 3 75 & •/ "' ** '^"^ fadt °' C ° lum - XI <- 38, 5 i verum ot admit all w'TftlT ° f t,! he m SS!Ve f ° rm ' ° Pini ° nS 3gain differ - Cities do >rms. In the Zedor f " • ' C ° nSerVative ^mmarians, and adopt all •wished ! * ' be pui " sl ' ed ! ?°» ^ pL. puniuntor I be they (r^r^rd 130 174- AD VERBVM POSSVM. AC DE COMPOSITIS VERBI SVM. Notes- i. This verb has no perfect equivalent in English. I can, I could come nearest; sometimes . may, or , am able, , an, competent, '« ^.author i Z ed I have the power, etc., as: furari non potui, we cannot render it I have not been able to steal," for it is not thequestion of physical or intellectual ab.lity. but of the authority of moral law forbidding. a . With the old authors, like Plautus Lucretius, Terentins, &c, this verb is still used in its old compounded forms: potis sum, &c. . Its Part Pr*s. is only used as an adjective, just like the sameof sum(en S , entis) is only used as a n. noun, a being, while potens means mighty, powerful. 4 The other compounds of sum are: absum, I am away; adsum, I am pre- , by , at, here; desum, I am not there where I ough to be, I ammissing; desun, iclo, I am not doing my duty; insum, I am in, beneath, behind a thing; obsum, ,;:„ in the way, obstructing, detrimental to, a hindrance to a thing; P^J' am at the head, in the lead, in control of a thing, as, dux pnest m.ht.bus, the general commands, is in the lead of, is over, the soldiers; pr6s„m, the reverse f obsum, I am advantageous to, useful for, helpful, profitable, conducive to a thmg, id nihil tibi prdfuit, it has not availed thee anything. The peculiarity of th.s verb is that a d is inserted after pro, when e follows, as: prodesse, prodes. prodest, „n,d,ro, &c. thus: prdsum, prodesse. prdfui; subsum, I am underneath, in the background. 5 . Intersum, intcresse, interfui deserves our special attention. Quid inter- 13* est? what does it matter? multum, plurimum, nihil, interest, it matters a good deal, very much, nothing. But: magni, pluris, maximi, cuius, illius interest, it greately, more, mostly concerns, whom? him, or that one, concerns; mark the geni- tives. With possessive pronouns; med, tua\ sua* nostrd, vestrd maxime interest, it very much concerns me, thee, &c, always abl. fern, in sing. 6. The Fut. Ex. applies to both, Indie, and Coni. Should we need the Fut. Simp., which is lacking, we say: futurum est ut possim, is, it, &c. 132 EXERCITIA LEGENDI. 17. Omne animal quadrupes, domi natum. 1 18 Inter domesticas vero quadrupedes levissima suilla 2 est. Cels. II. 18. 1. Borne at home, i. e., not a wild beast. - 2. I., pork ; levis, e, light, easi- ly digested; superlative ; f., because caro, carnis, flesh, meat, feminine gender, is understood. 19. Ex domesticis animalibus bubula. 3 — Cels. II. 24 3. I. f., caro understood, beef. 20. Primus equi labor est animos 1 atque arm a videre Bellantum, — — tractuque gementem 2 Ferre rotam, et stabulo frenos 3 audire sonantes. Virg. Georg. III., 182, ss. 1. II., courage, enthusiasm, of the bellantum, fr. bello : r., fr. bellum, i, war: pres part, -ans, tis, gen. pi., which ought to be bellantium, here a poetical license. — 2 -mo 3 , ui, itum, to moan, ferre rotam tractu gementem, to carry (pull) a wa- gon (rota, poetically) creaking by (being) drawn. -3. spelled also fraenum, often used in masc. ; -no 1 , ui, itum, to sound, to rattle. 21. Parcius 1 utaris, moneo, rapiente veredo, Prisce, nee in lepores 2 tarn violentus eas. — Mart, xi 1., 14 1. -cus, a, urn, economical, adv., -ce, compar. -cius, a little more carefully; -tor, uti, usus sum, to make use of . . . . w. abl. ; -pio 3 , ui, ptum, dashing ; II., a racer, here a hunting horse ; II., a proper name in Vocative. —2. -us, oris, a hare -us, a, urn, violent, forcible, adj. instead of an adv. ; make, O Priscus, a more moderate use of the racer, I warn you, and do not dash (eas = eo, praas. Coniun.J after the hare so violently. 22. Non rector 1 Libyci niger caballi, Succinctus 2 neque cursor antecedit. Nusquam 3 est mulio ; mannuli tacebunt. — Mart, xi 1., 24 1. -or, is, here, a driver ; -ger, gra, grum, black, a black driyer ; -cus, a urn, of L.bya, an African, genit. , of an Afr. horse. — 2. -us, a, urn, pp. of succing* sub-cingo 3 , xi, ctum, w. his clothes raised, tucked up, so as to run easier;-or, is,; forerunner, a slave running ahead of the couch of prominent Romans, to clear th< *33 ay; -do 3 , cessi, ssum. to precede . — 3. adv., nowhere ; -io, nis, m., a mule-driv. , any ordinary driver of beasts of burden; -ceo 2 , ui, itum, to keep silent. 3nse: the black driver of the African horses is not present ; neither is here a fore- nner with tacked up garments; the mule-driver is nowhere : and, the ponies, ough they hear what you may say, dear friend, will not tell on us, so, speak freely.' 23. Comipedes 1 raptant imposta petorita mulse, Vel cisio triiugi 2 , si placet, insilias, Vel celerem mannum, vel ruptum 3 terga veredum Conscendas propere dummodo iam venias. — Aus. Ep. viii. 5, 8 1, -nipes, dis, hornfooted, i. e., hoofed ; -to 1 , r., frequentative of rapio 3 , ra- il, raptum, to seize something and flee with it, like a runaway horse; for impo- a petorita, hitched on, iuncta petorita, a dray, or truck, attached to hornfooted lies (a poetical expression). — 2. -gis, e, and its contracted form, trigae, arum, a noun, a yoke, of three, dat., because compounded verb, insilias, (-lio 4 ,ui —)] jump in, si placet, if you please, please, do. —3. -po 3 , rupi, ruptum, torn, dis- pted, here, broken in, much ridden; adv., fast, quickly, soon; adv., if only; -nio 4 ntum, to come ; on a mule truck, or, if you like, jump upon a cisium, or on a 1ft mannus, or a much-ridden veredus = you mount, any way, so you quickly me. 24 Sicut 1 fortis equus senio confectu' quiescit. Ennius, Cic. Sen. 5, 14 1 adv., like; -is, e, strong; -urn, ii, old age; -ficio 3 , feci, ctum, to "do up,' : lone up 1 ' by old age ; the apostrophe indicates that s is left out, so as to make syllable tu short, for the sake of the meter, otherwise it would be long. 25. Optat 1 ephippia bos piger, optat arare caballus. j Hor., Ep. 1, 14, 43. ^ 1. -to , r., to wish; bos, bovis, m. f., an ox or a cow; -ger, gra, urn, lazy ; >, r., to plough. Sense: the lazy ox would wish to bear a saddle (here in pi.),' the decrepit old horse wants to plough ; = no one is satisfied with his own ling, all would prefer something else. 26. Neque eorum moribus 1 turpius quidquam, aut inertius habetur, quam ephippiis uti ; itaque ad quemvis numerum ephippiatorum e= quitum, quamvis pauci, adire audent. — Cses. B. G. iv, 2 -es, urn, m., national trait of character, habits, customes, abl., according I =*s,e, ugly, what is not pretty, nice, in comparative, neuter, because quid- am, anything, "neither is there, in their estimation, anything so unbecoming; 1 ' rs, tis, adj. one ending, shiftless; habetur, = considered; than; utor, uti, usus n, to make use, w. abl. (ephippiis, abl. pi.) ; quiyis, queevis, quodvis, any ; to 134 any number ; saddled horsemen ; quamvis pauci, ever so few ; adeo 4 ivi, ii, itun o go to, approach ; =deo 3 , sus sa m, to dare. Stapia, se, stapedia, ae, stapes, pedis, stapedium, ii, re on the following mediaeval authorities : 27. Dum virgunculse 1 placere cuperam,pes ha^sit stapia, et tracti interii. [Inscriptio a Wolphango Lasio, & Hieronymo Magio, lib. Miscell. C. 14, allata. — Recens est inscriptio, parens Franc. Colonn Somn. Polyph. Lib. 1, Cap. 19. — Du Cange] 1. I., dimin. of virgo, inis, a maiden, dat. s.; =pio, 3 ivi,itum,to desire;-re, si, sum, to stick fast ; I. , dat. s. ; pp. of traho 3 xi, ctum, to drag ; =eo 4 , ivi, ii, turn, to perish. Sense : Trying to please the maiden, my foot got caught in 1 stirrup, and I perished (lost my life). 28. De sellariis 1 et ephippiis— apponunt sellis mala et vitiosa eph pia, frsena falsa, & corruptas stapedas. Liter Camerarii Scotici, Ca 27.] 1. -ius, ii, a saddle-horse ; ad+pono, 3 sui, itum, to put up; vitiosus, a faulty; -us, a, um, wrong, false; pp. of corrumpo, 3 rupi, ptum, spoiled. 29. Conscenso 1 equo, dum stapedi pedem conderet, [Miracula Quirini Martyris lib. 2 , No. 30] 1. Pp. of conscendo 3 , di, sum, abl. abs., so not very frequent, = with horse mounted, = having mounted the horse, stapes, pedis, m., dat. s.; => didi, ditum, to conceal, to ensconce, to hide, to put (his foot into the stirrup). 30. Quum ipse Pontifex 1 equum adscenderit, teneat stapedkr sellse eius, et arrepto frseno, aliquantulum ipsum addextret, [Clemni Papa IV., apud Rainaldum, 1311, No. 13] 1. -fex, ficis (fr. pons + facio), properly Roman bridge-builders, til superintending officers, a body of priests; P. Maximus, their president, thePon now the Pope; pio, 3 riptii, reptum, to grab, seize; dim. of aliquantus, a, if some, some little; him; -tro, 1 r., to righten, to straighten, not a Roman word;| classical words are : sustento, 1 r., sustineo, 2 ui, tentum;erigo, 3 rexi, ctum, sun < rcxi, ctum, fulcio, 4 si, turn, firmo, 1 r. Whether the root of the word is Roman, sto + pes. or barbarous, I am j surf. : 135 Honesti 31. S pad ices glaucique; 1 color deterrimus albis, Et gilvo. Turn siqua 2 sonum procul arma dedere, Stare loco 3 nescit: micat auribus, et tremit artus. Virg. Georg. III., 82-84. 1. -us, a, urn, here, gray; — rimus, a, um, worst, compar. deterior,ius., no jsitive degree; dat. pi.; -uj, a, um, yellow (whence German gelb, English, sllow.) —2. Siquis, siqua, siquid, if anybody, anything; II., sound; adv., far: :>etical form for dederunt, fr. do, 1 dedi, datum, to give. — 3. II., a place, abl. ithout prepos.; nescio, 4 vi, ii, turn, not to know; mico, 1 ui, — , to quiver; tremo, 3 i, — . to tremble; here trans.; artus, us, limbs. 32. Colores hi prsecipui, 1 badius, aureus, albineus, russeus, tyrteus, cervinus, gilvus, scutulatus, albus, guttatus, candidissimus, iger, pressus. — canus, spumeus, maculosus, murinus, — Pall., IV., 1. -us, a, um, the chief, principal (colors); bay; golden; whitish; russet; yrtle-colored, chestnut-brown; fr. cervus, i, a stag, of that color; German gelb, ;llow; checkered; gutta, se, a drop, spotted; glossy white; =ger, gra, grum, black; •emo,° pressi, pressum, to press, squeeze suppressed, not glowing, faint, dark; ay; frothy; spotted, dappled; fr. mus, muris, m., mouse, mouse-gray. 33. Caesar pollicitus est 1 sibi earn rem curse futuram, Cses. • G. 1, 33. 1. Polliceor, 2 itus sum, to promise; to him (self); ea res sibi (Caesari) curse t, ea res Caesari curae erit, futura est; pollicetur earn rem sibi curse fore, futuram se. 34. Pollicetur sibi magnse curse fore; Cic, Ver. II., 4, 33. Ea ntae 1 mihi curae sunt; Cic. Fam. I., 9, 24. 1. -tus, a, um, so great; mihi curae est, it gives me a lot of care; they give e so great an amount of care. 35- Rati 1 sese Diis curse esse — Sail., lug. 75, 9. 1. reor, reri, ratus sum, to be of the opinion; "thinking that they were not indifferent matter to the Divine Providence; 4 * that the Divine Providence cared r them. 36. Ipsis 1 doctoribus hoc esse curse velim; — Quint. II., 4, 5. 136 i. ipse, ipsa, ipsum, he, she, it, self, rel. pron., as Latin has no pers. pro- nouns in the third person, nominative, is, ille, ipse, hie are used; here it is more than a personal pron., and means "to the teachers themselves," dat. pi. ; doctor est is, qui docet; hoc, this (thing), this affair; velim, Praes. Coni. of volo, - I should wish that this matter be of singular care to teachers. 37. Quern ad strigiles 1 scutica & metus egit herilis,— Pers. V. 131. 1. is, is, f., a skin-scraper, to scrape off dirt from the body when bathing when applied to horses a curry-comb; I., a whip; IV., fear; Perf. Indie, of ago, has driven; adj. of herus; 'whom the whip and the master's (masterly) fear has dny en to the strigilis (i. e. its use)." 38. Vixque datur 1 longas mulorum rumpere mandras, Quseque trahi multo marmora fune vides. — Mart. V., 22. 7-8 1. Indie, pres., pass., is given; II., a mule; -p©, 3 rupi, ptum, to break, t< break through, get through; I., here, aninclosure, stalls; =mor, is,n., marble; -ni is, m., rope; "And scarcely does one get a chance to get out of the endless row of mulestalls, and what you see them drag with a lot of rope, the slabs of marb (so far had poor Martialis to walk, in order to find his generous friend, Paulhr und then he would miss him)." 39. Faber ha^c faciat, oportet, 1 — praesepes, — faliscas; Cato R. R 4. 1. 1. Impers., oportet, oportere, uit, it is necessary; -pes, pium, f., in Cato 1 lime, second century before Christ, later prsesepium, ii, and praesepe, is, n., manger; I., in Cato's time a partition of lattice-work in the manger between tw animals. 40. Bonas prajsepes, faliscas clathratas ; x clathros interesse oportet pede. Si ita feceris, 2 pabulum boves non eiicient; Cato, De Re Rust. 4> 1. Pp. of clathro, 1 r., fr. clathri, orum, or clathra, orum, m., or n., lattice-worl screen; pes, pedis, m., a foot, w. a foot. — 2. Fecero, is, it, Fut. Coni., if you id this; -um, i, fodder; bos, bovis, m. f., an ox, a cow, eiicio, 3 eieci, eiectum, Fu Indie, will not throw out. 41. Crates, l quai iacea 2 vocatur a rulgo, pro equorum statura n< nimis alta sit, ne cum iniuria, guttur extendatur, ncc nimis humihs, 1 conterat 6culos et caput. — Luminis plurtmum 3 stabulo 1 fundi op6rtet, ne tenebris assueta, quum producuntur ad solcr *37 vel caligent, vel aciem visus minuant (iumenta); Veget. Mulom I., 56, 5> 6. 1. -es, is (because -es ium., pi. form, it is assumed to be pi. only, and mostly so used, excepting here; but, of course, German philologists know better), f. a grate, a crate, a hurdle, here, "falisca." — This word is uncertain, generally read as above, excepting by German philologists, who know best; -gus, i, n., common people; I., size of the body; nimis, adv., too, too much, nimis alta, too high; I., here in modern sense, injury; -ur, is,n., the throat; -do, 3 di, turn, sum, to stretch out; II., an eye; caput, itis, n., a head, = lest it break, bruise the eyes and head — Here the falisca is a hay-rack similar to those now in use; the name derived from Falisca, the capital city of Falisci, in Etruria. — us, a, um, the most possible (of light); -do, 3 fudi, fusum, to pour in, let in; assuesco, 3 assuevi, suetum, to ge t used to (darkness): -go, 1 r., to grope, to act like blind; V., edge, sharpness; IV., sight; minuo, 3 ui, utum, to lessen, to diminish; -um, i, a beast of burden,' live stock. 42. Quodsi 1 iam in ungues (sanguis) descenderit, cultello leniter in- ter duos ungues aperies, et mundabis intus, et, postea, stupam, sale atque aceto infusam, applicabis, ac soiea spartea pes calceatur, maxi- meque datur opera, ut bos in aquam non mittat pedem, sed ut sicce stabuletur; Veget. Mulom, 4, 9, 2. 1. = si; -is, i, 3 m., nail, hoof; -is, in is, m., blood; Fut. Ex. Ind., of desccndc II., dimin. of culter, tri, a knife; adv. lenis, e, gentle; Fut. Ind. of ape>io, to open; -do, 1 r., to cleanse; adv. within; adv., thereafter; I., tow, waste of hemp, flax; sal, salis, m., salt; -um, i, vinegar; -co, 1 cui, citum, to apply; I., a slipper- -us, a, um, of broom, also spartea, a?, as a noun, horse (ox), shoe, like* here; -eo, 1 r., to shoe; adv. of maximus, a, um; operam dare, to endeavor, too see to it, one has to do all; mitto pedem, to put the foot; one must do all to prevent the ox from stepping into water; adv. of siccus, a, um, dry; -lor, 1 atus sum, to stable to house, i, e., the ox must rest in a dry stable after the operation. 43. Luna ministrat equis; Prop. III., 16, 15. 44. Aquam frigidam 1 ei in situla latiori subpones. Veget. Mulom. [., 11, 13. 1. -us, a, um, cold; -no, 3 posui, positum, to put under, before. 45. Aquam in situla, vel alveo, ita apponis, ne audiatsonum. Ve- *et. Mulom. II., 95, 2. 1. II., m., a basin, a trough, any not deep vessel; ad + pono; II., a sound- to place before the sick animal, as not to hear the sound i 3 8 46. Simul 1 sed nostra vespere ad prasepia Venero, mox plenum farre sacculum dabo. Phsedr. App. Fab. 29. , Inverted order, for the sake of the meter; it should be: sed simul, but just as soon as; Fut. Ex. Inf. of venio; far, here has the meaning of furfur, as it is unlikely that wheat was fed to horses. 47. Fcenum, vel farraginem viridem 1 ad edendum ap P 6nes am- mali; Veg. Mulom. I., 32, 5. 1. -dis.e, green; i, e., green corn, or any garden vegetable chopped, either alone, or mixed with bran. 48. Eadem die m611ibus 1 cibariis utantur et f urf ure ; Veg. Mulom. I., 6, 11. 1. -lis, e, soft; -ia, orum, n., eatables; abl., because utantur, fr. utor, uti, usus sum,' I use, I make use of governs abl. 49. Eque^Romanusapllidamedit.. Legerat 2 autem ille aplu dam veteres rusticos frumenti furfurem dixisse. A. Gell. XL, 7, 3- A Roman Knight, a gentleman; probably bread made of flour and aplud not apluda alone; eats. - 2. -go, 3 gi, ctum, to read Pis qm Peri., the man, who the author criticises, had read; ~tus, eris, ancient; II., a farmer, a country mar- to have said, so called, the author reproaches a Roman public speaker or usmg a: old farmer's 1 word, apluda, for the more modern furfur For us aU authent; Roman words are of the same value, as they are neither ancient, nor modern for us; we are glad to use them all. so Ita dentes 1 tympani eius, quod est in axe inclusum, impellend dentes tympani plani, cogunt fieri molarum circinationem. In qu machma 2 impendens infundibulum subministrat mohs frumenturr et eadem versatione subigitur farina; Vitr. X. 5. 1 Dens, tis, m., a tooth; -urn, i, a drum, here a wooden contrivance wil ♦eeth attached to an axle; -lo, 3 puli sum, to drive, to impell; -us, a, urn, honzonta i e 'upright; cogo, 3 coegi, coactum, to force, to compell drive, by pushing, dn ing"they effect (fieri); -io,nis,f, revolving. - 2. 1., a machine; -tro, r., furnish with, to supply; -tio,nis,f., continued rotation, gyration; -go, egi. turn, to subdue, to conquer, here, to crush. 51. Maior pars Italic ruido 1 utitur pilo, rotis etiam quas aq versat, 6biter et mold; Plin. H. N. 18, 97. I. -us, a, um, grooved, ruffled, here the but of the pilum, pestle, grooved ai 139 made rough for crushing the grain. The word in my recollection is ruvidus, a t urn, but, as I have no old text at present on hand, I am not able to prove that it has been doctored by German philology. — Obiter, adv., obtiter- passim, here- and-there; it also means superficially, en passant, on the way; here the mola means a hand mill, or turned by mules, as it is contrasted with the one, of whose rotas aqua versat. Plinius lived in the first century. 52. Cribrorum genera Galliae e setis equorum invenere, 1 Hispaniae e lino 2 excussoria et pollinaria, ^Egyptus e papyro atque iunco; Plin. H. N., 18, 108. 1. -nio, 4 ni, turn, to find, to invent, -ere is the poetical form of -erunt, Perf. Ind. pi.; Gallia?, pi. of Gallia, modern France, ancient Gaul; pi., because there were many tribes, so also Hispaniae, "Spains," for the same reason. — 2. -um, i, flax; e lino, instead of the adj. lineus, a, um, flaxen, linnen; -orius, a, um, fr. excutio, 3 cussi, ssum, to strike out, shake out; -arius, a, um, fr. pollen, inis, n., pollen, inis, m., fine dust, flour; a bolting-sieve, like the excussorium, but more closely woven. These were of linnen; ours are woven of hair or of silk; hence we distinguish in our time the cribrum, made of horse-hair, or of wire; and the sac- cinum (cribellum to be understood), as in the text; /Egyptus, i, f., Egypt; II., m. f., also -um, i, a plant, a reed grown in Egypt, of which paper was made (y = ii, long); II., a swamp-plant, rush. 53. Nec poteris similar dotes 1 numerare, nee usus, Pistori toties quum sit et apta coco. Mart. XIII. 10. 1. Dos, dotis, f., a gift, -us, lis, m., use, usage; -or, is, the baker, adv., so often; -us, a, um, adaptable. 54. Utrimque plenum simila, conspersa 1 oleo in sacrificium ; Vulg. Num. VII. 13. 1. Pp. of conspergo, 3 persi, sum, to besprinkle; oleum, i, oil; -um, i, sac- rifice. 55. Similago 1 e tritico fit laudatissima; Plin. 18, 89. 1. -go, inis, f. , another form of simila; -um, i, wheat; pp. in superl. of laudo, 1 r., to praise, most valued. 56. Phsed. Mi patrue, salve ! Dem. salve; sed ubi est Antipho ? — Ter. Phormio, I. 5, 24. 140 EXERCITIA SCRIBENDI. I. I. Quomodo prosunt equi hominibus ? — 2. Quod est munus veredi ? Cui usui sunt ephippium et stapi* ? - 4. Quos equos vocamus mannos? aique "mannulos?" - 5. Quare non laborant caballi? - 6. Num equorum plurimi sunt cani* — 7. Quid solet dominis equorum cordi esse? — .8. Quid agit agaso stn- gili? - 9. Quid vocamus "setam" equinam? - 10, Quibus rebus mumuntur un- guis equinae? — n. Quodgenus mensam habet equus in mandra? — 12. Numquid equus sedet in sella ante pra^sepe? -ecquid fit? - 13. Quem usum praestat (gives; falisca? — 14. Numquid equis pulcher lectus sternitur in mandra? — quomodo et quale eius est cubile? — 15. Quando est requies (quies) equorum menta? II. 1. Responde, amabo, quis, qualisque vir Merit d6minus stabuli, de quo hie agitur? — 2, Die (say tell), quos, et cuius setatis filios habuerit. — 3. Q md hl » tres egerunt? — 4. Repete, sis, verba Marci ad Iulium. - 5. Refer (.repeat), ve- lim (if you please) ipsa verba Iulii, quid vicissim (in turn) ipse a Marco Iratre q.iaesiverit. - 6. Quid negat coca (also coqua)? - 7- Quid, quo & quamobrem debebant iuvenes devehere? - 8. Quomodo dispertit (divides, allots) Marcus la- borem ? — 9 . Quid precatur (wishes) Iulius Marco? - 10. Quando et quomodo intrat Iulius stabulum? — 11. Qm eum equi exceperunt? — 12. Narra, sis (enar- rate please) quemadmodum Iulius equis ientaculum paret (Possesne idem 1 em- pore Praeterito enarrare?). - 13. Quid interea equuli? - 14. Quid equuh egerunt, ppstquam Iulius iis facultatem edendi fecerat (copiam edendi dederat)? III. I. Quo it Iulius dum equi ientando famem explent? -cur? — 2. Quidagit cur- rui? _ 3< Iis r ^bus peractis quomodo consulit equis (takes care of..)? 4- Q ul parat agere equis, postquam hi sitim restinxerunt? - 5. Explica, quemadmodum uiriga hamaxent. — 6. Quodgenus iaborem interim Marcus praestabat? 7- Quid fit iis, quiarduum laborem persolvunt? - 8. Laboribus exactis (nmtis, exantlatis, absolutis) quo conscendunt fratres? - Quid agit Marcus? - lO.^Audi- to mastigisc crepitu quid equi moliuntur (to undertake something to do)t «' Equis coxmitentibus quid fit rotis, currui? — 12. Sarraco gravi, loco submoto juomodo incedunt equi? — quo flectunt iter^ nus 1. Cuiusmodia^lificium appellator "mola?" — 2. Quo nomine appellamu 141 aquam fluentem? -3. Quid est pons? — 4. Quomodo fit piscina? — 5. Qui im- mittimus aquam rotis aquariis molarum? — 6. Quid fit quum vis aquse premi (presses, pushes) rotam? — 7. Quid est intra molam, ad parietem? — 8. Quid estt in eo suggestu? — 9. Unde effluunt, et quo cadunt (illabuntur) grana? — 10. Quomodo fit farina e frumento? — n. Quid fieret, si catillus aut non satis celeri- ter versaretur, aut plane staret? — 12. Quid fit quum molitumincidit in saccinum? — 13. Ubi est, et quo munere fungitur cribrum? — 14. Quid fit ubi modii furfuris pleni fiunt? V. 1. Quando non stre'peret (would not. .) mola? — 2. Quis est tyro molinarius? — 3. Postquam conspicatus erat bigas, quid egit tyro? — 4. Repetas, quseso (pray), verba tyronis. — 5. Quid ad haec dixit Corn. Scaurus? — 6. Qui consalu- tat senex farinosus iuvenes appropinquantes? — 7. Fuitne revera (real]y) patruus Marci? — quare sic eum yocat? — 8 Quomodo collaudavit (praised up) patruus iuvenes advenas? — 9. Quomodo affatur tyronem? — 10. Ad quid agendum debe- bant operae prodire? — 11. Quare iverunt sessum in scamno? — 12. Negotio moli- tionis dirempto, quid questus est molitor multis verbis? — 13. Quid nolebat Mar- cus ut f rater Iulius crederet? — 14. Quid solemus putare de homine, de verbis :uius dubitamus? EXERCITIVM LOQVENDI. lulianus et Petrdnius, pueruli colloquuntur. IVL. Eho, Petroni, 1 licetne? Volo te paucis. Audivi te equis ddmodum dele- ctari; 3 estne hoc verum? Ecquis tibi hoc rdtulit? 6 Ita, profecto. Narravitne etiam me cum patre, quum per tempus licet, 7 quotidie equitare s61itum? Stabulum patris, quippe 9 quicen. :urio est, plures equos alit, inter quos ;go quoque habeo mannulum, qui mihi )^rquam charus est. PET. Hem, quid est? quid vis? Libenter? te audiam; loquere. 01c, sane; idem et ego de te dictum audivi. Ita narravit Magister. Sicne res se habet? 6 ' Quidni 8 narravit? quin etiam ad- didit vos equitantes semper Latine col- loqui solere. Id mihi valde placet. — Die mihi, sis, quodgenus equum habes? Ehem, pulchra memoras. Fu- ttirum spero 10 ut et tu quondam non modo centurio, sed plane dux evadas. 142 IVL. Parce iocis. 11 Id equidem haud exspecto futurum, sed potius die, utrum et tu equitare soleas. " Nee mirum, 14 Petroni; quis 6b- secro, posset iucundius ludere? Id equi- dem ipse non facio, saepe tamen in sta- bulo intersum, et aurigam pabulum equis paranti ministro, furfures ave- nam aut situlam aquae supportando. Tu- ne idem facis? " E 16 mannulonunquamdecidi. Nam quum primum equitare disc^bam, agaso mannulum capistro ducere solebat, at- que hie ita me ferendo assuevit, ut me nullo pacto excuteret. " Valde gratum mihi feceris; 18 veni quam ocyssime p6teris. Interim pluri- mum valel PET. Non s61eo. Quin id ne tentavi quidem. Ego alio modo delector; nim rum 13 cum mercenariis sarracum cor scendo, teneo habSnas, ago equos i pratum, ibi iuvo fcenum colligere, sai racum onerare, quae 6mnia valde r delextant. " Subinde, 16 praes^rtim meridian tempore; aliquando etiam equos ad a veum ad eos adaquandos educo, alia mercenariis in hamaxando auxilio surr At die, Iuliane, nunquamne mannulu tuus te elisit? ' ' Primum quam p6tero 17 ad vc vdniam visum quemadmodum equites, 4t Tu quoque, Iuliane, multui vale! i. The name of several Roman writers, the most noted being Titus, calk the Arbiter Elegcntiae, auctor of the Satyricon. — Licet, Hcere, licui or licitum est, impers., one may, may I (disturb you)? pauci, se, a, tev abl., forpaucis verbis. — 2. Adv., gladly, cheerfully; Imperat., speal — 3. Delector, ari, atus sum, 1. c. abl. equis, to rejoice, to be dehghte with. — 4. Adv. so, indeed. — 5. Refero, referre, retuli, relatum f report, tell. — 6. Sic res se habet, sic est, ita est- — 7- Per tempus licet, tt weather permitting; per me licet, I don't object. — 8. Did'nt he? more over, added. — 9. Adv., in as much as; -io, nis, a captain; =us,^a, urn, dear, belove( we distinguish charus and carus, the latter meaning 'dear' in price. — 10. I hop (that it would happen some of these days); dux, ducis, a leader, a general; =dc si, sum, to come out, to become, Praes. Coni. ~ 11. -co, 3 peperci, parsum, spare, to stop, Imper.; -us, i, pi. loci and ioca, a joke, Dative, pi. stop makir fun of me; -to, 1 r., to await, to expect (looking out). — 12. -to, r., to try attempt, I have not even tried- — 13. Adv., namely, that is to say; II. ^ a 1 hand; -turn, i, a meadow; iuvo, 1 iiivi, iutum, to aid, to assist; -go ctum, to gather; -to, 1 r., ro amuse, entertain, to delight, act., while delector, deponent, neuter, or middle verb. — 14. -us, a, um, no wonder; -ro, r., adv. comparative, of iucundus, a, urn, pleasant, iucunde, iucundius, iucundi sime, more, most pleasantly; -do, 3 si, sum, to play; equidem, is said to quidem, 41 but I take it to be "ec + quidem," like ecce, ecquid, just as the Italia collet pra *43 ay "ebbene," "very well," one can I use "equidem ego," something like English 'why, I.. .;" I am present; supporto, 1 r., to carry up, by bringing by., abl. ger.; bou too? — 15. Adv. occasionally; alias, at other times; °ium, ii, help, assist- nce, mark again the two datives, mercenariis auxilio sum, I am an assistance to tiem; elido, 3 elisi, sum, to fling out, pitch out. — 16. Cado, decido, 3 decidi, — ; d fall off, with e, ex, de, a, ab, from, in, w. ace, into; primum, adv., at first.; bl. of ger. of fero, by carrying; =co, 3 suevi, suetum, one of the few "inchotative," r =sco verbs, which has a full form, to get used to; nullo pacto, under no condi- on; exciitio, 3 excussi, ssum, to strike off, out, to shake, throw off. — 17. Just as 3on as I can; to see how you ride. — 18. Thou wilt do a very pleasing thing to ie; the soonest thou canst. 144 PENSVM SEPTIMVM, I. Pensum S6 P timum aggressiif i, 1 iterum ad lineas, a nobis 1am dudum relictas, revert&nur. *.-.nJ Hie igitur sunt duse linese. Una earum, A, tam ion- gaest, quam altera, B; proinde necesse 3 est, ut h*c quoque tam longa sit quam ilia. Quum vero una a^que tongas* quam altera, necessario sequitur, ut ese longitudine sint sequales. c At istas du£*" the fut Act. part, (a common feature of the Dep. verbs, in which they d.fer iron he passfve verbs) Norn. p.. m., the subject being we (males); t^— - be: When we (are the to be) aggress (-ing ones) = when we begin, start at, commenceour...;iam, dudum, long since; relinquV hqu. hctum o leave abandon, pp., left; -tor, ti, sus sum, also reverto, 3 t., sum, (re + verto) back, go back, to return, here, fut. Ind. a The two advs. tam - quam w. the adj. between them, compare .the ad,. with another, or two subjects with one adj. in the positive degree, with the sub- jects in Norn., as: ista mensa est tam alta quam ilia (mensa)- - 3- A" indec . nenter adjective, w. est or habeo, and Inf. or ut, and Com., wherefore, s,t, is incumbent, it is necessary. , 4 . Adv. equally; -ius, a, urn, -urn as a noun, -rio, >n abl. and so as an adv necessari.y.-quor.'cutus, or -quutus sum (hence also secundus, *« old form sequundus, for the classical sequondus, a, urn, hence also secundum, a ong according, and secus, see below), to follow, to come, or go after, to be the second, to be inferior, Sec, here: it necessarily follows. . .; -is, e, equal, like. 5 . Adv., altogether, entirely; conj., "in view of the fact," as, since; adv., E little, a trifle; the -ior, lor, ius. ard the gender endings of the coniperat.ve degre, „| ,11 regular adjectives, as, superior, ior, ius, inferior, ior, ius, long.or, .us, &c. ergo, in inferences, therefore, consequently; -is, e, adj., unequal, unlike. '45 est quam inferior, D, sunt ergo inaequales. Quanto 6 enim superior in- ferior brevior est, tanto est inferior superiore longior. Quoniam 7 vero linea inferior parum est longior quam superior, hse linese parum sunt dispares. ^ E Verum res in hac figura tertia longe 8 secus "" F se habent. Nam hse tres lineae multum inter g se discrepant, 9 suntque multo magis dis- pares. Linea enim suprema, E, inulto brevior est quam linea F, sed earn 6. Quanto — tanto, correlative ad vs., as: quanto plus, tanto melius, the more, the better, that is: by what amount, or measure a thing is more, by that same amount, or measure it is better. Mark: superior inferiore brevior est = the upper than the under (lower) is shorter, where the quam is left out, and the se- cond part of the comparison is put into abl., as we say in English, "than whom there was no better man." 7- Conjunction, "seing that. .;" really an indeci. n. noun, and used as such, but it also is an adv., little, too little; they do not much differ, little disparity. 8. The -e ending forms advs. from adjectives of us, a, urn, in the positive degree, a long way, far. — Secus (also a noun accord, to Charisius, for sexus), an indeci. adj., and an adv. When an adj., it has a comparative in sequicr, ior[ ius, at least in later authors; its meaning in this form is "not the first/ 4 the next following, a subsequent, as, sexus sequior, the secondary, or inferior sex, the fe- minine sex. As an adv., secus, sequus, otherwise, sequius, secius, its compara- tive, mostly used w. negatives, as, non secus ac (before vowels andc orh, atque), not otherwise than, just like; nihilo secius (sequius), none the less, never the ^ss. The form setius (but not setus), of late, smuggled into American school books, and all the references to Caesar, Virgilius, Terentius, &c. are malicious forgeries, fake archaisms (just like Mucius, Marcius, Sulpicius, Patricius, for Mutius &c,) and adulterations by German philologists, unknown to Roman gram- marians. The meaning therefore: "Very different is the case with the things in this figure/* 9- Discrepo, 1 ui, — , to be out of harmony, to sound differently, to differ; multo magis, both advs., fr. multus, a, urn, and magnus, a, urn, in comparative, much more. 146 crassitudine 10 siiperat. Vicissim, 11 quamquam linea F non pa rum tenuior est quam linea E, ei longitudine przestat.— Nee minus 15 interest inter lineas F et G. Nam ha^c posterior cedit 13 quidem prion crassitudine, est enim ipsa aliquanto teniuior, illi tamen longitudine antecellit, estque omnium trium longissima, perinde atque E cun- ctarum est et brevissima et crassissima; quapropter ha^ duaj linese sui dissimillimae sunt. REC&MSIO: Quotum pensum sumus mod6 aggressiiri? — Die, velim, quo- tum pensum iam finivenmus? 14 - Poterisne min^ dicere quando lineas pri6rum ppnsdrum reliquerimus? — Die, quo nunc reversuri simus! — Die, anne, et quo- modoprimae duae linese inter se differant! Utra est longior altera^ - Respon- de quid discriminis 15 intercedat inter secundas duas lineas! — Interpretare, • qu'aeso, figuram tertiam, quemadmodum illse tres lineae inter se discrepent! — Die, sis, quae inter has septem lineas, maxime 17 sui similes, quae aliquantum dissimiles, ac, tandem, quae dissimillimse inter se sint. 10. -tudo, tudinis, f., a particle forming abstract f. nouns from adjectives, like- magnitude, valetudo, celsitudo, ftc. from magnus, fortis, valens, celsus, &c; in abl., by the means of, by thickness; -ro, 1 r„ to overcome, to surpass, to de- feat, to vanquish. 11. Adv., in turn, on the other hand; conj., albeit; -sto, 1 stiti, stitum, it is preferable, better, of more consequence, w. dat., ei, "stands before it," better than, by its length. 12. Adv., compar. of parum, little, minus less; no less difference. 13. -do, 3 cessi, cessum, to yield, w. dat., priori; adv., some, some litte; -lo, 8 — to be eminent, to surpass, excell, w. abl.; perinde ac, if a vowel, ac, g or h follows, atque is used instead of ac, = the same as, just like; the-issimus, a, um, is the formative ending of the superlative of the regular adjectives; but a few -ills, e, ending acjectives change this into iilimus, a, um; mark also sui, the Genit. of se, as the government of similis, e, like, and unlike, of the personal pro- nouns; all other objects of government will be in dative, as, nlius similis, dissuni- lis est patri. Another toothsome bit of philology is found by pedants, when the Object is verum; if you say "verisimile," you are at once a "Ciceronian, a •'classical scholar;* 4 but if you say "verosimile," as do I, then you are a black sheep. This is the pons asini, the shibboleth of "classicism." A good second to this is "Pra^fectus Urbi." H7 VOCABVLARIVM 19. NNA SUBST. NNA. ADI. VERBA. parum, discrimen, inis, n. aequalis, e inaequalis, dissimilis, similis, e neclsse e e aggredior, 3 sus sum relinquo, 3 liqui, ictum revertor, 3 sus sum sequor, 3 cutus sum interpreter, 1 atus sum discrepo, 1 ui, — , supero, 1 r. praesto, 1 stiti, tituai cedo, 3 cessi, ssum antecello, 3 — , intercede, 3 cessi, sum ADVBRBIA. dudum quanto — tanto perfnde — ac — atque tarn — quam secus maxime »que magis Coniunctlones necessario vicfssim quanddquidem oranino minus qudniam paululum aliquanto quamquam 14. I call very particular attention to these questions, involving: one of the very greatest principles of Latin syntax. Mark that in the second question I place the little Imperative, die (say, tell) before the question, whereby the question be- comes indirect, whilst in the first question no such modifying word is employed, whence the question is direct. As a result, I say in the direct (first) question sumus — aggressuri, "sumus" being in the Indicatives, whereas in the indirect (second) question the verb finive>imus in the (Perf.) Coni. Were "die*' not there, I would say: "finivimus;" whereas, had I used "die" in the first question, instead of "sumus" I would have said "simus." This principle must be observed in all interrogations. 15. Discrimen, inis, n., a difference; Genit., because quid has the nature of a noun; Coni. owing to the above principle, discr. .ntercedit, a difference goes between; a Latin idiom. 16. Imperat. S. of the Deponent interpreter, to explain, to interpret; quaesOf the old form of quaero, I beg, I pray, employed only in this way. 17. Adv. in superlative of magnus, maior, maximus; for simile see above, 13, under dissimile, superl. -miUimum, «•*•■ 14? . Glomus. Digitabulum. Acus cum acia. Acus 1 est ferramentum minutissimum ac tenuissimum, cuius ex- tremitas altera ita extrita et elimata est, ut ne videre quidem possis; atque ilia vocatur acies; in altera vero extremitate, paullo 2 crassiori est ocellus, 3 qui acu certe tenuior est, atque huic ocello de- cerpta de glomere dcia inseri solet, quam utroque tenuior em esse oportere manifestum est. i. -us, us, f., a needle; dat. and abl. pi. -ubus, much insisted upon by com- pilers of grammars, as though it were an exception; the fact is, that the sound of i throughout the fourth decl., just like in the superlatives of adjectives (see Prin- cipia Gram.) was deepened into u (German, u French) following the principles of euphony, the u being the predominant vowel of this decl., whereas in the Vth, it is e, in the III. i and e. We pronounce, therefore, any and all IV. decl. nouns, without any mistake, as though they were spelled (in German) acubus, lacubus, fructttbus, drciibus, p6rtubus, &c, and everywhere, where the u bears no accent. — Ferramentum, i, fr. ferrum, i, iron, hardware, cutlery; fr. minuo, 3 ui, nutum, to lessen, to reduce, pp. adj. -tus, a, urn, superlat., exceedingly small. Latin su- perlatives, when not in actual comparison, mean a very high degree of some qua- lity; -tas, tatis, f., the extreme part; all nouns in -tas, tatis, are abstractions, therefore f,; extero, 3 trivi, tritum, outworn by rubbing, polishing, pp.;=mo, t., fr., lima, «, a file, to sharpen with a file, filed out, pp.; possis, Coni. because ut, and 2d pers., much like in English, if we said: filed out so sharp and fine, that you could scarcely see it; acies, aciei, f., V; the sharpness of it, the edge. 2. Adv., spelled both ways, paulo, and paullo, a little. Degrees of compari- son in all languages are formed by adverbs, qualifying the adjectives, as: magnum, valde magnum; crassior (comperative), paullo crassior, a little thicker. 3. -us, i, dimin. of oculus, an eye; has several meanings, here an eylet, in the needle; adv., clearly, surely; -po, 3 psi, turn, to tear off ; -us, eris, n., a ball of thread; sewing thread; -ro, 3 rui, rtum, to sow, to plant, to insert; -tet, uit, an impcrs. verb, the subj. of which is in accus., as: me ire oportet, I have got to go; here in Inf. Prses., because the other verb, est: -tus, ta, turn, evident, ap- parent, manifest. 149 Matres puerorum nequam 4 aut dumtaxat petulantium, acu- bus, aciaque nigra aut alba, uti res postulat, non raro utuntur. Nati 5 enim sui petulantiores crebro altercantur, rixantur, quandoque etiam colludendo in simultates, inde in convitia, turn in male- dicta, ac, postremo, in verbera sese effundunt, quo fit, ut vestes, prsesertim braccas in genibus, atque tuniculas in ciibitis dis= cindant et lacerent. Aliquos horum domum tendentes, 6 patres, ferula vel sciitica excipiunt, et ab iis ob facinora patrata poenas exigunt. Tamen matres, postquam nati poenas dedere, 7 facinorum imme- 4. Nequam, adj. of one ending, indecl. in the positive degree; comparative nequior, ior, ius, superl. nequissimus, a, um, wicked, malicious; adv., at least; -ans, tis, adj. of one ending, like a pres. part., mischievous; -lo, 1 r., to demand, as the think may d. 5. Pp. used as a noun, fr. nascor, nasci, natus sum, dep., to be born, an offspring, son; its old form is gnatus, gnata, which we use below; -tiores, compa- rat. pi., m.; Latin comparatives very often mean "a little too. . .' or more than useful; adv. fr. -ber, bra, um, frequent, that often happens, often; -cor, 1 atus, gum, -xor, 1 atus, sum, to wrangle, quarrel, dispute; adv., occasionally; -do, 3 si, sum, to be disporting; -tas, tatis, f., spite antagonism; -urn, u, insult, calling names; -um, i, abuse foul language; adv., lastly; -ber, eris, n., beating, a row, a "brashing" of one another; -do, 3 dffudi, fusum, to pour out, "they fly into;" -is, is, f. a garment; -cae, arum, f., trousers; -nu, lis, n., a knee; dimi. of tu- nica, ae, a coat; -us, i, m., the elbow; -do, 3 di, ssum, cut, or tear asunder; -ro, 1 r., to tear, to tatter, Coni. Prses. 6. -do, 3 tetendi, turn, sum, to tend, to be directed towards, not qualifying "patres," but "aliquos," some of them sneaking home (after the fight) their fa- thers excipiunt, receive them, with; I., a switch, or cane; I., a whip; -us, oris, n., a mischief, usually a malicious one; -tro, 3 r., to commit, perpetrate; I. punish- ment; -go, 3 egi, actum, to drive out, to demand, "pcenam exigo ab aliquo, " I subject some one to punishment, 7. Pcenas dare, the reverse of p. exigere, pater exigit poenas, puerdat pcenas; dedere, for dederunt, Perf. Indie; -mor, is, opposit of memor, is, adj. of one end- ing, remembering, mindful; adv., diligently; ro, 3 sivi, turn, con + qusero, to seek together, to "hunt up;" II., cloth, rag; -um, i, here a thimble; -ro, 3 gessi, stum, here, "insero;" -turn, i, a patch; -us, a, um, numberless; -men, inis, n., a hole; -ro, 1 r., to bore; adsuo (assuo), 3 ui, sutum, to sew to; -um, ii, a rent, a tearing, break., -cino, 1 atum, to stitch, patch together; -ro, 1 r., to pair again, to repair; =do, ] r.,fr. mendum, i, an error, a fault, to "unfault," to make faultless, to mend, pp.; gnatus, = natus; -do, 3 didi, ditum, to give back, 150 mores, sedulo conqufrunt pannos, glomera arise, digitabula acusque, his acias ingerunt, assumenta aptant, acu innumeris foraminibos terebratis, pannulum adsuunt, discidia consarci- nant, vestemque reparatam et emendatam gnatis suis reddunt. Forfex Novacula Culter Forfex Ab acu cuncta ferramenta, quibus ad scindendum et secandum utimur veluti cultrum, forficem, novaculam, aliaque quam plunma, "acuta" dicimus, propterea quod "aciem" habent plus-mmusve acu- tarn Ex his omnibus creberrimum 9 ferramentum est culter, cuius usum pnesertim ad mensam capimus. Nisi 10 enim cultros haberemus, panem carnes, olera, friictiis, digitis deberemus frangere et dis- cerpere, aut vero, uti animalia, dentibus et unguibus ianlare et i3.C6r3.rC " Verumtamen cultri hi communes 11 non hunt aequo acutiores, 8. -co, 1 etui, ctum, to cut, to whittle, -ter, tri, m., a knife; -fex, ficis, f., a pair of scissors; I. a razor; quam pliirima, most numerous, very many; =us, a, um, edged, sharp; plus=minusve (-que), more or less. — 9- Creber, bra, um, frequent, and all other ~er adjectives form their superl. in -errimus, a, um; usum, capio, make use of. 10. Conj., unless; caro, carnis, f., flesh, meat, also of fruit; olus, eris, n., vegetables; -us, us, m-, fruit; II., a finger; -go, 3 fregi, fractum, to break; -po, psi, ptum, to tear into pieces; dens, tis, m., a tooth; =is, is, f., finger nail; =10, r., to butcher, tear, slash up. 11. -is, e, adj., ordinary, common, aequum and iustum are adjectival nouns, meaning reasonable, and Just, are used in the so-called ' 'ablative of comparison, this manner: a^quo, or iusto plus, mains, longius, meaning too much, literally, more than reasonable, or just; here: these ordinary knives are not made too sharp, i. e., sharper than right; adv., otherwise; more of us; adv., in asmuch as, as who; -um, ii, a lip; I., a tongue (also language); -do, 3 si, sum, to hurt, harm, scratch, offend, injure; -do, 3 di, sum, to cut into; -lis, e, adj., table — , pertaining to table; hebes, hebetis, adj. of one ending, blunt, dull. . i5i alioquin plures nostrum, prsesertim pueri, quippe qui minus cauti sunt, digitos, labia, quin etiam ipsam linguam, nonnunquam Ifiederent, inciderent et sauciarent. Quamobrem placuit fabris cultros mensales hebetiores fabricari. Illud ferramentum, quod mater ad scindendum et aptandum assu- mentum adhibet, 12 est forfex. Est autem forfex culter duplex, quod duplum habet mucronem, habetque manubriolum annulare, quod binis vel ternis digitis prehenditur. Multi solent chartam forfice scin- dere, perinde atque ungues sacare. Creberrimum tamen usum forficum tonsores habent. Hi artifices sunt, quorum negdtium est capiilos, hoc est, pilos capitis humani, tondere. Locus, ubi tonsores negotium suum exercent, tonstrina appellatur. Forfices cultris non parum acu- tiores decet esse. Si enim tarn hebetes essent quam cultri communes, crines tondendorum tarn saeve carperent & vellicarent, ut dolor ferri non posset. Multo etiam acutius, quin prorsus omnium ferramentorum longe 13 acutissimum est, et esse debet, id, quod tonsores ad radendam bar- 12. =beo, 2 ui, itum, to apply, to employ, use. -— Duplus, a, um, double, duplicated; -cro, nis, m., a blade, the sharp, or a pointed part of a tool for cutt- ing; -is, e, adj., ringshaped, like a ring, fr. annulus, i, a ring, a hoop, dim. of annus, i, a year; binus, a, um, ternus, a, um, another adj. form of duo, and tria; =do, 3 di, sum, to seize, to grab, to hold. — Tonsor, is, a hair-cutter, a barber. — -fex, ficis, (ars, tis, f., + facio), an artisan, artist, master of, clever, skilled in some art; =um, iL, business (nee + otium, leisure); II., hair of the human head (caput + pilus); =deo, 2 totdndi, tonsum, to shear, cut hair, wool; I., barbershop; decet, cuit, impers., it behooves, becoming, decent. — Hebes, hebetis, adj. of one ending, blunt, dull, positive degree; see the above (n), comparative; =nis, is, hair; fut. pass. p. of those whose hair is to be cut; =po, 3 psi, turn, to pluck, as fruit, grass, to carve; -co, 1 r., fr. vello, 3 vulsi, vulsum, to Keep pulling, plucking, tearing out, up, material and moral sense, such as criticising severely; -or, is, m.. pain; Inf. pass, of fero, ferri non potest, cannot be endured, borne, tolerated, suffered. ^ 13. Adv., by far; esse debet, it must be; debeo, 2 ui, debitum, I owe, I must; -do, si, sum, to shave; I., the beard; -us, a, um, right, poper; quilibet* qualibet, quodlibet, whatever; quantuslibet, quantalibet, quantumlibet, how much ever, no matter how much; IV.; m., sight; -gio, 3 gi, gitum, to flee, skip, escape, it es- capes sight, i. e., so thin, that we can not perceive with our eyes. 152 bam adhibent, quodque novacula appellator. Est etiam novacula proba tarn acuta, at quemlibet pilum, quantumlibet tenuem, qui vel visum effugiat, facillime secet. Nam si non ita acuta esset, quis, 6bsecro M mortalium vultum, barba asperum et hmridum ton- sori ad radendum concrederet et praeberet? REC^NSIO: Quid est acus? — Quid est tenuius ipso corpore , c6s ? _ Unde decerpitur acia? — Qui utuntur crebro acubus? - Quid solent pueri petulantes agitare? - Subinde patres qui exc.piunt eos? - Matres veto? — Quas res vocamus acutas? — quare? - Quern usum capimas cultri? - Quamobrem non sunt cultri perquam acuti? _ Quod ferramentum est dapli macronis? - Quid fieret si forfices cultris acutiores non essent? - Qui sunt tonsores? - Ubi agunt nego- tia? — Quid est novacula? - Quid acuta est novacula? — Quid neret si novacula non esset cultro aut forfice acutior? - Quales sunt vuitus qui longo tempore non raduntur? u -cro,' r., I beseach, I pray, "who pray," -lis, e, subject to death, mortal, i.e. man, "what mortal being;" IV., face, countenance; -per, a «m. harsh, rough -dus. a, urn, said of hairs standing up, as .n fear, horror; -do, d.d.,d.tura, to entrust; -beo, 2 ui, itura, to hand over, to give, offer, to proffer. VOCABVLARIVM 20. *53 NNA. SUBST. acus, lis, f, ferramentum, i extremitas, itis, f. icies. £i, f. ocellus, i £cia, ae gldmus, eris, n, natus, i, simultas.^tis, f, convitium, ii maledictum, i verber, eris, n, vestis, is, f. braccae, arum genu, us, n. tunfcula, sb cubitus, i, m. fdrula, se scutica, 33 faxinus, oris, n. poena, as pannus, i digitabulum, i assumentum, i foramen, inis, a. discidium, ii culter, tri, m. fdrfex, icis, f, novacula, se caro, carnis, f. olus, dleris, n. fructus, us, m, digitus, ti dens, dentis, in. unguis, is, f. labium, ii lingua, se mucro, nis, m. tonsor, is artifex, ficis aegdtium, ii capfllus, i tonstrina, se crinis, is, m. dolor, is, m. barba, as visus, us, m. vultus, us, nt. NNA. ADI. mimitus, a. urn manifestus, a, um nequam, nequior petulans, tis immemor, is aciitus. a, um plus— minus creber, bra, um communis, e aequus, a, um cautus, a, um mensalis, e hebes, hdbetis probus, a, um mortalis, e asper, pera, um horridus, a, um duplus, a, um ADVERBIA. certe dumtaxat crebro sddulo quippe multe longe facfllima VERBA. extero, 3 trivi, turn elimo, 1 r. decerpo, 3 psi, ptum insero, 3 ui, rtum oportet. 2 uit, — pdstulo, 1 r. utor, 3 usus sum altercor, 1 atus sum rixor, 1 atus sum colludo, 3 si, sum discindo, 3 di, ssum llcero, 1 r. tendo, 3 tdtendi, turn, sum patro, 1 r. •xigo, 3 egi, actum conquiro, 3 sivi, turn ingero, 3 gessi. stum apto. 1 r. teVebro, 1 r. adsuo, 3 ui, sutum consarcino, 1 — atum reparo, 1 r. emendo. 1 r- reddo, 3 didi, itum seco.* cui, sectum frango. 3 fregi, fractum discerpo, 3 psi, ptum lanio, 1 r. lsedo, 3 si, sura incfdo. 3 di, sum adhfbeo, 3 ui, itum prehendo, 3 di, sum tondeo, 2 tdtondi. tonsum decet, 2 uit, — carpo, 3 psi, ptum vellico, 1 r- rado, 3 si, sum effugio, 1 fugi, fiigitum concredo, 3 didi, ditum prsebeo, 2 ui. itum 154 III. 4* ^& Duo 6culi. Ocularia. (Sculi quasi 1 fenestra* sunt animi. Nam oculis quidem c6rni- mus, 2 sed animo videmus, percipimus, et sentimus. Sensus* vi- dendi est visus. Boni oculi, visu, tamquam acus sua acie, pene- trant, 4 profunda coeli, ima aquarum, ingentes siderum orbes, perinde atque guttas aquse, et micas pulveris scrutantur et indagant. Maxima itaque pars rerum, quarum notitiam 5 habemus, fere mini- sterio oculorum cognitse nobis sunt, quamquam caterorum 6 quoque sensuum opera minime paucae nobis innotescunt. i. Adv., as it were; II., mind, principle of intelligence: the eyes are the windows, as it were, of our mind. — 2. -no, 3 crevi, cretum, to sift, select, to single out, select, set apart, by the eyes, hence, discern, discrete, fr. dis + cerno (p. 58, 12), to ! ook, to perceive by sight; -io, 3 cepi, ceptum, (per + capio), to perceive; -tio, 4 si, sum, to feel. — 3. IV. m., the feeling, a sense; IV., m., the sight. — 4. -tro, 1 r., to go, to pass through, to penetrate; =dus, a, um, deep, here ace. pi. n., used as a noun, the depths of the heavens; -us, a, um, the low- est parts, deep, ace. pi. n., the depths; perinde ac (before a guttural, an h or vowels, atque), just like; as well as; I., a drop; I., a crum, a grain (of dust, pul- vis, eris, m., dust); -tor, 1 atus sum, to search (like a rag-man in an ashbarrel); -go, 1 r., to follow a scent, like a dog, to investigate, search. — 5. I., knowledge, cognition; adv., as a rule, fairly, as is usually the case; -um, ii, a service, aid, assistance; -co, 3 cogndvi, edgnitum, to know, to be familiar w. a thing, to have acquaintance w. pp. res cognita3 nobis sunt, things are known to us; do not get confused about this verb by rendering it * 'I am acquainted with a thing, and turn it back into Latin by "sum cognitus cum re," because the English verb is passive, and intransitve, the Latin is active and transitive, as: rem cognesco, coguovi hominem. but: res mini cognita est, the thing is known to me; homim sum cognitus, I am known to the man, res toti mundo cognita est, all the world is aquainted with the thing, i. e., the thing is known to the whole world. ■ - 6. Caeterus, a, um, Norn. S. never used, the other cases in sing; rarely, pi., =i, «» a, the rest, the others; I., abl., means, by the means of; minime paucas, f., the rest, the others, I., abl., means, by tne means of: minime paucae, f., the least few, = a good many; -sco, 3 ui, to become known, to come to our knowledge. 155 At vero non omnes omnino res, quae exsistunt, 7 etiam sub nostros sensus cadunt; quin infinite) multa sunt quae sensus nostros fugiunt, et oppido pauca, quae sensuum potestati obnoxia sunt. Sensus nam- que omnes, etiam integerrimi, 8 pariter atque animus ipse, imbecilles sunt, ac limitibus circumscripti, ut vix minimam partem rerum unl- versitatis cornplecti queant. Prseterea, omnes nostri sensus, prae- sertim visus, setate, 9 aut vitio natural!, morbis, hebescunt, ita ut 7. -sto, 3 stiti, titum, to stand out, to exist; sub, w. direction, whither, is joined w. ace, sub sensus cadere, = to fall under our senses; infinito multa, = infinitely much, many; fugio, 3 ii, ivi, itum, to flee, to escape, transitive, fugit sensus, escapes our senses; non me fugit, it does not escape me, I am aware; oppido pauca, far too few; dppido, adv., much like English a "whole lot;" -tas, talis, f., all nouns of this ending are f., because abstractions, a power, Dat. s., -xius, a, urn, subject to, liable, exposed to, = not subjected to the power of out semses. 8. All adjectives ending in -er, like integer, form their superlatives in =erra- mus, a, urn, the most sound and unimpaired; -lis, e, (also -lus, a, um, this form is less frequent, excepting bv the pedantry of the philologists), caneless, support- less, helpless, frail; =mes, itis, m., a bound, boundary; limitibus (abl.) ctrcum- scribere, to write down, or draw a line around a thing to set bounds; = our sen- ses are dull, frail, and limited; -mus, a, um, superl. of parvus, the least; unt- versitas, tatis, f., allness; rerum, the allness of things, the universe; Uniy£r- sitas Scientiarum, the Allness of Knowledge, means Theology, Philosophy, Ju- risprudence, and Medicine, i. e. the Allness of Divine and Human (pertaining to man as a mortal being, and as a member of society) Knowledge, in one word, "University.'* — Complector, ti, xus sum, dep., to close around with both arms, as a bundle, to comprise; pres. Infin., queo, = possum. 9. tas, tis, f., age, abl., w. age; -um, ii, a fault, defect, deficiency; -lis, e, proper to nature, natural; -bus, i, sickness, desease, abl. pi., -sco, 3 no other parts, almost all these -sco verbs, called "inceptive," or "inchoative," though not pro- perly, because they do not mean "beginning," but "becoming" so and so, are more or less defective, few having perfects, still fewer supina, to become dull; -lis, e, thin and lean, lank, meagre, feeble, mean; the -ior, ius, comparative end- ing means "a little more so - and - so," a little too. . . ; minus clarus, = less dis- tinct, -uus, a, um, small, very small; -lis, e, fine, very fine, i. e., very thin and small; -quor, qui, cutus sum, dep. 3d conj., the Inf. pres. of which is i, conse- qui, the Perfect Indie, consecutus sum (^onsequutus), fr. con + sequor, to follow and to reach a thing; here, to attain, to grasp a thing with sight; vix, ac ne vix quidem, = scarcely, or not scarcely even; queamus, = possimus. 156 res exiliores, aut minus claras, veluti litteras exiguas, suturam subti- liorem, acie ocul6rum ctfnsequi vix, aut ne vix qmdem,^ queamus. Quamobrem, 10 setateadulti6res, quin, ssepenumero ipsi adeo pueri, oculorum aciem oculariis muniunt, ut rectius ac penitus cernere queant. Ocularia enim vitra 11 sunt in simiiitudinem lentium, ideoque et vulgo "lentes" appellantur, quorum proprium est speciem rerum visarum augere et amplif icare. Perinde atque innumerae 12 guttse aquae piscinam, vel flu men efficiunt, sic, vicissim, singular guttse aquae ex innumeris particulis materia? coalescunt, suntque ipsse per se quasi piscina^: nam in iis, tamquam pisciculi, millia millium animalculorum, quae infusoria vocantur, vitam agunt. Nee aqua solum, 13 verum etiam aer, quern spirdmus, ora adeo nostra atque intestina, non secus atque ipse io. Here, wherefore, used also interrogatively; adultus, a, um, fr. adole- sco, 3 adolevi, adultum, to grow up, to grow old; adultus, a, um, a grown person or thing, compar. -tior, aetate an elderly person; adv. quite frequently; adv. even, "mind you!' * ipsi, a, pueri, even mere boys; -um, i, here, an eye glass, otherwise anything pertaining to eyes; -us, i, an eye physician, an oculist; here n., because vitrum, glass, is understood; -nio, 4 vi, ii, itum, to strengthen, fortify; adv., thoroughly, there are many -us advs., like funditus, radicitus, coelitus, divi- nitus* &c. ii. -um, i, a glass; lens, tis, f., a lentil in resentence, in similitude of len- tils; therefore, wherefore, commonly; proprium est, in n., aggreeing w. the next Infinitives, their proper (nature) being to. . . ; of things seen; augeo, 2 xi, ctum, to increase, to inlarge; -co, 1 r., to make larger, wider, to amplify. 12. -us, a, um, numberless; Cicero's age used innumerabilis, e, uncount- able, but the later authors distinguished the two ideas, and adopted this form; I., dimin. of pars, particle; I., from mater, matter; -sco, 3 ui, itum, to run, flow, go together and form something new; per se, by him — her — itself, themselves; II., dim. of piscis, is, a fish (Italians pron. pish - is, = fish, Fisch); milie, a thou- sand, a n. noun and adj. indecl. in a sing, in pi. millia, um, = thousands of thousands; -um, i, dim.' of animal; not animalcula, se, as some medical writers put it; -um, i, same name used in English, fr. in + fundo, 3 fudi, fusum; vitam ago, = to lead a life. 13. Adv,, alone. . but; -aer, aeris, m., the air, atmosphere; -ro, 1 r., to breath; os, 6ris, n., the mouth; yea, indeed; -um, i, the n. of -us, a, um, Norn, pi., the inside, meaning the entrails, the contents within the human body; but it also *57 sdnguis, qui in venis nostris cursat, incredibili multitudine entium vivorum, qua3 ''bacilli, ' 4 ' 'bacteria, " "fungi," vel "germina " a doctis vocitantur, scatent. Nulla horum oculis ntidis, 14 quin ne ocu- lariis quidem fretis, percipi queunt. Nihilominus, 15 viri, artis dptices peril!, comments sunt lentes opticas, admodum auctificas, tiibulfs, prod uctlli bus infixas, quarum ope hie quoque exilium rerum miri= ficus ' microccsmus, ( ' sive "parvus mundus, " pandltur. Ob hanc rem instrumentum idgenus etiam "microscopium ' ' appellator. means any other things within, not foreign, domestic, none less; -is, inis, m., the blood; I., a vein; -dibilis, e, unbelievable; -do, inis, f., manyness; ens, entis, n., Priscianus is credited w. the assertion, that C. Caesar has used this word; I have not seen it, but it is a word, that scientific language cannot well spare, a being, pp. of sum; -us, a, um, living; II., dim, of baculus, a stick; Greek form bacte- rion, Lat., -um, ii, = bacillus; II. , a mushroom; -men, inis, n., a sprout; II., a learned (man), a scientist, fr. doceo, 2 ui, ctum, to teach, a taught (man); -to, 1 r.,fr. voco^to call; -teo, 2 a n. (intrans.) verb, to be teaming, gu'shing', flowing. 14. -us, a, um, naked; -us, a, um, supported, aided, relying upon; -cipio, 3 cepi, ptum, to perceive. — 15. Adv., having two forms, as written; in one word, and as separated, each w. different meaning; it has been translated into English as k 'nevertheless, " in one word; but philologists insist on separating, just as if the English equivalent were separated, as: never the less. When one word, accent is on 6; when two words, naturally, it has two accents, nihilo minus, = less by nothing; optice, es, f., in its original Greek form; there are a few of this kind of nouns and names in Latin, the full declension of which we shall see a little later; in colloquial use most of them are Latinized into I., as, optica, se, grammatica, se[ musica, se, rhetorica, ae, &c: ars optices, the art of optics, oculism; -us, a, um[ experienced, sum peritus artis legendi, I am familiar with the art of reading; viri (homines) periti artis opticas, = men, having a practical knowledge of the art of optics; commmiscor, comminisci, commentus sum, to contrive, to devise to feign, to invent, a deponent transitive verb; powerfully magnifying; II dim of tubus, i, a pipe, a tube; diictilis, e, that can be pulled out, drawn out, "also said of metals, as of gold, iron, which can be drawn out into fine threads- -cro 3 xi xum, to fasten; ope, fr. ops, opis, f., mostly used in Ace, opem, and abl 'ope' by the means of; =us, a, um, that causes wonderment, wondering; a Greek 'term' II., the small world; i. e., the world of things invisible, or small; -do, 3 di, sum' passum, to stretch out, to unfold, throw open, expand, spread out; -pium ' ii of course not known to the Romans; but the opticians, who devised the instrument kn-w Latin, and formed the term on the pattern of horoscopsum, utilizing microl cosmos, which, too, is Roman; it cannot well be omited from the scientific Ian guage; neither should 'telescopium 4 ' objected to, as have all modern tongues adopted these and many other, similar terms. v " •58 Moles et machina mundi. — Lucr. V Si miracula 1 "parvi mundi " attoniti ac stupentes cernimus, quanto maiorem in admirationem et stuporem nos rapiet ' magni mundi, ' 1 cuius ipsa nostra terra particula nonnisi exilior est, tran- quilla contemplatio. Ilia mira nobis videntur, quia infra sensus nostrossuntposita; hsec autem stupenda, quoniam supra sensus hu- manos exsurgunt. Attamen tarn hsec, quam ilia, ex eadem materia, ex iisdem ele= mentis 2 conf lata sunt, quseque cernuntur, e corpusculis, id est, cor^ poribus individuis, quae Democritus "atomos" appellavit, efficiuntur, et in quae omnia dividi queunt. i. -urn, i, ace. pi., a wonder; -us, a, um, amazed, astonished; =peo, ui, v. n. (verbum neutrum, = intransitive), a. (active, transitive), to be stunned, to be struck aghast, astounded, stupidus, a, um, one standing bewildered, aghast, astounded; stupor, is, m., the feeling thereof; here, pres. p., being astounded, full of wondering; qtsantus, a, um, how great, how much, abl., by how much greater; =tio, is, f., wondering, admiration; -pio, 3 rapui, raptum (Engl, ravish, ravage, rob) to snatch away, to grab, seizes and runs away with the thing; -us, a, um, calm, quiet; =tio, is, f., rhoughful observation, looking at. 2. =tum, i, the first principles, the lowest constituent particles of things, an element; conflo, 1 r., to blow together, to make, mould, fashion, pp., n. pi., =um, i, dim. of corpus, abl. pi.; =duus, a, um, undivided, indivisible, one; II., proper name, Democritus of Elea, one of the greatest thinkers of Greece (about 47o~ " 362 H. C), the author of the atomic theory, still the only one recognized, and nowise improved upon; -us, i, (though of the II., exceptionally feminine), an atom, the smallest conceivable particle of matter, which is the end of divisibility, all this side of it is physical, beyond it, metaphysical, subject to reason and spe- culation alone; the first composition of atoms is called "molecula,' dim. of mo- les. — In quae, into which, quae is ace. pi. n., in governing ace, when it means the direction, or motion toward something, when we may ask, quo?, whither; but if it answers the question, ubi? where, it demands Abl. 159 Mdxima autem atomorum moles 3 atque congeries illi miri orbes et globi sunt, quos solem, sidera et Stellas appellamus, quorum prill « cipatum sol obtinet. Nihil quidquam 4 in tota rerum universitate pul- chrius, prsestantius et magnificentius sole est. Eum, 5 tamquam regem et ducem, ambiunt OCto sidera errantia, non suo, sed eius nutu, sese per immensa spatia, in inani, in apsidibus suis, cir- cum solem volventia. Proximum 6 ab sole est sidus Merciirii, lumine ac splendore so- 3. -es, is, f., a bulk, mass, volume, a mole, molo, a break-water; -es, ei, f., fr. con + gero, 3 gessi, stum, a hoard, any pile carted, hauled, carried, gathered together; -us, a, um, wonderful; II., a ball, a globe; IV., the state of being a ruler, of holding sway, of being a chief; -neo, 2 ui, ten turn, fr. ob + teneo, to hold. — 4. Nothing whatever; these -ius endings are the neuter of the comparativ- es of all adjectives: pulcher, chra, chrom, beautiful; prsestans, tis, surpassing, magnificus, a, um, fr., magnum + facio, grand, fine, great; neuter, because ni- hil, is an inecl. n. noun; its declinable form is nihilum, i; — sole is in Abl., be- cause in comparing two things we use either quam, w. Nom., or leave out the quam, and use Abl.; see Prin. Gram. — 5. Ace. of is, him; like just as; rex, regis, m., king, accus.; dux, ducis, m., a leader, a guide, a general, a duke; =bso, 4 ivi, itum, to go around, about a thing, or person, especially w. covetous desire, as a candidate seeking an office, hence, ambitio, nis, f ., the seeking of an office, distinction, canvassing his own cause; i short; but ambitus, us, m., a passage, a going around, i long; octo, indecl., 8; erro, 1 r., to lose one's way; sidus errans, pi., sidera errantia, roving, rambling, wandering stars, also Stellas errantes, erratica?, and, simply, errones (erro, nis, a rambler, a tramp), are the expressions by which the Romans called those stars which we now call planets; — IV., a nod, a weighing down, a gravity, bearing down, fr. a verb nuo, not in use, except in compounds, abnuo, adnuo, innuo, renuo, to nod off, decline, to nod to, consent, to nod at, or to encourage a thing by a blink of the eye; and to nod back, refuse; its frequentative is nuto, 1 r., to waver; = by the gravity of his; -us, a, um, un- measured; -um, i, a space; inane, is, n., fr., the adj. inanis, e, empty, hollow, in the emptiness, in the void; -is, idis, f. (p. 88, 19, we called it a felly), spelled two ways, absis, and apsis, a Greek word, spelled there by psi; here it means the path of a star, a circle in which a star moves; -vo, 3 vi, voliitum pres. p. vens, tis, Nom. pi. n. -ventia. 6. -us, a, um, nearest; fr. prope, prep, and adv. near, as prep., it governs Ace, ad adv., it is constructed w. Ace. or a, ab, w. Abl., near from; more fre- quently w. ad and Ace, also w. Dat., in Compar. it becomes an adj., propior, i6o lis sic perfusum et obrutum, ut acie oculorum vix cerni possit. Longo spatii interval!*) 7 illud Veneris excipit sidus, in toto stellate^ coelo longe splendidissimum. Venus quandoque solem anteit; 8 quo fit, ut terrse primam lucem afferat, quamobrem etiam Lucaxef appelletur; alias autem subsequitur, et in coelo occiduo, sole iam sub horizontem merso, iterum sola fulgeat, quum Vesper appellatur. Veneri, extrorsum, 9 longius a sole, proximus planeta est ipsa Tellus nostra, quae, cum satellite sua luna, orbitam suam circum so- lem intra tercentos sexaginta et quinque (365) dies, et aliquot bo- ras, quod dnnus est, percurrit; hoc est, toties sese circum axem con- -ius, is, w. the same government; superl., as here; II., fr. merx, mercis, + euro, the carer, care-taker, God of merchandise, of commerce, communication, and of thieves, name of the smallest planet, nearest to the sun; obruo, 3 ui, utum, to overwhelm. 7. -urn, i, the space between the besieging army and the first earth-works, an intervening space in place or time; Venus, Veneris, name of Goddess of Beauty, transferred to the most brilliant planet, this side of Mercurius, nearest to the earth< _ 8# Anteeo, 4 ii, ivi, itum, to precede; quo fit, = whence it happens; affero Cad + fero). 3 tuli, latum, to bring; Lucifer, i, (lux + fero) one who fetches, brings light; it is applied both to the morning-star and to the sun, or day; as an adj., -fer, a, um, applicable to anything bringing light. — As to the biblical Lu- cifer, see Exercitia Legendi. — Alias, adv., at an other time, and otherwise; -quoifcutus sum, to follow after; Vesper, is, i, the Latin form of the Greek Hesperos, the evening star. ; 9. A compound of extra and versum, toward the outside, like adversum, adversus, introrsum, sursum, deorsum, prorsus, dextrorsum, rursus, retrorsum, &c, toward, opposite, inward, upwards, downwards, forwards, to the right, again, backwards; adv. compar. further away; nearest to Venus, Dat.; I., also planetes, Is, and planes, etis, all m., a planet, the popular form, instead of the circumlo- cutory form of Republican Rome, stella erratica, sidera errantia, errones, as above, though this form does not occur in Roman writings that have reached our age, excepting the authors of the IVth century, but, still, this has survived, and spread by Christianity into all modern tongues. — Tellus, iiris, f., dimin. of terra, the earth, poetically, and as an astronomical term; diminutives usually follow the gender of the parent word, as in animalculum, corpusculum, though the endings may be diffe.ent; L, a track, an imprint of a wheel on a road; tercenti, «, a, or tre — , a numeral adj., pi. only 300; sexaginta, indecl., 60; aliquot, in- deel , some, a few II., a year; toties, adv., as many times; -to, 3 ti, sum, to turn; i6i .Svi't na , Ver0 id T VigInti ° Ct ° (28) di " bus > q uod mensis Solaris est, absolvit. Luna multo propius nobis est quam Venus, ideoque, licet" Venere minor, tamen oppido maior esse videtur. rimn^Sif ib , US Ste " iS erra ' ticis11 Mortis stella, Telluri haud ab- anubs, ruti i colore est conspicua. Ei" e longinquo vicinum est sidus lovis, cum plunbus satellites, quae giganteum orbem Iovis circumvol- vuntur. Magnitudine molis Itipiter omnes planetas exsiiperat" fulgore autem, si Venerem demas, nulli est secundus. Ex ordine" post Iovem baturni subit stella, quaa tamen ab eo longissime abest, annulisque est Tiginti, indecl. adj., 20; octo, indecl. numeral adj., 8; diefcus, abl of time- -is is ShouTfr ''Hi ' 7 1 ' ,H / Um ' t0 Untie ,00Sen ' Pay ° ff ' flnish ' -mpie . - o. Ad : JS ?' , ' "J' ,tU ' U ' and ™P ers °n^"y. Mcet f » nit, it is free to do that is no forbidden by .aw, or the win of anybody, although smaller, than Venus; * whole lot . H. -us, a, um, fr. erro, 1 given to roving, rambling; Mars, tis, m contracted aZnto°f [I ro, M T^ tiMheG ° d 0t War ' the " a ™ *« thai pla I n D t t iS, °'"' ; Mh-T T ' iS ' C ' thd reVerSe ° f SimiIiS ' * Unlike > jt *"" pectun, "to "?I ';,: ' *' redd f h ' £,0wlng red; - UU8 > a ' ™> fr- conspicio,* spexi, jjf f ' f g PS6 ' S ' £ht ' noticeable < attracting attention. - 12. Dat of is ea i puer d t n r : v; u L a 'r n ' nei e hboring ' to be next to - *■ -■* *. a «££?<£ or lnpuer, Dat. lovi, Ace Iovem, Voc Iupiter, Abl. love; (Zeus-niter Deus nit,r £"/ c"h t r Paier - the father of the Gods and ■*•>. «* -«gS ft. X22 S th^' fl™ S1 Ven *° th£ ' argest ° f the pIanets; ™> a - ™> fr- gigas, g£an to, the pants of Roman mythology; as an adj. used by the poets only «J Sose riX! « St" 8 is of a later origine; • vo -' 3 -*« -' * «* &£. s£: . tho'u 3 ta^ut- ;: r smre -a sr & to m xcept> t c °t S^'lhJso 8 " '; 8 , 6 ^' 8atUM ' t0 S0W ' "^ » ' -"wer m of se d;°tl f^ C'beca eTLt U a m nd n T"' ***?*" °< "* ^^ ™* the "-e ^ivenL h ImS h -Z v, r !f outermost known to the Romans, as though over and above b at hee 5 fverv ST T* 8UMi ' ltUm ' *"** ^ Up from «*£ returning to is If- is / HZli ' * "^ * ^ ° f annUS > »• a ^ as a circle ok JnaV 7 ' ' beholdable - '• e - worth looking at, worthy; under the emper- S affeX I 01 " 1 " 7; ^t T rd b6Came a tit,e in the court > at ** a ^ Vlr SpX la' t Sp t i)l ^ ; k er,bef0re the name ' as C1 - ac SP- (Clarissimus ac Spectabilis) Spt. Dn., Spectahhs Dominus, Com. Pulvillus, chiefly applied to judges and law- 162 spectribilis. Ultra Saturnum supersunt 15 adhuc duo planetae, re- eens reperti, quorum citerior tirani, ulterior autem Neptuni nomine inslgnitur. . Quseritur, 16 praeterea inter astrologos, utrumne, prseter hos, as solem, et ultra Ncptiinum, alii adhuc sint planetae, necne; de qua ta- men re nihil certi habent dicere. ^.wtoa Cseterum, 17 sunt et alii siderei errones, quos stellas crinitas, vel etiam eometas nominamus. Sunt astrologi, qui cometas perpe- tuas 18 stellas esse, per proprias orbitas, extra mundum solarem, pr6- prio motu terri, ac, descriptis et eraensis infinitis prope circulis, statis yers of higher order, and, lastly, to all gentlemen. - 15. Supersum, esse, fui, to be left over, to remain; adv., yet, as yet, and, originally, thus far; adv. and adj. recens, tis, fresh, late, new, newly; -rio, 4 peri, rtum, to find, to discover; citerior and ul- terior, fr. cis, citra, on this side, ultra, ulterior, is, on the farther side; 11., the names of the two outermost planets, fr. Uranus, i, Gr., for Latin Coelus, 1, the father of Saturnus; Neptunus, i, God of the seas, brother of Jupiter 16. Passively and impers. of qu own choice, a judge, hence, to utter or to entertain an opinion, to deem. i6, temporibus, ad nos reverti arbitrentur. Alii eos fragmcnta 19 siderum esse ffutumant, alii, denique, eosdem spirit um et anhelitum spis- siorem, conglobatum et contortum esse voiunt, eosque tempore in- terci'dere rentur. Totam mundi Solaris machinam ab immensa mole solis ac ponde- re 20 cieri et moveri certum et exploratum est. Satis etiam constat 21 ipsum quoque solem moveri. Ast 22 sol suapte natura, per se, non motu adventitio, peregrino, movetur, verum ipse sese movet; caeterae autem, quas Stellas erraticas diximus, eius impulsu et impetuferuntur, propriaque gravitate, cuncta, in sempiteriuim, moderante mente Dirina. 19. -urn, i, fr. frang©, 3 fregi, fractum, to break, a breakage, a broken piece; -mo, 1 r., same as arbitror, iudico, censeo, opinor, puto, to think, to judge, to be of the opinion; -us, us, m., fr. spiro, 1 r., to breath, breath, any invisible acting power, spirit, gas, (gast, German Geist, so pronounced by the ordinary country people, is = spiritus, whence also ghost, and ghastly, Germ, geistig, geistlich); -us, us, fr. anhelo, 1 r., breathing, breath, so have the Romans called winds, and wind-like sources of power and action; -us, a, urn, in compar., thick, said of liquids; -bo, 1 r., to mass, to roll up; -tus, ta, urn, fr. con + torqueo, 2 si, turn, to twist, to wrench, to coil up; esse Yolunt, so to be, is their contention; -do, 3 cidi, to fall between, to drop into nothing, to perish, to go to destruction, to be lost, reor, reri, ratus sum, one of the group of iudico, cen- seo, arbitror, opinor, puto, cogito, I think, I judge, &c, hence rata pars, an approved part, a portion, part agreed upon, a rate, also Germ. Rath, rathen. 20. -dus, eris, n a weight; cieo, 2 civi, citum, and cio, cire, so mostly used in compounds, asaecio, 4 iTi ? itum; to start up, to cause motion, to set a thing into mo- tion, to move; its frequentative form is cito, 1 r-, to quicken, to summon, to cite, whence excito, incito, concito, recito, suscito, citus, a, urn, quick, cito, quickly; -ro, 1 r , to terret out, to explore, find out; certum & exploratum est, = it is certain, demonstrated, an established fact. — 21. -stat, 1 impers., a proven, established fact. - 22. Same as at, lest frequent; the -pte, particle is frequently attached to suus, a, urn, in abl , not quite so often meopte, meapte, tuopte, tuapte, with the force of the English very: suapte natura, = by its very nature; -titius, a, um, (In German philological affectation, ti- cius) a formative particle for adjectives, as, adventitius, emptitius, coming from the outside, extraneous, and, a thing bought, not raised, made, produced by ourselves; -us, a, um, foreign, (moved by itself, not by an extraneous and foreign movement, "mpart- ed from the outside; IV., abl., fr. impello, 3 impuii, impulsum, to drive on, against, oy his (its) push, thrust; IV., a dash, charge, attack; -tas, tatis, weighing down, neaviness; -us, a, um, everlasting, eternal, -um, i. its noun; in — num, for ever, in ume everlasting; -ror, 1 r., to temper, to keep in check, abl. abs., mens, mentis, the rnina, intelligence; -us, a, um, fr., Deus, I divine (with the divine mind controlling, i. c, under the sway of the will of God). 164 Recensio: Cur dicuntur oculi fenestra animi? — Quid penetrat acies oculorum? — Quae res nobis innotescunt opera oculorum? — Suntne omnia sensibus nostris obnoxia? — Quibus modis hebescunt sensus nostri? — Quando scimus aciem oculorum esse hebetem? — Qua re munimus oculos hebetes? — Quae est similitudo inter guttam aquae atque piscinam? — Quid vocamus "bacillos?" — Quid sunt com- menti homines docti, ad bacteria cenenda? Quern sensum exeitat in nobis contemplatio "magni mundi?" — Quidquamne interest inter materiam unius et aiterius mundi? — Cuius doctrinae est Democritus auctor? — Quae sunt atomorum maximae con- geries? — Quid praedicamus (docemus, dicimus) de sole? — Quare prsedicamus solem esse tamquam regem? — Quae duae stellae errantes sunt inter Tellurem et Solem? — Quid est "Lucifer?" — Quot dierum spatio conficit Tellus suum cursum? — Quid comitatur (sequitur) Tel- lurem in suo cursu? — Quid est mensis? — Quae sunt caeterae stellae erraticae, sive planetae, extrorsum a terra? — Quid quaeritur inter astro- logos p _1 habe.itne hi quidquam certi dicere? — Quid astrologis de co- metis videtur (quid putant?)? — Quid ciet et agitat hanc mundi Solaris machinam? — Abs se-ne, an ab alio quo (alio aliquo) movetur sol? — quis movet solem? quid movet sol? — Quid moderatur mens Divina? i6 5 VOCABVLARIVM 21. NNA. SUBST. dculus, i Animus, I sensus, Us visus, Us gutta. ae mica, ae notitia, ae ministerium, il dpera, ae potcstas, atis, f. limes, itis, m. universitas, atis, f. vitium, ii morbus, i ocularium, Ii vitrum, i lens, tis, f. particula, ae materia, ae pisciculus, i animllculum, i infusorium, ii aer, aeris, m. os, oris, n. intestina, orum, n. sanguis, inis, m. ens, tis, n. bacillus, i bacterion, ii, n. fungus, i geimen, inis, n. optice, es, f. tiibulus, i microcosmus, i mundus, i microscdpium. ii miriculum, i admiratio, nis, f. stupor, is. m. contemplatio, nis, f. elementum, i corpusculum, i Stomus, i, f. moles, is, f. congeries, ei, f, globus, i principals, us rex, regis, m. dux, ducis, m. nutus, Us spitium, ii intervallum. i Mercurius, ii Venus, Ve-neris, f. Lucifer. i Planeta, ae, m. Tellus, uris, f. annus, i mensis, is, m. Mars, tis, m. Iupiter, Iovis, m. annulus, i Uranus, i NeptUnus, i Astrdlogus, i erro, nis, m. come'ta, ae, m. motus, Us fragrme'ntum, I spfritus, Us anhe"litus, Us impulsus, Us impetus, Us graVitas, atis, f. mens, tis, f. NNA. ADI. imus, a, um obnoxius, a, um imbocillis, e naturalis, c' exilis, e exiguus, a, um subtilis, e adultus, a, um proprius, a, um innUmerus, a.um vivus, a, um nudus, a, um fretus, a, um peritus, a, um opticus, a, um auctificus, a, um prodUctilis, e mirificus, a, um attdnitus, a, um tranquillus, a, um individuus, a, um praestans, tis magnificus, a, um octo immensus, a, um inanis, e proximus, a, um tercenti, ae, a sexaginta mille erriticus, a, um absimilis, e rUtilus, a, um conspicuus, a, um vicfnus, a, um ffigante"us, a, um spectrins, e citerior, is ulterior, is crinitus, a, um perpetuus, a, um spissus, a, um adventitius, a, um peregrinus, a, um sempite'rnus, a, um divmus, a, um VERBA. cerno,3 crevi, turn perspicio,3 pexi, ctum sentio, 4 si, sum perietro, 1 r. scrutor.i atus sum indigo, 1 r. cogndsco, 3 vi, nitum innotesco,3 ui, — existo.3 stiti, stitum circumscribo, 3 psi, ptum complector, 3 xus sum hebesco, 3 cdnsequor,3 cutus sum Sugeo, 2 xi, ctum amplrfico, 1 r. coalesco, 3 ui, itum spiro, 1 r. vdcito.i r. sca'teo, 2 percipio,3 cepi, ptum comminiscor, 3 mentus sum pando, 3 pandi, nsum, passum stupeo, 2 ui r£pio, 3 ui, ptum exsurgo, 3 rrexi, ctum conflo.i r. obtineo, 2 ui, tentum a"mbio,4 ii, vi, turn volvo, 3 vi Utum dbruo, 3 ui, utum anteeo,4 ivi I ii I , itum sUbsequor, 3 cutus sum converto, 3 ti, sum absolvo, 3 vi Utum licet, 2 exsUpero.i r. demo, 3 psi, ptum sUbeo,4 ivi I ii I , itum supersum, esse, fui reperio.4 peri, turn insignio,* vi, turn describo, 3 psi, ptum emetior,4 emensus sum sisto,3 stiti, sta turn revertoi-,3 versus sum arbitror.i atus sum iutumo.i r. cdnglobo, 1 r, cdntorqueo.s si, rtum inte"rcido,2 di, — reor, 2 ratus sum cieo, 2 civi, citum expldro, 1 r. constat, 1 mdderor, T atus sum e'xcito, 1 r, praedico, T r, ADVERBIA. qua"si fere dppido saepenUmero atdeo p^nitus^ nihildminus quanddque Slias extrdrsum tdties haud adhuc recens necne caeterum CONIUNCTIO. ast PR.EPOSITIONES. CIS ultra 1 66 : PRINGIPIA GRAMMATICAL DE NOMINIBYS ADIECTIYIS. 74. A Nomen Adiectivum, as the words indicate (ad + iacio, I throw, I cast, I add thereto), is a companion word to the noun (nomen, the name of the thing in question), and follows, or, precedes it, according to each other's importance. The adjective so at- tached will alter, or modify the force, bearing, or relation of the Nomen Substantivum; as, casa mea; lingua Latina; duo homines. Casa, lingua, homines, the No mina Substantia, are altered in their extent of bearing by throwing the Nomina Adiec tiva, meus, a, urn, Latinus, a, urn, duo, du£, duo alongside of them. This process is called "qualifying." 75. The principle of qualifying a noun demands that the qualifying adjective be ex- actly fitted to the noun, otherwise it does not qualify. This fitting means that the adjec- tive takes its sex, or gender endings, of whatever gender (sex) the noun be (masc, fern. or neuter), and must also take the same case (Norn. Gen. &c), and the same number, as the noun has; thus: casam meam, casas meas, casas meas; lingua Latins; unus homo, unius h6minis, uni homini, unum hominem; duo homines, du6rum hdminum, du<5bus hominibus, duos hdmines, each following its own declension. 76. Adjectives qualify God, man, things; Iupiter Optimus, Maximus; Alma Ve- nus; Dii immortales! Dii boni! Deus mi! (Vocative); homo novus; vir praeclarus; homo p£rditus; ingSnuus adole*scens; matrona n6bilis; pulchemma virtus; arbor celsa, nox opica, sol surgens. a. Vast numbers of adjectives qualify persons, families, dwelling places, towns, countries alone. Grammarians call such adjectives proper names, but they are only ad- jectives, or nouns standing for adjectives, the "thing" itself being the man, the woman, the ship, town, country understood. A man gets the name of a thing (of his trade, dwell- ing place, a nick name &c.) , say, Mare, the sea, his name will be Marius, his slaves, or a follower of his, will be Mariawws, a woman, Mariana (now a days ignorantly written Marina. The ancestor is lulus his son is Iulius, (four syllables) , so the descendants; his clientele, luliinus, the female, luliina (simple people think this name to be Iulia + Anna, which latter is Hebrew); the ancester is Tullus, the son is Tullius, the daughter Tullia; so Horitus, Patritus, Sextus, Virgilis, the descendants Horat/us, Patrit/us, Sext/us, Virgil/us, &c. Some times it is a nick-name, (cum magno) Naso, hence such nouns as Lab eo Curio, Mam, P611io, Cicero, or Asim'us (veluti 4sinus, vel ha'bens a'sinum), Taurus, Ci- tulus, Cato, &c b. A man, by nationality, is (talus, Gallus, Germanus, Hisp;inus, Persa; a woman 167 ftala, Galla, Germa'na, Hispa'na, Persa; a man like them, or who lived, deal* with them; their languages, institutions, habits, what they produce, or own, are Milieus, GilUeus, GermamVus, Hispdn/ais, PeraVus, a, urn; while the country of the people is Italia, Gal- lia, Germania, Hispa'nia, Persia. Such being the case, in the names Carolina, Louisiana, Indiana, Montana, and also Oceanica, somebody must have made mistakes, for these names can only mean women, or female things, not states; these must end in -ia, as Virginia, Georgia, &c. c. Names of countries are often expressed by the name of the people, in Norn, pi., as Parisii, S£nones, Bruttii; or the neuter ending of the adjective, formed from the name of the people, as, Belgium, from Belga, Belgius, a, urn.; Tuscus, dim. Tusculus, a, urn, Tusculum: medius, a, urn, dim. mediolus, a, urn, mediolanus, a, urn, Mediolanum, i, (Milano). d. A man, living in, or belonging to, a town, municipality, a country, a place; or a thing pertaining to a locality, or owned there, made of a certain substance, animal, plant, mineral; or specifying time, season, &c.,is expressed by the formative particles -anus, a, urn, -enus, a y urn, -inus, a, urn; the a, e, i being long and accented when referring to living beings, the / usually short in lifeless substances, though not always; so Rom dims, Afridnus, mundanus, urbinus, Philadelphemis, terr&ius, Latinus, Tiburtinus, Tarenti- mus, equinus, bovinus, marinus, vespertinus, quercinus (though the more general adj. isquernus, a, urn); but serotinus, fraxinus, crastinus, pr&inus (dark green). The barbarians had their own way in employing these Latin endings, when they formed Indian, Grecian, Hungarian, Academician, physician, musician, with -us to be understood. This same barbarism is still raging in medicine and chemistry, where there is no end to formal/;;*, glyceric, morphine, cs&tine (caff£ in), cocaine (i. e. cacao-ine, mixing up first cacao with cocus nut, vulgo cocoa, next the -inus, a, urn, ending, when the Latin ending is -icus, a, urn, as cacaoticus, a, urn) , and it is pronounced by the less civilized, as eoken, when it is supposed to be co - cab - in. e. When an adj., or a noun, has the formative particle -anus, -enus, -inus, in itself already, or it has some other odd ending, as Mtdidlanum, or Parisii, -ensis, e, or -acus, a > urn, particles are employed, and then we have Mediolanus, e, or Parisians, a, urn, oth for man and thing. There is a difference, however, between -anus and -ensis; for the Utter usually implies, when contrasted with the former, that the man so qualified is but a temporary sojourner at a given place, and the same idea is implied as to things, so that \tex>anus (hispus, a, urn means hairy, shaggy, rough) is a man of that nationality, whereas Hispanmsw, is a Roman living, or doing business in Spain. So also milites, res, ztstrenses, arma castrazs/tf. Soldiers, things, arms now in the camp. Corinthus is a place, Corinth/us is a man or a thing of that place, Corinthi^s/s is a colonist of th t place, Corinthians sinus, pontus, the bay; the sea, lying at, belonging to, Corinthus. rhe man is Romanus, things of th* Romans are Romanenses, or Romanienses, or fash- oned after the Roman, tastes, Romanians, A rich man is dives, riches are divite, on i68 provarbially rich is Divitiacus (Greek mispelling and German philological affectation to the contrary not withstanding). The dwellers of Italy, after the Roman times, have badly mixed up these formative particles, and have spread their barbarism in all countries. They were no more ltali, but Italia*/, the Ind* became India**", as we find it also in an American Latin grammar, ap- plied to the American aborigines, so named by the Italian discoverers) , whereas they call- ed other dwellers of Italy, from the names of their respective provinces Colabres*. Genu- ese, Umbrese, also Francese, Anglese, Japonese, but Sicilian. Thus the -ensts, e, was found by the barbarians a handy formative particle to designate natives of the various races, and so we have to-day Anglais, Francais, Japonais, Chinese, Japonese, Portuguese. and the like. , T , r But, according to Roman usage, a citizen, or native of Italia is Italus; an Italian man is homo Italics, the woman is mulier Italica, terra, lingua Italica; the soldiers, the settler, officials of Italy in foreign countries, were called by Roman writers ^licenses. Men and things in Gallia, whether Roman or Gallus, were designated by the forma- tive -anus, a, urn, attached to the second adj., -kus % a, urn, as Gi\\\canus, a, urn, homi- nes, milites, equi, mores Gallicani, on which pattern was formed the term Ang\icanus t i- e , Roman men, horses, manners of Anglia, as a Roman provice, so that Ecclesia Ang al- cana, in Christian Roman times, is a Church, or congregations of Romans, or ot Angli> subject to Rome, doing Roman things in the fashion of Angli. From the above it must seem evident that it is not an indifferent matter what end- ings modern Latinists affix to their present names of men and places- Yet we read Phiia- delphensis, Baltimorensis, Harvardensis, Columbiensis, Yalensis, Princetoniensis, Boston- iensis, and so on, engraved on their seals, displayed on documents and buildings- 77. The most general formative of adjectives to designate material, out of which a thing consists, is -eus, a, urn, as lapideus, ligneus, chartfeus, linteus, vitreus, aureus, ar- g£nteus, fe*rreus, argiMceus, &c. 78. Oleo, 2 ui, itum, to give forth smell, and to perceive smell, in its Pres. part., olens, tis, and in a new formation, olentus, a, urn, supplies a small group of adjectives, as, violate, that smels force, violence (vis + oleo), so also vinolentus, (vmum), tcmu- le-ntus (temttum. any spirituous liquor), somnol&itus, sanguinol&itus, pulverulentus, lutuldntus, truculentus, &c • . 7 9 . Dico, volo facio, joined with an adjective, form a new set of adjectives, as, oe- nedicus, maledicus, one speaking well or illy of a person or of a thing; benzoins, maie- volus; benSficus, malleus, magnificus, munificus; munus, ens, m, a present, a g , man giving freely. . i« 80. QualiH and talis lend themselves as formative particles for producing adjec lives suitable to answer the question they imply, leaving off the qu and It, as «tion4IB e, nationals, animalis, rivalis, coniugalis, hyemalis, autumnuhs, cap.tahs, fiha hs be lis, patru^is, and changing into i, long, when of human, as, vinlis, senilis, puenhs, 169 i short, when referring to things, as, fictilis, ductilis, hibilis, humilis, gracilis, f^cilis* difficilis, fl£bilis, fertilis, &c. 81. Odi, odisse, to hate, a defective verb, but used by many authors in a regular form, having a regular perfect in osus sum, like a Deponent; but as an adj., it is exosus, a, uniy hateful. Joined with nouns in -osus, a, urn, form, it creates adjectives somewhat of an ironical or disparaging imputation, as = scabidsus, a, urn, fr. scabo, 3 scabi, to scrape, to scratch, to itch, scurfy, itchy, scabby (whence schaben, shave, shabby) ; glo- ridsus, bragging, mulierosus, too fond of women ; pannosus, ragged; nummdsus, pecu- nidsus, whence libellus famosus, or libellus diffamatorius (not ^-famatorius, as has also crept into English, for it does not imply the idea of pealing off, taking off, like a gar- ment), any written or printed matter scattering, diffusing, disseminating bad reputation, now called in English libel, criminal libel. 82. Unda, x, a wave, in its form as a compound verb, abundo, 1 f., the waves running over, to overflow, also supplies a few adjectives, as, abundans, tis, redundans, tis, particularly in -cundus, -undus, -bundus, a, urn, shape, as, iocabundus, in a jocking, humorous mood, iracundus, verecundus, furibundus, ludibundus, pudibundus, vaga- bundus, &c. 83. Udor, is, moisture, uvidus, a, urn, moist, wet, is the source of many adjecti- ves, as, ma'didus, humidus, frigidus, cilidus, foetidus, lucidus, fulgidus, tdbidus, dbidus, aMgidus, callidus, sdrdidus, feVvidus, paVidus, ldnguidus, maVcidus, rigidus, &c. 84. Fero, and gero, I carry, I wear, compounded with a noun, form a number of adjectives, as, lucifer, a, urn, signifer, velifer, fructifer, furcifer, cdrniger, a, urn, liniger, mdriger, l£thifer, armifer, 2rmiger. 85. One of the most fertile formatives is the -a'rius, a, urn, ending, the origin of v/hich is obscure. It may come from utor, usura, or it may be the suffix -or, -drius, simply modified for the purpose, for, in meaning they are parallel to some extent, this relating to the subject, to other, in most cases to a subjective object, i. e., a person, re- cipient of the action, as, donatdm/s, is the adj. of donator, the gift-giver, while dona- tes is either the person receiving the gift, or the thing so donated. Very frequently it denotes a person by his occupation, as, notarius, a man writing with signs, notse, not with letters, a short hand writer; pardrius, partia'rius, tabernarius, carpentaVius, legati- nus, beneficiarius, emiss^rius, mandatirius, dentaVius, ocula'rius; the neuter ending, -urn denotes the thing, the place, &c, as, grananum, loca'rium (store or other rent), colum- barium, armarium, calenddrium, poma'rium. Most of these are used as nouns. 86. Besides the above there are many other particles forming adjectives, such as, -bilis, e, (from habeo), ha'bilis, rationa'bilis, optdbilis, &c, -ivus, a, urn, as festivus, fur- tivus; -itius, a, um } from the pps. of verbs, as, emptitius, adventitius, ementitius; almost all the present participles, as diligens, tis, £minens, cdntinens, parens, infans, &c, and a number of verbs from adjectives, by assuming -ax, ex, endings, as, tenax, tenuis, dicax, is, mordax, loquax, audax, capax, vindex, icis, prsecox, cdcis, victrix, &c. 170 87 With this fuller acquaintance with the Latin adjectives, we may now group them, on the same lines as heretofore, into three sets, according to their terminations, as: ( -us, a, um, like longus, rectus, plenus, a, urn GROUP A-l " er » a ' um ' like inte 2 er > tener ' P ulcher ' a ' um ( -ur, ft, um, like satur, ura, um, camur, mura, um a We known already that all these adjectives are declined just like nouns of the same endings, in -us, -er, and -um,they following the II. declension, while in, -a they are declined in the I. b. Some adjectives of -er throw off this e when we apply other endings, as, Integra, nulchra integram, pulchram, whereas tener, liber do not, and, accordingly we say, te- Lra, libera, teneram, liberam. The two -ar, a, um adjectives follow this same rule, and we say, sfturam, dmuram, sfturis, c4muris. r m. f ». ) -er, is, e, as, f is, is, e, as, 5 J -er, is, e, as, ifcer, a*cris, *cre, c£leber, bris, bre brevis, brevis, breve, tenuis, is, e -er, -es, -ur, as pauper, is, dives, itis, cicur, is , -ns, as ingens, tis, diligens, tis GROUP C ~) -ior, ior, ius, as m&or, malor, mams -ex, -ix, -ox, as *udax, d&is, senex, senis, felix, felicis, velox, 6cis. -ax, c. As no adjectives belong to IV and V, while all adjectives of Group A belong to II, I II, it must follow that the III must take all the rest. The difference between the ad- jectives of Group B and Group C is, tot the first set has three endings (although he -is is e type is called "is, e>" and "adjectives of two endings, because m and /. are alike), while the second set (Group C), excepting the comparatives of all adjectives (-101, ior ius), consists of adjectives of one ending for all three genders, so that we say. to pauper, hoc pauper, hoc pauper; and, since they have no gender endings, for the sake of grouping we add the Genitive ending, thus: pauper, pauperis. d One adjective, N^.pluris, has but one ending in sing., the neuter form of the comparative degree, but in pi. it is regular: plures, plures, plura; gen plunum, for all three; Dat pluribus, all three; Ace. like the Norn., Voc. same, Abl. like the Dat. e The adj. nequam is altogether indeclinable, in the positive degree; in the compa- rative'it is ndquior, ndquior, nequius, regular, and in the superlative, nequissimus. a, um, the most malicious, most wicked, regular. 88. Popular usage has interchanged the endings of a few adjectives, so that they I7i have two forms now. Disregarding derivation and philological caprice, 1 place into the first row the forms most used; they are: f«*««"uw exanimis, e, and exanimus, a, um, lifeless hilaris, e, " hilarus, a, um, gay inermis, e, inermus, a, um, unarmed opulentus, a, um, " dpulens, tis, wealthy The adj. necesse is also indecl., having absolutely no other form, and seems to be compounded from nee + esse; wherefore it governs the subject into Dative, and demands as a complement the times of a sum - es - est, thus: mihi necesse est, 1 am compelled to; nobis necesse erat, we had got to; si tibi necesse fuisset, hadst thou been compelled- omnibus hommibus necesse est mori, it is incumbent upon all man that they die all men must die. - But this adj. has also an other, full form, necessarius, a um. DE COMPARATIONE ADIECTIVORVM. 89. Qualities of things are either absolute, or relative. In the former case the qual- ity is fixed, admitting no change or measurement, or degrees, as, when I say, dead No person, or animal can be more dead, or less dead. Quite a number of qualities belongs to this class, as: Romanus, vivus, ligneus, for no Roman is more Roman than another living, wooden, &c. 90. Some qualities are seemingly absolute; yet, since the terms are poetically or otherwise applied figuratively, or not to the proper subject, they are taken to be relative- such for inst., are the bodily defects, as: ccecus, a, um, blind, surely an absolute quality' for a person is either blind, of not blind; balbus, a, um, a stammerer, blxsus a um a lisp, mutilus, a, um, mamed; claudus, a, um, lame; valgus, a, um, bow-legged; virus a, um, knock-kneed; luscus, a, um, one eyed, calvus, a, um, bald; &c Hither can be added the colors, as, niger, gra, um, candidus, a, um, ruber, bra, um, flavus, a, um vnidis, e, c;eruleus, a, um, cinerfeus, a, um, &c, some of which will admit real com- paratives, some only with an auxiliary, some none at all. 91. While, as a principle, only relative qualities are graded, both upward and down- ward, as, large, larger, largest, or few, fewer, fewest, and colors are relative qualities still it is not customary to say black, blacker, blackest, white, whiter, whitest but we grade these adjectives by the aid of other adjectives, and say, dark blue, light yellow or by nouns, jet black, coal black, snow white. 92. Adjectives are compared, or measured on three grades, or degrees, Gradus Po- siltvus, Gradus Comparative, and Gradus Supetlativus, thus: 172 Gradus Positivus Gradus Comparative -us, a, um, longus, a, um rectus, a, um -is, is, e brevis, is, e levis, is, e -n8, tis diligens, -ax, audax, -ix, -ox, -ix, felix, ex, ox, precox -ex, simplex -ilis, e faalis, e difficilis, e humilis, e gracilis, e similis, e dissimilis, e -er, a, um integer, gra, um -er, is, e icer, 2cris, acre -er pauper -dicus, mal£dicus, a, um, -ficus magnificus, a, um -volus benevolus, a, um longior, ior, ius rectior, ior, ius br£vior, ior, ius lSvior, ior, ius dilig£ntior, ior, ius audacior, ior, ius felicior, ior, ius prasc6cior, ior, ius simplicior, ior, ius facilior, ior, ius difficilior, ior, ius humilior, ior, ius gracilior, ior, ius similior, ior, ius dissimilior, ior, ius interior, ior, ius icrior, ior, ius paupenor, ior, ius maledic£ntior, ior, ius magnific6ntior, ior, ius benevolSntior, ior, ius Or- Superlativus longissimus, a, um rectissimus, a, um brevissimus, a, um levissimus, a, um diligentissimus, a, um, audacissimus, a, um felicissimus, a, um, prascocissimus, a, um simplicissimus, a, um facillimus, a, um difficillimus, a, um humillimus, a, um gracillimus, a, um simillimus, a, um dissimilimus, a, um integ£rrimus, a, um acerrimus, a, um paup£rrimus, a, um maledicentissimus, a, um magnificentissimus, a,um benevolentissimus, a, um ADIECTIVA A N 6 M A L A. 93. A certain small group of adjectives, as though worn out by most frequent uj is irregular in all languages, and some parts of them are entirely lost, but repaired as| were, by borrowing remnants of other words, from unknown sources. Thus, m English, good in Compar. will be better, in Superl. best, entirely strange words. bonus, a, um, mains, a, um, magnus, a, um, parvus, a, um, multus, a, um meliot , ior, ius p£ior, pe*ior, pel us miior, ior, mams minor, nor, minus plus (pluris) optimus, a, um pgssimus, a, um maximus, a, um minimus, a, um pliirimus, a, um a. The adj. dives, dMHs, just like many verbs, may drop its vi, in comparative 17* and superlative, as ditior, ditior, diiius, or it may retain it, as divitior, divitior, divitius, and ditissimus, a, um, or divitissimus, a, um, the richest, or very rich; but, of course, it cannot be employed of food, for that is Anglicism. b. Frugi, is properly a noun in Dat., fr. frux, frugis, particularly in pi., fruges, frugum, whatever good things the earth bears, produce, whence fruor, frui, fruitus, or fructus sum, to enjoy, whence fructus, us, fruit; so whatever is serviceable as fruit, pro- duce; therefore, a man, useful, upright, rational, modest, economical, frugal: homo frugi, a sober, frugal, conservative, righteous man. This adj. takes no other endings; but its comparative and superl. are fruga'lior, ior, ius, frugalissimus, a, um. ADIECTIVA ADVERBIALIA. 94. Certain particles, serving both as propositions and adverbs, assume adjectival forms by receiving certain formative endings; as, clam, w- Abl., (clam patre, without the knowledge of the father,) on the sly, seeretely; also as adv., efTugit clam; having also a kind of dimin form, cldnculum, stealthily. Its adj. form is clandestinus, a, um, secret, underhanded, sneaky. These are of two kinds : fl.» with two different superlatives, as: Adv. Adj. Compar. 1st Superl. 2nd Superl. extra, exterus, a, um, exterior, ius, extre*mus, a, um, e*xtimus, a, um infra, inferus, a, um, inferior, ius, infimus, a, um, imus, a, um, super, superus, a, um, superior, ius, supre*mus, a, um, siimmus, a, um. post, ptfsterus, a, um, posterior, ius, postre'mus, a, um, pdstumus, a, ur b. t while the following have no positive degrees, the adverbs themselves filling that place, as: Adv. Comparative Superlative citra, cite'rior, ior, ius, citimus, a, um, intra, interior, ior, ius, intimus, a, um, ultra, ulterior, ior, ius, liltimus, a, um, prope, prdpior, ior, ius, proximus, a, um, prae, prior, prior, prius, primus, a, um, c. The Positive of the upper group is seldom used in singular, but quite frequently in pi., as £xtera gentes, foreign nations; superi. orum are the Gods, of the Heavens, fnferi- orum are the Gods of the Underworld; p6steri, orum, are the descendants. Their Super- latives differ in this way: extr£mus, a, um, the farthest end, £xtimus, a, um, is the out most; infimus, a, um, the lowest, imus, a, um, farthest down in the depth. Supr£mus, a, um, highest up, siimmus, a, um, is the paramount, the chief, the utmost. Postre'mus, a, *74 urn, is the hindermost, whereas p6stumus (pronounce pdstumus), a, urn is most used of children (also of the young of animals) last born, i., e., after which no other was born; most particularly of children born after the father's death. For this reason the word for centuries was spelled (as it is still spelled in English, and other modern languages) post + humus, after earth, after inhumation, but this is now exploded. Figuratively it is also used of literary products published after the author's death. COMPARATIO DEFECTIVA. 95. The following three adjectives lack Positive degree, and are used in Gompara- tive and Superlative only: detenor, ior, ius, worse, detirrimus, a, urn 6cyor, ior, ius, sooner, 6cyssimus, a, urn potior, ior, ius, of more consequence potissimus, a, urn 96. These few have no Comparatives: falsus, a, urn, untrue diversus, a, urn, different, inclytus, a, urn, distinguished, novus, a, urn, new, sacer, sacra, urn, hallowed, mentus, a, urn, deserved, falsissimus, a, um diversissimus, a, um inclytissimus, a, um novissimus, a, um, the latest sacerrimus, a, um meritissimus, a, um 97. Adjectives formed from verbs by the particles -ilis, -bilis, and a few others, lack Superlatives; as: igilis, e, deft, agil m6bilis, e, wavering agrestis, e, uncouth to the same class belong: dgilior, ior, ius mobilior, ior, ius agrestior, ior, ius Placer, cris, ere, brisk iter, 4tra, itrum, dark, black coecus, a, um, blind declivis, e, sloping diuturnus, a, um, long lasting longinquus, a, um, far, distant surdus, a, um, deaf vulgaris, e, ordinary, common teres, teretis, rounded opimus, a, um, fattened, rich propinquus, a, um, lying near protSrvus, a, um, brazen-faced salutaVis, e, conducive sdtur, tura, um, satiated »7? to which must be added: adolescens, tis, a growing lad, or girl adolescentior, ior, ius iuvenis, is, young, a youth, junior, senex, senis, old, old man, senior, Note. — Under 76, *, we mentioned Persa. a man of Persian nationality, so is Belga, Turca, &c. This is a group of defective adjectives, almost all of them serving as masculine nouns. To this group belong incola, an inhabitant; dccola, a dweller - by; alunigena, a foreigner, a person born elsewhere; indigena, a native, (do not say "na- tive born", it is absurd: "native" means "born"). Late Romans felt the necessity of forcing these latter two adjectives into -us, a, urn, shapes, but we should not imitate that, but say "equus indigena", as has Apuleius, the adj. having one ending, that of I, and all of them must be so declined, whatever the gender may be. So ddvena, may be a male or female stranger, "a comer," arriver, whereas ndvita, or, contracted, nauta a boat hand, or sailor, auriga, a coachman, scurra, a clown, scriba, a clerk, &c-, are sup- posed to mean male persons only. COMPARATIO PERIPHRASTICA. 98. Some adjectives, as has been stated, will not admit any grading, or comparison, others will suffer such in a poetical, or rhetorical style; still others, owing to the difficulty of pronunciation, cannot well take the endings. Moreover, there are some very fine grad- es and .shadings in the meaning of some of the adjectives, for the expression of which the ordinary Comparatives and Superlatives are either too weak, or too coarse In al such cases we resort to periphrasis, circumlocution. 99. Particles of speech, whose function is to qualify the adjectives, either raising or owenng, intensifying or checking, rendering the meaning solemn, ironical, or ridiculous xc, are the ad verb! a, adverbs. a. For the positive degree, (0 Upwards: valde, perquam, idmodum, mire, miro modo, mirum in modum water morem, magndpere, summopere, non parum, haud parum, &c Examples: valde dives, perquam doctus, admodum peritus, very versed, mire cra- us exceedingly acceptable, or grateful; idmodum scitus, or very frequently invtrted otus admodum, very clever; miro modo cultus, wonderfully cultured; mirum in mo- lum sagax, alert, quick witted to a wonderful degree, prater modum audax, bold beyond neasure; magnopere studidsus, immensely energetic, striving; summopere cautus, ex- ^ea.ng^y cautious; non parum eruditus, quite scholarly; haud parum effieax, efficient to i?6 (2) Admodum is frequently joined with the noun puer, turning it into an adj., forming the idiom admodum puer, as: Linguam Latinam admodum puer didici, I have learned Latin when but a mere child. (3) Adv. multo, joined with mane, makes multo mane, very early morning. (4) Per and prce can be joined with some adjectives to intensify their qualifying powers, as: homo ^rdoctus, a very well informed man; culter prxacutus, a pretty sharp knife; and ve- as vegrandis, of vast size. (5) Downwards: satis, satis superque, utique, utcunque, mediocriter, vix, vixdum, vix ac ne vix quidem, parum, perparum, asgre, male, nequidquam, nequaquam, haud ita &c ' Examples: satis, satis superque versatus, sefficiently experienced; is, utique, semper naratus est, he, of course, to be sure, is always ready; u+cunque superbus, no matter how proud; mediocriter facundus, eloquent to mediocrity; vix, vixdum dignus, scarcely worthy vix ac ne vix quidem liberals, scarcely, or even less than scarcely liberal; parum, Deroarum humanus, little, very little obliging; xgre contentus, ill contented; male sanus, not well balanced in mind; nequidquam (nequicquam, as some spell it; different in mean- ing from ne or nee quidquam, though the same word, notwithstanding philological contention to the contrary; most used with verbs) frustra, Apuleius, altogether in vain, quite uselessly; nequaquam verum, not at all true; haud ita multum, not so very C Note. — The particle ve, modifies perhaps only two or three adjectives in this di- rection, as; vtors, insensate, and vesinus, insane. b. For the Comparative degree: (1) The most regular adverb for comparing adjectives upward, is magis, the ad- verbial comparative of magnus, a, urn, as, magis utile, more useful; downward, minus adv. compar. of parvus, a, urn, as: minus utile, less useful. Notice that here the degree is imparted by the adverbs, the adjectives themselves being in Positive degree- It follows that both adv. and adj. could not be in Compar. deeree as: magis, or minus utilior. You will also notice that, like in English, the bear- ing and power of the periphrastic form is never the same as that of the simple form, as: wis*/, and more wise, are not exactly identical, so in Latin, sapientior, and magis sapiens do not mean exactly the same thing; just like in the verbs. (2) All the adverbs employed in the Positive degree to qualify the adjectives are out of place here; but those befitting the Comparative, are usually also suitable for the Superlative but they cannot be in the Comparative or Superlative, as magis, or nj nus for we'eannot say magis doctt* minus long/or: the adv. must be in the Positive decree. These are few; as: multo longior, longe doctior. paullo brevior, oppido maioi. "quo plus, more than reasonable; iusto severior, unduly strict; dicto celenus quicker hj intakes to say it; quo 6cyus. eo melius, the sooner, the better; parum rectius, a little, or little more right, or straight. "77 Note 1. Multum, and dictum, are really n. nouns in Abl., fully coinciding with what we called "Ablative of Comparison," as, for instance, Alius minor est patre pater maior est filw, where the objects of the comparison are in Abl., the quam being omitted. Parum on the other hand is in Accusative. We have several such nouns and adjectives in Ace and Abl., serving this purpose alone, as we shall see below. - The quo and eo, also tan/o — quanto, or inverted, quanto - tanto are similarly employed in Abl. as- quanto plus, tanto peius, the more of it, the worse it is. - Long* is the regular type of the adv. formed from adjectives- Note 2. — When two qualities of the same noun are compared, as, for inst , this fable is longer than wide, it is customary in Latin to put both adjectives into Compara- ble degree and say: mensa ista est ldngior quam latior. Grammarians make a cast iron rute of this usage, but the Roman authors do say also, mensa, ista est longior quam lata See Exer. Legendi, 6i. t «. N °!? 3 ; _ The P ° Wer ° f the Latin Com P ara tive degree somewhat differs from that of the other languages, in as much as it expresses not only a comparatively higher degree for instance: vicinus noster opulentior nobis est, our neighbor is wealthier than are we here we have a real comparative; but, if 1 say, vicinus noster vir opulentior est the sent- ence will mean: our neighbor is a rather wealthy gentleman, or a wealthier kind of. C. For the Superlative degree. • (1 2 T ! ie r f. SUlar gnding Sdverb 0f Superlative, upward, is maxime, downward mi- nime , the -standing principle remaining that the adjective has no superlative of its own the adverb leading that power. But if the adj. does have a superlative of its own for we do use periphrasis quite often even in that case, for the different shadings it imparts hen the adj. must stand in the Positive degree, thus: puer hie moribus maxime idoneus,' his boy owing to his good moral qualities, is most suitable. Here the adj., idoneus cannot be graded, hence the periphrasis, the adj. remaining in its Posrtive degree bu- rT rh-T 1 " 16 St ° SU ! f' SimUl £tiam ParentibllS maxime obs ^ uens . et minim gar-' rulus, this boy is a very studious one, at the same time he is also very submissive to his parents, and the least talkative. =>numissive to nis H. (2> 7 h !u SUP r la ^ Ve admitS many more qualifying adverbs, both upwards and downwards, than the Comparative, particularly exaggerations. The most oiZry are multo, longe, the Genitive pi. of the object of comparison (because we really do no ompare the abstract quality, but the subject, bearing the quality and the Hubert being a noun, ,t must necessarily put the other nouns, or their representatives, into Genitive) or the preposition ex, with its Abl., or inter, w. Ace, or a P ud. w. Ace. n this manner - multo maxima pars, by fa the largest part; Apud Helvetios longe CnobinsLS £fc orix S M *■! C Si?' ^ the " dvetii by fo the »*W «« ^e S t (manias ol" Zn;,p i ° mnmm Romanorum fuit eloquentissimus; M. Ter. Varro inter omnes Romanos doetissimus fuit; acerrimus autem ex omnibus nostris sensTbus else 178 sensum videndi (Cic de Or. 287) the keenest of all our senses to be our sense of seeing. Exaggerations in praise or in vituperation are incomparably done in Latin by the stately issimus, a, urn, with, or without adverbial expletive phrases, such as: hominum, or patrum memoria, within men's or our fathers' recollection, toto quam late patet terra- rum orbe, in, or on, upon all the orb of the earth as far and wide as it is open (for pe- netration); toto coelo, by a whole heavens; oppido, by a town-size, &c. (3) Roman grammarians of the different ages, from Varro to Priscianus, i., e., from the Classical age to the end of the fifth century, were themselves divided as to the spell- ing and pronunciation of the -Aims, a, urn, ending of the Superlative, including the -thus ending of the IV, and, generally of the u standing for i, in places like carnrfex existmio, and the like. This dispute has drawn in also y % in lacryma, hyems, satyra, Sylla, and it is still going on, teachers of Latin, even without sufficient information in genera lin- zuistry, paleography, inscriptions, and the works of the Roman grammarians, will join in it, by copying oddities from German pedants. Latin orthography has never been de- finitely settled For nearly seven centuries no grammars existed, usage by the most cul- tured speakers and writers was the model to go by. All the grammars that arose later, were mere treatices, and the language died out long before a system could have been worked out. It is only our own age that has produced systematized grammars. Reason and good taste, therefore, would seem to demand, that we should not affect a better knowledge of Latin than the Romans themselves professed, nor to prescribe how the Romans ought to have spoken. The facts, therefore, are: (a) short i. like in wr, and virtus, in the old form of speech, (ante-classical, and classical), had the sound of German u (French u)\ this sound thinned out into our present i (English ee), long, or short, and so it survived. (b) Everybody knew the words and their sounds; few could read or write; those who did know, there being no dictionaries, they wrote "phonetically," i. e., following the ears As the y represented the Greek v (ii) sound, and this answered the sound of the unaccented u (while the accented u was rendered in Greek by ov\ it was natural that i t u zndy got mixed up. Accordingly, when a word was known to be Roman, % and u were interchanged, and opttmus, optwmus, existmio and existwmo, port/bus and porta bus, carmfex and carnufex were written, though always pronounced the same way, i. e., by u. When, on the other hand, the word seemed to be Greek, like in Sylla, lacryma, satyra, hyems, sylva, the more conservative and more learned used the j\ the more de- mocratic employed either of the other two letters. Whilst Quintilianus may well protest that iht genre of Satyr* was entirely "ours," he does not say that the name was; and tf he did he could not say that the word must be spelled satira or sat*ra. But be it spelled satira 'satwra, or satyra, the pronunciation will be the same, satura. The spelling is im- material, the word is the thing. I keep to the conservative, Roman scholarly spelling and pronunciation, quia, "Praetor minima non curat." Caesar favored the u 179 (4) Besides those adjectives which by their nature cannot admit grading, like m6r- tuus, nitus, vivus, Romanus, ligneus, &c, and those which are already superlatives in themselves, like primus, ultimus, imus, m£dius, &c, some others belong to this group, which, though admitting gradation in the abstract, will refuse the endings. Such are the ones with -us, a y urn preceded by a vowel, as: idoneus, apt, fit; vaoius, empty, vacant; necessirius, egr£gius, prominent, excellent, irduus, steep, difficult; pius, devoted, aflec- tionate, though in Church-Latin its superl. is quite frequent, as piissimus. To this group must be added the adjectives in icus, idus, inus, <5nus, as: modicus, a little: rubidus, reddish; peregrinus, a stranger; sonorus, sonorous, well-sounding; then: cadiicus, down- falling, perishable; dnus, gray-haired; cicur, tame; claudus, ferus, wild; gna'rus, know- ing; memor, mindful, mirus, wonderful, praeditus, gifted with; lastly those formed of nouns and verbs: inceps, -cipitis, doubful; inops, is, without means; magnanimus; p£- stifer, a, um; rega'lis, e, royal. The Comparatives and the Superlatives of these, and similar adjectives, are thus formed: Gracilis Positives Qr. Comparative Gr. Superlativus innocuus harmless magis inndcuus more harmless mixime inndcuus most harmless inge'unus wellborn magis ing£nuus mdxime ing£nuus idoneus magis indoneus mdxime iddneus c6ngruus agreeing minus congruus less minime congruus least sospes hale minus sospes minime sospes praxeps headlong minus praxeps minime praxeps ime process can be applied to the regular, as: bedtus happy doctus magis beatus minus doctus mdxime beatus minime doctus Note. — The adj. parvus, recognized irregular, is also used regularly by technical writers, like Vitruvius, who freely employes the forms pdrvior, parvissimus, a, urn. 100. Qualifying. — Let us learn the principle once and for all, that a noun is qualified by an adjective; an adjective, a verb, and an adverb are qualified by an adverb; a letter, a written letter, a well written letter; litteras, littene scripts, litter* bene scri- i8o ptae. Any one saying, or writing in English, "he knows full well," makes a mistake, be- cause well is an adverb, full is an adjective; he must say, "he knows fully well," qualify, ing an adverb by an adverb. < § While in English we find no difficulty in understanding inscriptions like •Village Cash Steam Bakery," i. e., four nouns placed side by side disconnected, in Latin we could not understand wether the village were cash, cash were steam, or the village cashed steam, or steamed cash, baked cash, baked steam, or villaged the bakery. Exactness and precision are demanded by Latin, as the standards of right thinking, well-disciplined mind, and of refined tastes. Nouns will not qualify nouns in Latin, excepting in a few instances, such as, vir optimae indolis, a gentleman of the best character, using Genitive for an acquired quality, and puer magno dpite, a boy (with) a big head, Ablative with an inborn quality. In English, like in the French and Italian, Spanish, &c, as having no formal Genitives, but using the Latin preposition de, or its equivalent of, along with an Abl., though the nativ- es think that it is a Genitive, use this Ablative for qualifying a great variety for things. The real English Genitive, i.e., the -w of the 111. decl. cut down into 's, as "At Mr. Brown's," is not employed for qualifying, excepting as possession, and "in honor of," as is the case of churches, schools, hospitals, and similar institutions; as: Saint Peter's Church, Samaritan Hospital, Mount Desert University, in which cases "Peter's" is Ge- nitivus Possessivus, Samaritan and Mt. Desert are adjectives. With classical precedents before us, we shall say of the first ad Saudi Petri, asdes, fanum, templum to be understood; or expressed, as, Fanum (aides, templum) Divi Petri. In the other cases we must use adjectives, as: Valetudinarium Samaritanum, Uni- versitas Scientiarum Deserto-Montanum, Columbianum, or, if named after a founder or benefactor, we shall say: Academia de Brown, i. e., de nomine viri Brown sic appellata, nomine Brown nuncupata, or, viro, nomine Brown, dicata, vota, sacra. "Professor N. N. (nomen), of Riverbank College," does not mean that he is the property of the buildings, or of the corporation, i. e., of is not the mark of a Genitive, but of an Ablative, as stated above. Collegium means a gathering of teachers, or masters, and Prof. N. N. is one out o/them; wherefore, we say: Magister N- N., e Collegio Ripario- Fluviali. As to Churches, denominations and clergy the following principles should be observed. A. The Roman Church having authentic and full Roman succession, has also ter- minology essentialy Roman, such as sacerdos, Pontifex, ara, sacrificium, hostia, celebra- re, &c. On the other hand, many of her technical terms are either latest Greek, vulgar- Latin of the post Roman age, or a large number of words and phrases, are Hebraic Still, the better Latinists of the Roman Curia, and the clergy generally, have always preference for pure, untainted Roman Latin. Accordingly, the Pontiff is Pontifex Romanus; the Church is Coetus Rumanus (for the vulgar Ecclesia)] the clergy, Clerus Romanus; the priest, Sacerdos displicime, iurisdictionis, obediential Romanae; the bishop, Episcopus (Greek) disciplinx Roman*; the religious orders, Clerus Regularis, Ordines Religiosi; i8i the Benedictine Order, Ordo Divi Benedicti (but it might be better: Ordo de Divo Be- nedicto), or, in street language, Benedictini. The orders of women: Nonnce (nuns, a Ro- man word, meaning something like aunties), a later name, Virgines Sanctimoniales, fr sanctimonia, saintliness, holiness. As Orders, like above: Ordo Divas (Sanct* a less proper expression) Ursulas, or, Ordo de Diva Ursula, de Divo Dominico, de Diva Scholastica, &c. B. Those outside of Roman obedience, called erroneously Protestantes, for the classical form Obtestantes, expresses that idea, are Sect*, like Secta3 Stoicorum Academicorum, Epicuri, Philosophorum, meaning a "School," its individual followers massecla; as: Secta Palaao Catholicorum, Gallicanorum, Anglicanorum, Episcopalium Presbyteralium, Methodicorum, Baptistarum, Anabaptistarum, Ccetualium (Congregatio- nalium); their clergy: clerus, clerici, prasdicatores, pastores, curatores animarum; the individual: Reverendus N. N., Minister (Pradicator) Ritus Lutherici, Galviniani, An- glicani, &c. DE ABLATIVO ADIECTIVORVM. 101. Grammarians have devised many rules and exceptions for the terminations of the adjectives of the III declension in Ablative singular, for this alone is in doubt the Ablatives of I and II being fixed and immutable. The Abl. s. in III. ends in -e, or -/. The question is, which of the adjectives (of the nouns we shall see elsewhere) will take -e> which will prefer =/. How must we say: Viro audace, puella suavi, puero petulante? or Viro audaci, puella suave, puero petulanti? The interest of the Latin language is, that it should not become hateful on account of pedantry of which the Latin grammars have become the storehouse. Priscianus does not justify any such. I abide by his simple principles, and I generalize the rest. Accordingly: a. All adjectives that will take -ia in Norn. pi. n., and -turn, in Gen. pi., will end in -i in Abl. sing. b. All other adjectives, wether they do, or do not take increment in the oblique ca- ses; wether they end in -is, e, -x, or -ps, or any other double or two or three consonants- find examples in Roman authors both for Abl. e, and Abl. i. Romans in this matter were guided by two principles, euphonia, or the sound most pleasing to the ears, by breaking the monotony of e-e-e into i, and versa vice, from i-i-i into e; and prosodia, or quantity, i. e., the longness or shortness of the syllables: form- ing the words e being always short, i always long. As the adj. usually follows the noun, and bears the stress, there can be no reason for wondering if -/ was the prevalent and dominant ending, while e formed the exception. Wherefore, (1) Ail adjectives, including present participles, should end in -i in the Ablative of the third declension. 1 82 (2) Present participles, when they are employed as pure verbs, as is the case in the Ablativus Absolutus (sole orient*, aviculae canunt, puero discent* soror tacet), or nouns, as continent*, parent* confluent*, should end in e; but if they are adjectives, must follow the rule of the adjectives. (3) When we know that the Norn. pi. n. ends in a, and, as a consequence, Gen. pi. ends in -urn (instead of -ium and -ia, respectively) the Abl. sing, of the adjective may be -*; as: pater ambulat cum homine pauper* (pauper, Norn, pi n. -pern, Gen. pi. -per- um); but, if we said, -cum homine pauper/, we commit no mistake. — So also bipes, bi* pedis, Abl. bipeda, Norn. pi. n. bipeda, Gen. pi. bipedum; the same quadrupes, dis, da, dum, no matter what other books may teach; almost all other adjs. are -ija, ium; but all the comparatives are — a, urn, and in Abl. may be either * or i. A D V E R B I A. 102. Here we mean those adverbs alone, which are formed from adjectives. Adverbs of this kind are parts of speech, which answer the question, How? — qu6modo? — qui? quem^dmodum? — as: well, badly, swiftly, bene, male, celenter. 103. Adverbs, as stated above, qualify, verbs (hence their name: ad + verbum), adjectives, and adverbs, but no nouns, for we cannot say a badly booh, a harshly voice, while we may well say, a badly printed book; a very poorly illustrated book, liber ma- lus, liber valde malus, liber misere pactus, liber perquam misere pactus, et miserrime illustratus. 104. The most frequent use of adverbs is with verbs: How do I speak? qui, or, qu6" modoloquor? I speak slowly, lente loquor; he spoke eloquently, diserte loquebiitaV; speak clearly and distinctly, 16quere dirt et distincte! Loquere Latine! speak Latin (ly, i. e., like a Latin); scisne Latine? do you know Latin (ly to speak?). Latine satis bene cflleo, sed Graece minus bene, I am quite, or sufficiently well, versed in (speaking) Latin (-ly), but Greek (-ly) less well- Note 1. — Grammars and teachers of modern languages are entirely mistaken when they assume, and teach, that, in phrases: I speak English, 1 speak French, German, &c, the verb is transitive, and English, French, German, &c, are direct objects in Accu- sative. Latin shows what the truth is. The verb is intransitive, and the supposed objects are adverbs, English/?, French/?, German/?, i. e., in the manner, after the, according to the manner of--.. The cause of the misunderstanding is the absence of endings, so glorified in by the modernists, and some of the adjectives, at least in English, bearing ad- verbial endings, or none at all, as: he works hard, an adj. for the regular adv. hard/y. should we insert, and use the adv. as we should, "he works hardly," the meaning wit also be inverted- Hence the Latin endings are invaluable. i8, Note 2. — "English," "French," "German" can also be direct objects of the verb "to speak;" but they will be only adjectives, and the real object, "language," must be expressed: ''I speek the English language," loquor linguam Anglicam, Gallicam, Ger- manicam;" but we could not say, "Loquor Anglicum," in neuter, nor in feminine, w. "lingua" understood. This is the false assumption of the teachers of modern tongues. — We have a third way in Latin, for we can say, "Loquitur lingua* Latina\" i. e., with Ablative, a kind of "means." Note 3. — Modern linguists equally mistake when they ask a person of another nationality, wether he, or she has the knowledge of this or that tongue, and use the ex- pression, "Do you speak? Parlete voi? Parlez vous? Sprechen Sie? The person so ask- ed, ought to answer: "If 1 did, you would hear it. ' The question is not, wether one does or does not speak, but whether he, or she, can, does he, or she know how to speak. In Lau'n we ask it rationally: "Scisne Latine?" or "Callestne Latine?" "Dost thou know," "Canst thou Latinly?" "Clever thou art Latinly?" 105. As there are two main groups of adjectives, one of the II declension, and the other of the III, so the adverbs are formed one vvay from the one group, and another way from the other group. — To form an adv. from an adj. of group A, take off the -us, a, urn, whether Positive or Superlative degree, and substitute an -e\ v/hich in all the adverbia of this group is long, excepting bene, male, superne, inferne; as: Adj. Adv. Super!, Adv. GROUP A longus, crassus, pulcher, long£ crass£ pulchre\ longissimus, crassissimus, pulcheVrimus, longissim£ crassissim£ pulcherrim6 The process of forming adverbia from the adjectives of the Groups B and C of the III. declension is this: leave off the s of the Genitive of the adjectives proper, and sub- stitute the ending -iter; in the present participles omit the -is of the Gemtive, and sub- stitute °er, in this way: adj. brevis, Genit. breVis, cut off s, add -ter, and you have brivt- ter. In diligens, Genit. dilig£nt/s, leave 4s off, put -er in the place, and you obtain dili- ginter. Therefore: Adj. Adv. Pres. part. Adv. br£vis br&viter diligens dilig£nter tinuis itnxxiler fervens fer venter 6R0UPS B & G gravis griviter reVerens xtwtxintet felix itWtiter urgens uvg&nter tenax ttniciter £minens tmminier Note 1. — Of this group audaxjdcilis and difficilis do not follow the rule; audax 'S formed into auddcter, throwing off the i; fdcilis follows Group A, or, perhaps, takes 1 84 its neuter form, and becomes fdcile, (though in the older authors faciliter is also found), as we all know the phrase "f*cile princeps," easily the chief; while difTicilis has its adv in difficulter. Note 2. — On the other hand, some adjectives of the II, form their adverbs on the pattern of the 111, or on both; as: viol£ntus, viol£nter alius, a, ud, other, aTiter durus, dure\ and diiriter firmus, firme\ and firmiter hum^nus, hum£ne\ and hurrdniter validus, valde, and vilide* 106. The irregular adjectives bonus, malus, magnus, parvus, also irregular in their adverbs: multus, a, um, are bonus, bene, melius 6ptim6 malus male p£ius p£ssime* magnus magn6pere magis m^xime* parvus parum minus minime* multus multoties plus (pluries) plurimum 107. Some nouns in Norn, neuter, derived from adjectives, are used as adjectival adverbs, as: cceterum, othervise, as to the rest, very frequent in transition from one subject to another; patum, little, not much; paululum, a trifle; paucillum, a little bit; postremum, lastly. 108. Adjectives, ordinarily qualifying fern, nouns, are employed in their Abl. s. forms as adverbs; such are: dextrd % recta, to the right (hand; but recta also means straight forward, or straight way, when, instead of manus, via is understood); sinistra, Icevd, to the left.' So are also used the prepositions infra, beneath, intra, within, supra, above (in a book-note, in referring to a statement above, we say: ut supra, as above). 109. Quite a number of adverbs are but the accusatives or the ablatives of nouns, as: circum, around, circum circa, round about; multum, a great deal; die, de die, diu, at day time; dienoctuque, node, noctu, vesperi, heri, hodie (hoc die), homo (hoc anno, this year), initio, principi6, in the beginning; tempore, or in tempore, seasonably; quotidie, every day; quotinnis, every year; pridie, the preceding day; postridie, the next day; gratis (for mere) thanks- Note. _ Fores, forium, a double door, or folding door, a door of two leaves, there- fore pi. only, is used adverbially, with accusative, pi., when answering the question 'wither?' but abl. pi., when answering the question 'where?' as: Qu6 is? whither dost thou go? eo for as, I go out, abroad, outside. Unde venis? whence dost thou come? V£nio foris. - Ubi es? Sum foris. Whence forinsecus, on the outside the forum, the square, the market place, the forum (court house), forSnsicus, a, um, relating to the square, or the court, ,8 5 fodneus, circumfodneus, men, or houses around the squre, court-square- From the same word is the English foreigner, misspelled. 110. A set of adverbs is formed from nouns and the pps. of verbs, by the ending im t as: plrtim, partly; passim, here and there, at every few steps; s&isim, noticably, per- ceptibly; caVptim, pluckingly, plucking on the run; fiirtim, stealthily, on the sly; gradd- tim, step-by-step; vicissim, mutually; alterndtim, in turns; victim, each village in turns; viritim every man in turns; catervitim, in packs, in crowds. — We may add to this group the adverbs in -lus, as: divinitus, by special divine providence; ccelitus, by heaven- ly aid; radicitus, radically, by root and branch, fiinditus, by the very foundations (to uproot, to overthrow); mordicus, and mordicitus, by biting, by the teeth (grabbing, snapping). 111. A few adverbs are compounded of prepositions and nouns, as: impr^sentia'rum for the time being; prascipue, praesdrtim, above all; obviam, on encountering; invicem' one-another; ex quo, since (the time); ab hinc, ago; extimplo, instantly; illico, confet- ti m, right off; ex ad v£rsum, on the opposite side; necopina'to, unforeseen; imposterum, hereafter. 112. The pp. of verto* ti, versutn, to turn, to turn around something, transative, in its masc. form, versus, (or n. versum, in compounds, as adversum) is a preposition w ' accusative, as, versus domum, or domum versus, toward the house. Compounded with prepositions, both forms, produce a number of adverbs; as: sursum, upwards, deorsum downwards; dextrorsum, on the right; sinistrorsum, or l&vdrsum, leftwards;' prorsum forwards; retrorsum, backwards; quorsum? whitherwards? in what direction? or for what purpose? Note. — On this analogy the philologists for centuries claimed also the adverb seorsim, separately, all by itself, and it is now universally spelled as seors^m. I maintain the old form, seors/m, because the other form would mean "towards itself," se -f versum; whereas the old form is derived from the verb ordior* orsus sum, to begin, to start a new row, a new order, + se, = away; apart, so that seorsim means, in an order, apart for, or by itself. RATIONES COMPARANDI. 113. Adjectives, as well as Adverbs can be compared, providing the meaning and the forms permit. — There are three degrees, or grades, in comparing: Gradus Positivus, Gradus Comparative, and Gradus Superlativus. In the first two grades there must be at least tv/e adjectives, or adverbs, either expressed, or understood, in order to t^tct comparison, or there may be as many groups. In the superlative, at least three adjecth es or adverbs must be present or understood. These three grades must be strictly observed, and we cannot leap from one to the other; that is, we are not allowed to say, as we often 1 86 hear in English: "Which is the best of the two?" "Utrum est optimum?" because two adjectives cannot be compared in the third grade, we can compare them only in the first and second grades. The following are the principles: 1. Gradus Positivus: The two adjectives, adverbs, or groups thereof, must both stand in Norn. sing, or pi, as: luna non est tarn magna quam tellus; sed luna tarn ro- tunda est quam tellus. In such sentences the subjects alone are expressed, in the second part of the comparison, and the adjectives are understood, as though we said: luna non est tarn magna, quam magna est tellus. In this sentence: Vir tarn bonus est quam docius, two adjectives are expressed, qualifying one subject. In the sentence: Puer iste tarn diu et sedulo laboravit, quam scite et affabre, two groups of adverbs are expressed and com- pared (This boy has worked as long and diligently, as intelligently and skilfully). The two parts of comparison in the Positive Degree, both in Nominative, are joined by the particles tarn and quam. Note. — As in other languages, when the two parts of the comparison either agree or disagree, we express the conclusion in Latin by other phrases, such as: sunt cequales inter se; sunt incequales; pares, dispares; similes sui, similes or dissimiles inter se; sunt absimiles, inter se discrepant, differunl, divergunt; and the degree of agreement of di- vergency is expressed by phrases like: apprime congruunt inter se, ex omni parte consen- tiuntsibi; ad amussim concordant; parum sibi conveniunt; inter se pugnani, sibi re- pugnant; longe secusy or longe dliter se habent; oppido diversa sunt, &c 2. Gradus Comparativus. — The comparative degree of the adjectives is formed by adding to their stems the respective endings: -ior, ius, -lior, lius, -rior, rius; the ad- verbs taking -ius alone. When comparison is instituted between two things, or groups, the subjects, or their representatives, can stand either in Norn., as tellus est minor quam sol; or, omitting quam and using the object of comparison with Ablative; as: tellus min- or est sole. —The order of words in ornate style is often changed, so that quam is placed between the two nouns, as: tellus, quam sol, minor est; labor, quam otium, utilior est, or, as verbs: laborare, quam otiiri, utilius est (the Infinitives being used as neuter nouns), labor is more useful than leisure, idleness. Note. — Mark the idioms: asquo plus (plus quam aequum = more than right, that is, too much); iusto minus, less than right, or just, i. e., less than it ought to be; quo plus, eo melius, the more, the better; quanto plus, tanto melius, by how much more, by that much better; serius ant 6cyus, sooner or later, luce clarius, more clearly than day- light; dicto citius, or celeVius, more quickly, or rapidly, than it takes to say; piullo plus, or ^mplius, a little more than. Sometimes the second part of the comparison is only implied, as: Tacuisse satius erat, it would have been wiser to keep silent. Very often this degree is used independently, as: Doctiores negabant id fieri posse, the more learned (men) did not think it possible (denied that it was feasible, or capable of being accomplished). 3. GraduN Superlativus. — The superlative degree of the adjectives is formed by attaching its proper formative endings, =issimus, a, urn, -illimus, a, urn, and -errimus, 1 87 a urn, to the stems of the respective groups of adjectives. This being the th'rd degree those adjectival potentialities are understood to be present, this third being either above,' or beneath the other two, as: casa est alta, domus est altior, turns est altissima; or down- wards: turns est alta, domus est minus alta, casa est minime alta; or: iste vir parvus die minor, hie minimus. Such qualification would always be relative; but the Latin su- perlative .s, for the most part, absolute; as, for instance: Deus Optimus, Maximus, which does not mean best and bigest," but "all good and all great;" vir doctissitnus, vir clartsstmus, mean "my learned sir," "my distinguished sir;" tristissima noctis imago, a very sad image (recollection) of that night. EXERCITIA LEGENDI. Since the students, by this time, are familiar with all the essentials of the nouns ad- jectives, verbs, adverbs, constructions, idioms, I am introducing here a selection of read- ing matter of a wide range, not only illustrating our vocabulary, phraseology and idioms, but also of permanent value, that will acquaint the student with the intellectual, ethical and moral life of the wisest of the Romans, and will assist the students with a source of masterful thoughts and expressions, and will be of service to them whatever their future careers may be. p. Fateor, 1 me sellularias quidem artes minus callere: vestem de textnna emere; baxeas istas de sutrina prjestinare; enimvero annulum nee gestare, gemmam & aurum iuxta plumbum & lapillos nulli sestimare- stngiiem & ampullam, caeteraque balnei utensilia, nundinis mercari. rTorsus enirr inon eo infitias,* nee radio, subula, nee lima, nee torno, nee idgenus ferramentis uti nosse; sed his praoptare me fateor, uno cnartano calamo me reficere poemata omne genus, &c. Apul., Florida 1. -or, fasus sum, I confess, I admit (Apuleius, the author, speaking to a gather- ing)^, a , nm, fr. sdlula, f r . sella, ars sellularia, sedentary, mechanical art, occupation; rim. V ; n -' (ve, ; bl,mneut ™ m . '"trans.), but also transitive, as here, magis v. minus sSil'li ( ° ttIe versed ! » mechanics; -is, is, f, clothes; I., a weaver's shop; 1. a spec al kind of shoe; I., shoemaker's shop; -no,* r., to purchase; adv.. for; II., a ring; .n;/'a- IreqU ;^ ro 'I^ M ''^ W,t0wear;I -' a * em; -«>M,gold; -urn,!, lead; us, i, dim. of lapis, idis, stone, pebble; dat. of nullum, in the sense of nihilum; - mo ,' i88 r to value; = (I confess, I frankly state) to value gems and cold, along (like) lead and pebble, for nothing; ampulla, *, a cruet, a small vessel, here for oil and perfumery, -urn, 1, a bath; -silia, um, pi., n. appliances; -nee, arum, market, fair; -cor, atus sum; to purchase buy. — 2. Infitias ire, an idiom, to gainsay, to deny, = I do not deny at all; II., here a metallic needle of a shoemaker; I., an awl; 1., a file; 11, a lathe; ncm t novisse, or, contracted, nosse, to know, = 1 do not know how to use; we often said that utor governs the AM., and these nouns are in AM.: -to, 1 r., rather wish, prefer; II., here, a writing pen, or "papery pen," ■*«. a, um is the adj. of charta, paper, .. e„ a pen ad- apted, suitable for writing on paper: reficio? feci, ctum, to repair, mend, correct, make a new; poema, atis, n., -ata, pi., a poem, verses, poems. 58. (Rosa; 1 ) tardissime proveniunt semine, quod in ipso cdrtice est, sub ipso flore, opertum lanugine. Ob id 2 potius caule conciso inserun- tur, & ocellis, radicis, ut arundo, &c. Plin. H.N. 21, 4, 10. 1. I , a rose; adv. superb fr. tardus, a, um, slow, late; -*&»,« ni, turn, to come forth; -en, mis, abl. s., seed; -fa*, ids. m., a bark (the seed of the rose is beneath the bark itself); flosjloris, m., flower; -rio* ui, rtum, to cover; -go, mis, f., fine down of plants, or other things, abb, by, with. - Ace. of (is, ea), id, on account of prep, ob = for that reason, on that account; adv. rather; -is. is, m., stalk, abl.; conado? dt. sum, to cut in; lb, an eyelet, abb pi.; -dix, dicis, f., a root; ut = as: -do, mis, f., a reed. 59. Utraque (sutura & fibula) optima est ex acia molli, non nimis torta, quo mitius corpori insidat. Utraque neque nimis rara, 2 neque nimis crebra iniicienda. Si nimis rara est, non continet, 3 si nimis crebra est, vehementer afficit; quia quo saepius acus corpus transsuit, quo- que plura loca iniectum vinculum mordet, eo maidres inflammationes oriuntur, magisque aestate. Celsus, V., 26, 21. 1. Fr. suo? stti, sutum, to sew, a sewing, a seam; I., a clasp; -is, e, soft; adv. too much; pp. of -queo? tot si, rtum, to twist; i.e., whether a surgeon uses stitching, or clasps' for holding a wound together, both should be of a soft kind of thread, not twisted bard; mitts, e, gentle, mild = by that much more gently; Pnes. Com. = that it may settle against the body. -- 2. -us, a, um, rare, far apart; -er, a, um, frequent; fut p. p., to be thrown, put, in. - 3. tieo* ui, turn, to hold, hold together; few,* feci, fectum, to affect; the more frequently, at more frequent spots; the needle sews through the body, this is et quo, not quoque, also; locus, is n. in pb, excepting when it means passages in books; -um, i, a tie; -1. contracted fr. trecenorum; we shall seethe numerals in our next Pensum; dimension :an be expressed by Gen., as here, and Abl., as we shall see; quinquagenum, 5o, high, 3en. like the above; -is, is, f., basis, base, basement Abl., within; II., a labyrinth; in- rico} r., to entangle; extrico* r., to disentangle, fr. tricce, arum, entanglement, a trick, abilis, e, that cannot be disentangled; obj. of reliquit; quo, whither; introeo* ivi, ii, turn, to enter, Fut. Ex.; -urn, ni, flax, linnen, without a ball of thread; -us, fis, a going >ut, an exit; -nio,* ni, ntum, to find; nequeant, = non possint. 61. Ctinstituantur 1 autem in tribus porticibus exedrae spatitfsge, labentes sedes, in quibus philtfsophi, rhetores reliquique, qui studiis lelectantur, sedentes disputare possint. In duplici autem porticu collo- :entur haec membra. 2 Ephebeum 3 in medio, hoc autem est exedra implissima, cum sedibus, qua* tertia parte longior sit quani lata, Vitr., V. 11. 1. -tuo,a ui, Mum, fr. con + statuo, to set up, establish; -us, us, f., a covered round, or walk, like in our armories, where soldiers may practice in rain or shine Vi- ruvius describing here how a Palasstra is to be built; I., a sitting-room, or chair-room; *s> «, f., a seat; II., a philosopher; III. , a rhetorician, i. e., masters and professors of •nilosophy, of Rhetorics; -quus, a, urn, the other, the rest, = casteri; -urn, ii, literary ffort, study; -tor} atus, sum, v . n ., (intrans.), to delight one's self, to enjoy; -to* r., ) discuss literary topics, to dispute, exchange opinions. — 2. -brum, i, & limb, parts,' xedrae. — 3. -urn, i, the place of the lads; the hoc qualifies medium; the qua qualifies *tf'« (exhedra, Mkt cat-hedra) ; mark well the way Vitruvius puts it: "longior sit uamlata" according to grammarians: "longior quam tetior." Vitruvius was an archi- sct of the "classical" period. I< 62. Pellibus 1 & laxis arcent male frigora brrfccis, Oraque sunt longis horrida tecta comis. Ovid. Trist. V. 49, 5°- 4. 4s is, f , skin, a pelt (Germ, pelz); -us, a, um, loose, not tight, laxe; arct> ui, ctum, ciium, to hinder; -gus, oris, n., cold, pi.; brace*, arum, f., pi trousers; they (the Scythian barbarians, the Slavs of the Dobrudzha, ui 1 the region of the mouth the lster, or lower Danube) badly keep off the cold (from their bodies) by the (mej of) elts and loose trousers (which garment was also adopted by the tonus ; os * n., means not only the mouth, but the face as well, particularly in pi., as here, the ord . *f ora horrida (shaggy, rough) tecta sunt comis (1.) longis. 63. Oblinitur 1 minimae siqua est suspectio rimae, Punctaque lasciva, quae terebrantur acu. Mart. XL, 45. l -no s Uvi,6blitum, here pass., to smear over, to paste in; siqua, if any; - nis, fr'., peeping in; I., a crevice, a crack; -um, i, a hole, fr. puugo? pupugi punctu to prick in pi., -us, a, um, playful, feminine, qualifying acus, us, f., a need e, -bro to bore; sense: If there be any peep-hole of a chink, or puncture (in the door) pricked) a mischievous needle, they are pasted up (with great caution). 64 Indumenta^ e pellibus sylvestrium murium, eonsfCrcinant. n ' Ammi. Marc. 31, > 1. -um, i, fr. induo? ui, utum, to dress, a garment; -tris, e, fr. sylva, x, a est, wild; rnus, muris, a mouse; -no} r., to stitch together. 6 C unus et alter. Adsuitur pannus; ""- A - p " '*' 66. DAi. Non, Hercle, adolescens, iam hos dies complusculos Quemquam istic vidi sacruficare, neque potest Clam me esse, siqui sacruficant, semper petunt Aquam hinc, aut ignem, aut vascula, aut ciiltrum au vc ■ US 1 Aut aulam extarem, aut aliquid. Plant., Rud. I., 2, 43-47 1. No, by Hercules, my boy; -cens, lis, m., f., a growing one, a youth; -«■ um, several, many; accus- of quisquam, anybody; istic isthtc, = h.c; -pco>* sacrifice, in old spelling; clam me, without my knowledge; peto* ™> %\**'\ to ask; -culum, i, a vessel; aula, tis virtutes meas aestimetis. ApuL, Met. Vll. 1. -to, 1 r., judge, deem, Praes. Coni.; -us, a, um, needy, pauper; pp. of abiicio? ci, ctum, a castaway; dinin. of pannus, i, a cloth; do not judge by these rags; -tus> itis, f., manliness, worth; -mo, 1 r., to value, to estimate. 68. rigetque 1 barba, Qualem forficibus metit supinis ToilSOr. Mart., Vlll., 3 . 1, Rigeo, 2 v. n., to be stiff, bristling; I., a beard; meto* messui, messum, (whence (erman messer, a knife), to mow, to reap; -us, a, um, lying flat on the back, sloping, pering. 69. Fuerunt etiam qui omentum 1 forfice praeciderent. Celsus, Vll., 21. 1. -um, i, f at of the body; a membrane, skin, covering of the bowels; -do* di, m t to clip off. — Compare this author's "Fuerunt qui prxci&rent," with ir (pp. 162 — 163) "Sunt astrologi, qui cometas reverti zrbitrentur," using oniunctivus w- the respective tenses. Were here definite persons meant, Celsus would we said: Fuerunt Sabinus et Quadratus, duo fratres, qui — — praecideVunt, or pr^ci- jrant; while I would say: Agricola et Agrippa, duo astrologi sunt, qui cometas ad nos verti arbitrantur. 70. Ut 1 ex novacula comperistis, tonsor est. Petr. 1 os 1. As; comperio,* peri, pertum, or, *rior* pertus sum, to find out by experience, srf. indie. 2d pers. pi. = as you have already found out by the razor, he is a barber. 71. Tarquinius 1 autem dixit se cogitasse, 2 cotem novacula posse aecidi. Turn Attium 3 iussisse experiri; ita cotem in comitium allatam, spectante & rege & populo, novacula esse discissam. Cic, De Div. /., 17, — Liv. I., p. *. Lucius Tarquinius Priscus, the 5th king of Rome (616 -579 B. C) was for- iden by Attius Navius, a famous augur, to add more classes to the nobility, the auspic- being against it Disbilieving in augury, he inquires of the augur, whether the thing, trquinus had then in mind, was possible. Attius answered that it was. "Well," said i king, "I was thinking, whether a hone could be cut by a razor. As you said, that could, do it." They went up the Capitolium, and the augur did so cut the hone with J razor, the king and the people looking on- This story is told by Livius, repeated by 192 Cicero and others. — 2. 4c?, 1 r., to think, perf. Inf.; cos, cotis, f., a hone, a wetstone; novacula in abl., - with, or by. — 3- The name is derived from atta, oe, = tata, = pap a? __ pope, = pater = father, as children call their fathers, or all respectable old men; whence to make Accius of it, as our philologers affect, is absurd; iubeo, 2 iussi, iussum, perf. Inf., to order; -rior,^ rtus sum, to make an experiment, to try; comitia, drum, a legislative assembly; ad + fero, to take, fetch; -to, 1 r., to look on; rex, regis, m-, king, II , people, abl., with the king; dis + scindo, 3 scidi, scissum, to cut asunder. 72. Numida, 1 mortuo super incumbenti Romano, vivus, naso, auribusque laceratis — — laniando d^ntibus hostem, exspirasset. Livius, XXII, 51, 9. 1. I., a Numidian, soldier of Hannibal; mbrior? tuus sum, to die; ~bo* cubui, cubitum, to lie upon; -us, a y urn, a living one; II. , a nose; -is, is, f. } an ear; the order vivus Numida, Romano mortuo ac super (se, Numidam) incumbenti, hostem (suum Romanum), dentibus laniando, exspirasset (-visset), breathed out, = died. 73. At facere, et fungi, 1 sine corpore, nulla, potest res; Nee praebere 2 locum, porro, nisi inane, vacansque; Ergo praeter 3 inane, & corpora, tertia per se Nulla potest rerum in numero natura relinqui, Nee qucE sub sensiis cadat ullo tempore nostros, Nee ratione animi, quam quisquam possit apisci. Lucr. I., 444 — 9. 1. -gor,* funtus sum, to be active, to function. — 2. -eo, 2 ui, Hum, to hand over to give, locum prcebeo, I yield up may place; adv., moreover; inane, is, n., empty place, space, "vacuum;" vaco, 1 r. , to be void, empty, vacant. — 3. Prepos., besides except; tertia, refers to res, that is, besides, or, excepting space and bodies (or, as m would say now a days, matter) no third (thing) numero, per se, by itself alone, can to left in nature, i- e., nature knows but matter and space, and it knows no third thing, in- dependent of them. — Relinquo, z reliqui, lictum, to leave (cannot be left in nature) nee (eiusmodi res) quae ullo tempore sub nostros sensus cadat, aut quam (rem) quisquarr (anybody) ratione animi, by the power of his intellect, possit a(d\)pisci, poetical li cence, for adipiscor, :i adeptus sum, to grasp, attain by reason. 74. Et iam Sarmaticis permutant carbasa braccis. Val % Flac, Argon. V., 4 2 5 \. -icus, a, urn, fr. Sarma'ta, x, or, Sauroma'ta, an inhabitant of Sarmatia, Sauro matia, all the countries north of the mouth of the Ister, or lower Danube, to-da; 19? Dobrudzsha, Bessarabia, Ucraina, Ruthenia, (Ruthen, or Rus£n, a branch of the Rossi, ;>r Russi), the Roxolani, possibly the Poles, and other Slavic races dwelt; in one word, Slavs. to, 1 r., to change; -us, i, and -urn, i, hemp, cloth made of it; = they (Ro- mans, Greeks) are already exchanging their canvas (garments) for the Slavic trousers. 75. Narbonensis 1 Provintia appellator pars Galliarum quae Interno Mari adliiitur, Braccata an tea dicta. Plin., H. N., III., 4, 5. 1. Narbonne, Narbonnais; fr. pro + venio; 4 veni, ventum, to come forth, to fall to Dne's lot; the two consuls drew lots and thus secured their respective jurisdictions over the territories, which for this reason were called Provintia (not provintia, as universally spelled); pi., because there were numerous Gallic nations; Mare Internum, one of the several names of the sea now called "Mediterranean (Mediterraneum)" incorrectly, as we shall see later; ad + luo, fr. lavo, 1 lavi, lotum, lavatum, to wash; pp., "be-trouser- *d." Under the Empire also the Romans have adopted that garment. 76. La. Quaenam 1 balaena meum voravit vidulum, Aurum atque argentum ubi omne compactum fuit? Ch. £adem 2 ilia, credo, quae meum marsiipium, Quod plenum argenti fuit, in sacciperio. La. Eheu, 3 redactus sum usque ad hanc unam tuniculam. Plant., %ud., II. , 6, 61—63. 1. What, pray, what on earth; I., a whole; -to} r., to swallow; II., a satchel, a valise; -um, i, gold; -urn, i, silver (order = ubi omne aurum & argentum meum); compingo* pegi, pactum, packed, bound up. — 2. Idem, kadem, idem, the same; idem ille, £adem ilia, idem illud, the very same one; -do* didi, ditum, to believe; -um, ii, a purse; mark the Gen., plenum argent full of silver; -um, ii, a traveling bag. — 3. Alas! -redigo, 3 redegi, redactum, fr. re ■ d - + ago, to drive back = I am reduced; dimin. of tunica, a coat; the sense: what a villainous whale has gobbled up my valise in which all my gold and silver was packed away? Ch. I think, it is the very same one, which (devoured) my green bag, that was full of silver. La. Alas, now I am reduced to his mean little jacket (have no other clothes). 77. Sensi 1 quidem quum ista feci, — non arte, — sed motii magno animi ac dolore, ut discmderem tiinicam, ut cicatrices ostenderem. Cic. De Orat. II., 47, 195. 194 1. -Ho,* si, sum, to feel; motus, us, commotion; -ot, is, m., pain, cicatrix, icis, f., a scar; -do, 3 di, sum, turn, to show (in order, that I may show my scars). 78. Epigramma 1 80. Ferulae. 2 Invisa 3 nimium pueris, grataeque magistris Clara Prometheo munere ligna sumus. Mart. XIV. 1. -ma, matis, n., an inscription; a concise expression, usually of a mocking, ironic- al, or ridiculous kind, an epigram; 80 = octuagesimum. — 2. I., a switch, rod, birch, used by schoolmasters on boys. — 3. -us, a, urn, a thing, one does not like to see (in + video), qualifies ligna; adv., very much; Dat. pi. ; *us, a, urn, agreeable, gratifying; Dat. pi.; -us, a, urn, clear, splendid, excellent, refers to ligna. Prometheus snatching the fire of the heavens, gave life, therefore intelligence, to man; -us, etis, n. , a gift of Pr. , are famous light and life-givers to boys; hateful to them, but gratifying to the masters. 79. Ferulaeque tristes, 1 sceptra paedagogorum Cessent, et Idus dormiant in Oct6bres. Mart. X, 62. 1. -is, e, sad, mournful; -urn, i, * sceptre; 11., a tutor, educator, leader of a child, Greek, usually a learned slave, in wider sense, a schoolmaster, a teacher; -so, 1 r., to cease, Praxes. Coni., Idus, iduum, f., the dividing day of the months into two halves in the Roman calendar; this was the l5th day of March, May, July and October, on the 13th of all other months; October, bris, the 8th month (from March, the original first month of the early Romans); the order: et dormiant (ferula) usque in Idus Octobres, = let the switches sleep until the 15th of October, i. e., the boys getting their vacation till the middle of October, let the rods have rest. 80. Hie frangit 1 ftfrulas, rubet ille flagellis, Hie scuticri. luv. II. , 6, 479—80. 1. -go, 9 fregi, fractum, to break (hie, this fellow), i. '., broken over him; -beo* tubesco, 3 ui, to be red, i. e., by being beaten, or bleeding; -urn, i, a whip; this other fellow; I., abl., a horse, or dog-whip, usually braided, and also employed in the school, and on slaves. 81. Nemo assum&itum panni rudis assuit vestimento veteri; *9? alioquin aufert supplementum novum a veteri, et maior scis- sura fit. Vulgata, Marc, 2. 21. 1. II., cloth; -is, e, rough, coarse; -um, i, clothing; -us, eris, adj., of one ending old, antique, Dat, = no one will sew a patch of a coarse (or new) cloth, upon an old garment; adv., otherwise; -urn, i, a supply; a\rfero, auferre, a'bstuli, Mitum, to take away, to despoil: otherwise he (would) take away a new supply from the old (garment i. e-, tearing even those portions near the hole, which might stand repair, and supply a cover for the hole) ; I., the cut, tearing, hole; fit maior, becomes larger. 82. Melior ea (oliva), quae digitis legitur, 1 quam ilia, quae cum di- gitabulis. Varro, De R. R., /., 55 1. -go, 3 legi, ledum, to pick, the original meaning of the verb; the other meaning, to tead, is secondary, and figurative; urn, i, originally leather sheaths for the fingers, to protect them from thorns . 83. — — ex quo uno genere est Tutor, 1 mimus vetus, oppido ridiculus. Cic. De Or at., I„ 64, 259. 1. -oris, m., name of a person; II., a mimic actor; adv., exceedingly; -us, a, um t laughable. 84. -sin 1 ad nos pertinerent, servirent, prasterquam oppido pauci. Cic, Fam. 14, 4, 4. 1. = si non, sin vero, sin autem = if not, whereas, if not, if otherwise; ad nos pertinet, = belongs to us; -wo, 4 vivi, ii, Hum, to serve, to do the work of a servant, to work; adv., excepting; oppido pauci, = mighty few. The text is confused, as the ohject of pertinerent may be either res, or liberti, of which Cicero speaks in the text. 85. Animadvertendum 1 etiam, siqua erunt loca palustria, et pro- pter easdem causas, et, quod arescunt, crescunt animalia quaedam mi- nuta, quae non possunt oculi consequi; et per aera intus in corpus, per os ac nares perveniunt, atque efficiunt difficiles morbos. Varro, De RR., /., 12, 2. 196 1. 4o, z ti, sum, (animum 4- ad + verto), to observe, notice, to look out; est left out, = one must look out, beware; siquis, siqua, siquid, if any; locus, i, m., in sing., n. in pi.; -tris, e, marshy, swampy; -sco? to dry out; -sco? crevi % cretum, to grow; aet, aeris, m., but, as the word, really, is Greek, its accus, s- is very frequently aera, as is in Gr., so also nom. and ace pi., though the Latin endings aerew, aer^s, are also used, the a^r, the atmosphere; intus in corpus (accus. ), into the body; nates, turn, f., the nostrils; to arrive, pass through; II., sickness, deseas. — This is the famous pass- age of M. T. Varro, "the most learned Roman," in which the first mention is made of the bacteria (bacilli). 86. — si iam possent in homine uno cerni omnia quae nunc tecta 1 sunt, casurusne in conspectum videatur animus; an tanta sit eius tenu- itas, ut fiigiat aeiem? Cic, Tusc. I., 22. 50. 1. Tego* texi, tectum, to cover; which, at present, are covered; cado* cecidi, ca- urn, to fall; fut. act. part.; -us, us, sight, what is in sight; -tas, atis, f., thinnes; fugit aciem (oculorum), flees the edge (of the eyes, = sight); = should the soul seem to us to fall into sight; or is its thinnes so great, that . . . 87. Itaque saepe aut cogitatione, 1 aut aliqua vi morbi impediti, aper- tis, atque integris & oculis, & duribus, nee videmus, nee audimus: ut facile intelligi, possit, animum et videre et audire, non eas partes, quae quasi fenestras sunt animi. Cic., Tusc, I., 20, 48. 1. -io, nis, f., thought, abl.; vis, ace vim, abl. vi, f., strength, force, power, in sing, only these three cases, in pi. r., vires, virium, viribus, &J. -dio,* r-, to hinder, to disable; intelligo, 3 lexi, ledum, to understand, = it can easily be understood. 88. — ex tot generibus nullum est animal, praeter h6minem, quod habeat notitiam dliquam Dei. Cic, Leg. /., S, 24. 89. Natura vero nihil hominibus brevitate vitae praestitit 1 melius: hebdscunt sensus, membra torpent, praemoritur visus, auditus, inces- sus, dentes etiam, ac ciborum instrumental et tamen vitae hoc tempus adnumeratur. Plin., H. N., VIL, 50, 168. r97 1. Prcesto, 1 stiti, stitutn, to give, = natura nihil melius dedit hominibus, quam brevitatem vitas; -urn, i, a limb; torpeo* torpesco? to be inactive, shiftless; pmmorior* tnus sum, to die away; incessus, us, m ., the gait; ac = velut, ceu, tamquam; vita, dat, to life; and yet this condition, or time, is accounted as life. 90. Et dixit ad me: Quid tu vides? Et dixi: Vidi, et ecce cande- labrum aureum totum, et lampas eius super caput ipsius; et septem lu- cernae eius super illud; et septem infusoria lucernis, quse erant super caput eius. Vulgata, Zach. 4, 2. Students will note the striking- difference between original Roman Latin, as quoted above and below, on one hand, and the Latin of the Vulg-ata, or Latin Bible, a translation, partly from Hebrew directly, partly from the Greek of the 'Septuaginta Interpretes," or some other. The diction is poetical of the Orient, almost naive, play- ng on words and images of words, seeking- exaggerations and assonance, or rhymes, to which precision and clear- ness are sacrificed. The translator, in trying- to be exact, and faithful to the original, gives us a text, that is not only un-Latin, but also unintelligible. Having- no Hebrew or even Greek text at hand, I offer here, at random, a trans- lation of this verse into Roman Latin: At (nuntius, = angelus) sic me affatur: Quid vides? Cui ego: Video, inquam, in conspectu candelabrum ex integro aureum, quod in vertice lampadem fert cum septem lychnis (luminibus), quibus, superne, totidem sunt infusdria. We cannot say in Latin, "dicit ad me"; we must say did* sihi, or, affatur me, quserita me, ex me: percon- tatur, sciscitatur a me. The ipse, tu. eius, &c. are entirely superfluous. Quid tu vides, would be right, if he had firs said, what he himself, the angel, was seeing:, thus: Ego candelabrum video, quid tu vides? The Infusorium here means the hold, or tank of the oil lamp ; but our physicists have approprieted the word for the meaning we give it in our text. 91. Attonitus, est stupef actus. Nam proprie 1 "atttfnitus" dici- tur, cui casus vicini fulminis, et s6nitus tonitruum dant stuporem. Serv. ad Virg. HI., 1J2, 1. Adv., properly, strictly speaking; -us, a, urn, pp., fr., ddtono, 1 ui, Hum, to thunder, to sound at; -us, us, a fall; -us, a, urn, near-by; -men, Ms, n., a thunderbolt; w, us, a noise; -tru, us, n .. a thunder; -por, is, m., a speechless wonderment, bewil- derment; therefore: "attonitus" properly means a speechless stupefaction, astounding, brought about to one by a near-by thunder-clap. 92. Me (Democritus), atonios quas appellat, id est, c6rpora indi- Yidua, propter soliditatem, 1 censet in infinito inani, in quo nihil, nee summum, nee infimum, nee medium, nee ultimum, nee extremum sit, ita ferri, ut concursionibus inter se cohaerescant: ex quo efficiantur ea, 198 qusd sint, quseque cernantur, omnia ; eumque motum atomorum nullo a principi6, sed ex aeterno tempore intelligi convenire. Cic, De Fin. 1,6, 17. 1 4as, talis, \., coherent continuity and hardness; -seo* ui, sum, to deem, to es- timate; pass, of fero, to dash, to rush, fly, to be carried; -sco, to cleave together; qux sint all that exist; and which; from no beginning; intelligi convemte, it behooves that it be believed. 93. Ex materia, qu^e individua est, et quae semper uniusmodi, suique similis, & ex ea, quae corporibus dividua gignitur, 1 tertium mated ge genus e duobus in medium admiscuit. Cic. De Univ. VII. . 19. 1. Gigno?genui, gentium, to beget, pass.; divisible and proper to each separate body; admisceo, 2 miscui, mixtum; mixed a third one- 94. Homines enim sunt hac lege generati, 1 qui tuerentur globum, quern in hoc templo medium vides, quae terra dicitur: hisque animus datus est ex fills sempiternis ignibus, quae sidera & Stellas vocatis, quse globose & rotiindae, divmis animae m^ntibus, circulos, suos or- besque conficiunt celeritate mirabili. Somn. Scip., 3, 6 1. -ro/ r., same as gigno, to beget, generate; ea lege (lex, gis, f , law) under that condition; quo here means ut; tueor, turn, iuitus sum, to protect, also to behold, to look at- templum here figuratively taken, the heavens, the world; which globe you be- hold as' midway, middle; a soul has been given them out of those everlasting fires, which ye call .... by the divine intellect of the soul (here anima, not animus) driven, they complete their circles and tracks- • . . - The Sommum Scipionis is one of the most charming compositions of the Roman literature. Its authorship is attributed to Cicero. though no absolute proof is extant for it, excepting its language, style, the way of rea- soning, which certainly are exceedingly Ciceronian, and the authority of Macrobius, who had preserved it for us, and is usually published as a "fragment" of Cicero. 95. Pluribus de causis haec omnia accidunt: 1 prima, circulorum, quos Graeci apsi'das in stellis vocant. Plin.. H. N. t II. t 15, 62. 199 1. -dti, 6unt t impers., it happens, they happen; prima (i. e ., causa); here as a Greek word, with Gr. ace pi. 96. lam vero Chrysippus ipsum mundum deum dicit esse, — — prasterea & aquam, & terrain, & aera, solem, lunam, sidera, uni- rersitat^mque rerum. Cic, S\\ D., I., i 5 , 39. 97. — — quid potest esse sole maius? — qui tanta incitatione fer- tur, ut celeritas eius quanta sit, ne cogitari quidem possit, tamen nobis stare videatur. Cic, Acad. II. , 26, 82. The Roman thinkers considered the sun as the principal celestial body, of immense size, but they thought that it was turnmg around the earth. 98. Sed yaga praeterea dicuntur liimina septem: Luna & Mercurius, Venus, Sol, Mars quoque fulgens, Hie Iovis & sidus, super omnia sidera lucens, Celsior his Saturnus, tardior, 1 omnibus astris. Aus. Eel. 3, 1 j f /6. 1. -dus, a, um } slow, because the outermost known to them. 99- lam ipsa terra ita mihi parya visa est, 1 ut me imperii nostri, quo quasi punctum eius attingimus, poeniteret Somn. Scip., 3, 8. 1. Seemed to me soo small; ut me imperii nostri poeniteret, that I regretted or elt ashamed of our* world empire; 4 ' by which we were touching its extreme limits point). 100. e quibus unum globum possidet 1 ilia, quam in terris aturniam nominant. Deinde est hominum generi prosperus 2 et salu- ans ille fulgor, qui dicitur Iovis; turn nitilus, horribilisque terris, quern > artium dicitis; deinde subter mediam fere regi6nem Sol 6btinet, dux •t pnnceps, et moderator luminum reliquorum, mens mundi & tempe- atio, tanta magnitudine, ut cuncta sua luce illustret & compleat. Hunc 200 ut comites 3 consequuntur Veneris alter, alter Mercurii cursus; in infi- m6que orbe Luna, radiis Solis accensa convertitur. Somn. Scip., 4, jo, 1. Possideo, 2 sedi, sessum, (post + sedeo), to own, to hold, to possess. — 2. -uS f a, urn, (pro + spero, hopeful), beneficent; -tis, e, helpful to one's salvation, welfare, generi, Dative = for, to; -or, is, m., glittering, glowing light; Gen. of lupiter; terns Dative for, to; subter = sub, Ace; -io,ms, f., properly, kingdom, territory, region; dux, duds, m.', a leader, a guide, a general; -ceps, cipis, the chief; -tor, is, fr. modus, i, a mode, a measure, limitation; moderor} tus sum, to set bounds, limits, to moderate; -quus, a, urn, the rest, the others, the remainder; mens, Us, f., the reasoning mind, the intellect; -tio, nis, f., to control the temperature, heat and cold, calmnes and excitement, the act or the agent of doing this; Abl., with so geat a size; cuncta, neuter, = all there is . __ 3. Here, only means sequor, 1 follow, ut comites (comes, itis, m. f., fr. con + eo one accompanying another, particularly a higher personage, one of a suite) as escorts. !0I . ex utraque re et mundi voliibilitas, 1 — — et stellarum rotiindi ambitus cognoscuntur: primusque sol, qui astrorum oMinet principatum, ita movetur, ut quum terras larga 2 luce compleverit, easdem modo his, modo illis ex partibus opacet. Cic. t N. D., II. , 19, 49- 1. -tas, tdtis, f., fr. volvo* vi, lutum, to roll, act. and n., the adj. -bilis, e, that can wallow, roll; the ability of rolling, wallowing; -us, us, here Norn, pi., the going around, the reference is to the spherical forms, roundness of the celestial bodies; -sco,* cognovi, cbgnitum, to know v to understand; = from, or, by those two phenomena, both, the volubility (rollingness) of the world, and the round circuits (sphericity) of the stars become apparent. — -us, a, urn, wide, spacious, bountous; modo — modo, now, now — now; -co, 1 r., to darken- 102m ___ mirabatur id cuiquam 1 pro percepto liquere, Stellas istas, quas a Chaldseis & Babyl6niis, sive jEgyptiis observatas ferunt (quas multi crraticas, Nigidius crrones vocat), non esse plures quam vulg<3 dicerentur. Posse enim fieri existimabat 2 (Favorinus, philosophus), ut alii quidam planetes pari potestate essent. e/f. GelL, U^. A., 14, i- 1. bat. quisquam, qucequam, quidquam, anybody, anything; -cipio, 3 cepi, ceptum, 201 :o perceive, grasp with reason; -queo, 2 to be liquid, to be like liquid, "as plain, as flow- ng as water," = he wondered, that (it) should be perfectly clear to anybody, -'to be :lear as though perceived, for a perceived (thing); that they were not more than ordi- larily said. -- 2. -mo, 1 r., to deem, estimate; posse fieri, to be possible, feasible; some )ther "planetes" be of equal power. 103. E duodecim signis 1 Sol quidem et Luna singula sunt signa ;ortiti, 2 caeteri vero quinque planete, id est, Saturnus, Iupiter, Mars, Ve- 111s, Mercurius, bina. /. Firm. Mat. Math. II. , 2, 1. 1. Signs of the Zodiac. — 2. -tior,* titus sum, to receive; bint, ce, a, two. 104. Quasritur inter medicos, 1 cuius generis aquae sint utilissimge. Plin. H. N. 31, i, 2/. 1. II., a physician. 105. Eudoxus, Platonis 1 auditor, in astrologia, iudicio doctissi- n6rum hominum, facile princeps. Cic. De Div. II. , 42. 1, Plato, nis; -or, is, a hearer, a pupil; -cium, ii, a judgement, an opinion, Abl., 7 the judgment, in the opinion. 106. Praeterea 1 nulla ars contemplativa sine decretis suis est; quse jrseci vocant "dogmata," nobis "decreta" licet appellare, vel "scita," 'el "placita," quae in geometria, & in astronomia invenies. Seneca, Ep. 95. 1. Adv., besides; -us, a, urn, fr. contemplor , 4 atus sum, to gaze at a thing truth - ully, to meditate over, = abstract; dogma, atis, n., has survived in Latin in that mean- ig, decretum, i, retained its original meaning; scitum, i, failed to come into circulation; lacitum, i, has become a very popular word amongst scholars and philosophers in the mse suggested by Seneca. — While Cicero is using "astrologia," Seneca employes 'astronomia," which finally survived in that application. In Greek nouns of ia ending, rt accent i, excepting, perhaps, *Academia, which may be accented either in Greek -ia, r Roman way, -emia. 202 107- Com*5tas Graeci vocant, nostri, crinitas. Plin. H. N., //., 24, 89. 108. Quid 1 ergo mirarmur, cometas, tarn rarum mundi spectacu lum, nondum teneri legibus certis; nee initia illorum finesque notescen quorum ex ingentibus intervallis recursus est? N©ndum sunt anni mill quingenti, 2 ex quo Graecia — — — stellis numerbs & nbmina fecit. Multeque hodie sunt gentes, 3 quae tan turn facie noverint coelum, qu< nendum sciant cur luna deficiat, quare obumbretur. Hoc apud nos que que nuper 4 ratio ad certum perduxit. Veniet 5 tempus, quo ista, que nunc latent, in lucem dies extrahat, & longioris asvi diligentia. Sen. Qu t N. VII., 25. 1. Here = cur, quare; -for, 1 atus sum, to wonder, = why should we wond. (what, then, do we wonder); constr. accusativus cum infin ; tivo; -us, a, urn, rare, scare -urn, i, a sight; not yet; pass. Inf., to be held; lex, gis, f., a law; = that the comet so rare sights of the world, are not yet fixed by definite laws; -ium, ii, a beginning; *i is, m., an end; -sco* to become known; -lum, i, borders; -us t Us, running back, = from the immense intervening spaces of what (bodies) is their course backward. — 2. is not yet 1500 years; ex quo = since; I., Greece. — 3. Gens. Us, f., a nation; facie ei, a face; novi, novisse, a defective verb, to know; Perf. Coni., = who know the sk only by appearance. — 4. The other day, but a short while ago; -to, nis, f., reasoi knowledge, science; -um y i, a certitude. — 5. Time will come; lateo, 2 ui, to be hiddei unknown; dies = tempus, astas, aevum; -ho, 3 xi, ctum, to produce, to dra\v to dayligh cevum, i, an epoch, an age; -tia, ce, activity, diligence. A beautiful sentiment, worthy < a philosopher, as contrasted with the dogmatism of the scentists of our days. 109. — — spiritlis lethales 1 alicubi aut e scrobibus emissi, ai ipso loci situ mortiferi; alicubi fatidici specus, quorum exhalati6n temulenti futura prascinant, ut Delphis, nobilissimo oraculo. Plin., H. N., II., 93, 207. 1. 4s, e, deathly; adv., at some place; scrobs, is, m., (to philologists, scrobis, is) ditch, a hole in the ground; -us, us, position; -fer, a, urn, death-bearing; -us, a, m fate telling; -us, us, (Dat & Abl. pi. specubus), a cave, a grotto; -tio, nis, f., ou breathing (Abl., by); -us, a, urn, drunk, dazed; -urn, i, what is to be, to come, to ha: pen, future; -no? cini, fr. prae + cano, 6 cecini, cantum, to sing, because Greek and R< 203 man verses are uttered as a song, called "scanning" (scando, 1 r., fr. scando? to mount), and the utterances of the oracles were usually in verses; ^Delphi, ornm, & place in Pho- cis, Greece, with Apollo's famous oracle; -culum, i, fr. os, oris, n., a mouth, where the priestess of Apollo, seated over such an opening in the ground, dazed with some gas, uttered the ora'cula. no. Placet enim Stoicis, eos anhelitus terra, qui frigidi sint, quum fliiere coeperint, ventos esse: Cic, De Div., II., ig, 44. in. Ratione igitur & mente Divina, ad originem temporis, curri- culum inventum est solis & lunoe — ut terram lunae cursus pro- xime ambiret, eique supra terram, proxima solis, circumvectio esset. Lucifer deinde, & sancta Mercurii stella, cursum habent solis celeritate parem. Cic, Tim., IX., 26. 112. Nam ea, quae est media & nona, 1 Tellus, neque moyetur, & infima est, et in earn feruntur omnia, suo nutii, & pondere. Somn. Scip. t IV. , 10. 1. -us, a, urn, ninth. 1 1 j. Quomodo cecidisti 1 de coelo, Iticifer, qui mane oriebaris? corruisti in terram, qui vulnerabas gentes? Vulgata, Isai. XIV., 12. 1. Cado? cecidi, casum, to fall, Perf. Indie; corruo,* id, to collapse, to tumble, to fall in a heap; -to, 1 r ., to wound; gens, Us, f, a nation. This passage refers to the king of Babylon, the Hebrew poet characterizing him as the light- bearing morning star (luci" fer), rising in the morning, but he, who had wounded so many nations, finally has tum- ped upon the earth, &c- Somehow this image was confused with the idea of the falling angels, and, as though "lucifer" had been a name, it came to mean in Christian tradi- tions as the chief devil. — The marks of interrogation really mean exclamations. 114 Siquidem 1 Deus est qui viget, qui sentit, qui meminit, qui prtvidet, qui tarn regit & moderatur, & moyet id corpus, cui propo- situs est, quam hunc mundum ille princeps Deus; & ut mundum, ex 204 quadam parte mortalem, ipse Deus asternus, sic fragile corpus animus sempiternus movet. Nam, quod semper movetur, aeternum est quod autem motum affert alicui, quodque ipsum agitatur aliunde, 2 quan- do finem habet motus, vivendi finem habeat, necesse est. Solum, igi- tur, quod sese movet, quia nunquam deseritur 3 a se, nunquam ne mo- ved quidem desinit; quin etiam ceteris, quae moventur, hie fons, ho< principium est movendi. Ita fit, ut motus 4 principium ex eo sit quod ipsum a se movetur; id autem nee nasci potest, nee mori. Sornn. Scip. Vlll. 19—20 1. If, provided; if, indeed; but here: for, inasmuch as; vigeo? ui, to thrive, to b in full vigor, to prosper, flourish; memini, isse, defective verb, to remember; -deo, 2 di sum, to foresee, support, sustain; -go? xi, ctum, to rule, govern; quam, like, just like ex quadam parte, in some respects, to some extent; -gilis, e, frail; corpus, accus. Th argument is: For, indeed, he (qui) who, has an independent existence, who feels, cai remember, provides for the sustenance, who governs, directs and moves the body ove which he presides, is God, just like that chief God (doing all these things to) this world (meaning the sun); and that eternal God doing this same thing to the universe; so doe the everlasting mind (soul) keep this frail (human) body in motion. — 2. From some where else, from the outside. — 3. -to, 1 rui, rtum, to abandon, desert; fons, Us, m., source. — 4. Genit.; -ium, it, beginning (of motion, moving); ex eo sit, from hin (it) be, = the beginning of motion starts from him, who, or, as here, from it, which moves by itself; and it, (that one) can neither be born, nor die. From our grammatics point of view, this passage contains, in a nut shell, the entire theory of the Latin vert as treated in these two lesson, i.e., active, passive, middle, reflexive, the pure passiv with the agent (a se movetur); and otherwise, too, thoroughly Ciceronian reasoning argument and style. Read once more the last paragraph, of our text. EXERCITIA SCRIBENDA. I. 1. Reversi ad lineas, quid sumus acturi? — 2. Ubi reliquimus li- neas p _ Jg vide sis, utrum ista prima pars huius pensi sit tarn long: quam pars altera; turn die, utra sit !6ngior, utra brevior. — 4. Nume; pars, quae est altera brevior, est etiam facilior, quae autem hac l6ngio est, est propterea etiam difficilior? — 5. Utra in parte sunt plura, in utn 20^ >auciora vocabula? — 6. Suntne has duas partes Pensi Septimi numero ocabulorum aequales? — 7. Estne ea pars, quae multo plura vocabula iumerat, parum longior? — 8. Si ista pars prior alteri brevitate pnestat, umquid illam difficultate hanc superare necesse est? — 9. Estne omne I, quod facillimum esse manifestum sit, ob earn rem etiam optimum? - 10. Quidquamne optimo melius esse potest? — 11. Numquid is, qui essimo quoque 1 parum est melior, bonus dicendus? — 12. Numquid ui nihilo paullo plus habet, satis habet? 1. Mark the expressions: pessimus, or optimus quisque, -ma quoque, -mum q UO d- ue, anybody (of the) worst (kind), or best (kind), declined regularly: -mi cuius que, no, -ma, -mo cuique; -mum, -mam, -mum quemque, quamque, quodque (quidque). bl, as here: -mo, -ma, -mo quoque, quaque, quoque. To this belongs: primo quoque mpore, at the first opportunity. II. i. Si 1 scire vellemus quid acus esset, qui (quomodo), precor (rogo, ro, obsecro), earn describeres? — 2. Quare est ima 2 acus extrita et eli- idta? — 3. Quamobrem nequimus (non possumus) aciem minute :us cernere? — Si acia acii tenuior non esset, sed aut aeque crassa at- ue acus, aut paulo crassior, quid 9 fieret? — 5. Si braces pueri petu- intis, quas mater scissas & laceras resarcire ac reparare velit, albidi 4 int colons, quid videtur res postulare, nigrane an flava 5 rubrane an vero Iba acia sibi esse utendum? — Quo potissimum 6 fit modo ut pueri, ?re nunquam 7 non petulantes, tuniculas aut braccas pnesertim in ge- ibus & ciibitis discindant ac lacerent? — 7. Quand6quidem patribus, uippe quos plerumque severiores 8 matribus esse constat, pnesertim 3rdi est, ne sui nati in petulantiam iusto effusiores sint, quibus rebus ^lent filios facinorosos, se domum recipientes, excipere & compescere? - 8. Quid turn matres statuunt? — 9. Ut suere possit, quid oportet latrem conquirere? 1. These questions are made somewhat more complicated, on purpose, so as to resent some of the features of what is called "consecutio temporum/ 4 considered the lost difficult portion of the Latin language. With a little closer observation we can :quamt ourselves with the run of these times and modes. In the present sentence all the 206 verbs (excepting the parenthetic precor) are in the Coniunctivus, and its Jmperfectum, thus ^'L desirous to know, what a needle were, how (pray), would* thou be- write (describe) it? The conditional mode here is demanded by si. The Imperfect of the win verb, volo, is vellem.pUvellemus, in this connection, is actual present Of we wanted now to know); the "scire," in Pres. Infin., because one verb puts the other ,nto Inf., shows this; but the other verb (quid acus) esset, is again conditioned not in con- Lquence of the first, but by syntactical reason, whereas the third, descnberes for two reasons, syntactical and logical, is in Imperf. Coni., w meaning of present- The syn . and grammatical presents of of these verbs would be: s. vehmus sere, quid acus sit, this would" if it be our will, to know, what a needle be, it is nearly all future, and the Mverbwould follow in Put- Ind., or Coni, qui describes, or desenpsens (-ro, -ns, &tc. which form in Indie, is called Put. Exactum). - To make the forms more ckai in the Perfect, 1 change the first verb to first person sing, S. (or quum) scire vol*,, volume voluissem quid acus esset, or fuisset, q„. describes or desenps^ - This is an illustration in a nucleus, necessary for the present, but we shall see mud ^e of it in its proper place. - Now how shall 1 answer it ? ™}^*m~ tinn- Si scire vellemus, quid acus esset, then I consider my verb, descubo, a tiansi tive'verb, following from it a definition, or declaration, wherefore, 1 shall put my sub ject acus, or its representative pronoun, ea, in Accusative, to be my object, making ai Accusative cum Infinitivo of it, thus: earn (or, acum) ferramentum esse (Infinitivus. minutissimum, cuius, &c, as in the main text. 2 Acus, us, is f., -us, a, um, properly, deep, low; we say medium cmlum, summc domus, instead of medium punctum, media pars coeeli, summa pars, suprema pars do mus; ima acus, instead of ima pars acus, w. Gen. 3. What would happen? - 4. -us, a, um, whitish. - 5. -us, a, um yellow, -er, um red- mihi est utendum, 1 must make use of ... - 6. Adv., mainly, chiefly- / Two negatives, one positive = subinde, plerumque. - 8 . Severus, a, um stern ,r Compar , quam left out, therefore AM. matribus; constat, constare, impersonal and it manmng an Accus. c Infin. -it stands fast.it is established, proven, a well know fact that they are sterner than the mothers; cordi est, is them to heart, = are most eoi cerned; more than justly, i e., too much; effusiores, effusus, a, um, = poured ac given to; facinorosus, a, um, too mischievous; compesco,' cm, atum, to curb, to cheel to subdue. III. i fcxplica, 1 velim, quae causa sit, quare tenui6rem et exiliorei partem mucronis cuiusque ferramenti ad scindendum "aciem" appellt mus ? _ 2 . Quid 2 si puer accipiat malum, nee cultellum habeat; nui malum abiiciet? - x. Quid causae^* est, quare cultri, quibus ad mei 207 sam utimur, ad instar novaculae non exacuentur? — Quod genus ferra- menti est forfex? — j. Quid est tonstrina? — Quid accidit 4 ei, cuius ca- Mllos tonsor hebeti ac stridenti forfice tentat tondere? — 7. Quidnam fieri oportet, ne id capiti hominis tondendi 5 eveniat? — 8. Quid videtur /erosimile, si puer novacula ludat? — 9. Qualem oportet vultum eius /iri esse, qui quinis 6 senisve diebus non rasus sit? — 10. Quid opor- eret 7 tonsorem facere, si filiolus eius, optima quam haberet, novacula, 3aculum secaret? 1. Imperative Lenior, of the first conjugation, fr. ex + plico, to fold out, to un- old, explain; velim, Prass. Coni. of volo, be I willing, may I will, please, kindly; and >n this introduction's account we say sit, instead of est, and, also appell^mus, instead of ppell^mus; see the Colloquia. — 2. Like in English "What, if . . ." malum, i, an pple; diminutive of cutter, tri; a dimin. is usually of the same gender, (here, cultUlus, ) as the parent word; abiicio, 3 ieci, tectum, ab + iicio, to throw away. 3. Quid has the nature of a noun, hence it governs another noun intoGenit, caus#, /hat is the cause, reason; ad instar, or, instar, indecl., in likeness, in the manner, or ashion of, like, w. Genit.; exacuo, 3 ui, utum, to sharpen. — 4. Accidit, 3 an impers. erb, only used in the 3rd person, to befall (ad + cado), governs Dat. (ei), as do most: ompounded verbs; strideo* di, and strido* di, to squeak, creak, buzz; tento} r., to ry, to attempt. — 5. Capiti hominis tondendi, to the head of a to-be-hair-cutted man, gerundivum of tondeo; ivenit,* like accidit, an impers. verb, "outcome.;," happens, efalls, comes to pass. 6. Quinis - senisve, instead of quinque - sexque, quinque aut sex; rasus, pp. of ado. — 7. Imperf. Coni. of oportet* uit, to have to, must, an impers. verb, govern- ig Accus., quid oportet me facere? what have I got to do, what would the barber . . .? Iwlus, i, dim. oifilius, a little son, sonny; dptimum quod hibto = the best 1 have; tco} cui, ctum, to cut slowly, to whittle, to cut little by little. IV. 1. Ministerio quarum rerum utitur animus ad sensum visus perci- 'iendum? — 2. Quare vocamus visum "aciem" oculorum? — 3. Num •mnia, qu^ scimus, visui debemus, 1 uti, v. c, cognitidnem linguarum, nusic^, cantus; quid tibi his de rebus videtur? — 4. At vero, 2 si mira- ula rerum nature scrutari & indagare volumus, auditune, ac ministerio urium, id efficere suscipiemus? — 5. Quibus potissimum 3 rebus hebe- antur nostri sensus? — 6. Si pater, aetete adultior, 4 minutissimas litte- 208 rulas legere, aut mater, aettte provectior, ocello acfts exiguae subtilissi- mum linum inserere velit, nee per imbecillitatem aciei visus id facere possit- quid utriimque facturum arbitraberis? — 7. At, si Marco Tullio Ciceroni, dicenti, 5 'oculos quasi fenestras esse animi,' fides habenda sit, omnes eos, qui hebetatione ocul6rum laborent, animis quoque he- betes esse nobis persuadebimus? 1 Visui debemus, = we owe (it) to sight; the first' meaning of debeo is, I owe, whence, debitutn, i , what is owed, debitor, is, is the man (not a woman) who owes whence on English billheads, as a remnant of the good, old Latin times: To John Smith Dr., means "Johanni Smith debitor (is owed to J. S.). Most naturally, it governs Da- tive, wherefore visiA Dat. of IV, - Lingua, a, a tongue, a language; musica, a, of a muse, belonging some of the muses, whence the freak formation of the French, s'amuser as if se ad-musare, to be-muse one's self; music; cantus, us, a singing. — Quia no videtur? what seems to you? what is your opinion on this matter? — His de rebus, or de his rebus, of, or about these things. 2. But then: suscipio* cepi, ceptum, Fut. Ind., shall we undertake? 3. Adv., mainly, chiefly; really but an expletive. 4 A little more aged, elderly; dimin. of Utter a; aetate provectior, a little more ad vanced in age: linum, i, flax, linnen thread, see Ex. Leg., 60; inibecillttas, tatts, f fr in + bacillus, without a cane, canelessness, helplessness, weakness; utrumque, ead one, Accus. masc, mother included, because the masc. precedes; arbitraberis, dep. verb Fut. Ind., wilt thou deem, what will you judge, think? 5. 1 paraphrase this sentence in this looser form: Verum, si cr£dimus (si credendun est) M T. Ciceroni, qui dicit "Oculi quasi fenestra sunt animi," an ideo persuadebimu nobis (faciemus ut cred^mus) omnes eos £tiam ammo h£betes esse, quia Mbetes sun visii? In plain English (should some one need it) "But now, if we lend belief to M. I Cicero saying (leaving out "that") The eyes to be something like the mind's windows, shall we persuade ourselves all to be laboring with mental dullness, who are dull of ey sight? V. 1. Quare dicimus guttam aquae similem esse piscinae? — 2. Cbinan scatent "bacteria?" — 3. Ope cuius rei yalemus 1 "bacillos" visu con sequ j? _ 4 . Quemnam sensum in nobis dxcitat 2 tarn minons, quan maic3ris mundi contemplate? — 5. E quibus corpusculis creditur om nis materia coalesces? — 6. Quae est atom6rum maxima congeries? - 7. Quare putamus solem, tamquam regem ac ducem, medium inte 209 Stellas erraticas locum obtinere? — 8. Quid est, 3 quod nonnullas Stellas "erraticas" appellamus? — 9. Quibus nominibus insignitur stella Vene- ris, et quamobrem? — 10. Quas Stellas sunt Telluri ex utraque parte vi- c j nae p — ! ,. intra quot dierum spatium abs61vit Tellus cursum suum circum solem? — 12. Quid est, et quid agit Luna? — 13. Quanam re estsidus Martis conspicuum? — 14. Qui sunt caeteri planetae, et quo ordine se excipiunt? — 1 ?. Quid putant aliqui astrologi de cometis? — 16. Quid interest inter motum planetarum, atque solis? — 17. Estne quidquam, quod motum materia?, "machinaeque mundi," moderetur? 1. Valeo? ui, itum y to be in full possession of one's bodily powers, is the first meaning of the verb; here it is used like possumus, but the latter may mean moral, ethical, legal, &c., abilities, here out of question, while valeo means only physical ability, here better. 2. -to} r., fr. cieo, 2 (or, cio, 4 ) civi, citum, to cause motion, or movement, whence citus, a, urn, quick; cito, quickly; cito, 1 r., con-, in; ex - re-, sus- (sub-), to wake up, quicken up, canem incitare, to set a dog upon somebody; equum coweitare, to spur on, to whip up one's horse. 3. Instead of quare, or quid causce est (Gen. because quid has the force of a noun), and follows quod, or quare, conjunctions. EXERCITATIONES L0QVEND1. We have reached a stage also in our oral exercises, where the students may pass over the bridge of my Lain to that of the most illustrious of Roman Colloquialists^ Marcus Attius Plautus (184 B. C), and Publius Terentius Afer (159 B. C) — As { was preparing this course, I hit upon the work of an old scholar, Georgius Fabritius, Chemnicensis, who in 1543 had published these very things, and much more, picking out the elegances, grouping them under appropriate headings, Cicero for writing letters f and our two authors for colloquia. — Such being the case, I abandoned the enterprise confining my labors to verifying the passages), as I do not wish "actum agere," take the old scholars collection, here, openly giving credit both to his learning and industry. Before, however, taking that step, I deem it proper to introduce tw3 of my own colloquia, by the way of introduction, to explain a few things the student must know at entering the ancient Roman, the unknown, the complex, from modern Latin, from the known, from the simple, which is the method of synthesis, as opposed to analysis, now generally in vogue, i. e-, beginning with the ancient, staying in the ancient in the com- 210 plex, in the unknown, pretending to be afraid of the simple, of the known, of the modern. I. A. Quis tu es? 1 " Et quid es tu? 11 Scisne quis ego sim? 3 "' Quern igitur me esse putas? 5 " Video 7 te scire quis sim; sed potesne hariolari quid sim? " Recte, Hercle, 9 divinas, nam id pro- f£cto sum; sed, die, amabo, quid tu sis! 44 Siccine? 11 Quibusnam rebus studes? " Itaque etiam scis Latine. " Intellig6sne 13 siquid tibi Latine di- cam? 11 Recte mones; audi ergo: Virtutis expers lQ verbis iartans gib- nam, Ignbtos fallit, notis est derisui! " Quid si non can£ndo ac recitando, 18 sed lente & tractim verba singula gfferam? 11 Tibi ergo, quid dixerim, 19 clarum non est. " Pireo 21 tibi, faciam ut p6stulas: ausculta igitur: 'Qui nullam partem vitutis habet, sed verbis tantum elatis m£morat suam gl6riam, de*cipit eos qui eum non cogn6scunt, sed iis qui eum noverunt, de- risioni tantum est? Nuncne capis quod po£ta dixit? B. Sum Qu 2 Sempr6nius. 11 Sum puer, ut vides. " Puto me scire 4 quis sis. 44 Tertullium 6 te esse suspicor, f ilium Publii, mercatoris. 44 Ita opinor; 8 studiosum schola'sticum te esse divino. " Id ipsum 10 et ego sum quod tu es, nempe litteramm studiosus. r< Cunctis, quibus sodales. 12 " Haud plus scio quam caeteri. " Si clara voce et lente dixeris, spero fore ut intelligam. 44 Audiam, loquere. 15 " Nonp£nitus inteUixi, quod 17 recit£- veras, fortasse quia canSndo verba protu- listi. " Si verba ISntius & distinctius protii- leris, sensum facilius 4ssequar. 44 Latine nondum satis scio, ut drmi- na ex improviso 20 excipiam. Fac, aliis id verbis £xplica. 44 Hxc prosus di versa 22 res est; quod drmine recitando dixisti, non satis intel- l£xi; quid autem soluta oratione dixeris, mihi prorsus est clarum. 1. We could say: Quis es? Tu quis es? Quisestu? — 2. Quid tu es? — 3. W e have really two sentences here: Scisne, the leading sentence, and quis ego sim? the de- pendent sentence; then this is also an indirect question (interrogatio obliqua). In al. such constructions the verb of the dependent sentence is in Conjunctivus. When the verb 211 of the leading sentence is in the present time (either Indicativus or Coniunctivus), the the dependent verb can be in Praes. Praet. Perf., or Futurum; here it is in Praes. 4. Again two sentences in one: (l) puto me scire, (2) quis sis. Verbs of knowing, believing, judging, thinking, like scio, intelligo, dico, aio, credo, puto, arbitror, iudico, existimo, &c. , called by modern grammarians verba sentiendi & declarandi, demand that the subject following should not be joined by quod, ut, &c , as in modern languages, but should become the object of such a verb, and the verb of the sentence so joined into one, should follow in corresponding (pres., past, fut.) Infinitive, so that of puto (quod) ego scio (as a modern tongue would have it), two sentences joined by quod, become contracted into puto me scire, and the dependent verb follows the rule, as above. 5. Quern is the Accus. of quis (quis ego, quod sum, putas), on the same principles as the above; this construction is called an Accusativus cum Infinitivo. 6. Tertullius is shaped from tertillus, dlmin. of tertius, some numerals served as names of persons, the second, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth child. Suspicor, 1 dtus sum, one of the "verba sentiendi & declarandi," therefore Ace. c. Inf. The name, Pub- lius, was the Roman John, always abbreviated as P. 7. One of the Verba S. & D., therefore Ace. c. Inf., though vve could also say: Video quod non intelligis." Hariolor, 1 atus sum, to guess, to fortell, to prophecy. 8. Opinor, 1 atus sum, to think, to have the opinion; studiosus, i, an endevorer, a student; scholasticus, a, um, pertaining to school; -no, 1 r., to foretell, to conjecture, to guess, to prophecy. 9. An irregular Vocative case in Latin, of Hercules, by H . . . id sum, = I am that (what you say); dico, due 0, and facto, form their Imperatives in die, due, fac, though in the old writers we also find the regular forms, as, face; the amabo here means please, 10. Id ipsum et = I, too, am the same (thing) quod, what . . . et = etiam. 11. Sic + ci -f- ne = is that so? Studeo = I endeavor, its government is in- direct, i. e., not Ace., but 'Vat., quibus rebus, cui rei, studes? what (things, thing) are you after? 12. Sodalis, is, a comrade; eunctis Dat, I am studying all, my fellows do. 13. Both verbs in Fut. Simpl. Indie 14. This form is dixero, not dixerim; the former is the Fut. Coni. simple form, and also the Fut. Exact. Indie; here the Coni. is meant, Spero fore = spero futurum esse; intelligo, is the Prses- Coni., because after the Prass. and Fut. of the leading verb, only Prass. Fut. and Praet Perf. of the Coniunctivus can follow, not the Imperf. nor the Plusquam Perf. 15. The Imperat. of the deponent verb. 16. Expers, Us, fr. ex + pars, shareless, one who has no part in a thing, expers virtutis, one having no share in virtue, or merit; iacto, 1 r., to bandy, throw about, to brag; ignotus, a, um, one who is not known, its opposite is notus, a, um, the poet using 212 these words for gnarus and ignarus, a knowen and an unknower; -lo 3 fefilli, falsutm to mistake, to delude; derisus, us, to laugh down, to make sport of somebody, mark the Dat. : derisui, ludibrio, contemptui, glorias, gaudio, auxilio est, it serves for derision, mockeri, contempt, glory, joy; the sense: The vain braggard, without any merit of his own, may well fool people not knowing him, but for people of experience (or, who know him) he serves for a laughing stock; a much quoted fable of Phasdrus (I., 11, 12.) 17. Had we used quid, instead of quod, we would have divided the sentence, like those, above, and for recitaveras we would say "recitavisses." As it is, we remain in the Indicativus, but the times remain the same, Plusquam Perfectum (-veras, and ~visses) t as anterior (or foregoing) to i( inUllexi, (i because he had to recite, before the other could understand. — Canendo profero, prbtuli, -latum, to bring forth the words by singing. Roman poems, whatever their meters (these, for instance, are very pretty iambic feet), are actually sung, not figuratively alone, as do also my pupils. 18. Recito} r., fr. re = retro, back, backward, + cito, 1 r-, fr. citus, a, urn, quick, lively, to summon up, to call back, to reproduce, to recite; technically different from ca- nere, and scandere, a fluent telling, or reading in meters, without the chant. — Tractim, adv., drawn, slowly; 'effero, 3 extuli, elatum, to pronounce. 19. Quid dixerim, clarum est. Of the two sentences the latter is the leading one; since its verb is in present time, the verb of the dependent sentence {dixerim) the past being involved, can only stand in the perfectum Coniunctivi, and neither the Imperf. nor the Plus quam Perf. could stand in its place. 20. Carmen, inis, n., a poem, a verse; ex improviso, unprepared, unforeseen, by surprise; excipio 3 cepi, ceptum, to take up, to take out of the hand, to succeed, to con- tinue, to pick up as it comes, to receive, take in, as it flows- Do, explain, please. 21. Pareo, 2 ui, Hum, properly, to appear, to follow suit, to obey; ausculto, 1 r., to listen. Elatus, a, urn, (effero), loud, boastful; cognosco, 3 cognovi, cbgnitum, to know to be familiar with; decipio 3 cepi, ptum (de + capio), to catch down, to trap, to deceive; novi, novisse, defective, to know; capio 3 cepi, captum, to catch, to understand. 22. Diver sus, a, urn, fr. diverto, 3 ti, rsum, fr. verto, turned away, different, this is quite a different thing. II. C. D. C. Fuitne 1 Quadr^tus apud te? D. Nullus 2 Quadra'tus apud me fuit, nee ego ullum eius n6minis novi. Minim m£moras; atqui 3 ego rogdvi " At, inquam, nemo mihi eo ndmine 4 eum u tad te veniret, et ad te nuntium meum c6gnitus est. Cseterum toto die domi eram, defeVret nee quisquam me appellavit- Ais r ' tu te eum non novisse? H Aio vero.° 2IJ C. Fallens, 7 amice, bene eum novisti, non minus quam me. Atqui ego eum cei ie misi, ideo autem misi, quod sci^bam eum tibi probe 9 cogni- tum esse. Nugas 11 agis; tu Lucium Quadritum Ventidium sine dubitatione nosti. Sine 13 ut dicam. SaceVdos quidam, parochus 14 pagi vicini, quum a nostdtibus fando audivisset, me discipline linguae La- tine dilige'nter operam navaYe, per patrem mihi centussem pollicitus est, si quimlibet e Robinsone Crusoeo paginam in Latinum conv£rterem. Pliant propositum; inchoivi opus, sed rep£nte voces offe'ndi, quas nee ipse sci£bam, nee in vocabulirio mindri quod solum hibeo, reperire quibam. Turn mihi in mentem incidit 16 te vocabularium pl£nius habere; primum quern reperissem amicum ad te mittere stftui, qui id paulis- per abs te p£teret. Hunc primum r£peri, hunc misi. At ego v£reor, 20 ne tu, si id tibi e<5- dem tempore mecum contigisset, commo- dore vocabularium mihi negaturus £sses. interim, quoniam nemo tibi pre- mium 22 dbtnlit, grande vocabularium pau- lisper abs te impetra'tum iri srjero; atque id cause est, quare modo ad te v£nerim. D. C D. Fieri potest; 8 at certe non m£mini nominis, nee, profecto, hie fuit Unde, obscero, scie*bas eum mihi co- gnitum esse, quum ego ne nomen quidem eius, quod sciam, 10 unquam audiverim? O, Ventidium, puerum suburba'- num, 12 rufum coma*, ed£ntulum, voce rau- cum, ali6quin egr£gium studiosum, opti- me novi. £cquid eum ad me misisti? A, sic res se habet! £quidem, JEde- pol, 17 lubentissimo immo id tibi per Venti- dium commoda'ssem, 18 si is ad me venisset, fortasse domum vocftus. Ceterum letus tibi gratulor de tanta bona fortuna. Uti- nam 19 mihi acquis doctus parochus incide- ret, qui idem mihi pollicer£tur, nam opus idgenus et ego vol£nter susciperem. 11 Nee, Pol, 21 Jte* mere. Ceterum quid ob£sset etiamsi nega'rem, id ab alio aliquo impetra*res. 6ptime statuisti, 23 amice; en tibi grande vocabularium, utere eo quantum satis, tibique e sente'ntia consule. 1. In this exercise we mostly deal with the past time- This is used in Latin when the event is absolute, not relative. Absolute is the event, when in that sentence nothing further can be added to it, as: Hast thou been in Rome? The same event, or occassion will be relative, when I can qualify, or extend it, as: I was in Rome, when Fuistine Rome? Fui! — Rome eram, quum Quadratus, i, proper name; apud, prep., w. ace, by, with, along, at. 2. Nullus, a, urn, no one, none, no kind; it qualifies persons as well as things, 214 where nemo, a noun, conld not qualify; ullus, a, urn, with a negative = ™Jta. J«t ®* in English any, not any. Novi, novisse, a verb that has no present, and the past (novi) is used in its stead, it means cognovi, nosco, cognosco. 3. Atqui, = yet; rog&vi ut - veniut, et deferret, a typical construction with ut expressive of purpose, intention, "in order that,'" bringing in Con., in ' *« depen ^ verbs, both because ut, and because dependent, whilst the leading verb, rogaw occasions the Imperf. of both dependents, because itself is in Prat. Perf. - Nunhum, i, a mess- age; d'efero? d'etuli, delatum, to bring down to a place. 4. Above we said "eius n6minis," now "eo n6mine;" like in English: of that name, or with that name; domi eram. = I was at home; appellant, has called perf- 5. Ah tu, = dost thou say, or assert, follows Ace. c Infin. - 6. Vero, like p fecto, yes (indeed) I do. , f fallo* 7. Fallot? falsus sum, I deceive, mislead, I fool, is in Pass. Voice here, tr. jo* , fefelli.fahum; Falleris, amice, = friend, thou are mistaken. 8. It is possible, it may be; m'emini, meminisse, to remember, it ■ g°^f ° ot ™' like here (nominis), and Ace , as a transitive verb; it is one of the four defective verbs, lacking the form of the present time, these are: mimmi, ccepx, odi, now. 9. Adv., bene, recte, rite. - 10. As far as 1 know; quum, has two meanings one, at the time when, the other: as, since; in the former it governs Indicative, in the lattet Coni., accordingly, audiverim is in Perf. Coni. ... 11. Nugce, arum, p l. only, joke, nonsense, = thou art joking, trifling. - Luctus, a very frequent name, always abbreviated as L. Ventidius, a Roman name, fr. ventu s + dies; in compounding nouns, the first part stands in Gen. or Abb, though the ^ exception are numerous, as: agrf-cultura, foeni-secium; ped^planum (abb) * un ^ mbul ° e !T g dropped); Icarnf- (carnii) fex; pater-familias (Norn.), respubhea; &c, nosu, WS 12. Suburbanus, a, urn, fr. sub + urbs, below the city, suburban; -us, a, urn , red, reddish, qualifying puer, coma, in Abb, by hair of the head; -us. a, urn, fr. ex + a ■ tis, a tooth, toothless; -us, a, urn, hoarse; adv., otherwise; -us, a, urn, eminent tout standing), -us, i, a student; ecquid, for et quid, whatfor. 13. Sino? sivi, situm, in Imperat., to allow, permit- - 14- Parochus, t, with the Romans a public purveyor, who furnished the traveling officials with board, MM™ horses: with Christians, a parson, a parish-priest, and parochta, * (though; of course philologists differ as to derivation), the parish, parish-house; nos tras ' at < 5 ' ° MS '° people; fando audire, to know from hearsay, by hearing said; operm dare or navare to be engaged in study; centussis, is, m., a dollar; any money consisting c .100 smaue units- pollkeor,Htus sum, to promise; pagina, ae, a page; converto? it, sum, xo tur over,' to translate. - IS- -urn, i, proposition, purpose; inchoo} r., to begin; adv., sua denly; -do? di, sum, to hit upon, to find, to stumble; quibam, fr. queo, irreg. lean, Imperf.: I could. — 16. Fr. in + cado, to come into one's mind; pauhsper, for a little 21? while. Mark the conjunction quern, instead of ut, after mitto; observe the successions of the times of the verbs and the modes. 17- Latter-day philologists are trying to interpret away the etymology of this ex- clamation and that of Ecastor; we hold fast to the old tradition, that these words are compounded from Aides + Pollucis, and Aides + Castoris, per Ade(m), Po/ (lucis), for Castor and Pollux were worshiped in one temple, but called after either, or both. The exclamation is very often but Pol! spelled by the philologists /., /K, i>3 1 PL Pater, salveto; amboque adeo. 9 Dee., salvus sies! — Rud. } I., 2, 75. " 217 Ag. Salvus sisl Ly. t Dii te ament! — Pan., III., 5, 6. Me. Salvus atque fortunatus 10 semper sies. Ev., Dii te ament! Me. quid tu? recten r , atque ut vis vales? AuL, II., 2, 5. Tibi Dii semper, adolescens, quisquis es, faciant bene! Men,, V., y, 32. Pe. Salva sis! Mu., saliitem accipio mihi et meis. 11 Epi.,lV.,i,2i. Salve, quid agis? ut vales? Per., ll„ 2 , 22. Dii te ament plurimum! Si., salvos sis! Tr., ut vales? 5i., non male; quid agis? Most, ill., 2 , 28. Ca. 6 amice salve, atque aequalis; ut vales? Me., et tu jEdepol, salve, valen? 12 valuistin? Ca., valeo, et valui rectius. Me. Quid agit tua uxor? ut valet? Ca. t plus quam ego volo. Me. Bene, Hercle, est. — Trin, 1, 2, 10. Salve mi sodalis, 13 ut valuisti? quid, parentes mei valent? Mer. } V., 2, ioj, Heg., Quid pater? vivitne? Phi., vivum, quum inde abi- imus, liquimus. At nunc vivat nee ne, 14 id Orcum scire oportet, scilicet. Capt. II. , 2, 32, Valuistin' usque? Ep. t sustentatum'st 15 sedulo. Ge. Bene atque amice dicis; Di dent quae velis. Propino tibi salutem plenis faucibus. Coenabis apud me, quoniam salvus advenis. Sti., III., 2, 14. Here, salve; salvum te advenisse gaudeo. Usquene 16 valuisti? Th., usque, ut vides. Tr., factum dip- time. Most. II., 2, 18. Saluto te. Ha. Mi homo, & mea mulier, vos saluto. Ph. Et nos te. Cist., IV., 2, 57. Socerum 17 suum Lysiteles salutat. Ch. Di dent tibi, Lysiteles, quae velis. Trin. v., 2, 27. Amphitruo ux6rem salutat laetus, speratam suam. Am. II., 2, 41. 2l8 Herum saluto primum, ut aequum 18 est; postea, Siquid supersit, vicinos impertio. Si. Salve, quid agitur? Pseud., /., 5> 4 o. « Iubeo te solvere. Salvere iubeo, te mi Saturies, bene. 19 Da. Salve et tu. Most., III., i, 41. " Iubeo vos salvere. Ph., noster Geta, quid agis? ut vales? Ge. Valeo, & venio ad minus valentem. — True, II., y, 23. « Pa. Iubemus te salvere, mater. Sa., salvete, puellae. Rud., I., 5, 5. ■ Iubeo te salvere voce summa, quoad vires valent. *Asin„ II., 2, ^0. '« Iubet salvere suus vir uxorem suam. — Mer., IV., 3, 14. « Herum atque servum plurimum Philto iubet Salvere. Le. Dii tibi duint, 21 Philto, quaecunque optes; quid agit filius? Ph. Bene vult tibi. Le., ^depol, miituum mecum facit. Trin., II., 4, 34 " Pa, Salve mi pater. La. Gnate mi, salve. Ph. Bene factum te advenisse* Mec, ///„ 5, 5. Ter. Philotis, salve multum. Ph., 6, salve, Parmeno. Sy. Salve, Mecastor, 22 Parmeno. Pa., & tu, ^Idepol, Syra. Hec. I., 2, j. " Ci. Salve, anime mi. An. mi expedite Clinia, salve. Cl. Ut vales? An. Salvom 23 venisse gaudeo. Heau. II., 4, 25. ' Menedeme, salve; nuntium 24 apporto tibi.— Heau. III., 1, 18. " De ,, Salvere Hegionem plurimum iubeo. He. 6 te qusere- bam ipsum; 25 salve. Ada., III., 4, 14. " 1. The author calls his two books "Elegantiae Plauti & Terentii;" I have taken e liberty of changing the title into something more dignified, correct and classical, Serv, nis, m., is a general term for human speech; talk, discourse, where the people, or true persons, do the talking than one; opposed to this is ordtio, nis, f., when the talk is d(2 by one man, as in a church, in meetings, in judicial courts- — German philologis have attempted to tinker and interfere with the name of Plautus; I adhere to traditit , and restore it, as above. — These two authors, for more then 2,000 years have toi 219 toked upon as priceless models of Spoken Latin, though, of course, there have been •itics, who have attempted to find fault with one or the other. Moralists find much wit with the lascivious language both use. The fault was of that primitive age, not of idividual men, and here, on our pages, such things have no place, for we are seeking le elegancies of their speech. Of Plautus Varro is reported to have said; In argumentis :xcilius poscit palmam, in sermonibus Plautus; Varro ap. Non. 374, 9. Of Terentius lys Cicero: "cuius fabellas, propter elegantiam sermonis, a C. Lselio putabuntar scribi; H. 7,3, 10. Every one of these quotations has not only been verified by me, but entirely written at of the texts of the Roman authors themselves, for Georgius Fabritius has used num- jrs, presumably the pages of the I. Camerarius edition, by Heruagius, which I could Dt possibly use, and had to find every one myself, and marked them by the initial let- rs of the plays, the Roman numerals meaning the Actus, the Arabic designating the :cend and versieuli, with absolute correctness. I have also extended several of these notations, some of them receiving different meanings from what our author took them i mean. Students will do well by memorizing the various phrases, for no modern "classical :hoolar" could teach them anything nearly as good and elegant Latin, no, nor even icero himself. 2. These three words are in Vocative, II., decl. ; all -us endings changing to -e in oc. , while nieus becomes mi. No other endings admit a special Voc. Animemi, just ceon modern languages, "my soul." Salve! is the Imperat. 3. While hems in those days meant the owner, and master of slaves, we need not ! so very fastidious about it, and may use the term for "Mr." just as well as do the lermans use it in the form of "Herr;" exoptatus, a, urn, wished for. 4. In + speratus, a, urn, unlooked for. 5. -is, e, also as a noun, -is, is, a countryman, a man of the same country; quis- ws, whoever; be there any need, necessity; pray; say so, and command me. 6. Adv., after; brother, whom I behold after so many years. 7. Adv., i, e„ am I not unwelcome? 8. Cedo, pi., cette, Imperat., e short, has no other form = here with your hand! lake hands! — it is supposed to be derived fr- -ce (like in hicce), and do, though not .lite certain. 9. Adv., nay, even, yes. indeed. Sies is the old form for sis. 10. -a, urn, lucky, happy; recten' for xtcitne, abbreviated both for the sake of leter, and, because in ordinary speaking such contractions are frequent in all tongues; I vis vales? art thou as well as thou wishest? 11. Dat. pi. of mens, a, um, = I accept the greating for myself and for mines (for ly folk, my people). 12. Valen', = valesne? plus quam ego volo, notice the emphatic ego, the meaning: 220 is the old, theatrical joke, "she (the wife) is of better health than / should like 1: to be! 13. -is, is, m.f., a companion, partic, those belonging to the same club or callin 14. Utrum, whether, left out, = be living or not; Orcus, i, m., the lower worl hell; its God Pluto, death, "Orcus scit," hell knows, "fortis quam Orcus, " "stroi as hell;" this expression is not offensive as its English equivalent, as is seen here whether my father is alive or dead, the Lower World alone could tell, scilicet, scire licet, that can be known, = as you will understand. 15. For sustentatum est, fr. -to, 1 r., to prop, hold, support, susiain, = I have he my ground, I have taken good care of myself; sedulo, adv., fr. sedeo, diligently. Amu Adv., in a friendly way, kindly; may the Gods grant thee all your heart's deroes. - Propino, 1 r ., to drink for one's health; faux, cis, f., a throat; cceno, 1 r., to sup. 16. Adv., still, all along. 17. -er, eri, father-in-law. 18. -us, a, um, as it is reasonable, as it behooves: supersum, esse,fui, what remain impertio* r., also -iot,* itus sum, to impart, with Dat., also w. Ace, in aliquem, aliqu as here, to give share to the neighbors. 19. Iubeo to bene saivere, = I bid thee to be of good health. 20. Quo + ad, as far as, vires valent, my strength allows, powers reach. 21. Duint, an old form for dedennt, and dent, fr. do, may the Gods give; optc r., to wish from the heart; bene vult tibi, he sends his regards, = wills veil to the -us, a, um, and -urn, i, = by JE., hi is doing to me, just what I to him, mecum, with me. 22. Me + Castor, i.e., iuvet, = so help me Castor, mostly women say so. 23. In old Latin o is frequently interchanged with u, as servos, volt for serves. vu\ 24. -um, ii, an announcement, a message; -us, i, is he who carries it; -o, 1 r. the verb. 25. Thou art the very man 1 was seeking. PENSVM OCTAVVM. 221 Ntimmi Tessera argentaria Moneta Y Pecunia Res, quam digitis me tenere videtis, niiiimiiis 2 est. Hie omnium irnmum nostr6rum minimus, libella vocatur. Si hiiic ilni libellae alteram addo 3 habebo duas, si tertiam, tres; si iartam, quatuor; si, denique, quintam, habebo quinque; has autem 1. The teacher holding a penny between his thumb and index finger. He should ve in readiness the other coins up to half - a - dollar, and a dollar bill, showing them turn, as the text calls for them. He may fill out the gaps left open between he decades counting and writing in Roman figures, which are fully given in the next section. Here we enter upon the subject of numerals, which entails the business and partly : law language of Rome, almost never touched upon in school-books. I need scarcely 'ntion that our present notation of numerals was entirely unknown to the Romans, d thus, here, we confine ourselves to Roman numerals alone. 2. II., a coin, in wider sense, money; its Gen. pi. is usually contracted into -urn, • -drum;]., the dimin. of libra, and lb. t Ital. lira, French r *0, and the smallest unit of a pound of 12 ounces, a cent; libra also means the les, fr. libro, 1 r., to balance, to swing a lance, a cane. Of the Roman coins later. iella can be used for the smallest coin of any nation, adding the necessary adjectives, Ciallica, Germanica, &c. 3. -do* addidi, additum, fr. ad + do, dare, dedi, da + um, to give to it, to add, verning Dat. for indirect object, and Ace. for direct, addo alicui aliquid; -or, is. m., 222 yal6re aequant quinrfrium, qui hie nummus est. Nunc compute quot nummos habeam: una, diiae, tres, quatuor, quinque; haece siimma omnium; nunc idem numeris Romanis consignabo: I, 1 in, mi, v, Modo 5 sex nummos hie habeo: unum quinarium, atque quinqi singulas libellas. Si has quinque singulas libellae tantum valent 6 quai turn iste unus quinarius, necesse est me decern libellas habere; comp temus igitur, atque numeros, ut supra, describamus: VI, sex, VII, s< ptem, VIII, octo, Villi, novem, X, decern. Hi igitur sex nummi idem v lent atque iste denarius, 7 hie autem tantiimdem valet quantum i ; sex; nam et hie quinarius, et illae libellae dimidium valent unius denar denarius vero valet duplum utriusque. Denarius ergo et quinarii sunt sdsquialter 8 denarius, hoc est denarius et semis, sive denarii cum dimidio, quinarius autem medietas est denarii, Sesquialter den • rius effieit quindecim 9 libellas, sic: XI, undecim, XII, duodecim, XII tredecim, XIIII, quatuordecim, XV, quindecim; quibus si addam ca teras libellas quinque, universim habebo viginti, nempe: XVI, sexdecir XVII, septemdecim, XVIII, octodecim, XVIIII, novemdecim, XX, \- ginti, worth, value; -us, a, um, having, being, counting five, here, a 5 cent piece, shown the teacher. 4. -to^r., fr. con -f puto, 1 r., to reckon, to count; here we count in f., becai; libella; L, the total, the sum; -gno, 1 r., to sign, to mark, to mark down. — Take not; that we use the original form of writing /owr, as I1II, the subtractive form, IV, is a la device. Mark also that philologists are at sea concerning the question, why Romans hi used the letter V to designate^, when the word begins with a q ? They all know tit I, II, III, 1III, represent the fingers (wherefore, in English are also called digits, digiti, it so called in Latin); many seek abstruse reasons; Mommsen frankly states he does it know. Yet the thing is obvious to any person of common sense. Open your left ha , show the students, count your fingers by your right index-finger, starting from the srr finger, I, II, III, IIII, stretchout your thumb, point out your left index-finger, with ; space between that, and your thumb, resembling the shape of a V. 5. Adv., now. — 6. -leo, 2 ui, Hum, to be worth; tantum-quantum, as much — • — 7. II., originally -us, a, um, having, counting, being ten; here a dime, a 10c. pit to be shown; duplum, i, here a noun, a double. — 8. -ter, a, um, one and a half; sen semissis, m., a half;-tos, talis, f., the halfness, a half. — 9. Accent on the first syllal all these numerals are indeclinable; look out for the accents. In ordinary language £ 22$ Nunc e saccule 10 alterum prodiico niimmum: hie quadrans est, /aletque viginti quinque libellas, quas sic numero:XXI, viginti una, XXII* /iginti dtiae, XXIII, viginti tres, XXIIII, viginti quatuor, atque XXv! /iginti quinque. Si quadranti adderem quinarium, efficerem, summam (XX, triginta; si huic denarium adderem, haberem XXXX, qnadra- ;mta libellas, duo autem quadrantes efficient L quinqoagmta libellas, ave medietatem centiissis, 11 qui semicentussis vocatur. En semicen- :iissem! Duo semicentusses efficiunt integrum centussem. En cento- ;em chartaceum, 12 qui tessera est argentaria. Centussis valet C 13 centum libellas, viginti quinarios, decern dena- ios, ^quatuor quadrantes, duos semicentusses; Iibella igitur est una entesima, quinarius una vigesima, denarius una decima, quadrans, ina quarta, semicentussis, una dimidia pars centussis, tres quadrantes utem sunt linus do&rans, sive septuagmta quinque libelte. Cen- lways say octodecim, novemdecim, but in literary and fancy language we use duode- iginti, undeviginti, by subtracting two, and one, from twenty. Wo find on Roman larbles also XIIX = 18, and XIX = 19. 10. -us, i, here, a pocket; -co/ xi, dum, to pull forth; -ans, Us, m ., a fourth part, quarter; w . the Romans this meant a minute coin, the fourth part of an as, but other ungs too, here, a quarter of a dollar. ii. Centussis, is, m ., fr. centum asses; as, assis, m., a Roman copper coin of va- ious values in the different ages of Rome, the last (since 191 B. C. down through the mpire) being about 7y A mills, the original having been a pound (hence libra) crude opper, and when stamped with the figures of animals (pecu, pecus), obtained the name f pecunta. Details below- i2. ~eus, a, urn, made of paper; 1., properly a square piece of marble, of which losaics are made; but in Roman history it also served as tickets in distributing bread; ere used as a bankbill, bank note; -us, a, urn, of silver, of money, of a bank. 13. Letter C, the initial letter of centum, stands for 100. While the Semitic nations ave used, and are still using, the letters of their alphabets for numerical notations the •reeks adopting the same method, the Romans have employed only C and A/, not as ^noting numerals, but as initials of words, denoting numerals; see section II. — Va- t centum libellas, worth a hundred libellas, of course not in Roman, but modern appli- ition: for the Roman coins had values by weight, on the duodecimal system, hence '■naoappendo, expendo, dispendo, dispenso, to weigh out the share for every one; here e reckon numerically, on the American (but can be done in any other) decimal system- - Dodrans, tis, = ^th, ^ths of anything, but, originally, it meant 9 twelfth of an as- -uupium, i, the double; quadrupium, i, the four fold; centupium, i, the hundred fold* 224 tussis igitur centuplum est libellse, d<5cuplum denarii, quadruplum quadrantis, diiplum semicentiissis. Centussis et quadrans numerant CXXV, centum viginti quinque libellas; centussis & semis, sive sesquialter, CL, centum quinquaginta, tessera unius centussis, semicentiissis atque quadrans efficiunt centiis- sem et dodrantem, duo centusses CC ducentas, 1 * tres, CCC tercentas. quatuor.CCCCquadringentas, quinque £) quingentas, decen- tiisses, denique, numerant CD 15 mille libellas. 14 Bearing in mind that C in the original Roman alphabet meant to correspond gamma, i. e., G of the Greeks, and Cimel of the Semitic nations, we can easily und stand why it sometimes sounds as K some other times as g, as: v&inti, vieurt, v«n ducenti tre«nti, quadrin^enti, quin^enti, sexcenti, septin^enti, ochitfenti. non^ent While «nti, *, a, and ^enti, x, a, mean centum, = 100; in 30 tr* tnta, 40 quadra^ < &c, the -ginta formative particle is the Greek -conta, as, tnaconta, tettataconta, &c changed, to suit Roman ears, as gitda. 15. As mentioned above (4), the question, why did the Romans employ V, X, I D to designate 5, lo, 50 and 500, has baffled, and defied all phitojw to th< .present da; We still see in all books, on all monuments, &c, the numerals MDCCCLXVII, = m MDCCCCXL or MCMXI, = 1911; sometimes CDCCDXI, or even COC 00X1, an this confusion dates back to Roman times and marbles. Now all this is simply misu, derstood. The Romans simply did not use D, i. e., our printed D, nor our printed nor yet our printed M, to designate numerals. The solution of the mystery is th.s: It Roman M, in handwriting, had this shape (J$ = Mi " e ' = 10 °° ; 0mitthe ' e curve, and you will have £) half an M, i. e. 500, it resembles a D but it is not on omit now the other curve, just leaving a vestige of the curve, removing the idea "hundred," and the stump at the foot of the central column, thus \j\ resembling an (but it is not), will mean 50; while the X represents two v v s, one upon the other, i verted upon their edges, wherefore CO, is the imitation of the old m, as above, and C is an overdone CO and this is a hastily made old M. But Ritschl is sure that the attem at explaning this notation o numera s from the Roman alphabet, must be abandoned. 22£ ,nH^ mneS t n * mmi f ' Unt ex {ere ' 16 uti liWlte e CU P™' ^inarii e ni- colino, partim vero ex argento, uti caeteri ad centussem usque, partim ve,oexauro Hi omnes monetae" quoque appe , Iiinturj ^J am in abrura rnonetana, vel nummaria, qu* "moneta" vccatur, e meSl o crudo in nummos cudiintur. «J££°T tempeS . tsite18 charte wh ^ coins were me it of In le d C °' nS * hemsdveS; ' Um ' *• * «** P^cts of mines, mainiy me line or non, lead, copper, &c; -us, a, urn, raw; -do*di sum tr. ™,Ja u„ er, forge; also percutio? cussi, ssum, to smite strike s used in thT!!' P » i« iniiic, siriKe, is used in the same sense. onoL d a ° **"" cripto, pro arbitrio haurire ex argentaria possit. eor, reri, ratus sum, to deem, to be of the opinion, ratus, a, urn, approved, accepted, igreed upon, rata pars, a rate, a proportion; -ro? tuli, collatum, to bring to, to contri- bute, or pay up one's share when entering a partnership; -us, us, in law and business, a -evenue, * return: -go,* coegi, coactum, in business, to force, to compel, to cause, to :ollect, to make collections; -urn, ii, fr. nee + otium, a business; -do* diti, ditum, to ound, start, create. 22. Sors, Us, i„ one's destiny, condition, lot; in pi. sortes, ium, a lot, that is cast, hat comes to one; in business language, a share, a stock; -tio, nis, f., a tie, a binding, a 'ond, an obligation; quotio, nis, m ., a word that I am now restoring to its original hape, as, in my opinion, it must have looked; in all its history it has always been spell- d as coao, entirely unintelligible to me, unless it refers to cocus. \ have no doubt at all •ut that my restoration is correct, to signify a brocanteur, a haggler, a broken whose Jt frequent expression was sure to be: quot? quotum, quoties, how much, the "how nanieth," how many times, &c, whence called "quotio." Another word for him 5 narilator. 23. Basilica, a>, a stock and produce exchange, a bourse; II., a customer, -ens, W. a protege\ a dependent, a customer, one whom an other protects, represents; IV., he proceeds of a transaction in business, otherwise, the bearing of a field, farm, enter- ! I., one's private means; resfamiliaris, = fortune, possessions owned privately. 24. I ., m., a dweller, inhabitant; -tas, tatis, i.Jr.civis, is, a citizen, fr. quivis, very one, a community, the allness of citizens, a village, a town, a country, a state, ter on a city; -fo/r, frequ. of ago, to carry on, to do, to be active in; -co} r., to save P, to lay by; -es, ei, f., j n business, credit, reliability, integrity; -lis, e, saving, ar gen- ma parsimonialis, a savings bank; in tuto {-urn, i) in safety; -or, is, a layer down, a epositor; -eo* ui, to be in need, governs Abl. ; -urn, ii, an exchange, fr. cambio* psi, ™> to exchange, barter, trade (whence Fr. changer), here a cheque; -io? si, stum, to -oop, to draw liquid, to bail, dip, lade water, any liquid, in business is said of monev, ) draw money by a cheque. 228 Offlcia ac negotia argentariarum multifaria 25 sunt, quorum unum est iis, qui solvendo sunt, atque sive hypotheca in sua immo- bilia, sive syngrapha, vel alia securitate, sive, denique, per praedem argentariae satisdare possit, media ad negotia agenda suppeditare, hoc est, aes mutuum dare. Si hoc fiat, argentaria fit creditor, 26 qui autem mutuum accepit, fit debitor, qui tempore stato tarn fcenus, quam usiiram rependere debet Summa usurae per centesimam 27 lege statuta est; qui statute centesima plus exigit, fcenerator est. Fit aliquando, nee admodum raro, ut aliqui tantum aes alienum 28 contrahant, ut ab eo graventur, itaque sintobaerati, i. e M ab onere debi- torum ita opprimantur, ut ne legitimas usuras quidem, neduin foe- nus, s61vere et abolere possint. Hi miseri et infortunati in mcitas 29 25. -us, a, urn, manyfold; sum solvendo, I am solvent, solvendo non est, he is in- solvent, it is the Dat- of gerundium, w.par left out; I., a mortgage; -Ha, urn, pi., real estate, immovables, w. bona (goods) understood; I., a promissory note; -tas, talis, f. fr, se + cura, free of care, a security; prces, pmdis, m., a guarantor, a surety, a bonds- man; satisdo, 1 dedi, datum, to vouch for, to guarantee; media, orum, means for doing something, pi. ; in medieval business language, hence Engl, means; -dito, 1 r., to supply; mu tuus, a, urn, that is done, or given in return in kind, mutual, the term cannot be applied to a man, as we hear in English, "a mutual friend," it is absurd; we must say, common friendr' but mutuus amor, mutual love, as a noun: pecuniam in mutuum dare. v. accipere, to lend, or receive lent money; adj., pecunia mutuata, either lent, or bor- rowed, money; verb: mutuor* atus, sum, to lend, or to borrow. 26. -or, is, m., one who lends belief, a creditor; really it ought to be f., creditnx, ids, but the bank becomes personified before the law, as a man; -or, is, m , an "ower,' one who owes, a debtor; -us, oris, o short, n., the capital lent on interest; I-, the money paid for using an other man's money, interest, has nothing common with the disparag- ing meaning "usury" bears, by misunderstanding the word; -do, 3 di, sum, to pay back. 27. I., what is called ' per centum," by the hundred; -go, egi, actum, to demand -or, is, m., has both meanings, a capitalist, and a usurer. 23. -us, a, urn, others', other people's money, borrowed money, debt; -vor, apu sum, to be weighed down, encumbered; -us, a, urn, sunk in debts; -mo, 3 pressi, ssum overwhelm, to be burdened, oppressed; -us, a, urn, lawful; much less, let alone; -Uo; evi, Hum, properly, to lose fragrancy, to "oil" away, to blot out, to abolish. 29. Incite, arnm, pi, properly, the corner of a table of games, like chess; in incitai agu redigi, reduci, to be pushed, driven into the corner, to be cornered; in business, i means bankruptcy; dolus malus, in law, a deliberate fraud; veneo,* ivi, ii, Hum, (i n latter either long or short), fr. v£num + eo (also spelled va-) to go to sale, fr. venus 229 sunt redacti (nisi dolo malo id fiat), cuntaque sua bona sub hasta veneunt. Recensio: Cuius, potissimum, nominis 30 nummos seligeres, si octuaginta (80) libellas erogare deberes? — Quod genus aptissimum nummum oportebit me huicsummae addere, ut nonaginta (90) habeam? - Si mihi ad pontonem 31 admodum properanti contingat ut eplie- meridem libellarem empturus, pusioni, diurna venditanti, loco libellae, impriidens, quincentiissem aureum dem, quantum iactnrse tulero? — Quanto minus est dodrans centusse semisse? — Quanto est dodrans plus quadrante? — Quota pars dodrantis est quadrans? — Quotuplex 32 sum ma est semicentussis unius quinarii? — Quanto est plus denarius una libella? Si casam suburbanam 33 concupivisti, eamque praestinare tecum statuisti, quin et arrhabonem quoque iam dederis, nee tamen nisi unam tertiam pretii, h. e„ duo millia centussium numeratam pecuniam habeas, quid ages ut casteram pecuniam corrades? — Luerabitiirne 34 is, an detrimentum capiet, qui v. c, sortes "Navigations Littoralis," quarum par valor sit centum centussium, modo autem centum & triginta quinque centussibus stet, lymphatus terrore qu6dam Panico, cen- fc, m., sale; venire sub hasta, = to sell at auction, fr. the lance stuck into the ground to indicate the place and auction. 30. Of, mainly, what denomination; habere pecuniam in nominibus = to have outstanding claims (moneys in the names, i. c, list, ot debtors); nomina cogere, to :ollect debts; -go* legi, ledum, to pick out and lay apart; not octoginta, see Sec II ; ■io} r„ to expend. 31. -to, nis, m ., a floating bridge, pontoon, also a ferry boat, as here; -is, idis, f., daily anything, a daily paper; pure Latin, diurnum i, whence, diurnale, whence jour- ™l),znd y diarium,ii; -ius t a, urn, of a libella; -is, nis, an urchin; -to} r „ to hawk about; -ns, tis, adj., unaware; $5-00 gold; I., a loss; ir.fero, to bear. 32. Num. interrog., how many fold? there is a better term, in colloquial Latin juotuplum? answer: duplum, triplum, &c. 33. -us, a, urn, below the city, suburban; -bo, nis, m ., earnest-money; pecunia nu- wa, praesens, = cash, counted, present money; adnumero, denumero, I pay in cash. 34. -ot} atus^ sum, to gain, to make profit also lucrifico, lucrifacio; -turn capio iccipio, I lose; -lis, e, shore, coastwise; stare aliqua r'e, costs so much; -tus, a y urn, :razed; -or, is, m ., fear, terror; -us, a, urn, adj. of Pan, the pastoral god of fields, &c, I 230 tussibus octuaginta septem vendat: quantum detrimenti accipiet? an veto lucrum fecit? — Si pecuniam in sortibus, veluti Corporis Civita- tatum Foederatarum Chalybifici, 35 vel Societatis Saccharifies, vel vero Societatis Olearte Obryzatae, locare velles, cuius id ministerio opera- que faceres? — Si ex usuris foenoris tui vivere velles, reditumque trium millium centusium annuum 36 mereri; possetque caprit tuum sex cen- tesimas fructificare, quot millia centussium habere te oporteret? — Quam in argentariam ii suam pecuniam superfluam 37 dep6nunt, qui ea negotium non agunt? — Quomodo rectores, 38 consultores, flducia- rii, magistratiisque civilis comperiuntur, utrum quaedam argentaria solvendo sit, an sit in incitis? who was supposed to strike people with sudden terror, hence the phrase Tenor Panics, though for the words I know no Roman authority; see Ex- Leg. 35. U. S. Steel corporation; Sugar Making Co., Standard Oil Co., if the oil is the object of qualification, de Oleo Obry^ato (also spelled obrussa, a); as oil to Romans meant olive oil, the term Petroleum, legitimately formed from petra, cb, a rock, and oleum, i, oil, is acceptable, and will be, de Petroleo, Obry^ato-, -loco} r., to place wh; is erroneously termed, to invert. 36. -us, a, urn, yearly; -co, 1 r., to bear fruit, here, profit, returns. 37. -us, a, urn, what flows over, that can be spared. 38. -or, is, m., who directs; -or, is, m , an adviser; -us, i, a trustee; -us, us, the public authorities; -rior* rtus sum, and -rio} peri, rtum, to find out. VOCABVLAR1VM 22 NNA. SUBST. ntimmus, i libe"lla, ae vilor, is, m quinarius ii summa, ae denarius, li semis, semissis, m. medietas, tltis, f. sicculus, i quadrans, tis, m. centiissis, is, m. tessera, ae d6drans, tis, m centuplum, i decuplum, i quadruplum, i duplum, i cuprum, i nic6linum, i mon£ta, ae metallum, i tempestas, twtis, f. sche'da, as fiscus, i monimentum, i honor, is, m. diirnitas, tatis, f. commodum, i intemperies, ei, f. ndi^entia, » afflictio, nis, f. 6pes, <5pum, pi. f. caput, itis, n, qu<5tio, nis, m, basilica, ae consuetudinarius, ii cliens, tis proventus, us fortuna, ae incola, ae nee6tium, ii fides, fidei, f. arg-cntaria, ae fiduciiria, ae parsimonialis, is, f. depdsitor, is, cambium, ii hypothe'ea, ae immobilia, um, pi., u. syngrrapha, ae security, tis, f. praes, praedis, m. me"dia, orum, pi. n. ass, aeris, n. creditor, is, m. debitor, is, m. foenus, oris, n. usura, ae centesima, ae foenerator, is 231 incitae, arum. pi. f. sors, tis, f. dolus, i obliffatio, nis, f. ponto, nis. m. terror, is, m. ephemeris, idis. f. lucrum, i. pusio, nis, m. corpus, oris, n. diurnum, i civitas, tatis, f. ADVERBIUM. CONIUNCTIO. quincentussis, is. m. rector, is, m. decentussis, is, m. consultor, is, m. prope"modum ne"dum iactura, ae fiduciarius, ii arrhabo, nis, m. mag-istratus, m. detrime"ntum, i pecunia, ae reditus, us NNA.S ADI. scsquialter, a, um arg-entarius, a, um publicus, a, um mutuus, a, um chartaceus, a, um aurarius, a, um privatus a, um alienus, a, um centesimus, a,um thesaurarius, a, um opulentus, a, um obaeratus, a, um, monetlrius, a, um ferax, cis locuples, e"tis legitimus, a, um nummirius, a, um crudus, a, um monetalis, e splendidus, a, um ratus, a, um miser, a, um lautus, a, um pretiosus, a, um familiaris, e tutus, a, um infortunatus, a, um libellaris, e quotuplus, a, um suburba"nus, a, um multifarius, a, um imprudens, tis Panicus, a, um fcederatus, a, um numerous, a, um littoralis, e superfluus, a, um civilis, e, quotuplex, icis annuus, a, um addo, 3 iddidi, turn zomputo, 1 r. ^nsigno, 1 r. /41eo, 2 ui, itum iescribo, 3 psi, ptum )roduco, 3 duxi, ctum lumero, 1 r. :udo, 3 cudi,cusum atisdo.kiedi, datum ■uppedito, 1 r. >rodo, 3 didi, ditum ognosco, 3 gnovi, quitum 'raestino. 1 r. levito * r. ffugio 3 fugi, turn v 'erto,3 ti, sum VERBA a ppeto, 3 tivi titum prosequor, 3 cutus sum rependo, 3 di, sum gravor, 1 atus sum opprimo, 3 pressi, ssum coeo, coire, vi, turn corrado, 3 si, sum affluo, 3 fluxi, xum possideo, 2 sedi, ssum contraho, 3 xi, ctum confero, 3 tuli, latum cogo, 3 coegi, actum condo, 3 didi, ditum aboleo, 2 evi, ui, itum redigo, 3 egi, actum seligo, 3 egi, lectum edo, 3 £didl £ditum agito, 1 r. comparco, 1 r. concr£do, 3 didi, itum depono, 3 posui, itum £geo, 2 ui haurio, 4 hausi, stum solvendo v£neo, 4 ivi, ii, itum erogo, 1 r, vendito, 1 r. lympho, 1 r. luctor, 1 atus sum loco, 1 r. fructifico, 1 r- 2J2 II. NVIVIERVS unus inftium 1 6mnium numer6rum est; signifi catque cuiuslibet rei unitateni, quae est dmnium quanti tatum integrarum minima. Uti minima quantitas Integra unitas, ita (hipla 2 quan titas vel qualitas alicuius rei duplicitas, tripla, trinitas audit. Omnes praeterea numeri ab uno proflcisciintur,3 nec sunt hi ni multiplicitates unitatum. Ipsi numeri per se etiam vocantur unio binio ternio, quaternio, quinio, atque senio; secundum locu autem' primarius, secundaria, tertitirius, quaternarius, quinarm senarius, septenarius, octonarius, novenarius atque denarius. Sumrr decern numerorum, vel rerum, decuria,* vel, Graeco vocabulo, deca decern decadum centiiria, decern centuriarum una chilias appe latur. , Is qui decern moiiachise ve l sacerddtibus praeest, decanus, q totidem militibus, decurio, qui centum militibus imperat centurr qui, denique, mille militum dux est, chiliarchus appellatur. 1 .urn, ii, fr. in + eo, entrance, beginning; -co} r., signum + facio, to indica betrav to convey news, meaning, presence, intentions, by signs; -tas tatis, f., onene S of IS thing, and of the many combined into one, as, umtas propos.U, frequent; -to, tatis, f. r. quantus, a, urn, how great! (in size or number) manm ess. 2. -us, a, urn, two fold, double; also a n. dupla, at, double price, and -urn t,V double, particularly in law, to flue one, or condemn one to pay the double; -«te s ta f. the doubleness, not in the sense employed in French and English, as bad fa, h, a um treble; -ta. tatis, f , threeness; intrans. it hears, it obeys its name, it is called- 3 .cor 3 fectus sum, to start; -ta, tatis, f., manyness, manyfoldness. 4. All -nio.nis.i., the number one, two, &c; -us, a, um, the first and foremc, the Tf'a'boS 71^-cas, di s, ,., the sum of ten; I., a sum or a body of 100; -. aaisX asumTorabodyof 100a The Or. word is cMioi, with deep .p.ttur.1 , , like the Germ-, and it ought not to be misrepresented and barbarized into Ktio. 6 chm, i,Gr. -chos, fr. monds, alone, a monk; pm + sum, to be at the head 233 Quandoquidem duo sunt plus quam unum, perfnde tria, quinque >cem, atque mille etiam, multo plus sunt, clarum? est unum esse lantitatem singularem, omnes vero alios numeros et quantities plu- iles esse, efficereque pluralitatem. Magna pluralitas est multitiido. Nullus tamen est niimerus, etiam quern mente concipere* possi- s maximus, qui, addito alio niimero augeri, quique duplicari, vel jltiphcan nequeat. Quum vero numerus increments semper est pax, semperque patiens, nee dllis linritibus circumscribi ac defi- i possit: At nos singula persequi supersedemus,™ et certum limi- n statuendo, numeros, qui citra hunc sunt, partim singillatim par- i vero per summa capita & carptim evolvere & explicare satis iudi- 3imus. S^riem 11 autem numerorum ordine sic t&ximus: ' ad , ° f ; T\ \* P . refeCt ° f ten monks ' or priests > a su P erior of ten monks or priests; ecclesiastical dignity; in Engl, the c is dropped, and is corrupted into dean, a school ntary, as schools, originally, were all monastic institutions; -io, nis, m ., a comman- of 10 a sergeant; -ro> r ., to have the supreme command of an army, restricted- ly, to command with authority, double government: aliquid, alicui; -io, nis, m' •mmanderof 100, a captain (scholastic, capita neus); dux, ducis, m fr duco* xi to guide to draw, to lead, a guide, a leader, a general; II., the commander of K), a colonel. 7. -us, a, mn, dear, est, w . adjectives, as clarum est, mquum est, & c . , usually vs after it an accus. c Infinit. construction; -is, e, a manyfold-kind; -tas, tatis,i, wraess, a plurality; -do, inis, f., a manyness, numerousness. 8. -M cepi, ceptum, f r . con + capio, to seize, grasp together, to conceive. 9. -turn, i, f r . in + cresco, to grow upon, an increase; -pax, cis, adj. one ending apto, to seize, the inward space-ability to hold liquids, grain, transferred, the ability :eive and hold things abstract, thoughts, learning, & c ., -tiar* passus sum, to suffer, pres. part., patient, or bearing of... i. e„ there is no number but which would an increment of more numbers; -es, itis, m ., a boundary line, to set, or write a b. about; -nio,* r ., to set b. lines. 10 -deo* sedi, sessum, to refrain, to desist, not to proceed; the image is evidently introm carpenters, bricklayers, and such, who, to take a rest, sit down upon the the wall, & c ., they have been working at; a prep, and adv., on this side; merely hing the tops of the heads; adv., grazingly, as when a horse, or cattle, grab a «ul of grass on the run; -vo, vi, lutum, to unroll; -co} r ., and cui, citum, to un- ; Wr., to judge. 11. -es, ei, V., a row; -xo* ui, xtum, to weave, figuratively. 234 Nri bar* i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ii 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 3° 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 2,000 10,000 100,000 1,000,000 Nri Romani 2 I II III mi (iv) v VI VII VIII Villi (IX) X XI XII XIII XIIII (XIV) XV XVI XVII XVIII (XIIX) XVIIII (XIX) XX XXI XXII XXIII XXIIII (XXIV) XXX XXXX (XL) L LX LXX LXXX LXXXX (XC) c cc ccc CCCC (CD) D DC DCC DCCC DCCCC (C<*> ) CO 00 CO CO xico ^cicn CO ICO Numeri Verbis expressi unus, a, urn 3 duo, duas, duo tr£s, tr£s, tria qultuor quinque s6x s£ptem 6cto novem decern undecim duodecim tr£decim quatuordecim quindecim s£decim 4 sept6mdecim oct6decim nov£mdecim viginti viginti unum viginti duo viginti tria viginti quatuor 5 triginta quadrdginta quinquaginta sex^ginta septudginta octudginta 6 nona'ginta centum duc£nti, as, a 7 terc£nti, as a quadring£nti, as, a quing£nti, as, a sexc£nti, as, a septing£nti, as, a octing£nti, as, a nongenti, as, a mille 9 du6 millia decern millia centum millia mille millia Quaedam Nrorum Signa VCD, DO, V = 5,000 (CD) ' * = 10,000 CCCD)) ^ = 50.000 c = 100,0C Dm icco (Q) D = 500 • , (PO). MM= 1,000,000 235 lam hi numeri, quibus omnes fere gentes octingentos et ultra annos nur, 11 non sunt Romani, sed Indico-Arabici, eosque docti Gobari- a appellant. Hos autem numeros non solum species, figura atque tas cuiusque characterise commendat, sed praesertim ea proprie- ut, si a dextro ad laevum, singuli eorum, veluti per gradiis, per sin- i loca provehantur, valorem suum decuplicent, in hunc fere'modum: vum dextrum 44,444 444,444 4,444,444 4 44 qua'tuor 444 quadraginta quatuor 4,444 quadringenta quaddginta quatuor quituor millia, quadringenta quadraginta quatuor quadraginta quatuor millia, quadringenta _quadr^ginta quatuor quadringenta quadraginta qua'tuor millia, quadringenta quadraginta quituor quadras" & quater centina, & quadraginta quatuor millia, quadringenta quadraginta quatuor 1 4,444,444,444 444,444,444 44,444,444 quadringe'nties & quadra'gies quadringenta & quadragin- ta qua'tuor millia, quadrin- genta quadraginta quatuor quater millies quadringe'nties quadra'gies quadringenta & quadraginta qua'tuor millia, quadringenta quadraginta qua'tuor quadra'gies quater millies, quadring^nties quadra'gies quadringenta & quadra- ginta quatuor millia, quadringenta quadraginta quatuor. 236 Secundum hanc n6rmam descriMmus itaque mimeris, et enunti mus 15 verbis sequentes quantities: o nulla 16 13 tredecim 17 septemdecim 18 octodecim 23 viginti tria 35 triginta quinque 52 quinquaginta duo 78 septuaginta octo 89 octuaginta novem 91 nonaginta unum 1101 2433 3262 4576 5685 6921 7619 8800 901 1 10 1 centum et unum 222 ducenta viginti duo 370 tercenta septuaginta 583 quingenta octuaginta tria 694 sexcenta nonaginta quatuor 711 septingenta undecim 888 octingenta octuaginta octo 966 nongenta sexaginta sex 999 nongenta nonaginta novem mille centum et unum bis mille quadringenta triginta tria ter mille ducenta sexaginta duo quatuor millia quingenta septuaginta u quinque millia sexcenta octuaginta quin( e sex millia nongenta viginti unum septem millia sexcenta novemdecim octo millia octingenta novem millia undecim 10,100 12,001 13,876 25,912 57,714 71,500 80,005 99,901 decern millia centum du6decim millia unum tredecim millia octingenta septuaginta sex viginti quinque millia nongenta du6decim quinquaginta septem millia, septingenta quatuorde.n septuaginta unum millia quingenta octuaginta millia quinque nonaginta novem millia nongenta unum 112,613 centum du6decim millia sexcenta tredecim 373 '200 tercenta septuaginta tria millia ducenta 58/329 quingenta octuaginta unum millia, tercenta viginti novem 619568 sexcenta undeviginti millia quingenta du6deseptuaginta 77 /lII septingenta septuaginta septem millia, centum undecim 888*222 octingenta octuaginta octo millia, ducenta viginti duo 999*333 "ongenta nonaginta novem millia, tercenta triginta tria 237 1,000,000 decies centum mfllia (mflle mfllia) 1,313,001 tredecies centum & tr&lecfm mfllia, unum 2,028,720 vfcies centena & vigfnti octo mfllia, septingenta vigfnti 3,500,930 tricies & qufnquies centena mfllia, nongenta trigfnta 5,723,614 quinquagies & septies centena & vigfnti tria mfllia sexcenta quatu6rdecim 6,685,375 sexagies sexies centena & octuagfnta quinque niillia, terceuta septuaginta quinque 7,811,569 septuagtes octies cent6na & undecim [mfllia, quingenta sexa- gfnta novem 8,113,892 octuagies & semel centena & tredecim millia, octingenta no- naginta duo 9,272,905 nonagies&bis centena & septuaginta duo mflli, nongenta quinque 10,139,100 centies & semel centra & trigfnta novem mfllia, centum 20,371,280 ducenties & ter centena & septuaginta unum mfllia, ducenta octuagfnta 153,640,317 mflle quingenties, & trfcies series centra & quadragfnta mfl- lia tercenta septemdecim 1.227,365,193 duodecies mfllies, ducenties septuagi6s ter centra & sexagfnta quinque mfllia, octingenta nonagfnta tria. 1 \ 7 Tl !! Ski ? d0fn0tati0n0f <* uantities was unknown both to the Greeks and Ro- mans. Neither the time of their introduction, nor the place of their origine can be traced :th certainty. See Prinapta, 1. Rome knew no other numerals than these. As we have no Roman MSS., all ir Knowledge .s based on stone monuments engraved throughout all centuries, commem. 'tag l stoncaIeyents,pri«s,dist J ncesinmil e s 1 weights, men in armies, prisoners i ™ $ CeS ' a " kte> the imperfect c °Py in e of the Rom »» originals, causes general diffidence, excepting when verified by stone monuments. Though, on the other iiI^ n0t3 ? w flar^enUmeralSandfractions ' theseare our on"y sources. Roman imerals in calculations were gradually abandoned between XI and XIII centuries, as the obar notation began assuming more definite shapes, which was finally accomplished ^TT"!' 011 1 6 art ° f Pdnting - In as much as the R o m an numerals were letters i.e the ind,co : Arabic signs were s^«, by contrast, these latter were called figurx, nee the form in the modern languages. 3. Mark that the first three alone can be declined, the rest, up to 200 cannot- - *« T'? freqUent With P ' Ural n0Uns > ° nly in certain cases and when it means m as urn Roman,. Duo, and tres, of course, have no singulars- - - This class of nu- 'T*^°1V accum ulation of units, 1 + 1 = 2, +I = 3 , +, =4, &o. nine in ,11 tn a .emarkable consensus of the human mind of all ancient nations, Egyptians, Hin- °s, Persians, Arabs, Hebrews, Greeks, Romans, &c, denoting simply a heap of 238 Huh. rrfmnre was called numeri cardinales, by Priscianus, or which the door swings; so all other numerals hinge, and swing on these- Ot * see below. c t „rWs of course, should recite all 4 Sedecim, or sexdeam, is immaterial. — 5. Students, or course, the way up: viginti quinque, viginti sex, &c, through all the decades. 6. Practically all the world, from the Roman times up to**^ seems * .£ been dazed with the form orffcfato. dragging in same into modern anguag s as o genarian," in English. This all is absurd. * ^^* ?^J^ ^^^a gL ta, quincginta, quatuorginta were also right. ^^S^lC^Z so h but flginta, (just as in Gr. aconta, and econta, the a and e being ™^ ' Lh they hai Latin) the Romans had to "go out of their way" to bring he a in for which th * n the v y model in octavus, a, urn, whence they formed octa vagm , and °" «c g t the form ocUwginta arose, and on this very pattern were the rest (septus sex ^urnqu uadra- and ■£-> formed, or, simply contracting, oeb+J^ujto oct« ta 7 While centum takes no forms, ducenti, at, a, and the rest, up to mine, larly declined adjectives, only in plural: -tor™, ™^^ower°n d ; disconnected 8. On Roman stones this letter resembles our design, the lowe _end « and either a short line is drawn accross its inside, like in a cap. Gr ^theta o seen there. The |_ looks like an inverted cap J., some times with the edges ward, resembling an anchor- ... fe 9. In sing, an indeclinable adj.; in pi., it is usually a noun, declined in Hid, with hundreds'after it, is again used as an adj. For duom^ we an a o say mttle, and Una millia; so also decern, or dena rmlha centum oicenUna m * logical faddism wants mille to bespe lied in pi. ^^^^J^G^ must affect archaism, then, for m.lle, too, we should speU metle (a is spe ^ to mean a »»&, and so the English spells it mtle, for m.lle yet the ^Roman ^ fe» or tfpfe wfltorfie, a mile stone, a thousand-step stone, as admitted oy dists themselves. The same Roman marbles show also the pi. as ™' W ' a . 10. instead of many Ms, a numeral, divided by a vert ical me, as * *■ 'Ji^ in denoting thousands. Some times this first numeral is put w. h.n a square as . ^ sands are also expressed by the ordinary numerals, with a ^ ov*r l ^ it T ,f y- win, M out. M with a line over it means nothmg more then tn X" leaving M out- M with a hue over it means uui.mis .»«■« »---- a numeral not a mL letter; but if it be followed by another M than ha hue mean. multiplication, and together they mean a thousand times thousand, = 1,000 000 in the 4th column I present the various combinations and shapes of C L , found in post-Roman codices, for ^^-^i^ found in post-Komau muii«, ■"■ — k— •=. ---- . ,-. rpn table writers that the old fO was originally the Gr. capital Phi, is quite acceptable rhoTofthe M was derived from the Etruscans, and readily assimilated because word i Be it as it may, the fact is that all these shapes are nothing more than 239 modifications of the old m, a central vertical line, and the two side curves, dropped from the left for 500, added one more on the right, to express its multiples, replaced again for a thousand, added one or two more on both sides for the multiples of a thousand, &c It does not matter that the shape sometimes is triangular, some other times circular, or a circle, with a vertical line or a cross in it, it always means the same thing. The L on the marbles has the shape of an inverted ± occasionally, as is here presented in 50,000. 11. The grammatical agreement ought to be with gentes utuntur. I change it, in order to include ourselves, as also a gens, Us, f., = a nation; annos, duration of time usually w. ace, though not always, and absolutely. — Indicus, a, um, Arabicus, a, um, the first adj. as the nation's name, only in m,, Indus, and *Arabs, is; the 2d, hidius, a, um, Atabius, a, um. in f., denoting the country; the 3d, -icus, a, um, to denote men (homo, mulier, &c.) and things, this form is used in connecting, both Indico - Arafo. 12. While these numerals are not properly Gobaric, (see Principia), but the imme- diate descendants thereof ; philologists for generations have been using this term, instead of mere "Arabic," because the latter term applies properly to Arabia, while by Gobar they mean ro specify the numerals as used in N- W. Africa, i. e., Mauritania, whence they are supposed to have been introduced through Spain. The word itself means dust, dust writing, of numerals, by which the Mauri would write, say, ilif, or be, or sin (a, b, s) = 1, 2, 3, . . . and place dots after them, as we now use %eros (see below). 13. -ter, eris, m., Gr., properly a brandmark, the tool used to burn such mark upon animals; the shapes and figures so burned; later, figures of numerals. -ho* xi, vectum> to draw, to pull, bring forward; to tenfold. 14. Mark the principle of qualification: mille is a noun, qualified by two adjectives after & and one before &•; now adjectives cannot be qualified by anything else than adverbs, adverbs again by adverbs; hence, quadrag^s, and quater, are numerical advs. Centena (-[, x, a) is another adj. of centum (the first being in ducenti, ce, a); but cen- tum itself could be used. A. For about two more steps we still stand on Roman ground, as we shall see in :he sestertii. The principles themselves are Roman throughout, but the application there- 3f is carried beyond known Roman quantities expressed in words or numerals. Boethius v ibacus, however, shows, that these numerical regions were nor unknown at least to later Romans (see Boethius' abacus below). B. As the Roman abacus and Roman notation, although long surviving the national existence of Rome, has proved themselves inadequate to the exigencies of later ages, whilst Roman alphabet had triumphed over all, never to be dethroned by any, the saga- :ity of the East gave us new notation and a new system of it, and this, combined with he docility of the Latin West, through slow evolution, has created a more elastic system )f numerals and arithmetical operations- Scholars found that measuring large and prac- 240 tically endless objects by a small measure, like centum, was like measuring land by in- ches, or scooping out a lake with buckets. Hence, some scholar, at some age (I am not able to state who, and when), has devised the term millio, nis } f., on the pattern of unto, binio, but with stretched meaning of multiplying mille by mille, and brought it into circulation as a large unit, or measure of seven places. It has revolutionized mathe- matics, and was immediately adopted by all idioms of the Neo-Latins. C. Since we never expect to re-establish Rome, even with her shortcomings, neither do we expect to meet Romans in this world, and to blush before them for our barbarism; and, since we have shown the Roman usage in numerals all the way; the preservation of Latin demands that it show itself pliable, and applicable to modern usages: I profess to adopt millio, nis, in Latin, for modern uses, as did the Scholastics, and I thank them for it with all my heart. 15. .^r., to utter; we can also say effero? extuli, elatum; also prbnuntio, but this term is more used for uttering an opinion, particularly by a judge, would be less suitable in this application. 16. The device of this figure in arithmetic was as revolutionary as the digits them, selves, and by its adoption a full decas was invented. Sanscritists claim that its original name was, sunya, empty. The rest of the world believes that it is derived from the Ara- bic safrun, sifrun, sifr, empty; later Greeks made it t^iphra; Fibonacci (1202) called it lephyra, then, {ephiro, then {enfro, finally zero; then the French changed it into chiffre- the Dutch into cijfer, the Germans into differ, whence also English cipher (and as a comical appendage, Germans, living among English, disliking to be called Sdufer, a, heavy drinker, change it into Cypher) . In colloquial Latin the form {erus is also used, but in literary Latin the word "nulla'' i. e-, nulla quantitas, is used as a f noun. — Its first application is said to have been in some Indian grant in 738, and it occurs in the Nana Ghat numerals, in the Bombay Presidency, in the 3d century, and in several other systems, partly as a litte circle, partly as an O, with a little a in it, while in the Gobar system dots, like 7.. = 700, take its place- Of course the teacher is free to use any numerals as he may think of; so the students get a good drill by hearing, and writing down such by dictation. 241 Quum argentumiaccipimus auterogamus; quum negtftia agitamus; quum debita solvere, pecunias in nominibus cogere instituimus, vel quemcunque siimptum facere paramus, summulas, sive quantities maiorees minoresve, ad calculos 2 reducere, atque ratiocinari solemus. Haud secus fit quum negotiator 3 suis adventoribus rationales exscribit, vel quum debitor creditori obligati6nem, creditor vero debitori apocham aut quietantia subsignat; at vero praesentem peciiniam solutor, accepttfre coram denumerat 1. Like in French, as a general term for money; negbtia ago, agito, to carry on business; pecunia in nominibus, a business term, outstanding claims, i. e., money un- paid, standing in the account books after the names, of debtors; peciiniam cogere, ( go 3 coegi, coactum), to collect debts; -tuo* ui, tutum, here, to undertake; IV., fr/ sutnd* psi, ptum, to take, to taking; the image is derived from the fact, that the Romans hav- ing only coins, no paper money, they had to keep all their money in small, flat baskets (compare English budget), flscella/fiscina, fiscus, which were kept on shelves, assorted- people of great wealth, particularly the State, had to have a special chamber for this purpose; under the empire the fiscus, State treasury, had officials, administering this de- partment, called pmfectus fisci, all the officials, fiscales. These people had to take down the baskets, and take coins from the fiscinis, sumere peciiniam, sumptum facere, make expenditure; par o facere, I get ready to do a thing. 2. II., a pebble, little stone; rationes ad calculos reduco: when the Roman could not perform an arithmetical operation mentally, off-hand, just as we do, had to resort to the regular operation. This was the abacus, or a table, some painted white, others black, on which the fractions of the as, used nearly for all measures, and, at least later on', grooves, or painted lines were drawn for columns of numerals, and others, horizontally to the left were places for the various measure units. In the grooves little bone pegs on the painted ones a handful of pebbles, were placed, which could be moved very rapidly to the measures and amounts to be indicated by the places and the number of pebbles, or pegs, with fractions and all, indeed, much quicker and simpler than we can do in our improved method. Later Latins reduced the rationes ad calculos reducere, to calcu- We, to pebble, adopted by all languageSo — Ratiocinor, 1 atus sum, to calculate to reckon, in the business language. 3. -tor, is, m., a business man; -tor, is, m., a customer; -les, ium, f. ( sc . litterse) a bill; Mo, nis, a note, a written acknowledgment of debt; I-, a receipt; -tia, orum, n ., pi., a late Latin word, introduced by the necessity of business, a written elease from all debt, a quitclaim, whence to quiet, Germ, quittung, fr. quieto,*- r „ still a Roman word whence the Neo-Latin idea of quieting a man by payment, expressed by Latin paco* r .[ to appease, as Ital. pagare, pagament, Fr. payer, payment, whence Engl, to pay, ma ke a 242 Rationes vero putare, 4 sive ratiocinari, secundum certam normam solemus, qua summas singulas in unum conferimus, easque inter se addendo in unam summam universam cumulamus; quse autem summa sic prodit, summasummarum appellator. Ponamus 5 itaque huius rei sequens exemplum: Rusticus 6 quidam annonam suam mensuris ac pr^tiis hie subiectis vendidit: De iugeribus 7 clxxii, m6dios tritici ivcxxviii, HS in singulos, pro quibus accepit HS xiiccclxxxiv = $53°.95 payment. — Pec. pmsens, present money; in late Latin p. parata, ready money, cash, whence Germ, bar, bares Geld; -tor, is, rm, the payer; -tor, is, the recipient, payee. coram, prep. & adv. governs abl., present, face-to-face; p. numetata, also cash money, whence, denumero, adnumero, numero, to pay down cash, spot cash. 4. Rationes putare, to make a reckoning, accounting, figuring; 1., a model, pattern, scheme; -lo, 1 r. , to heap, to pile up; cumulus, i, a heap, pile; the scholastics call such a pile a columna, ce, a pillar, from its resemblance, adopted by all Neo- Latin tongues. 5. Pono excemplum, I take for an example- 6. II., fr. rus, ruris, n., a country place, field, us, a, urn, fieldy, of a field; as a noun, a field man, a land man, land-owner, country-man, often in the sense of "hayseed,''* rude, ignorant. I., the yearly product of a farm; L, a measure of any kind; -ium, ii, price, value. H For the purpose of acquainting the student with this exceedingly important phase of Roman life, never touched upon in Latin grammars and other text books, I have taken the opportunity, when dealing with numerals, to introduce a practical example of Roman money, reckoning, measures, values, farm produce (of the farm itself we shall speak in Part II), making actual calculations both in Roman and American money values. The quantities of produce and their prices are partly based on the statements of Roman authors, as is seen in Exerc Legendi, partly they are direct accounts of Varro, Colu- mella and Plinius themselves. 7. lugerum, u in sing. II., in pi. Ill-, an acre of land, much smaller then ours; we shall speak of it later. — Modius, ii, and -urn, i, Gen. pi. -urn, and orum, a dry mea- sure, = 16 sextarii, = 1 | 6 Gr. medimnus, = one peck; triticum. i, wheat. The Ro- man iugerum, acre, was 240 feet long, 120 wide, altogether 28,800 ° feet, as compared with an English acre, 43,500 square feet. Columella tells us, that the Roman farmer had to sow six modios of wheat in an average good land, or about a bushel and a half; but 243 item* i,x secalis 8 dccc, num. in, in universum ncD = 102.28 item, lx " hordei— ice num. in, ..... m D c= 153.52 De VII iugeribus vineae 9 dcccxi, urnas vini, ccchs singulis xi, tens ficcc= 257.64 Fceniio centupondia cc, hs nummis xxxvii vEcx> = 316.28 chordictp.^iiHSt6tidem v"dcxxiv= 247*67 Unse libras pondo nccc, nummis in, v7idccxxv= 331.08 Pondo m&lis iiidccc, nummis singulis . . ." mDCCC= 182.34 Sextarios lactis mmcc, tr£ssibus, ~ ' VD= 249.40 Caseos librarum mi, hs in, _ x7im= 515.28 Summa Summarum i^xvidccxxxiii = $2887.28 the returns were almost never more then four fold, let us say 24 modii per acre, i. e 6 medimni (or medimna), or as many bushels. At this rate, a field of 172 iuger'a would bring: 4,128 modii, which I value, by what Columella says about the price of wine being nigher, at HS (sestertii) 12,384, = $530.95. A thousand sestertii nummi (or, simply nummi) are equivalent to $42.94. By these data we can understand why all Italy had to be fed partly by Sicily, partly by Africa (which term means only our modern Algiria or thereabouts), Cyrenaica and Egypt, (^gyptus). Particularly Byzatium, the southern portion of Zeugitana, (now Tunisia), was celebrated by its immense fertility, each grain of wheat returning more than one hundred grains. 8. Secale, is, n., (all nouns in e are n.), rye. — Hordeum, i, barley. 9. finea, x, a vinyard; urna^ describes its making by the Slav barbarians, giving no names for churn and churning; I give this interesting description as a reading matter in Exerc.. Legendi. 11. -to, 1 r. , sub + puto, to reckon up, to make a computation. 12. Adv. firstly; deincps, cipis or, cipitis, as an adj. of one ending, the next follow- ing; as an adv. has no endings, = dein, deinde, thereafter, then, and so forth; from right to left; -us, a, um, fr. nov us, a, um y new, late, last, only in superlative, the last, the nearest to us; -do, 3 diti, ditum, to put, or place, lay under, ditus, a, um, a subject, or underling; -go? legi, ledum, to pick, to gather, collectio, nis, a picking, a gleaning; collegium, ii, a gathering, an association, a club, a union, such as augurum, pontificum, also of laborers; collegium magistrorum, a college; here it means the process of adding, units into a bunch. 13. Since, as, as one which; -us, i, a heap; also artrous, i; -go, inis, m., a rim, edge, border; -to, 1 r., to mark; mihi 'excidit memoria, dropped out (to me) from memo- ry, I have forgotten, = lest we forget. 245 pr6ximo, qui denariorum est, adnumer&bimus. Ne tamen nobis interea excidat, in margine connotabimus. Turn sic procedemus: Quinque et duo sunt septem; et quatuor, undecim; et tria, quatu6r- decim; et octo, viginti duo; et sex, viginti octo; et duo, triginta; et sex, triginta sex; et quinque, quadraginta unum; et duo, quadraginta tria; et novem, quinquaginta duo, Haec duo sub denariis describemus, nota- bimus quinque, idquecumulo addimus pr6ximo, quo facto, pergemus: 14 Quinque et quinque efffciunt decern; et novem, novemdecim; et duo, viginti unum; et unum, viginti duo; et septem, viginti novem; et sex, triginta quinque; et septem, quadraginta duo; et tria, qua- draginta quinque; et duo, quadraginta septem. Posito nunc puncto ad laevum, post denarium, septem sub ciimulo proximo, cis 15 oiinctum, subscribemus, atque quatuor connotatum ciimulo sequenti connume- ramus. Quatuor et unum sunt quinque; et quatuor, sunt novem; et octo septemdecim; et tria, viginti; et quatuor, viginti quatuor; et unum, vi- ginti quinque; et quinque, triginta; et quinque, triginta quinque; et tria, triginta octo. Supersunt 16 tria; haec transducemus in cumulum sequen- tern: Tria et quinque sunt octo; & duo, sunt decern; et unum, undecim, et tria, quatuordecim; et duo, sedecim; et tria, novemdecim; et duo, vi- ginti unum; et unum, viginti duo, et unum, viginti tria; & quinque, sunt viginti octo. — Quum nullus alius cumulus supersit, cui hie numerus resicluus 17 addatur, cum altero describimus; atque cum ceteris duobus niimeris, cis punctum, efficiet summam binum millium octingentorum octuaginta septem centussium, atque viginti octo libellarum j qui ses- 14. -go, 1 rrexi, rectum, to go on, to proceed. 15. Prep, with an Ace, on this side. 16. -sum, esse, fui, to remain over; -co* duxi, ctum, to guide, lead, transfer over. 17. -us, a, urn, f r . re + sedeo, to sit back, down; resido, 3 sedi, — , to sit down, to settle down men or things, to settle, sink to the bottom, what is left over, as sediment; the medieval formation, residentia, a, the seat, home of an important person, whence ''residence" in modern idi' ms, is barbarous. — Binum for -norum, (bini, ae, a, = 2) is frequent. With the sestertii the Romans have most frequently used an other class of numerals, which we shall treat in our next pensum; excequo, 1 r., equals- 246 tertios niimmos sexaginta sex millium septingentorum triginta trium, summam proventus annonae rustici venditae, exsquat. At vero haec pecunia non est merum"> lucrum & emolumentum agricolae. Nam ex eo reditu 19 alenda ac sustentanda familia est, domus sarta tecta servanda, vestitui, valetiidini, securitati caven- dum ac providendum; vcctigalia pendenda, stipendia, & manupretia solvenda danma reparanda ac sarcienda, & commoda vitae, quae nee pnedium gignit, nee manus familiaeproducunt, in tabernis mercatomm sunt praestinanda, ac praesenti pecunia comparanda. Haec omnia lm- pensa^ sunt ac sumptus; qui, quoniam e reditu erogantur, e summa redituum subtrahenda erunt. Ista vero subtracts in hunc fere tit modum: Reditus, 2887.28 Sumptus, 1928.63 18. -us, a, urn, mere, pure, unmixed; -urn, i, profit, gain; -urn, i, gain, a fruitfull result coming to one from effort; 1 , m-, a land-cultivator, a farmer- 19. IV., returns, income; -to, 1 r-. to support, maintain; I., the household, the real meaning of this word is from famulus, i, a servant, znd famulor,^ atus sum, to be a servant, all in a household, excepting the head, the father, or pater famtltas (as an oW Genit.) including wife and children with the servants, not he, his wife and children, so tUt familia by itself often means the servants; alone; sartum tectum, repaired roof, s t- servare, to keep things in good repair; IV., clothing; hygiene, a good condition of health, Jos. talis, freedom from dangers, safety; atvtre seem itati ab tncendto, agrandwc, would also comprise what is understood, but not expressed, by the barbarous words in- surance," "assurance," "assecurazione," unknown to Romans; perhaps cautela ao tn cendio, de gremdine, (hail), might better express the idea; but cauUla de morte (rather than de vita), and, with the verb: cavere de morte, to insure one's life, cavere de incen. dio, degrandine, to insure against fire, hailstorm, would suitably express those ideas, certainly better than the terms now employed. - Pendo, solvo vegtigal, (-is, n.) I pay taxes; -urn, ii, money paid to a hired man; -urn, it, wages; -urn, t, damage; -to, 1.. to make good; -cio* rsi, rtum, to make amend, amendment, reparation; commoda vim, necessaries of life; gigno* gtnui, Hum, to beget, to produce; -co? *i, ctum, to bring forth; -no} r-, to purchase; -ro, 1 v., to aquire, to get; all gerundiva, n. pi. Norn.- while cavere and provide! e, to look out for, put their objects into Dat. - 19. Impensa, arum, usually pi., fr. in + pendo, 1 weigh into, i. e., 1 weigh out metal money into a thing, while expensa, ce, a word of the IVth century, means, 1 weigh out money from my 247 £sto, 20 itaque, hocce exemplum subtracti6nis! Posita in medio summa maiori, quae diminuenda 21 est, minorem, subtrahendam, illi, paribus numeris, subscribimus. Turn, ab unitate profecti, 22 sic ex- ordimur: Tria ex octo (ablata) 23 linquent quinque; hoc quinque infra Ifneam sub niimeris infer6ribus ductam subscribimus,etopus prosequi- mur: sex e duobus, utpote e minori, subtrahi nequeunt; quapropter a membro proximo mutuabimur decern, quae mente addimus duobus, ut sint du6decim; quo facto, pergimus: sex e duodecim linquent sex; hoc subscribimus; nunc 10 "puncutm denarium" vulgo dictum, interponi- mus, ad libellas a centussibus secernendas; et sic prosequimur: octo e sex (ademptis enim illi, decern unitatibus, sex nonnisi sunt relicta) tolli nequeunt; proinde, ita ut supra, oportebit dena proximo membro in mutuum detrahi, turn dicemus; octo e sexdecim linquet octo, hoc describimus; duo e septem reddet quinque; novem ex octo detrahi perinde nequeunt, iterum ad proximum membrum mutuum petitum recurremus, quo impetrato, instamus: novem ex octodecim reddet no- vem; unum uni subductum nihil reddet, nee subnotabimus quidquam, treasury; subtraho* xi, dum, to draw down, pull down, to discount, deduct subtract; -dio, nis, f., the drawing down, off, taking off, deducting, subtraction; in or ad hunc modum, in this manner, fere, about. 20- Imperat. Asp. of sum, be there! hicce, hxece, hocce, this here. The process of our arithmetical operations were unknown to the Romans, as stated in the addition; all of them grew out, through a slow process of centuries, mainly in Italy, as the chief busi- ness center of the world. 21. Diminuo* ui, nutum, with the philologists ^minuo, to lessen, . to diminish; paribus, n., in pairs, number w. number. — 22. P. p. of profitiscor, to start; -or, 4 or sus sum, to begin. — 23. tAufero? abstuli, ablatum, like tollo, 3 sustuli, subldtum, take away; linquo, 3 liqui, — ; to relinquish, to leave, to leave over, -urn, hi, a limb, a mem- ber; numerals, as such, can be called hoc quinque, sing, n., and can take the verb in sing., just as in modern languages: five or five is, ore, armak^s, but of course, also in pi.; secerno* secrevi, secretum, to look apart, to separate; adimo* emi, ptum, indir. object Dat , idimo, alicui aliquid, I take away something (to) somebody; nonnisi, only; te- linquo, 3 liqui, lidum, to leave over; oportet detrahi, without a subject i- e., oportet nos ut detrahamus, we must take off ten, dena; reddo, 3 reddidi, redditum, to give back, to leave; perinde, adv., in like manner; recurro? recurri, recucurri, recur sum, to run back, to resort to . .; -tro, 1 r., to obtain what we ask; insto, 1 institi, instatum, to keep up, to press on, to insist; subnoto, 1 r., to sign, to write under. 248 Purus 2 * itaque agricote proventus, quern sibi lucro reputare liceat, Centusses erunt octingenti quinquaginta octo, atque sexaginta quinque libellae. Recensio Qui numerus significat, unitatem minimam integram?— Quid est duplicitas,tiinitas?-Quibus nominibus insigniuntur nurner i 2 s 4 5 6 oer se? — Quid vocatur decuna, quid centuna? —Qui sunt decurionesf centuriones, chiliarchi? - Quid est pluralitas? multitu- do? — Cur existimar.t docti seriem numerorum infinitum esse?— Recita numeros ad decern usque!- Ad viginti!- Scribe numens Romanis duodetriginta!- Scribe sis undequadragintal-Nota Romano modo centum sepLginta quatuor!- Redde notis Roman's mil e non- gTnta duodecim.- Exscribe numeris Romanis bis mille qu.ngenta qum- quaginta!- Exprime hos Gobaricos numeros 1296 Romanis!- Effer Sne hos numerosTTJl D LXXX1II Romanos verbis, et exscnbe Goba- rSsl- Scribe Romano modo quinque millia!- Scribe Romano more deCe Qu^!us modis scribitur mille?- DuomiUia?- Quinque millia?- Dec-m millia?- Quinquaginta millia?- Centum milia?- Ducenta milUa?- Quingenta milHa?- Mille millia?- Decies, vices, qu.nquag.es, centies, miilium millia? .„ „„o. Efferto verbis: 2, 22, 222, 2,222; 22,222; 222,222. 3,333,333, 16,745,800; 1,234,016; 1,000,100 ^tnmil Exscribe Gobaricis: vicies et semel centena et septuagmta octom | lia, nongenta undecim. Tricies et septies centena & sexaginta tna millia ducenta octuaginta unum. trecen- ExscribeGobarice, turn adde hos numeros: cent » m f^ um ' { ^ ta quadraginta septem; mille quadringenta quatuordec.m, quingente sexa'ginta duo; duo' millia decern: quinque mill* i oc mgenta octua^n . undeviginti millia duodeviginti; procede et elaboral vide sine errore, Detrahe illi summs quindecim millia septingenta septemdecim! 24 . .«,, a, urn, dean, clear, pure; IV., proceeds, returns; lucro reputare licet Dtt- that he may count as a clear revenue. VOCABVLARIV-M 23 249 NNA SUBST initium, ii unitas, tatis, f. qualitas, tatis, f. duplicitas, tatis, f. trinitas, tatis, f. multiplicitas, tatis, f. unio, nis, f. binio. nis, f . ternio, nis, f, quaternio, nis, f. quinio, nis, f. senio, nis, f. decuria, as decas, adis, f. centuria, as chilias, adis, 1 monachus, i decanus, i decurio, nis, m. centurio, nis, m. dux, cis, m. f. chiliarchus, i pluralitas, tatis, f. multitude dinis, f. i ncrementum. i limes, itis, m. series, el, f. arg-e'ntum, i sumptus, tis, m. calculus, i neg-otialor. is, m. adve"ntor, is, m. rationales, ium, f. obligalio, nis, f. a"pocha, as quiet^ntia, orum, n. soltitor, is, m acceptor, is, m. rusticus, anndna, as mensura, as premium, ii iilgrerum, i mddius, ii triticum, 1 secale, is, n. hordeum, i sestertius, Li vinea, as urna, a; vinum, i foenum, i centupondium, ii lana, as pondo, n., Indecl. mel, mellis, n. sextarius, ii lac, tis, n. tressis, is, n. caseus, ei, dextrum. i lasvum, i nulla, as cumulus, i marg-o, inis, m. lucrum, i emolumentum, i re"ditus, us, m. familia, as vestitus, us, m. valetudo, inis, f. securitas, tatis, f. vectig-al, is, n. stipendium, ii damnum, i impensa, as subtractio, nis, f, membrum, i eens, tis, f. species, ei, f. character, £ris, m. proprietas, tatis, f. grradus, us, m. PROPOSITIONS* citra cis coram triplus, a, urn clarus, a, um capax, cis Indicus, a, um VERBA. significo, 1 r. proficiscon 3 , fectus sum impero, 1 r. concipio, 3 cepi, ptum duplico, 1 r. multiplico 1 , r. patior, 3 passussum definio. 4 ii, vL turn supersedeo, 2 sedi, ssum evolvo, 3 vi, utum explico, 1 !*. iudico, 1 r. texo, 3 ui, turn commendo 1 , r. proveho, 3 xi,ctum decuplico 1 , r. agito, 1 r. cogo, 3 coegi, actum instituo, 3 ui, tutum ratiocinor, 1 atus sum NNA. ADI, Gobaricus, a, um chord us, a. um novissimus, a, um residuus, a, um subsigno, 1 r. denumero, 1 r. puto, 1 r. cumulo, 1 r. prodeo 4 , ivi, ii, itum subiicio, 3 ieci, iectum. supputo, 1 r. subdo, 3 didi, ditum prastereo, 4 ivi, ii, itum adnumero, 1 r- excido, 3 cidi. — connoto, 1 r. procedo, 3 cessi, cessum pergo, 3 rrexi, ctum supersum, esse, fui. exaequo, 1 r. sustento, 1 r. provideo. 2 di, sum pendo, 3 p£pendi, sum reparo, 1 !-. sarcio, 4 si, rtum merus, a, um purus, a, um gigno, 3 genui, itum compare 1 r. subraho, 3 xi, ctum diminuo, 3 ui, utum exordior, 4 itus sum aufero, 3 abstuli, latum linquo, 3 liqui, — secerno, 3 crevi, cretum adimo, 3 emi. ptum relinquo, 3 liqui, ctum detriho, 3 xi, ctum recurro, 3 curri — impetro, 1 r. insto, 1 stiti, titim subduco, 3 xi, ctum reputo, 1 r.— ADVERB IA. carptim deinceps utpote perinde 250 III. PVERI plenlmque egentes 1 sunt, quoniam raro tantam, quanta animo satis sit, pecuniam habent, quum tamen nunquam non am^lici sint. Pneterea delet'tat 2 etiameos argentum effundere atque prodi'gere, quantumvis parentes eos frugalitatem, parsimoniamque doceant. Quis* puer, autquaj puella, dbsecro, est, qus tabernam cupe- diiiiiriani, vel mensam pomfiriam, aequo animo prastenre possit? Quis puerdrum* es t, quin lactantibus e taberna belliiriis, quis non fra- grantia" pomorum obtutuque delectabilium appetentia, et.am rem- tens, capiatur? Quis, quaeso, tantis, talibusque blandimentis* effi- caci nisu obluctetur? Non est exspectandum. \ Pres p of lgeo?ui, to be wanting, needy; tantus - quantus, so much, sc .great - as much, as'great; animo satis, enough for one's heart, mind; -us, a, urn. fr. fames, U f hunger hunery; fiunquam non = semper. VS'S, fmpefs., I me, it amuses me; -go? de g i, actum, to squander; -tusvts, .terns', -tumvis, ever so much; -tas, Mis, f, fr., -galis, e, fr- frux, gis f., the produce of the earth, one living on fruges, the habit of living on the produce of one s farm, mod- erate, temperate, economical, frugal, frugality; two accus. alqm, alqd doceo. 3 By grammar we should use qui, because quis has the nature of a noun; but usage has it this way; pray; -us, a, urn, fr. cupedia, drum, „., delicaaes of food conf - tTons confectionery; -*, a, urn, of fruit, a fruit stand; cequus, a, urn equable, not ner- vous and excitable, abb, with equable mind; -» « m, ttum to .pass by. 4 in pi. the word usually means "children/' I. e., of both sexes, laOo >, frequ. of lido? to lure, to entice; -laria.orum, n., sweet meats; I, sweet scent ragrancy, ^^£KJm Pleasant, sweet mannered, ■*,,*««,«■.. to natter, cajole fawn; things ag eeable, pleasant, winning, luring, blandishments; -cox as, effe ■ e succelful, efficacious; IV., an effort, an act of leaning against a thmg to mov b rmtor, as above; connitor, as we said of the horses, m Pensum Sextum, -tor, smw, to resist with a struggle; not to be awaited, expected. 251 Puerulo cuidam misello, in tali tantoque discrimine 6 quondam versanti, pro magnitudine urgentis famis, proque copia fructuum allectantium, nimis quam macra, quamque flaccida, pro scelusl erat crumena^Marsupium 7 adeo ipsum, quod nummis decebat turnere, exenteration, ac prope inane iacebat, quippe in quo vix una alterave libella, rari quinarii, oauciores denarii, & vix ullus quadrans, tinnie- bant. "Eheu, 8 me miserum, "suspirat puer," quam liigeo, me adeo egenum esse! Quum minimum, 9 unam tesseram quincentussium, si non decentussium, hie in crumena conditam me habere deceret, quum alii nummos aureos modio metiantur, pasne lacrymae mihi oboriuntur. Pro Deum 10 hominumque fideml quam quorsum me vertam ambigo Pro certo enim scio, opes meas, exiles ut 11 sint, profiindere, etiam iussu 6. -en, inis, n., a difference, diversity, adversity, difficulty, danger, risk; on some occassion; -sor* atus sum, to find one's self, to be in; in proportion to; -geo, 2 ur si, to coax on, to harass, to harry; I., plenty, abundance; ad + lacto {A)\ -cer,ra, crum lean; nimis quam, mitum q. quantum, an idiom, "it is terrible how;'' -idus, a, um, drooping, languid, as when a stiff thing gets soaked; an exclamation "for the crime of it!" I , a pocketbook. 7. -turn, ii, a purse, a pouch, for coins; even; -cet, 1 uit, impers., it be- hooves; ~meo* ui, to be swelling; -ro, 1 r., to disembowel; -nnio,* r ., to ring, the sound- ing of bells, metals. 8. An exclam., alas! ro} r., to sigh; -geo* xi, ctum, to mourn; -us, a, urn, a later adj for egens. 9. At the least; do* didi, ditum, f r . con + do, to put away, to be concealed, hidden; nummos modio metiri, = to measure coins by the bushel; -Hor* sus sum, to measure; I., a tear; -or, 4 ortus sum, to start to flow. 10. A very frequent exclamation, "By the justness, truthfulness, of the Gods and men!" Deum, for De6rum; fides, ei, f., accent on f/-, Gen. e short an exception of the V. deck, though poets say: fidei, this should not be done in speech; quotsum, fr- quo + versum, in which direction, different from quo, whither?, and qua, which way? — Ambigo*—, — , I am undecided. 11. Ut sint exiles, scanty though they be; opes, urn, f. wealth, possessions; -do* dhfitsum, to pour fourth, eff... to pour out, to throw away, to waste; IV-, m., not used but in Abl., as here, by the bidding, by the order; Abl. abs. (with) the stomach (being) the judge, -us, i, the stomach; -dex, icis, m ., a judge; -urn, i, an apple, it differs from malum, i, the evil, bad, by the quantity of a, long, in the latter, short; -dium, ii, the measuring asunder, disbursing money, expenditure, Abl.; to fill out; to satisfy. 252 parentum, me non debere. At vero, aeque certo constat, stomacho iudice, me fame urged; eamque posse uno alterove malo, vol quolibet alio fructu, dispendio paucorum nummum expleri ac satiari. Quidnam, Hercle, faciam? Pendens, 12 itaque, animi, puer cornu vici circumambulat, iterum iterumque consistit, reputat tenues opes, interea ad illecebras, inops consilii identidem respectat: utrum satius sit nummos comparcare, ut iiissus erat, an vero guise indulgere. Yincit 13 denique cupido, cedit ac victa iacetparsimonia, atquepuer, gula incitatus et accensus redambulat, ante mensam pomariam se sistit, et fructibus omnis intentus, oculos inter acervos pomorum quaquaversum inhians, avidus circumferebat. Simul ac pomarius adventorem suum conspicit, propius accedit, et comiter 14 eum consalutat atque, n Heus, mi puer, n inquit, "quidquamne est quod velis?" "Sane,quidem, virbone;multa prorsus sunt quae vellem, nontamen satis scio quae velim." "Ego, certe, satis habeo quod vendam, modo tu satis argenti habeas, quo emas," respondet ill! pomarius. 12. Pendeofpependi,— , is the n. f or intrans. form of pindo* pependi, pensum, to hang up, to put on scale, to weigh, to pay out; to be hanging, P. animi Genii, to be of drooping mind, sad, despondent; -nu, us, n., a horn; similar protruding things, a house- or street-corner; II., a row of houses, a street, a village; *sto* stiti, turn, to stop; thin, scanty; I., a luring, tempting thing; inops, inopis, meansless, i. consilii to be at a loss 'to know what to do; adv., again and again; -to, 1 r., frequ. to look back, hence re~ spectable, one worth to be looked back upon when passing us; -co} r., to save up; J prop, the throat, gulosus, a, urn, one "throaty," glutton, living for his gullet; -geo* st, urn, to overlook, to countenance, to ignore, to permit, not to check, or protest, w. indirJ obj- in Dat. 13. -co? vici, ctum, to defeat, to overpower; do, inis, f., a craving for something, an appetite for, a longing; and personified, the little son of Goddess Venus, w. a bow and arrows, setting the hearts aflame; -do t s cessi ssum, to yield, to go, to give up; to, 1 r-, to stir, 'to spur on; re c/-ambulo, I walk back; sisto* stiti, stiturn, trans, and n. I stop someone, or myself; IV., m, fruit; -do* di, turn, sum, to stretch, to wind up, to draw tight to be alert, or worked up mind, omnis intentus, all worked up, w. mind keenly set; II., a pile; in all directions; -hio, 1 r., to be agap, gaping; -us, a, urn, eager, ra- venous. 14. Adv. affably. 253 "At ego non omne peciilium tuum merctfri^ volo, sed exiguam partem, nee argento ad id eareo." ^"Age, itaque, s^lige^ quidquid tibi collubeat. Dispice totam con- g^riem; vide, sis, quam praclar^istesintanaiiassaB, hi dactyli fiei- que saccharo conditi; ecce eocossae, mala aurantium fulva & flava citrea; niices iuglandes & ayelianae; turn contuere recentia mala rubiciinda, viridia, acidula atque diilcia; sapidissima pira & persica, armenica tarn suaviter fragrantia; turn, ceine, velim, uyas tenerrimas! fraga selectissima, aut vero, si has delitiae minus placent, specta sis arienas tarn flavas, quam rutilas." 15. -cor, 1 atus sum, to buy; -reo*, ui, itum, to lack. 16. -go,* ligi, ledum, to pick out, and lay aside; libet, lubet (u as in German), it pleases! — £>*spicio, 3 spexi, ctum, to look about, around; -is, Si, f., con + gero, a mass, a collection, a heap; I., a. sativa, the botanical name of what is called a "pine apple;" II., what is called a "date/' the same word meaning also the Latin "datum-" II the fruit and the tree of the -'fig," f., -urn, i, sugar; -dio* r ., to season; I., nux cocossa " also, simply cocus, Hispanicized, coco (called cocoa, in English, by mixing it up with Portug. cacao, or chocolate beans, faba cacaoticce) \ m. aurantium, botanically Citrus Aurantium, the Latin is but an adaptation of the Arabic narandsh, the n being assimi- lated to Ital. and French una, un ( n ) orandsh, and thus, it resembling Lat aurans aurantium (-siom, of the Fr.), aurantium came into use as Gen- pi., all the more since the golden yellow (fulvus, a, urn) color fitted the term admirably well. While we do not change the Gen. as a rule, there is no reason why aurans, by itself could not be used at least as well as in modern tongues orange, and German pomeran^e, in which the "pom" stands ioxpomum (anyof the larger fruits, in Fr. also for potato, pomme de terre, pomum terra), particularly an apple. — Flavus, a, urn, yellow; citreum, ei, the fruit of citrus i f., the lemon tree; nux, cis, f., a nut; -ans, dis, f. a walnut tree, and a walnut also 'by itself; I., nux understood, a hazlenut, a filbert; -eor* Urn sum, to look at something- 's, a, urn, reddish, red; -is, e, green ; -us, a, urn, gently sower; -is, e, sweet; -us a, urn, of good taste; -urn, i, a pear; -urn, i, a peach (fr. Fr. pecker, an d Germ. Persisclu pfirsiche, pfirsich), f r . Lat. Persicus, a, urn, from Persia, the tree usually, of most fruits -us, i, f., the fruit, -urn, i, n . — Armenicum, i, {-us, i, f., the tree) the fruit apricot, (fr. L. apnean, to be basking in the sunshine); -vis, e, sweet, pleasant, adv.; -gro 1 r . toemitfragrancy; I., a grape; -ga, drum, pi. n ., strawberries; -tice, arum, p i. f. f r ' dehno* levi, litum, to sooth; I., a banana, a Roman word; -lus, a, urn, 'red- dish, red. 254 "Quanti 17 constant isthaec mala?" "Pr&ia malorum plerumque magnitvidine" ac specie metimur; minuscula dupondio stant, maiuscula altero tanto." "Quanti uvae?" , ., ,., ... :< - "Uvas ad pondus"* vendimus: nigras quidem paullo minows, 17 . Quanti constat? is the regular way of asking, how much a thing costs. Constat E^^^^^g^^J^^XZi in the same End. costs, is shortened from the Oerm. aiso >w, > Z. Quantus, a, urn, whenever it has any reference to value, is a was used I m Gen. ^n ,- u w«c minus ,rf nut into Gen., pluiis, minons constare, stare, adjs. ma Z m £ZfZlZ7nif^ make much of it, 1 value highly. Quanti vstirna* wmn U ch ryon b tnkitisworth ? how highly ^^rtT^l scholastics, too, have used them, they « good enougt , fon me. ^ _ ^ i sslNIr^^otpract^R man small coJand values, regardless whether i££ £ o a rt° f no P t in season, or whether they ^£££££2. have made up this .11. Section, combining a >* ^^^V prece di„g two information, easy reading, as a relaxation after the ^^with sLtth^g the prepo- <,. rtions _ Metior aliquid aliqua re, 1 measure something with something, v v Sn in L. is left out; an Abl. of this kind is called the Abl. of Instrument. - Altera tanto, "by another that much," as much more, i. e. 4 asses , expression be- 19 lid pondus vendimus, we sell by the weight; we have us e this exp ess fore: ad ca.iam pingere, or scribere;" Pondus ensn weigh whe _/^ « - Sec lb, whence Germ. 0ta* Engl. ^\t h nder to £ d n hUJ m check, to m ., 20 asses; ■**,■ *, ««*». (P™ + habeo), to hmd er to ho dm ha , ^ ,. forbid; qudmims (quo + nunus), one word, wh en J con J unctl ° /roHI , n0 . when separated, it changes meaning, and bears ^.^f^Z^ldh. it means, thing hinders us from, or that not, when ^ ™^^Tn, bunch, a cluster hy which less: as a conj , it always governs the ve.b in Com. . of grapes; quinquessis, is, m., quinque asses; Abl. s. i. e., at the rate at. 255 aibas pluris, scilicet vicessibus; nihil tamen prohibet, quominus et raceiiium quinquesse, emas/' "Uvas tuas nimis caras 20 esse puto: quasi acinos singulos sem~ bellis vendites." "Pretia, mi puer, magnarii 21 statuunt, nos minutularii, obsequimur." "Si caetera eadem proportione 22 vendas, singulas avellanse quin- cunce, deunce iuglandes apud te venibunt." "Non vendo singulas, sed heminis, 23 dupondio." "Quemadmodum baccas?" 24 "Neutiquam; 25 rubos, mora, ribes ? casterasque, suis quasque temporibus, quasillis, sextarios complectentibus, deciissibus ven- ditamus." "Nisi aequo pluris constent, malum aurantium emere mallem/' 26 20. -«s, a, urn, fr. c&reo? ui t to lack, dear, expensive; different from chorus % a, um 1 dear, agreeable, pleasant, which is the Gr, chan\omai, fr. charts, favor, grace, whence L chdritas, tatis, f., love, Fr. charite, cher, and Eng. chanty, cheer; which all, of course, philologists will not admit, and make both of them cams, a, nm; we keep to tradition. — Acinus, i, single berries of the grape; I., semi libella; to, 1 \\, frequ. of vendo, often w- the additional imputation of hawking, peddling, but not neces- sarily. 21. -ws, H, a wholesaler; -us, ii, a retailer; -quor? cuius sum, to follow suit. 22. -to, nis, ratio, proportion; deunx, cis, m., and quincunx, cis, m., the as was divided into twelve uncice, five of them were quincunx, which word was also used in land measure, planting trees, &c; if we take off one uncia from an as, the remaining ll|l2ths are called deunx. — Veneo? ii, ivi, itum, fr. venus, lis, a sale, selling, + eo? ivi, Hum, = venum eo, to be offered for sale, "it sells." 23. I., a measure for liquids and grains, 'A of a sextarius, which is yUh of a mo- dius, therefore, about half a pint. 24. I., a berry, 25. Adv. not so, not quite; II., blackberry, and bush; -urn, i, (tree, or bush -us, i, f.) mulberry, here m. Idceum, raspberry is meant; ribes rubrum, also album, is the cur- rant (and this is Corinthiacum) ; r. grossularium (the Linnsean botanical names) is the goosberry; us, and -urn i, dimin. of qualum, i, -us, i, a basket, a fruit-hamper, a wicker basket, market-basket; -us, ii, about a pint, two heminae; -tor* xus sum, to embrace, to contain; -is, is, m., decern asses. 26. One of the three verbs: volo, velle, volui, I do will; nolo, nolle, nolui, I do not ml; malo, malle, malui (magis volo), I rather will, I refer, Imperf. Coni. 256 "Pdteris c6mmode,^ vili enim stant, nempe tressibus minus- cula, ilia maiuscula quinquessibus, duodena vero selecta semicentussi. "Quanti sestimas persica?" , "Persica, dum perddrant" semper in pretio sunt; sed quum faci e fracdscant, vili6ri etiam pretio subinde venduntur. Alioquin » staDili pretio, bicessibus, selectiora tricessibus mna, commun.a hbella, dupon- dio, sesquitertio, sesquiquarto etiam singula offerings. Corbibus quo- que veneunt centussi cum dodrante, et bicentussi." "At tu mihi ceteris propolis, 30 carioris venditare videns. 27. Adv., comfortably, easily, at pleasure; adv., cheaply, fr. vilis e, cheap, or cheap kind; tressis, is, tres asses; duodeni, ce, a, twelve; as many as twelve, whence Fr. douraine, thence Eng. do^en. 28 -ro » r , fr. duro} r., to last, while they last, as Ions as they last, fr. durus a urn, h.rd, for, when fruit begins to become soft, it rots; in pretio est, ,s valued, .t commands a good price; -sco? -, -, to become spoiled, to rot. 29 Adv. , otherwise, else; -is, e, regular, standing, stable; -is, «. m. 20c; -is, is, m 30 ; -ni, *. a, as many as six, six; -*. a, urn, 2«, i. e two asses and one hah o The 'fti d, which is one sestertius, which is but the contracted form for ,t; £ three -« and one quarter of the fourth; this form can be continued r, sesqu qumtus, , urn s^ stx tus, a, urn, &c, the number sex, septem, octo, &c mean he fraction to be added to the integral expressed by sesqui, so that sesqui quintus will be 4|, sesqu, sextus, 5*. &c Corbis, is, m . & f- a basket; -is, is, m-, 200c, = $2.00. 30. 1. m. a small retail merchant, a peddler. 31 Minim gentium, not in the least, Miriam gentium, ubinam terrarum, are th original's of exclamations, like, "Where on earth?" "Where in the wor d? - Nonn* prlterit, it does not pass me, = I am well aware; 1, mostly : spelled S^ «ra a kmd of 'East Side " or "Bowery," in Rome, etymology uncertain, likely sub + urbe, abb.eva ted 'SVC", whence Varro thinks it to be derived "a Sucus.no," but the C was changed to B (but, of course, the German philologist turns it around, mak.ng Varro say So^what he really did say). - Semis, issis, m., we have : used. thready as "half" as "semicirculus," "semicentussis," but ongmally it means . semi as -us it TL unci" I of an as, a trifle; *, fr. dis, asunder, in all directions to sel about 1 oadcasf "say 1"; infitias ire, fr. infitice, arum, (fr. in + fateor, non fateor d.ffiteor, Jo,' usedin Ace only, because eo, a verb of motion, toward an en ; winch, ; an Ace . as is the case with a supinum; 1 shall not deny, gainsay; -«s a » ', wdhe, d .us a urn, decaying, rank, stinking, whence rancor, ts, m„ foul smell.-.'-, a, urn, small. ,Wn mean; Tus^um, p. p. of vUo? crooked, bent, shrunk, shrivelled (whence Fr. 257 "Minime quidem gentium, 31 Non me prasterit quosdam esse po- marios, praesertim in subiirra, qui merces suas semisse, vel tenia* cio, vilioris divenditent; hoc, inquam, infitias non ibo, verum fructus quoque eorum marcidi, raneidi, y^sci ac vieti sunt; quos si ullo pretio vendant, me plus lucri faciunt" "Quisque mercator suas laudat merces." "Et recte, profecto! An vis ut vitiiperent?" 32 "Ex aequo deberent aestimare. 33 Sed quid multa? Haec nihil ad rem. Tempus rterea dum hie disputamus, labitur. Fac potius, porrige mihi unum e flavis malis aurantium. Nam ilia fiilva, seminum exper- tia, cum umbilicis, utpote spuria, nolo; insuper, da mihi etiam unum e languidius rubentibus et acidulis malis: ea mihi pr6be sapiunt; dul- cia non moror. — Sic; factum bene; me satis bene emisse 34 autumo; debeo autem tibi deciisses, quos, en tene!" vieux old), hence, vietor (philologized into vitor because in Germ the e does not sound), is, a '* bender," a binder, a cooper, a frequent Latinized family name with the Germans for ''Binder." 32. -ro^x.y to blame. 33. Ex xquo xstimare, to value a thing according to its merit; but why should we say more? in short; these matters are neither here nor there, do not belong to the thing; they do not alter. to} r., dis + puto, to be of different views, to dissent, to differ w. somebody; t. labitur, time slips, slides. — -go* rrexi, rectum, to reach out, over, hither, "rather" hand to me: -men, inis y n., a seed; expers, tis, fr. ex + pars, that has no share, is not participant, that has no... w. Gen. has no seed, seedless; II., a navel; 4us, a, urn, frequent as Roman family name, as a word not used, excepting by the Ro- man lawyers, an illegitimate child, false, illegitimate, something bogus, adulterated, spurious; probe, rightly, properly, much, well; -pio, 3 hi, it, ui\ to taste, taste well, has a good taste; transferred to moral good taste, to have a good, sober sense, mind, to be wise, sapiens, entis, one having a good, common sense, a man of good taste; non sapis, you have no good sense; sapisne? are you at your senses? sapere aude (Hor.) dare know, dare bt wise! the opposite, insipidus, a, urn, tasteless, of food, and of talk; non moror, nihil moror, \ have no use for a thing "nihil morot tuam f elicit atem servitute emptam^" says the hungry and shivering wolf to the well-fed city dog, with the hair worn around his neck, by wearing a collar, and being tied up during the day: "I have no use for your happiness, bought at the price of slavery." 34. Bene 'emere, to buy advantageously; male emere, to buy at an unfair, excessive rate; -mo, 1 r.,f v. aio, to say, so in older usage, in class, and later application, puta 258 Gratias tibi, herule 35 mi, habeo agoque pliirimas. Dedi tibi quae habui optima, ideoque vili emistiL Casterum, veni et alias saepius, nun- quam falleris. Multum vale!" Postero die, quum iam nee 36 mala supererant, et decusses expen- si, puerum sero guise p jenituit Kecensio: — Quare sunt pueri pleriimque egentes? — Quid in- super delectat pueros? — Quid praesertim allectat pueros? — Narra sis quid quondam puero cuidam contigerit? — Quomodo puer hie con- queritur? 37 — Quid ambigebat? — Quae praecepta 38 in animo eius cogito, existimo, arbitror; -beo, 2 ui, itum, in its first meaning, I owe; here they are ! hold ! 35. -us, i, dimin. of herus, a master, little Mr.; gr. habeo et ago, 1 feel thankful, and I give you thanks; the best I had; hast bought cheaply; come at another time, alias., adv., at another time, also otherwise; repeatedly, more frequently, oftener; fallor? falsM sum, active; fallo* fefelli, ) 'ahum, to deceive, to trick, to cheat; passive: I mistake. 1 delude myself 1 deceive myself, here in Fut. as shown by the accent, in pres. Indie, it is falleris, accent on a. — Fare well much! 36. Nee — et, contrast is often expressed in this manner; neither have the apples remained, — and the money, too, was spent, -do? di, sum, as already stated, to wei^h out, to spend, expend; puerum sero panituit, (it) has repented the boy too late; the boy regretted too late. We shall see this peculiar construction soon. A few L. words retain their old spellings w. a, an eyesore to philologists, and they do not know just what to do about the thing, such as rruznia, fo?mina, f^tus, pom^rium, Pami, &c, so they spite- fully change them partly to ce, and this is tie most frequent, partly to e, and say .that the ce is wrong, the other is right The truth is this: the <*, just as it still is in Dutches equivalent tow, as the originals clearly show, as: poena, pwnio, p^nitet pumt; mania, mania, munire; pom^rium, post murium, &c; and by the same lack of knowledge- and judgment they make ob^dio, from obedio, just to be contrary. 37 .ror*questus sum, dep-, also, simply, queror* questus sum, the e is short and unaccented, in the first, accent on b, to complain, different from quaro* quaxtvt, quo- tum (in polite language, like Engl, "pray," the form quceso is used, as in our text), to cpplc \f\ nsk 38. -turn, i, originally the pp. of pmcipio* cepi, ptum, to order, command, bid, instruct teach, hence the noun, a command, an order, a rule of action, prescribed by some authority, a rule of grammar, or other learning; he who teaches, lays down rules i 259 secum pugnabant? — Pendens animi, quid agebat? — Postremo quid vicit? et quid fit? — Quid pomarius? — Quid puellus volebat? — Quid siuidet? 39 — Enumera aliquot genera fructuum! — Interroga pretium! — Uvas acinisne pomarius vendit? — Si venditor nimium postulate quid dicimus de pretio? — quid si aequum, aut parum? — Baccas qua mcnsura et quanti solent vendere? — Malane an baccae piiiris vene- unt? — De persicis quid docetur. — Fructus propolarum in suburra quales solent esse? — Post multa verba quid emit puer? — Mala au- rantium fulva quare respuit puer? — Carone an ^quo pretio se emisse existimavit? — Num etiam p6stero die eadem mens puero fuit? — si non, quare? is a preceptor; secum pugnat, a thing in contradiction with itself, things that do not agree, that cannot be brought into harmony (in our example the parents bid one thing, [he stomach suggests another). 39. deo* st, sum, to give an advice, to make a recommendation, to suggest, to offer some solution of a difficulty. 40. -lo} r ., to have a good will for, good feeling, good wish, then: to ask, to put in a claim, to demand. 41. I , a measure of all kinds, whether of liquids, grain, or dry, land, or distance )r weight. 42. RSspuo* ui y — f r . re + spuo* spui, sputum, to spit; to spit backward upon )r toward a thing that we despise, and, therefore, we do not want; figuratively, to de- fine, to refuse, reject, repell. — Est mihi, = habeo, puero fuit mens, = pue r habuit nentem, eandem mentem, <( was the boy of the same mind next day?" 260 VOCABULARIUM 24, frugrilitas, Itis, f. bellSria, orum, n. fragrlntia, ae obtiitus, us, m. appc'^ntia, ae bland irruntum i disc; imcn, ini.->, n. fames, is f. scelus, eris, n, crumena, ae mars pium, ii llcryma, « fides, ei, f. iussus, us, m. sttfmachus, i. iudex, icis, m. fructus, us m. milum, i fam£licus, a, um cupedinlrius, a, um pomlrius, a, um aequus, a um delectltilis, e dfi'icax, cis micer, era, um fllccidus, a, um disp£ndium. ii cornu, us n. vicus, i illdcebra, ae srula, ae cupido. inis, f. contraries, ei, f. ananlssa. ae daxtylus, i ficus, i, f. siccharum, i cocoss.i. ae malum, i aurantium citreum. i nux, cis, f. iu^lans, dis, f. avelUna, ae pirum. i eij£nus, a, um exi.is, e inops, pis aVidus, a, um fulvus, a. um f la-, us, a, um slpidus, a, um rubicun^us, a, um 6geo, 2 ui delectat. 1 vit pr6digo, 3 £gi, actum praetSreo 2 , ivi, itum lacto/r- renitor. 3 nisus sum obluctor, 1 atus sum urgeo 2 ursi d£cet, 2 uit tumeo, 2 ex&itero, 1 r. tinnio, 4 r. suspiro, 1 r. liigeo, 2 xi ctum condo, 3 didi, turn m£tior, 4 mensus sum ADVhRBIA. c Jmiter sane certe modo scilicet quasi n.utiquam cdmmode ob6rior, 4 tus sum dmbigo, 3 prof undo, 3 fudi, sum satior, 1 atus sum pendeo. 2 p£pendi consisto, 3 stiti, turn indulgeo. 2 si, turn vinco, 3 vici, ctum cedo, 3 cessi sum inhio, 1 r. mercor, 1 atus sum careo. 2 ui, itum seligo, 3 I6gi, lectum c611ubet, 2 buit, bitum est condio, 4 r. vili potius insuper sero nimis quam quorsum certo pro certo id£ntid«m NNA. SUBST. pdrsicum, i arme'nicum. i uva, ai frag-a, o um delitiae, arum arie'na, ae pre'tium, ii dupondius, ii pondus, cris, n, biedssis, is, m. rac^mui. i. qui:.auessi , is, m. acinus, i sembeTia, ae mag-nlrius, ii minutulSiius, ii propdrtio, nis, f. deunx, cis, m. NNA. ADI. vlridis, e acidulus, a, um rutilus, a, um carus.a.um vilis, e stlbilis, e seni, ae, a sesquitdrtius, a, um VERBA contueor, 2 tuitus quincunx, cis, m. hemina, ae bacca, ae rubus, i morum, i ribes, is quasillus, i deciissis, is, m. trice"ssis, is, m. corbis, is, m. f. . piopola, ae, m. suburra, ae sems, i sis, m. teriincius, ii umbilicus, 1 he"rulus, i praeceptum, i mensu-a, ae marcidus, a, um rSncidus, a, um vescus, a, um virtus, a, um e"xpers, tis spurius a, um p<5sterus, a, um sum fragro, 1 r. specto, 1 r. consto, 1 stiti. statum prohibeo, 2 ui, itum v^ndito, 1 r. 6bsequor, 8 cutus sum v£neo, 4 ivi, itum complector, 3 xus sum aestimo, 1 r. perdu ro, 1 r. fracesco. 3 praeterit, 4 vit, turn est laudo, 1 r- vitupero, 1 r. quaquavdrsum simul sc recte, profecto probe llias postre"mo EXCLAMAT10NES pr6 scelus disputo. 1 r. porrigo, 3 rexi.etum rubeo, 2 sapio, 3 ivi, ii, ui moror, 1 atus sum autumo, 1 r. fallor, 3 falsus sum exp£ndo, 3 di, sum poenitet, 2 uit co aquerdr, 3 questus sum pugno, 1 r. sua^deo, 2 si, sum postulo, 1 r. r£spuo, 3 ui eo infitias eheu pr6 f idem Hercle age tea fac CO IVNCTIO qu6minus utpote 261 PRINCIPIA GRAMMATIC/E NOMINA NVMERALIA. 114. The Nomina Adiectiva Numeralia can be classified into the following six groups: 1. Numeralia Cardinalia 2. Numeralia Ordinalia 3. Numeralia Distributiva 4. Numeralia Multiplicativa 5. Numeralia Proportionalia 6. Numeralia Adverbia. In this lesson we are considering the Cardinalia, so called from cardo, inis, m , a hinge, or pivot, upon which a door, or other things turn: because all other numer- als turn on these, i. c, are formed from them. 115. The numerals are adjectives, excepting the last kind, commonly of the -us, a, urn group, usually emphatic, preceding the noun to be qualified, if not, they hold some other place. 116. When no object is to be qualified, as in reckoning, the neuter form is used, though Boethius uses the masculine, w. numerus understood. 117. In colloquial language, in the decades from 20 to 100, the simpler form is used: viginti unum, v. duo, v. tria, in more formal language we say: unum €r viginti duo & viginti, tria et viginti, etc, which is followed by the Germans, and, partly in English. 118. The numerals 18, 19, 28, 29, etc, colloquially are octodecim, novemdecim, viginti octo, viginti novem; in the other style: duodeviginti, undeviginti, d lodetriginta', undetriginta, etc, i. e-, by subtraction: two from twenty, one-from twenty, etc. 119. Of the Cardinal Numerals only the first there, unus % a, urn, duo, ce, o, ires, 1'i r-s- ? 6 7 X s Numeri Paullo tardius I Z * J-* t 6 5 9 9 Variationes, ex Iohanne Hispal. Libro Algorismi, ex Edit. Boncompagni ■s- 4 •V- Numeri Boethii 1 % ? pn b h A 8 £> Numeri e Saeculo XII. > \> 3 I 1 & A % 3 -e- Numeri e Sasculo XIII. t z ? * <* & a % ^ o Numeri E. MS. Saeculi XIV(?) \ 7 > * 7 6 n 8 9 O Numeri Ex Anno 1508. i Z 3 4 5" h 7 8 9 o Numer Ex Anno 1550. / z 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 o The Saracens (i. e., the Arabs, or Mauri, of West Africa and Spain, the shar&ca, easterners) have worked out this new arithmetic in their own figures, retaining some of the Hindus, and called these figures (derived from their alphabet) gobar, or dust, be- cause they did calculate, and form these figures in the dust. After some time the Chris- tians began to learn it, until Iohannes Hispalensis wrote a book on it? which was widely 270 opied in France and Italy. This book was reproduced in Rome, by the Prince Boncom- pagni, in 1857, under the original title: "Liber Algorism! de Pratica Arismetrice." As any one can easily understand from the above, the terms algorismi, algonsmt, algorithm!, are corruptions of M-Chovari^mu i. e. Chiva, a celebrated city of Turkes- tan, Turkistan. The above table shows the successive stages of development of the Hindu Arabic nu- merals employed by all nations in the common bond of Roman civilization, whatever may be the alphabets they are using. From this table it seems clear, that Boethius, who lived between the years 440 500 A. D., cannot have used numerals that have not been known before the Xth century. . The diffusion of Algorismus, and of the Gobar numerals with it, during the latter part of the Middle Ages, was of a slow process, being confined to copying by hand. Pope Sylvester II, (Gerbert), about 1000 A. D., gave it the greatest publicity. As Italy continued to be the industrial and commercial center of the world, the new ^ arithmetic has found the greatest appreciation there, and it was put into practical use, in business, and finding many applications, in commerce, in trades, architecture, navigation and in scientific labors, new branches, parts, calculations were successively devised and added thereto, it gradually developed into what it is to-day. In 1202 Fibonacci issued one edi- tion the most advanced at his time. Treviso was then a great commercial center, where the new system received several new additions. But the greatest diffusion was brought about after 1450, the time of the discovery of the art of printing by Guttenberg (a name derived not from Gutenberg, but from Kuttenberg, a town in Bohemia, though the Ger- mans, of late, insist in misspelling it in the above manner). The first printed edition was published in 1478. In Germany the first edition was published by Kobel in 1 550, as "Teutsche." All this sufficiently explains how young, really, our modern arithmetic is. or io IV. RES PECVNIARIA ROMAN ORVM. The most frequently used terms in Roman money-matters are ces, as, nummus; specifically argentum, aurum, sestertius. The word moneta, whence German Murine, and French Monnaie (whence English money), and mint (from the German Mun&\ in the Roman period, never signified money, but rather the die of the coins, and the place of the coinage, the temple of Iuno, namely luno Moneta, the "warning Iuno;" still, in after- Roman period it did assume that meaning and it gave birth to the words quoted- When the first copper coin was stamped with the figures of cattle, as the main as- sets of the early Roman citizens, the coin became pecunia, from pccus, cattle- The ma terial of the pecunia was ces, ceris, bronze, as pecunia, the word was changed into as, 271 assis, and this word kept running parallel with pecunia, as a general term, as we see by the expressions, ces alienum, debt; still, it did not include silver and gold. Later also argentum, and shortly after also aurum, entered the field as coin materials; the former also becoming a general term, like the French argent, while aurum remained abstract for good and bad, as "golden," and "mammona," of the Bible. JEs, as money, meaning also currency, and value, whence also rnstimo, and existimo seem to be derived, in account books it stood for "cash receipts," usually in plural, cera and in this form it gradually became ara, 274 as: "ducena millia sestertium," or "sestertium octingentena millia;" but the word "mil- lia ,, very often is entirely omitted, and then ststtrtia is restored, as: "Daturum liberis eius ductna ststtrtia/' instead of "ducena sestertium millia;'"' not "ducentos ststtrtios/ because that would mean 200 sestertii, whereas here 200,000 are meant- 4. Millions are expressed: a In the regular way; that is, as a million is expressed in Latin by the adverbial numeral, qualifying the adjective-numeral centum millia, as one million is = ten (times) hundred-thousand, two millions = twenty-hundred-thousand, &c, it will be always the adverbium that counts, so that the rest can be left out altogether, as we shall see. Ac- cordingly, decies centena millia sestertium = 1,000,000 sestertii, or, decies centum (for centum is also an adjective) millia sestertium; centies centum (centena) m. s., 10,000,00; millies centena (centum) millia s. = 100,000,000 sestertii. This is the regular way, noth- ing to be remembered about it. b As stated above, the adverbium alone counting, and by an ellipsis, the centum mil- lia left out, as Cicero has it (and others) HS quater decies P. Tadio numerata Athenis — planum faciam;" he could have said quite as well: "Sestertium decies & quater" (both being adverbs, qualifying each other) centena millia left out; any practiced Latin reader knows instantly that Hs, followed by an adv. means Gen. pi. for the sestertius, be- cause the noun mille, and the adj. centum must be understood; and so quater decies, or decies et quater centena millia HS mean 14 (times) one hundred thousand, i. e. |= 1,400,00:) sestertii. c By a long and every day usage the sestertium finally became sestertiwm, w, a regular neuter noun, to which the adverbia alone were added, so that the adv. alone, in this construction, meant "centum," or "centena" millia sestertium; as: "Quum ei testa- mento sestertium millies relinquatur;" Cic, Off. 3, 24.; Nonne sestertium centies octuagies — Romse in quaestu reliquisti? Cic. Pis. 35, 86. Some times sestertium itself | omitted, without causing any obscurity, the adv. making the meaning quite clear, as "Dissipatio, per quam Antonius septies millies avertit," Cic. Phil. 54; i. e., the dissi pation, or squandering, by which A. embezzled seven (times) thousand (times), hundred thousand sestertii" must be understood. The "sestertii/' then is the small silver coin, equivalent to dupondius + S- or semis, i. e-, two and a half asses, % denarius, or 4X cents, two pence and half a farth- ing; this was the ordinary "currency," for larger sums. The "sestertium/' was 1,000 sestertii, $42 94, in our money, £8, 17s Id, sterling, British money. The "sestertzV pL n., with distributive numerals, as "sestertia dena," is in use for two thousand and over. For millions: "centena millia sestertium," Gen. pi. instead of -orum, though it is in no wise wrong to say "$6516™©™!!!," it is the really legitimate form. With an ellipsis: "sestertium quater decies (centena millia left out). 275 With the ellipsis of "sestertium," as: "Antonius septies millies" (centena millia sestertium) avertit After the age of Augustus the value of sestertius was about % less. When the sestertius expressed by Roman numerals, we must watch how the numer- ils are marked, thus: HSXX = sestertii viginti HSXX = sestertia vicena (millia = 20,000) HSXX = sestertium vicies (2,000,000) The silver coins were stamped with the figures of bigce, or quadrigce, one yoke or wo yokes of horses, when they were called nummi bigati, or quadrigati, which,' of :ourse, was not a special coin, of some particular denomination, but popularly so cal'led. jvius Drusus, when Tribunus Plebis, ordered X of copper to be mixed into the silver, litherto pure. As these latter coins bore the figure of Victoria, they were called Victorian. These pieces were the quinarii, in the time of M. Ter. Varro (contemporary if Caesar and Cicero). 3. Nummus ^uteus, or simply aureus, i, were the Roman gold coins first in- roduced in Rome 51 years after the adoption of the silver coins, during the second Punic Var, 218—202 B. C. The first aurei were quite large pieces, worth 400 sestertii (100 Hs = #492); but lese were soon reduced so that one pound of gold (12 ounces) yielded 40 pieces; finally lero changed this ratio to 45. The standard aureus contained 120 grains of gold. Ac- Drding to our present gold measure, adopted from Troves, a city of France, a pound of old consists of 12 ounces; the ounce contains 20 penny weights, and this contains 24 rains; the Troyes pound, then, contains 5760 grains. The aureus was then worth 100 IS, or 25 denarii, but all this only in round figures, for really the Roman gold coin was 'orth some $5.10 (£1, Is Id). oi I P V. MENSVRA LIQVORIS & GRANL Of the various kinds of vessels for liquids used in the Roman household, such as itchen, dining room, wine cellar, &c, I shall speak in their respective places; here I lall refer only to those which served as measures. Most of the Roman vessels were made of clay, which, if they contained v/ine, were )ated with pitch on the inside, and were also so sealed hermetically, inorder to preserve ie wine from spoiling. Vessels were also made of wood, gold and silver, glass, and yrrha, a kind of stone, or china, and also of onyx, for perfumes. 276 Romans knew nothing of beer, nor Of any of the destilled (not distilled) liquors; instead, they had a large variety of wines, and oil. Their grains were very nearly the same as ours, excepting Indian corn. The largest vessel for liquids, paiticularly wine, as a measure, was the cuUeus, t also -inn, 4 which was a large leathern bag, or skin, the kind erf which is stiU used in the East. One kind of culleus *as used for parricides to be sewed into, and thrown mt ° T^dlowing are the relative sizes of the various liquid and grain measures of the Romans, and their equivalents in our measures. 20 amphorae, or quadrantalia = 6 gallons 7 pints 40 urn*; 2 urnx = 1 amphora = 3 gallons VA pints 60 modii; 3 modii = 1 amphora = 2 gallons TA pints 120 semodii; 6 semodii = 1 amphora = 1 gallon 1* pints 160 congii; 8 congii = 1 amphora - 6 pints 960 sextarii; 48 sextarii = 1 amphora = 1 pint 1,920 heminae; 96 heminas = 1 amphora = % pint 3,840 quartarii; 192 quartarii = 1 amphora = 1 gill 11,520 cyathi; 576 cyathi = 1 amphora = ^ pint culleus = 137^ gallons Oil and honey were also sold by the pound. The tonnage of ships were expressed by amphora, urn*, modn. For p-rain modii and congii were mainly used. Be id the'e properly Roman measures, also some Greek measures were employed, such SSS- 6 modii, or bushel, while in liquids metrOa, *. = 12 congn, o. nSf^S mentioned vessel for wine, oil, or even for ^it is ^U (< short) a word adopted in the Slav. Hungarian and Wallach.an languages to denote va I w ne or other vessels, but of a larger kind; it was = 3 urn,, or 1* mphor* The poets also frequently mention crMra, * and crater, ens m. but th was n measure/but a wide, rather shallow bowl, in which wine was mixed, to be ladled ou into cyathi, p6cula, scyphi, or dikes. ao VI. DE PONDER1BVS. Weights, like money values, in the Roman system, start from the -, as the stanc „<\ nnitv Because the original as was 12 ounces, or one pound m we.ght, this as «< all "and ^Sl^e synonymous. Though the as was reduced in size and we.gh Seiibra still remained the standard weight of 12 ounces, and it stall remams m Go 277 d silver, as we see in the British money system, where the letter L (£) the initial of A, still designates a pound of Eastern silver, or easterling, now called a pound steii- U which in America, though the system has changed, is still expressed by $ = silver. All payments having been made by the weight, pondus, eris, n. , this word was adually corrupted into pondus, i, only used in AbL, as: libra pondo dence, as much as i pounds "in," or by weight, pondo libra bince, by weight, two pounds. The word, ldually, became indeclinable, whence the German Pfund, and thence the English pound r t derived, whilst the Neo-Latins retained libra, lira, livre. This unit, whether called as, or libra, as a standard, was called solidum, of which dorus Hispalensis, in the Vllth century, wrote, that to the "veteres," or ancients, this >rd meant "integrum, " totum, cui nihil deest, which meaning the word still has, as 11, entire, whole, not curtailed, not mutilated, not hollow. In this way solidum stipendium (Livius), solidum solvere, (Cic.) i. e., full pay (of ldiers), and to pay in full, became technical terms respectively in the military service d in law. From the first is derived the words soldo, Italian, solde, French, Sold, Ger- in, primarily military pay, and their derivatives, soldato, soldat, Soldat, soldier, the id man of arms. In law solvere solidum, or in solidum, are still in use. — As a noun, idus, i, under the emperors has taken the place of "aureus," as above, when that coin is reduced in size by Emperor Nero. Libra being the central point, all other weights must be either the fractions or the iltiples of libra; but as this is the same as the as, its fractions (minutiae, fractiones, auras) are also the same, though there were also some other fractional weights, popu- ly used, mostly adopted from the Greeks. The following are the weights used by the Romans: 1. Calcus, i, the smallest of the weights of the Romans, towards the end, Isidorus ntions it, as being the weight of two grains of lentils. The word itself is the parent of \ diminutive form, calculus, mentioned wi f h the abacus. 2. Siliqua, a, is % part of the solidus (see 7.), or septula (see as). The word ans a pod; but as this applies to many plants producing different kinds of pods, I nk, the mutilated text of Isidorus, where a tree is mentioned, we must take it to mean : pod, i. e., the carob tree, the fruit of which (dark brown pods) is called St. John's ad, the food, not a bad one, of the "filius prodigus" and his swine. When, therefore, qua means a weight, not coin, as above, either this pod, or certain number of its seeds' ist be understood. 3. Ceratium, ii, the Gr. equivalent of siliqua; the Romans also called it semiobolus i» siliqua, = 2 calci. 4. Obolus, i, = 3 siliquas, = 2 ceratia, = 4 calci. 5. Scripulus, i, the smallest weight of the older Romans, = 6 siliquse. Its name is ived from scrupus, i, a rough piece of rock, or stone, better known in its diminutive n, scrupulus, i, a little rough pebble, which hurts if we step on it with bare foot, or 278 thin sole; figuratively, through the theological language, a little rough stone, that 01 conscience cannot digest (/ = u = u) . 6. Drachma, ce, l A of the uncia, = 3 scripuli, = 18 siliquae. 7. Solidus, i, = sextula, X uncia, ^ as, or libra: as a coin, = aureus, reduced 1 half its former size, L e-, to 60 grains of gold; 2 sextulae, = 1 duella. 8. Stater, iris, m., as weight not mentioned by any Roman author; 1 stated = sextulae. Isidorus gives it a puerile derivation, stat ter, i. e., stat tres aureos solidos; t Greeks call it stater, hence its name, as a coin, in which capacity it is several times me tioned in the New Testament (as Matt. 3, 17, 26). 9. Quadrant,, Us, m., or, as the Jews called it, "codrans," = # uncia. 10. Steel, is, n., not known to any Roman author, but to Isidorus, corrupted fro siclus (shekel), a Jewish coin; as a weight in Roman Palaestina it was equal to X unci % stater, = 2 drachmas. 11. Uncia, f land, a yoke of oxen could plough in a day, of course, breaking up wild land with vooden ploughs. 10. Centutia, ce, originally, as indicated by the name, 100 acres; but, subsequently I was doubled in size, and meant 200 acres, the name, however, remained unchanged. OE 282 EXERCITATIO LEGENDL 115. Apollo, quaso, subveni 1 mihi atque idiuva; Confige sagittis fures thesaurarios. Plant., Aul. II. , 8, 25, 26. 1. -wV ni t ntum, to come to aid, Imperat; -go? xi, ctum, to stab; I., an arrow: fur Jut is, m., a thief; adj. of thesaurus, treasure. 116. Sint ergo & ipsa materia, qua flng£ntur, 2 quam simillima 2 verititi; & decla- m£tio, in quantum* mixime potest, imititur eas acti6nes, in quorum exe>citati6nem rep£rta est. _ . . .. Quint., II., 10, 4. 1. -gosnxitfictum, to feign, to invent. 2. A periphrastic superlative, the most likely, having the most resemblance to truth, w. Dat- — 3- As far as it is most possible; imitor, 1 tatus sum, to do after, to imitate; = for the practicing of which it has been in- vented, or found. 117. Quatemos HS, 1 quos mihi Senftus decreVt, 2 & ex arano dedit, ego ha*beo, & in cistam transferam txfisco. Ctc., Verr., 2, III., 197, 1. See Principia, on Sestertius. — 2. Decerno? decrevi, turn, to decide, decree; cera HumJh fr. .*s, ®ri$] (see Principia), the State treasury; fiscus, i, here, the money- basket, in the treasury, as opposed to cista, (z, a chest. 1L8. Sed & catera, quibus opus fuerit 1 in domum Dei tui, quantumcunque necks* est ut exp£ndas, dibitur de thesauro, & defisco Regio. Vulgata, I. Esdroe, 7, 20 1. Opus est, what is required, necessary, w. Dat- or, ut, accordingly it should b< domui, or pro domo; however much, ever so much. Thesaurus here, as in several othe authors means a safe, a money-chest; originally the word means a hoard, hoarded u\ valuables, while the fiscus here, as also in the next (119), that is, under the early empe rors, was the sovereign's private treasury. 119. Casar 1 6mnia habet,^«s eius privfta tantum, ac sua; univeYsa in impeni eius sunt, in patrim6nio pr6pria. Seneca, De Ben., Vil., 6 1 -ar, is, already under Augustus, and ever since, the family name of C Casar be gan to be used as the Germans still use it, but spell the word as Kaiser, but Romans, too 283 sometimes spelled it Kaisar, and Kaesar; = owns all; privatus, a, urn, private, one's own, = his treasury (owns) only the private (properties) and (what a,e) his; pattimo- nium, ii t what one inherits from one's father, = in his hereditary possessions (he owns) riis personal properties. Then, as to treasuries, we should know this: The Church writers gave preference to thesaurus, thesaurarium, whence the Latin countries have retained that term for their state and private treasuries; but when speaking, or writing Latin, the true Roman term s used with preference, cerarium, it, Republ. Rome has also used fiscus in the same sense; the early emperors used fiscus as their own, but later, down to our own times, Iscus meant the State treasury, and even long before, or, better, always, had that meali- ng implied, for confisco, 1 v., has always meant to seize private property legally condem- ned, and turn the proceeds over to the public, State treasury; while "fiscaljs" still implies ill treasury officials, or even general money, or financial matters. An additional word is y'ayiy ce, treasure, and treasury, a word, not unfrequent, perhaps Persian, as used in the memorial verse: "Ga^rfrequens Lib} cos duxit Karthago triumphos," memorable for the fact, that it contains all the letters of the Roman alphabet. I will add, :hat the compilers of the English dictionaries do not know what the word gazette , or more properly ga^etta (an Italian formation) means. If they knew enough Latin, they :ould have found it out, that it is the diminutive of ga^a. 120. Sed hoc ipsum concedatur bonis rebus homines morte privari, 1 ergo e'tiam :ar£re mortuos vitce cbmmodis, idque esse miserum; certe ita dicant necesse est. Cic, Tusc., i, 36. 1. -vo, 1 r., to deprive; mots, Us, f., death, Abl-; constr. pass. = men to be de- prived by death, of good things; careo? ui, Hum, to lack, to miss, gov. AbL; id — mi- mum = and that is a pitiable condition. 121. lllae si bona* fide animum tuum intraverunt, nunquam a'mplius intrabit dolor, wnquim sollicitudo, nunquam afflicHdnis into 1 supervicua vexaYio. Seneca, Cons, ad Helviam, 16. 1. Initus, a, urn, ineffectual, void, useless; -cum, a, urn, what is superfluous, un- lecessary; -io, nis, f., fr. veho? xi, ctum, to haul, drag, frequ. to drag hither and thi- her, vexation. 122. Inter pignus 1 autem & hypothecam (quantum ad actionem hypotheca'riam it- inet), nihil interest; nam de qua re inter creditorem & debitdrem conv£nerit, ut sit pro lebito obliga'ta: utraque hac appellatione contin£tur; sed in aTiis differentia est. Nam >ignoris app£llati6ne earn proprie rem contineYi dicimus, qu# simul e'tiam traditur 2 ere- 284 dit6ri, m£xime si mobilis sit. At earn, quae sine traditi6ne, nuda 3 conventi6ne tendtur proprie hypoth£cae app£llatione contineYi dicimus. Iustinianus, Inst. IV., 6, y 1. -us, oris (eris), n., a pledged thing, pledging; ad — attinet (ad + teneo) a: regards as far as the action at law is concerned), = there is no difference; convenit whimpers., = agreed upon; be pledged, bound down, tied up for the debt; both an comprised. 2. Is, at the same time surrendered, delivered up to; maxime, particularly. — 3. -us, a, urn, naked, bare, mere, = by mere verbal agreement, held; properly, in prope sense. 123. Quum & privati aequum 1 postula"rent, nee tamen solv'endo are ali'eno Respi blica esset, quod medium inter aequum & utile erat, decrev£runt. Livius, 31, 1 1. -us, a y urn, right, reasonable, here a n. noun; -/0, 1 r. to demand; I., compounc ed from res -f publicus, a, urn, common affairs, "commonwealth;" nee solvendo ( non solvendo) est, = is insolvent; ces alienum, other people's money, = debitum, deb Dat., because /w, = equal to (paying) demands so, which is understood; ~ius t a, w the middle, = quod erat medium, the midway between what is reasonable, or just, utilis, e, useful; decerno? deerevi, decretum, to decree. 124. Volui HSQ, 1 egi per prcedem ill! daret, Antii quum hab£ret venule; n61uit Cic, Attic. IX., 9,4 1. The text is much squeezed and difficult to disentangle, but the interpreters of t XVII. century have resolved it to mean: ego, quum haberem arum et domum Lanuv volui Antii {Porto d'An^io, at present) domum emere, quae hortulis meis Lanuvin quumessent finitimi, facile coniungi possent; quamobrem, per praedem (here a pubi surety, a man publicly accredited, a guarantor;' , ut Phameae, qui turn ibi venalem (vh;; js for sale) haberet domum, solveret HSQ; sed ille noluit (vendere eo pretio). On pg£ 234 we have the abbreviation (Q), as meaning 500,000, quingenta inillia. In our text i not so marked, nor are H3, they should be. But with a little practice we shall recogni; that the only Q, as an abbreviation means quingenta millia; since it is more than 100,00 according to the principles laid down in the explanation of the sestertius, we turn ih numeral adverbial quingenties, while the HS will be pronounced sestertium, \. e.: sestei tium quingenties, = 500,000 sestertii, = $21,470. 125. Pecuniam numerant; 1 et postea venit in mentem foeneratoribus nihil se \\\vi\ illud Senilis Consultum, quod ex syngrapha ius did lex Gabinia vetaVet. Turn fit S. C. ut et ea syngrapha esset qui vi caeterae. Cic., Mtic, V., 21, 11 1. This verb means both, to count, and also as adnumero, and denumero, to com 285 to somebody, and count down, denumero; here in the latter sense; comes to the mind; money lender; helps-nothing; a senate decree, enactment, it is usually abbreviated, as, S. C , as in the next line; a promissory no'e; ius, iuris, n., ius dicere, to pass a judgment; to sit in judgment; a law passed by Gabinius; veto} vetui, vetitum, to forbid, = after the money lenders had paid down the money, they found out (or came to their minds), that the Senate decree would not help them any, because the Gabinian law forbids the enforcement of judgments on notes. Then a Senate decree was passed, that this particu- lar note be of the same force as all others. 126. nam n£que indulge'ndo 1 invetera'scere eorum ces alienum patiebatur, neque multiplica'ndis usuris cre'scere- Corn. Nepos, Mtic. 2, 5. 1. -geo, 2 si, Hum, allow; -asco, 3 avi, — , to grow old in a thing, to stay too long in a thing, to continue too long; -tior, 3 passus sum, to suffer; -co, 1 r., to manyfold, to in- crease, to make many or much; I., the using of money, what is paid for using other people's money, now erroneously called "interest." That is: Atticus the wealthy banker friend of Cicero, would not tolerate that his customers' debts should stand too long by forbearance, nor that their debts should grow larger by the accumulation of interest. 127. Alemannorum Rex Suomdrius ultro cum suis improvisus occurrit, ferox ante S£vie*nsque in damna Romina, sed turn lucrum existimans insperitum, si propria retina- re permittere*tur. Et quia vultus incessusque 1 supplicem indicabat susce'ptus. bonoque Inimo esse iussus & plicido, nihil arbitrio suo relinquens, pacern ge'nibus 2 curvatis ora- bat. Et earn cum concessione prseteritorum sub hac meruit 3 lege, ut captivos r£dderet nostras, & quoties sit nec£sse, militibus alime'nta praebeVet, susceptorum vilium more securitates accipiens pro illa'tis: quas si non ostendisset in tempore, sciret se rursus ea de re fatigindum. Ammianus Marc. XVll. y /o, 4. 1. -us, us, m., gait, going, walk; -plex, ids, adj., one begging on his knees, one humbly praying; -pio? cepi, ceptum, to take up, to befriend one, to accept one. — 2. Genu, genus, n., the knee. — 3.-eo, 2 ui, Hum, to earn, to deserve, = was granted to him under the condition (lege); whenever; provisions; susceptor, is, m., a military contrac- tor to furnish provisions for the army, his department is called by the Germans "com- missariat," now used also in English; the vilis, e, here does not mean what his interpret- ers think, as furnishing mean things, but, simply, that King Sommer of the Alemani, had to serve as an ordinary purveyor and get the securitates, a written acknowledgement, receipt, from the Roman officers for all provisions supplied; which if he failed to ex- hibit on demand, he could know, that he would be annoyed, and compelled to repeat furnishing the same supplies. This is one of the meanings of securitas, one of the group of words almost synonymous, as cautio, satisdatio, prces. 286 128. Namque stipulabitur quis, 1 ut solvergtur sibi, quod esset iudidtum; multo m*- gis is, qui in rem actione conveniebitur, satisdare cogeb&ur, si alidno n6mine iudicium accipiebat. Ipse autem, qui in rem agSbat, si suo n6mine pet6bat, satisdare non co- gebalur- lustinianus, Inst. IV., //. 1. Stands for aliquis, quite frequent, as "dicet quis," somebody may say, some one may ask; here: let us say, some one will stipulate, that judgment should be paid to himself; much more the one; this convenit is used impersonally, but here it is passive, which is less frequent; upon a person an agreement was reached in litigation as to the thing in question, and payment to be made to him, such a person had to furnish security, satisdare cogebatur, when such a person received judgment in another party's name; "in rem actione convenire" is the opposite of "qui in rem agit," the complainant, who brings the suit in his own name, he does not "satisdare." 129. Clama're 1 omnes qui 4derant, nihil impude'ntius Sciptio qui centesimis cum anatocism© contdntus non esset; alii, nihil stultius. Mini autem impudens magis, quam stiiltus, videbatur: nam aut bono nomine? centesimis contentus erat, aut non bono, qua- ternas centfsimas sperSbat. Q ^ ^. V, 21, ,2. 1. Infin. without any grammatical reason, a frequent use in lively narratives, when the other verb, causing this Inf. such as "coeperunt" is omitted; there was nothing more shameless than the usurer Scaptius; I., what is now called per centum, to the Romans was centesima; anatocismus, is compound interest; others, (were howling, there was) nothing more stupid. 2- Here "bonum nomen" means a good debtor, a collectible account- Cicero did not think that Scaptio was a fool, but a knave, as who preferred bad debts at four per centum, than good accounts at one per cent. The Roman per cent, was by the month, not by the year. 130. Erunt qui in eo quoque audaciam repreh£ndant, quod aliquot nominibus de cdpite, 1 quantum c6mmodum fuerit, frum£nti decumam detr<£xerit Cic, Verr. 2, 1., 4, u. 1. Nomina here again mean debtors; caput, is the total debt, or obligation, also capital, in business; the decumani, or frumentum decumanum, is the tithe, tithe grain, the Sicilian farmers in place of taxes have agreed to pay to Rome, the decumani were also its collectors; Verres, therefore, the most scoundrelly Roman governor, would take off from the principal of the grain due the State from any, or each tithe-farmer's indebt- edness, or taxes, just as much as he pleased (quantum commodum fuerit), and making false entries. 287 131. Quae vero aetas longa est? aut quid omnino h6mini longum? Nonne modo pueros, modo adolesc£ntes, in cursu, a tergo insequens, necopinantes assecuta est sene'- ctus? 1 Sed quia ultra nihil habemus, hoc longum ducimus. 2 Omnia ista, perinde ut cu- ique data sunt, 3 pro rata parte, a vita aut longa, aut breVia dicuntur. Cic , Disp. Tusc. I., 39, 94, 1. -us, utis, f., oldness, agedness, age, old age, = old age has attained, or come up with, has overtaken, in a run, now boys, now youths, following them from their backs (a tergo) unawares. 2. Duco* xi, ctum, here means we deem, = because beyond we have nothing (i. c ., no matter how long we live, old age ends it, and we shall neither continue life inde- finitely, nor shall we go back and start life anew), we consider life long. 3. According as these things have been accorded to people; in that proportion they are called long or short from (the duration) of life. These loose translations are made for adding the student to reason out the cohesion of the Latin sentences, and glean out the true meaning for himself. 132. Item in Necyomintia 1 cocionem pervulgite dicit (LabSrius), quern veneres aru- lalbrem dixeVunt. A. Gellius, N. A., 16, y, 1. Gr., necyomantia, the calling up, or summoning the dead, for revealing the fu- ture, here Laberi us' work; widely used, diffused, hence, used by everybody, therefore, vulgar, vulgarly, whereas cocio is a misspelling of quotio, as stated in the footnote. 133 Quod enim praeteVea genus 1 pecunice cogendce praeteriit? Cic. } Verr. 2, II., 48, 120. 1. The order: Nam, quod aliud genus pecuniam cogendi (per te, o Verres) pneteri- vit? or, what other method of collecting money have you allowed to pass (you, without you taking advantage of it?) 134 Ex fratris 1 litteris incredibilia quaedam de Cassaris in me amore cognovi: eaque sunt ipsius Caesaris ubemmis litteris confirma'ta. Britannici 2 belli e*xitus exspectatur. C6nstat enim aditus 3 insula esse munitos mirificis molibus. Etiam illud iam cognitum est neque argtnti scripulum* esse ullum in ilia insula, neque ullam spem praedas, nisi ex mancipiis, ex quibus nullos puto te litteris, aut, musicis eruditos exspectare. — ' Pa'ullus 5 in m£dio Foro basilicam iam pasne tixuit iisdem antiquis coliimnis Itaque Claris amici (me dico & Oppium, dirumpans 6 licet) , &c. Cic., Attic. IV., 16, 14, &c. 1. Cicero's brother, Quintus Cicero, commander of an army corps under C. Csesar 288 and distinguished himself in a brave defence against the Gauls (Caesar B. G. V. 43-48) but has made a bad mistake, when he allowed the Germans to surprise his camp (B. G VI 36—39)- As Nl. Cicero, a famous orator, with great influence among conservative politicians at Rome, like Cm Pompeius, C Caesar was very much in need of his friendship for his own political ends. So "Quintus Frater" writes him o the grea affection of Cesar, which was followed by a "profuse letter" (uberrima litter*) of K 2 England was then Britannia, from the Britons, originally immigrated from Gaul. The war of conquest of Britannia is described by C Caesar in the Vth Book of his me- m0,r 3. -us, iis, w., an access, entrance; I., an island; -«, is. f., a mole, a sea wall, a ^^Scripulus, or scrupulus, i, as explained above fa part of an uncia; Cicero says, that there was not a grain of silver in all Britannia, that Caesar could plunder; nor any hope of other booty than what he could make on the prisoners of war selling them as slaves- but even these were such, as Atticus (or any one else) would not expect to find among them one learned in letters, or music. This letter shows what was thought in Rome of Caesar's exploits in Gaul and Britain. Successive events have shown that they were not mistaken; he needed an enormous amount of loot to carry on wars to , jet more loot, to build up and maincain a political party in Rome, upon which to build up an imPe ? L h Tmilius Paullus, Consul, 50 B. C; Basilica, *, Gr, palace of the king but this one was the Basilica Portia, built by Portius Cato, nearly a century and a half be- to eTn toe center of the chief square in Rome, the Forum and used for court, and for fman rial exchange, was now being repaired, the old colonnade (columns antique), old Pillars) i being re set, (paene texuit = has nearly woven, i. e., ,n a poetical way, row, of pillars resembling stretched out threads) . 6 D { rutnpoSrupi,ptum, to break up, to smash; to burst, = We, then Caesar: friend (1 mean me and Oppius, even though you burst), by envy, o, my friend Atticus said by Cicero for a joke, 135 Hoc erat etiam capitalior.i quod idem (L. Carpinatius) pecuniam iis qui al ^ n M\ a indmtrcMntm;foenoridabat. Ea autem foeneratio erat huiusmodi. mdices, u SmhtquTsush ui cc/deret; nam, quas pecunias iis ferebat exp*nsas,> quiuscun coTahebat. aut scribae istius, aut Timarchidi, aut etiam ips, ist. referebat acceptas. Cic. y Verr, 2, U-> 7°' l '° 1. -lis, e, compar., fr. caput, huge, capital, as in "capital Joke;" fcenoridareD* to lend out money on interest, or usuary; indices in Vo. dressing he ud V earning; -do? ssi, ssum, to go, = this gam would go to him. - 2. herre expens s carry on (in his account book) as an expenditure to them, .. e., crediting them witl 289 »ans, as though lent to them, with whom he so agreed, the same items were credited to ie clerc, or to T., or to himself, as if received. 136. Maiores 1 enim nostri sic habuerunt, et ita in l£gibus posive'runt, furem dupli mdemnari, foeneratorem quadrupli. M. Cato, De Re Rustica, Ptcef. 1. -res, urn, pi. only, ancestors; the ancients said "posiverunt," the "classical" pe- od changed it to "posuerunt;" fur, Juris, a thief; condemned to (pay) twofold; usurer >urfold. 137. Quod ille uncidtim 1 vix de deme'nso suo Suum defraudans g£nium, compdrsit miser, Id ilia univeVsum abripiet. P. Ter., Phorm. i, r, /o. 1. Adv. of uncia, by the ounce, bit by bit; demetior* mensus sum, to measure out, art. p. , what has been measured out to him, = what he kept saving up by mere drips, om his scanty earnings; -do, 1 r., to cheat; -us, ii, life's pleasure, joys of life, enjoy- lents, happiness, = depriving himself of life's pleasures; -co, 1 rsi, — to save up; the x>r thing; id universum, all that, she will snatch and run away with. 138- Ego ideo, servos tu an habeas ad agrum colendum, an ipse mutudrias 1 6peras im vicinis tuis cdmbias, neque scio, neque laboro. L. Apuleius, De Mag., Bip. p. 20. 1. -us, a, um y loaned, lent; opera, arum not only "hands," hired laborers, as in ens. VI urn, but also the labor they perform, a day's work; to exchange; laboro, here, = gives me no concern. 139. An. bene vale! *Ag. & tu bene vale! Arrhabonem 1 hoc pro mina mecum fero. Ly. Pe*rii, Hercle. Ag. Imo haud miilto post, quam in ius veneris. Ly. Quin e'gomet tibi me addico, 2 quid Prastore opus est? Verum, obscero te, ut liceat simplum solvere , Trec£ntos Philippos, 3 credo, corrddi potest: Cras auctionem fa'ciam. Plaut., Poen., V, 6, 21 — 27. 1. -bo, nis, m., or, arrha, x, earnest money; I., Gr. money, 100 drachmas = 100 marii, some $18; hoc, this thing; in ius venire, to come before the court. —2. -co, 3 xi, um, to give one's self up, into servitude; verum, but; to pay one fold, not double, as lieves. 290 3. II , or -pens, (nummus) *, gold coin ordered struck by Philippus, king of Mact donia, father of Alexander Magnus, of 20 drachmae; to scrape together; -fco. nis, f sale, auction. 140. Rupta quies: Deus ancipitem lymph foeraV- urbem Mygdoniae' 2 Pan iiissa ferens saevissima Matris; Pan nemorum bellique potens 3 quern lucis ad horas Antra tenent, patet ad madias per d£via noctes. — — talesque metus* non Martia cassis, Eumenidumque comas, non tristis ab adhere Gorgon S P* rserit ' Val. Flacc. Argon, 1. 1. , 4 6~5: 1. Lympha, a, (same as Nympha, originally) fresh well water, water, poetically, much abused word in modern medicine; -pho* r., to craze, to strike with frenzy, ma. ness- -icus a, urn, pavor, metus, panic stricken (in Livius twice, Seneca, Plinius. — Place in Macedonia, Mydonia Mater = Cybele, mother of the Gods; saevissima mss very fierce, cruel orders, commands; Pan, Panos Ace Pana, a sheperd God; he carries sudden fright in battles, the "pavor Panicus," an expression not used in Roman Lati where pavor, or like here, metus lymphaiicus is the expression. 3 Nemorum potens, the mighty of the groves; quern antra (-urn, t) tenent, wnc aveshold, ad horas lucis, till the hours of light, = who keeps retired from midmgl till sunrise in some cave; but who is at large in hidden recesses till midnight. 4 IV m fear, pi ;-is,idis,l t a helmet; -des, urn, the Furiae, their comx we loose flying; tristis Gorgon, (Gorgo, onis), the melancholical Medusa, one of the tht sisters, (daughters of Phorcus), with hair of snakes, turning into stone any one who she would look at, = not the sight of the Martian helmet, and the sight of the hairs the Furies, not Medusa, the melancholical, has scattered from the air above such a tern as did Pan, &o 136. Da. Heus, iam jippetit 1 meridies; Tr. Absolve 2 hunc quaeso v6mitum, ne hie nos £necet. Qu*tuor quadraginta ill! debentur minae: Et son&fcenus. Piaut., Most., III., ,, n 9 -4 1. -to? ivi, itum, here, approaches. 2 -vo* vi, utum, to untie, loosen, Imper., IV. m., vomit, here by contempt, fl plied to a man; -co} r., to kill little by little; are owed to him 44 minae, both pnncil and interest. 137. Caupdnem 1 quoque vicinum, atque ob id aemulum, deformaVit (divina, 1 291 iga) in r^nam: & nunc senex ille dblium inna'tans vini sui, adventores prfstinos, in faece ubmissus, officiosis ronchis raucus appe*llat L. Apul,, Metam , I., p. g, Bipont. 1. po, nis, an innkeeper; II., a neighbor; for that reason; II., a competitor; -mo, 1 ., to disfigure: a wise woman, a sorceress; I. > a frog; -um, i, a barrel; -to, 1 r , to swim 1; -or, is, a customer; -us, a, urn, former; fax, facts, f., usually pL, dregs, lees, of ine; crept down, lying low; -us, a, urn, respectful, obliging, submissive; II., Gr., prop- rly, snoring, croaking; -us, a, um, hoarse; -lo 1 r ., to call, to appeal to. 138. St. Neque unquam 1 quisquam est, cuius ille ager fuit, Quin p£ssume ei res vorterit, cuium fuit- Alii exulatum 2 abierunt, alii em6rtui, Alii se suspendeYe; hem! nunc hue 3 cuius est, Ut ad incitas redact us! Plant., 7rin., II. , 4, 132—11,6. 1. Ever; anybody; old form, pessume, for pessime; vtfrtit, old form, for v^rtit; an- ently cuius, a, urn, = cuius id fuit. 2. -lo, 1 r. , to go into banishment. 3. Hue, ad incitas, ut redactus est, = how hither, into bankruptcy he was driven, educed. 139. Nam quum — proconsul Africam r£geret, eique \tgitus filius esset a Senatu atus, quumque quidam rationalis acrius contra plurimos Afrorum saeviret, &c. Capitol., Gord., 7. 140. RATIONALES LITTERAE. Inscr. Orelli, $g. 141. Loci communes: Faculties 1 augere, non minuere oportire, &, impud£ntem se, qui pro beneficio non gratiam, verum 2 merc£dem postulet; contra autem de pecunia itiocinari, sordidum 3 esse, quum de gratia referenda deliber&ur. Cic. De Invent. 2, 49, 115. 1. -Us, urn, {., means, property; ~nuo? ui, utum, to lessen- — 2. But; -ces, Sdis, , reward, wage; -lo, 1 r., to ask, claim, demand. — 3. -us, a, urn, dirty, here moral irtiness, sordid; gratia referenda, thanks to be rendered, = it is dirty to make money- ilculations, when . . . 142. Ut boni rdtiocinatores 1 esse possimus, & addendo, deducendoque videre, quse iliqui summa fiat. Cic, Off., L, 18, 59. 292 1. -tor, is, a calculator; dedtco* xi, ctutn, to guide, lead, draw, off, down, away here, to subtract; - quum, i, a remainder. 143. VIAM FECEI AB PEGIO AD CAPVAM ET IN EA VIA PONTEIS OMNElS MILIARIO! TABELARIOSQUE POSEIVEI HINCE SVNT NOVCERIAM MEILlA LI. Milestone by P. Popilius Lcenas, Cos., 1^2, B. C (viam feci a Rhegio ad Capuam, et in ea via pontes omnes mi/iarios, tabe/ariosque posui; hinc [ce] sunt Nuceriam mi/ia 51). Here is a sample of archaic Latin, rendering long i by ei t ab before a consonant; pi -« is also expressed by eis; not duplicating / in mi//iarios (lapides, milestones), tabef/a riosTmail rotations; posivi for posui, Uke inPlautus; hince, forhin^e; 1* express* by ou like in Greek, Afowceria, for W ... - - To affect archaism in milia, but not tabe//a, and posivi too, is clownish. 144. ... dicimus enim et "mille homines docuit," & mille h6minum magister. 1 plurali vero declinatur, milia, milium, milibus, uno / sublato. Cledonius y Jirs Gram., Put. p. 100 Cledonius was a Roman Senator of the Vlth century, living at Constantinople, at he, with his countrymen, at that age, pronounced mi/ia with one /. 145. Mille, numerus, a qaibiisdam per unum / scribitur, quod mi/ia dicimus, nc mi//ia; alii, melius, per duo U existimant scrib&idum. Mag. Aur. Cassiod. De Orth. y Put. p. 229 Magnus Aurelius Cassiodorus was a learned minister of Theodoricus (or Dietricl king of the Ostrogoths, and died about 575 A. D. - According to his statement sor people also wrote mi/e for mille, which he disproves, but he agrees that mi/ia was t pronunciation also in Italy, in the Vlth century, Rome politically having seased to ex 100 years before. • .. . These two otherwise venerable, authors have no standing before German philolog and their writings would be frowned at by the Universitaten, und Gymnasun, to = ■'unklassisch," but they are most welcome to back up Brambachian doctrines to overthn what is"klassisch," and to show how all the world has been mistaken during 2,UW yea 146 Ita unum mille, & duo millia certa atque dir6cta ratidne dicitur. • (l| cilius millipassum dixit pro mille passibus, aperteque ostendit mille & vocabulu esse & singulan numero dici, eiusque plurativum esse mlha. A, uellius, o\. si-, *> )8 Aulus Gellius, a famous Roman grammarian and critic, who died about 175 A. D., i his Nodes Attica, frequently quoted also by me, was a specialist in noticing all cu- rsities of expressions and words, usages of writers, and of the people, as in che present i.tance noting Locilius' milli, for mill*, states directly, that the pi. of mille is millia; it conceivable that he would not have specifically mentioned the pi. milia, had such a t ng been known to him? Neither does Quintilianus (middle of the I. century) have a/ reference to this extraordinary doctrine. 147. Quod dicitur hoc mille denarium, a quo multitudinis fit millia dendria. [ina sic loquuntur: hoc mille denarium, non hoc mille denatii; & hoc duo millia dena- r 'tn, non duo millia denaVii. M. Ter. Varro. De L. Lna. VIII. Marcus Terentius Varro, the most learned of all Romans, was a contemporary, and ind of Marcus Tullius Cicero, to whom he has also dedicated his books De Lingua La- a, the first four of which have never reached our age; and Cicero would always consult fee books, whenever preparing an oration, or other literary work. Had he ever heard jmi/ia, when he directly speaks of the word, could he have overlooked so curious an option? When all the world's schools accept Brambach's misrepresentations, falsifications d forgeries, without a single protest, and adulterate every lexicon, every author, every i oolbook in the whole civilized world, it will show on one hand how few Latinists have I t-hand knowledge, how few of them study, and, on the other hand, it is time that at st one protest should be recorded in the world of education in behalf of truth and his- < ical honesty. 148. Rusticorum pradiorum iiira sunt hasc: iter, ictus, via, aquaeddctus. Iter est ius 1 idi, ambulindi hominis, non 6tiam iumetitum ageiidi. Actus est ius ageiidi vel iumen- ii, vel vehiculum. Ita qui hibet iter, actum non habet; qui actum hibet, et iter habet, im sine ium£nto. Via est ius eundi, & agendi, & ambulandi: nam & iter, & actum 1 in se cdntinet. Aquceductus est ius aquas duc^ndae per fundum alie'num. 2 Iustinianus, Instit. II., 3. 1. lus,iuris, n., the right; Gerundium of eo± vi, turn, of going; ago, here in I first meaning, to drive. — 2. -us, a, urn, what belongs to others, = other spies' ground. 149. E lacte 1 fit et butyrum, barbaranim gentium lautissimus cibus, & quia dlvites I'lebe discernat. Plurimum e bubulo, 2 & inde nomen; pinguissimum ex 6vibus. Fit & ; capnno^; 3 sedhyemecalefa:cto lacte; aestate expresso tantum crebro iactatu in longis '■is, angusto foramine spiritum accipie'ntibus sub ipso ore, alias prseligito. Additur pa- n aquae, ut ac£scat. 4 Quod est maxime coictum, 5 in summo fluitat, id exemptum, 294 addito sale, oxygala appellant. Reliquum decoquunt in ollis. 6 Ibi quod superndtat, 7 bu • rum est oleosum natiiri. Quo magis virus rdsipit, 8 hoc praestintius iudicatur. Plurit; compositi6nibus miscftur inveteratum. Natura ems adstringere, 9 mollire, reple, purgire. , >r _ Plinius, H.N. 28, 733, \\ 1. Lac, lactis, n., milk; -urn, i, butter; -tus, a, urn, luxurious, sumptuous; pie, bis, f., the lower class of people. 2.-u$,a t utn, fr. bos, bovis, an ox, also cow, generally cattle, here, cow-mi; hence the name, that is, in Greek, bovs, bos, and tyros, cheese; -is, e, fat; ovis, is, sheep. 3. -us, a, urn, fr. capra, ce, a she goat; hyems, mis, f., winter; pp. of calefacio, > heat; -tas, atis, f., summer; exprimo* pressi, ptessum, to squeeze out; creber, bra, u, frequent; IV., m., shaking, throwing hither and thither; vas, vasts, n., a vase, a ves: ; •men, ims, n., a hole; IV., m., air, breathing; os, oris, n., mouth, opening of a ves: ; otherwise, at other times; -go} r., to tie up. 4. -sco, 3 to become sour. 5 Cogo? coegi, coactum, to thicken; -urn, i, the tops; -to, 1 r., to float; -mo? e , ptum,\o take out, taken out; sal, is, m, and m, salt; I, in Gr. n-, here the neuter g - der is used, and, meaning, properly, sour milk, but here Plinius indicates the curd, r curds, but, since salt is added, he means what we call cottage cheese, and so he mixes p things. In Latin the sour milk proper we call coagulum; when boiled and strained 11 a pointed bag, the watery portion flows out, and this is called serum, in Latin (a m h abused word in medicine), its name in English is whey; but all this has nothing in cc .- mon with butter; for this is obtained from cream, in Latin, flos lactis, which by be g beaten about in a vessel (a pity that Plinius gave no name to it), the condensed pori n of which is butyrum, and the remaining milk is called by us oxygala, ,. e., butter nc while the solid portion, in the former case, what Plinius calls oxygala, from the shap)l the bag, in colloquial Latin is called formago, whence the French have derived 1 11 frontage. 6 Olla ce a pot; -quo, 3 xi, ctum, to boil down. In Plinius' opinion the barbar I (probably the Poles, or the little Russians, Ruthenians in Upper Moesia now Ruma a and Bessarabia) boiled down the whey, of which the "oxygala" was taken out, and tained butter. This is a mistake. 7 -no,' r., to float on the surface; -us, a, urn, oily; Abl., by its nature. Wen conjecture what the barbarians did, for 1 have seen it done myself. While they can N boiled do*n, not the whey, or serum, but what we call oxygala, 1. 1., b" 1 ^ full of granules of butter, which would melt thereby, and would float on the surface strong smelling oil, and ultimately, when cooled down, it won Id be = ye low buter all meat elements and stearin extracted; it is just as likely that the butter itself was rH 295 i, which leaves a sediment with a pungent taste and smell quite palatable. The next Mitence seems to justify this supposition. 8. Resipio, 3 — , — , fr. re + sapio, to smack, to savor; virus, i, n., usually hand- d as indeclinable n. noun, poison, particularly found in the bodies of animals, here, a ungent taste and smell, as stated above, = the more pungent in taste, all the more ex- tent it is judged. 9. -go* xi, strictum, to bind (whence string) ; -lio* r ., to soften; -pleo, s vi, turn, > fill up, or out; -go, 1 r., to cleanse, = its medicinal properties are: to solidify the Dwels, to soften (and promote digestion), to fill out hunger, cleanse (the stomach and owels). 150. Merula. 1 Dt fructu, inquit, hoc dico quod, forta'sse, an tibi satis sit, Axi, in quo jct6rem hibeo non solum, qui alveaxia sua loca'ta ha'bet quotinnis quinis millibus pon- 3 mollis, sed 6tiam nunc Varronem nostrum, quern audivi dic£ntem, duo milites se ha- jisse in Hispinia fdtres Veianios ex agro Falisco locupl£tes, quibus quum a patre re- :ta £sset parva villa, & agellus non sane ma'ior iugero lino; hos circum villam totam al- lium fecisse, & hortum habuisse, ac reliquum thymo & cythiso obsevisse, & api&tro. os nunquam minus, ut peraeque ducerent 2 d£na millia sest^rtia ex melle recipere esse Jlitos. M. Ter. Varro, De Re Rust., III. \6. 1. Nn. prop, of the speaker; IV., m., very often, like here, means returns, output, •ofit, not fruit proper; Vocat. of *Axius, the person spoken to; auctot, is, not of books one, but originator of something, authority for some statement we quote; alvear, is, ■ a beehive, alvearium, ii, the whole colony of hives, a beehouse; loco, 1 r., to let for nt; adv. yearly; for pondo see Prin. Gram. VI., De Ponderibus; mel t mellis, n., honey; inc V. nosh urn, he was present and participant of the conversation; duo is frequent for ios; villa, ce, a country place; II., a patch of field; same, adv., indeed, Abl., of one :re; hortus, i, a garden; the rest; cythisus, i, -urn, i, a kind of clover; obsero, 3 sevi> turn, to sow to; apiastrum, i, % plant, liked by beas, balm. 2. Duco very frequently means to judge, deem, consider, very reasonably, or rea- nable; about "sestertia" see Prin. Gram. IV. on Roman money. 151. Interim studiosi agricolationis 1 hoc primum docendi sunt uberrimum esse redi- n vineaVum; atque, ut omittam ve*terem illam felicita'tem arvorum, quibus & ante iam • Cato, & mox Ter£ntius Varro, prodidit singula iugera vinearum sexc£nas urnas vini aebuisse; id enim maxime asseve*rat in primo libro Rerum Rusticarum Varro; nee una giont provenire solitum, verum & in Faventino agro & in Ga'llico, qui nunc Pice'no ntribuitur; haec 2 iis certe cemporibus. Sed Nomentana r£gio nunc celeb6rrima fama' est ustris, & praecipue qua-m possidet 3 S6neca, vir excell£ntis ing£nii, atque doctrinae, cuius 296 in praediis vineanim itigera singula ctilleos octdnos reddidisse plerumque compeVtum e ; Nam ilia vidSntur prodigialiter 4 in nostris Ceretanis accidisse, ut aliqua vitis apud te e c£deret uvarum numerum du6ruminillium, & apud me octuag£nae stirpes insitse ini I bi£nnium sept£nos culleos peraequarent, ut primae vineae centinas amphoras iugerar praebeVent, quum prata, & pascua, & sylvae, si centinos sest£rtios in singula iugera el ciant, 6ptime domino consulere videa'ntur. Nam frum6nta, maiore quidem parte Itfli quando cum quarto 5 responderint, vix meminisse p6ssimus. Cur ergo res infamis 6 est? Col. III. 1. Mo, nis t f., the cultivating of the fields; -tura, ce, is its abstraction; studios, i, m., a striver after, a student, here as well as in a school; uber, ens, adj. of one endii copious, abundant, plentiful, fertile; IV., m., returns; I., a vineyard; -to, 8 si, ssum, leave unmentioned; tas, tatis, f., happiness, prosperity: -urn, i, a cultivated field, i etical, for ager, gri y really a field ploughed, but not sown; -do* didi, ditum, pro + < to give away, to betray, to record, as history, here in this sense; sexceni, x, a, about, as many as 600; about urna see text; prcebeo* ui, itum, to hand over, to give, furni -ro} r., to assert; Varro's often quoted work De Re Rustica; nio* ni, ntum,) come forth. 2. These (things); surely, no doubt (have happened) in those times- 3. -deo, 2 sedi, ssum, (potis sum + sedeo, I hold in my power, I am settled o to hold, to own, though not strictly speeking; L. An. Seneca, the famous Stoic ph sopher, tutor to Nero, born at Corduba (Cordova ) in Hispania Baetica, a wealthy la owner and farmer, as here stated; died 65 A. D-; ocibnos as many as eight; compel peri, rtum, and -rior^ rtum est, is a well established fact, well known. 4. Fr. prodigium, ii f (pro = prae + dico, to foretell events), a marvel, a worn an unnatural, or supernatural event; adv. -aliter, in a wonderful, extraordinary m ner; as many as eight; stitps, pis, f., stock; insrro* sevi, insitum, to plant; -«* (within) two years' (time); as many, as seven; a vineyard; as many as a hundi -urn, i, a meadow; -cm, orum, seldom pascuum, i. a grazing land; 1-, a forest; consu ui, sultum, to take care, to give good advice, to provide for, = one would consider 1 t had done the right thing towards (by) its owner- 5- When the grains answer (respond) with the fourth, i- e. , fourth increment, crease, four times as much as was sown; memini, isse, has no pres. time even in Ini- the perf., as here, is employed, = we can scarcely remember. 6. -is, e, that has no (good) fame, not reputable, disreputable; why is (or staff be) viticulture of questionable repute (as a lucrative investment, and occupation)? 152. Nam ut amplissimas 1 imptSnsas vineae pdscant, non tamen excSdunt sepr ugera unius 6peram vinitons, quern vulgus quidem parvi aeris, vel de lapide n6x | 297 isse compirari putat; sed ego plurimorum opinioni disseiitiens, pretiosum vinitorem iprimis 2 esse ce*nseo; isque licet sit emptus sex, vel potius sest£rtiis octo millibus, quum >um solum septem iugerum totidem millibus numm6rum partum, vinea'sque cum sua te, id est, cum pedam£ntis & viminibus binis millibus in singula iugera positas duco. : turn in assem consummatum 3 premium sestertiorum XXIX millium. Hue account se- sses 4 usurarum sest^rtia tria millia, & quadringenti octuaginta nummi bi£nnii tempcris o, velut mfintii vineaVum, cessat a fructu. Fit in assem summa sortis 5 et usurarum 1XII millium quadringentorum LXXX nummorum; quod quasi nomen, si, ut foenera- ' cum debiibre, ita rusticus cum vineis suis f£cerit, eius summae, ut in perp£tuum edicam usuram semissium dominus constituat, percipere debet in annos singulos mille >ting£ntos quadraginta sestirtios nummos, qua computatione vincit tamen reditus VII [erum usuram trium millium quadringentorum octuaginta nummorum. Quippe, 6 deteYrimi generis sint vineas, si cultae, singulos utique culleos vini, singula earum iuge- peraequ^bunt; utque trec£ntis nummis quadrag£nae urnae v£neant, quod minimum pr£- m est annonae, consiimant tamen septem cullei sesteVtia duo millia, & centum num- )S, ea porro summa exc£dit usuram semissium. Atque hie calculus, 7 quern posiiimus, ascini rati6nem continet; sed nos exstirpinda vin£ta cens£mus, quorum singula iugera nus quam ternos culleos praebent. Colum. III. 3. 1. Amplus, a, urn, superl., wide, broad, large; I., outlay; I., vineyard; -SCO, 3 po- ci, to ask, to demand, Prses. Coni. because ut, here = be it, that . . . granting, .t . . . even though; vinitor, is, the manager of vineyards, vintage, presses, and all :>aratus pertaining to wine-making, a vintner; opera, ce, labor, operation, = still se- 1 acres do not exceed the capacity of a vintner; vulgus, i, n. (often m. with many :hors) not used in pi., ordinary folk, the average man; cheaplv; lapis, idis, here ans a kind of pier, upon which slaves used to stand for sale; -us, i, a malafector, or a ivict; -ro, 1 to get f procure, = whom, according to popular belief, one could get aply (parvi aeris), even, for that matter, a convict from the selling piers. 2. Adv. fr. in primis, above all; debit e is lacking, == the vinitor should be an ex- lsive man; i. e., a slave, bought at high price; solum, i, the ground; pario* peperi, turn, paritum, in its secondary meaning, to acquire, the vinitor may cost as much as seven acres of land, 6, or rather 8 thousand sestertiis; dos, dotis, f., in secondary aning, a by-product, or accessories, -urn, i, stakes, props, -men, inis, n., twigs, ;r, a slip. 3. -mo, 1 r., fit, fr. fio, c — the whole price (expense) is summed up to an as. 4. Semis, issis, half an as, s — usurarum, half per cent, interest, i. e., per month, ch is equivalent to our 6% per year, here, upon the investment; biennius, a, urn, of 1 two years; I., infancy; ceases from tearing. 5. Here, sors, sot tis, f, capital invested; nomen, inis, n ., here, an investment, a d claim, not yet collected; a lender with his debtor; prcedictus, a, urn, foresaid inter- 298 est, perpetuus, a, urn, standing, not ceasing, permanent; each year; vinco? vici, victu to surpass, to vanquish (in ordinary parlance, it beats). 6 For as, in as much as, namely, superl. of det'erior, ius, has no positive degr, ut - sim det- even though they be the worst; peraquo? v., to match, to equal; vent ivi ii, Hum (venum - eo) to command a price, sells, intrans., I., the yearly crop, 01 put; -mo? psi, ptum, to use up, i. e., shouli the cost be; excedtt, {-do? cessi. ssum) VI " C 7. ^'calculation, reckoning; II., proper name; ratio, nis. f., = calculus; exstirp r., fr. ex + stirps. is a stem, to root up, to uproot; -urn, t, vinea; ternos, = tres; -be ui, Hum, to hand, or reach over, to give, produce. , 15 3 _ 3. Numerus est unititum collectio, vel quantitatis acinus, ex uniti profusus » Htiiu^ igitur prima divisio est in impirem atque pirem Et par quidem e qui potest in squilia duo dividi, uno medio non intercedente;* impar veto, quern nut in aqualia dividit, eo, quod in medio pratdictus unus mtercedat. 4 Ilia autem secundum Pythagoricam disciplinam 3 talis est; par numerus est, sub eadem divisidne potest in maxima parvissimique dividi: mixime spitio, parvissn quantit te^ n£M1L1VS LARGVS-' COLLOQVVNTVR /Em. Larg. — Salvus sis tu quoque lippe; ego nusqum propero, sed ito 3 turn. Quonam tu is? /Em. L. Quid ais? tune in argentai is, ibique negotia curas? Num tu rati( rius, an actarius es? Ignosce, 4 nescivi. /Em. L Hoc 6tiam magis miror. A tu, in parsimoniali te dep6nere solitun cuniam? Fidem meam exceVit. 6 /Em. L. Utrum ego cordatus sim ne, haud scio; sed ego certe pecuniam comparco- 301 Ph. C. Ecquid de pecunia tua agis? dif- indisne ac prddigis? 8 Ph. C. Vera quidem m£moras, nee id in- :ias ibo; 9 tamen refert, qui pecuniam com- ires: si tu earn proprio labore meres, com- ircabis; sin vero gratis accipis, quum va- >rem eius nescias, facile prodiges. Ph. C. Laudo tuam docilem indolem. jcemplum meum sequere! Vide, sis, modo 10s centusses cum dimidio dep6no, quos septem diebus, mannulum cuiusdam vi- curando, meVui; et hoc per totum annum rosequar. Ph. C. Nss, plus erit. Licet inspicias lodo libellum meum parsimonialem. Cer- imodo: ecce deposita, quae sunt caput, ve sors; en ; vide usuras trium centesima- im; insuper, hie additum vides anatocis ium annuum, prseteriti anni; horno 13 res iagis prospere geram. Ph. C. Vale multum! /km. L. Quaeris? pecunia pro usu est, itaque pro arbitratu meo utor ei. /Em. L. Recte, profecto, mones, ac pro tua astate multum te sapere arbitror. Enim- vero ego nullam pecuniam mereo, et, si quam habeo, patri, raro aliis, inacceptis re- fero, 10 ergo et facile pessumdo. lam et nunc in condimentariam 11 iturus eram, ut guise cederem, sed tempore mihi occurristi, me- lioraque me docuisti. s£m. L. Si per annum perse verabis, 12 si recte rationor, in parsimoniali tuae fidei crediti erunt centum et triginta centusses! Dii, vestram fidem! quantae divitiae! /Em, L. Ego, Hercle, istam rem nunquam antea ita luculenter, 14 et ad captum, decla- ratam vidi! Quam stulte ego hactenus feci! At non imposterum fa'ciam. Ob istam vero tuam doctrinam magnam tibi habeo reddo- que gratiam. Dehinc tuum sequar exem- plum. Vale plurimum! 1. Phil - hippos, qui equis delectatur; curius est qui curat. — /Emilius est qui na- is est in yEmilia, provintia Italian; largus, liberalis, facilis, qui diffundit pecuniam; et- m amplus. — 3. Ho, 1 r., eo lente, non propero. — 4. -sco? vi, turn, non nosco, da ve- 1am! pardon me! — 5. Quantum sciam. — 6. Plus est quam quod ego credere pos- m - — 7. Qui cor sanum, mentem, rationem sanam, habet- — 8. Effundo, dissipo, icio, non conserve — 9. Infitias eo, dico contra, nego; refert, interest, est alicuius lomenti; sin vero, si autem non, sed . . . — 10. Aliis debeo, adtribuo; pessumdo, ab- cio in aquam. — 11. Taberna dulciaria; gula, guitur, faux, amor edendi et bibendi. — 2, Non desisto. — 13 Hoc anno. - 14. Lucide; ad intellectum; claram factam; hue sque, post hoc; ex hoc tempore. 802 ELEGANTLE SERMONIS, E M. ATTIO PLAVTO, P. TERENTIO AFRO. Salutem Nuntiandi. ERVS meus tibi me salutem multam vcluit dicere, Pseud. IV, 2, 25- IMai Mater et soror Tibi salutem iusserunt dicere. Ph. :^alv sient. Mil., IV. 8, 5, Salutem dicito patri et matri, Et cognatis, & si quern alii benevolentem videris. Cap. II , 3, 28-: Salutem multam dicito patrono. — Cur. Nuntiabo. Cur. IV., 2* : Multam me tibi Salutem iussit dicere. — Cur. lh m9 50. Salutem tibi ab sodali solidam nuntio. — Back. //., 2, to. Salutem primum iam a principio propitiam Mihi atque vobis, spectators, nuntio. — (Men. Prol., /, 2. Salutem ei nuntiet verbis patris, Ilium bene gerere rem & valere, et vivere, Et eum rediturum a tutum. — Trin. ,//., ?, 42-44. Adeundi. MEVS pater hie quidem est, quern video; ibo, alloquar; quid fit, pate r Mer. II. , 3, 32. Accedam atque hanc appellabo. — Ampb. L, i, n- lam hunc non ausim praeterire, quin constistam et colloquar. Pere gre in patriam redisse salvum. _ sti ' Ik \ 6 304 Recte tuum patrem rediisse salvum peregre gaudeo. — Trin. v., 2, $4. Ut exspectatus Peregre advenisti! — True. /., 2, 81. Venire salvom volupe est. — Photm. IV., 3, 5. Tei Pan. Mea mater salve. So. Gaudeo venisse salvam. — Hec. III., 2, /8. Salvom te advenire, Demea, gaudemus. — Add. /., /, 55. Here, salve; salvom te advenisse gaudeo. — Phorm. /., 3, 5 6 - Bene factum te advenisse, Pamphile, Et adeo, quod maxumum est, salvum atque validum. Pa. Creditur. Hec - IIL > * 6 ' 1 Volupe est, iucunde, amoeneest, an old adv., as though from an adj. volupus, urn, which does not exist, the noun being voluptas, tatis, as though from volup^ts Ritschl to the contrary notwithstanding. 305 PENSVM NONVM. I. /^BSOLVTIS 1 in Penso Octavo iis numeralibus, qui quantitatem xprimunt, superest ut de iis disseramus, qui certa ac definita loca re- am in ordine positarum indicant, Sic, pensum quod modo tractamus, Dcamus nonum, quoniam pensa nostra ordinem, sive seriem 2 efffci- nt, quae series a penso primo incipit, ac per secundum, tertium, quar- im, quintum, sextum, septimum, ac, denique, octavum progressa, in Dnum ducit. Tractavimus autem haetenus octo pensa, unumquodque ngillatim, quibus si ulteriora duo, nonum nempe atque decimum, ad- ?mus, universim decern pensa, sive Partem Primam, absolvemus.' Quot fgitur pensa absolvimus? Absolvimus octo. Quotum pensum tractamus nunc? Nunc tractamus nonum. Quotum tractabimus prdxime? 3 Proxime tractabimus decimum. Quot pensa complectetur Pais Prima? Pars Prima complectetur ?cem pensa. Quantum est hoc? !; quantum istud? 12: ecquantum* isthoc? 123. Quotnam sunt iste lineote, | | | ? quot h*e, I I I I ? Hoc quantum est? X i h„n bS ° l T\ Vi ' UtU ?' finirC ' terminare 5 "Pram, esse, fui, restat, manet; «*,* i, num s .verba facere; locus, i, in pi. n. loca. 2. Series, ei, f., res in ordine stantes, posits. 3 Proxime, mox, paulo post. 4. £/- quantum? die, sodes! quantum; isthoc, istud hoc; istic, isthic, isthunc &c„ 5 nic, istum hunc. 306 I, 2, 3, 4, V. Ouales sunt isti numeri? Primus est numerus Romanus; secundus tertius, et quartus sunt Arabici, at quintus iterum Romanus est. Estne unusqmsque 5 horum numerorum Arabicus? Estne quisqu Romanus? Nonne quidam sunt Romani, quidam vero Arabia? Quoti sunt Romani? — quoti Arabici? 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Hi numeri omnes ad unum« sunt Arabici. Estne ullus horum Ro manus? Nullus est Romanus; ne unus quidem; quisque eorum - Arabicus. 1, 2, 3, 4, V, 6, 7, 8, 9, X, 11, 12, 13, 14, XV Ulline in isto numerorum ordine sunt Romani? suntne nonnuli' ir ter eos Romani? Priores quique numeri quatuor sunt :, Arab >c> quinti vero quisque est numerus Romanus. Quotusquisque* inter hos num ros Arabicos est Romanus? Singulo cuique quarto Arabico Romani succedit^ numerus. Quotumquemque Arabicum antecedit numer Romanus? Hoc in ordine figurarum prima qusquei" est linea plana ; quan que harum excipit punctum parvum, quodque autem ist6rum subsequ tur punctum maiiisculum. 5. Quisqu* unus, omnes et singuM; unusquisque. umquaique.unumquodqueM simpliciter quisque, quceque, quidque, omnino omnis, ubi nemo, nihil exc.p.tur. «**• q ™2£qLL. quidam vir, = aliquis certus vir; quidam res, «rta ahqua res. 6. Omnes ad unum, = a prime ad ultimum. Ullus? aliquis unus? Nullus, ne. unus (veluti uni««s, v. unullus). 7 Wonnullus, a, urn, non est nullus, est aliquis ; sunt aliquot, pauci. 8 Quotus - quisque? quotus singulorum locorum? omnis tertius o. decimus. ?! Succedo* cLi, ssum, sub - cedo, eo post, ex imo, ab infra; antecedo, . pro-, dis-, con-, ad (ac-)- cedo, eo. 10. Vide 5-tam. Excipio? cepi, ceptum sequor. 307 Vicinum 11 ac finitimum a laevo cuiusque puncti mai6ris minus est, uique autem puncto minusculo a laevo, contigua vicinaque est lineola- Quotaquaeque figiira in hoc ordine est linea? Quotumquodque est mnctum minus? — maius? — Quam et qualem quodque punctum mi- iiisculum figuram contiguam ac vicinam habet a tevo? a dextro? ^uota quaeque puncta sunt hie media? — quota ultima? Series 6mnium numerorum, quibus rerum quanimque, in ordine >ositarum, indicamus locum, haecce 12 est: 1 primus, a, um 2 secundus, a, um 3 tardus, a, um 4 quartus, a, um 5 quintus, a, um 6 sextus, a, um 7 Septimus, a, um 8 octaVus, a, um 9 norms, a, um d£cimus, a, um 1 und£cimus, a, um 2 duod£cimus, a, um 3 tirtius dScimus, a, urn 16 4 quartus d£cimus, a, um 5 quintus d£cimus, a, um 6 sextus d£cimus, a, um 7 Septimus, d£cimus, a, um 8 octavus d£cimus, a, um (duodevic£simus, a, um) 9 nonus d£cimus, a, um (und£vic£simus, a, um) 20 vic^simus, a, um (vigdsimus, a, um) 21 primus et vic£simus, a, um (vig&imus primus, a, um) (unus et vige'simus, a, um) 22 secundus et vice'simus, a, um (vige'simus secundus, a, um) (vidimus et alter, a, um) 23 tirtius et vice'simus, a, um (vidimus tardus, a, um) 24 quartus, a, um, et " (vic£simus quartus, a, um) 25 quintus et vice'simus, a, um (vidimus quintus, a, um) 30 tric&imus (trigeminus), a, um 31 primus, a, um, et " 32 secundus, a, um,et" (alter, tera um,et" 33 tirtius, um,et " 40 quadra'g&imus, a, um 50 quinqua^simus, a, um 11. -us, a, um, quod nobis adiacet, tangit fines nostros, contiguum. 12. -ce, ut hic^, hxece, hocce, en, vide, cerne hunc, hanc, hoc, huncce, &c. 13. Ita potissimum auctores Romani; colloquendo tamen dicimus tred&cimus, qua. nor deamus, quindecimus, sedecimus, septemdecimus, octodecimus, novemdecimus, vi- £simus, &c. 308 60 sexag£simus, a, um 800 70 septuag£simus, a, um 900 80 octuag£simus, a, um 1,000 90 nonag£simus, a, um 2 000 100 centesimus, a, um 3.000 101 primus, a, um et centisimus, a, um, 4,000 (unus, a, um et centisimus, a, um) 5,000 102 secundus, a, um, et centisimus, a, um (alter, era, um) et centisimus, a. um 6 000 103 tirtius, a, um et centisimus, a, um 7,000 200 ducentSsimus, a, um 8,000 300 trecent£simus, a, um 9,000 tercentisimus, a, um 10,000 400 quadringent£simus, a, um 20,000 500 quingintesimus, a, um 50,000 600 sexcentisimus, a. um 100,000 700 septing£nt£simus, a, um 1,000,000 =3 octing£ntisimus, a, um nongente'simus, a, um mill£simus, a, um bis mille'simus. a, um ter mill£simus, a, um quater mill£simus, a, um quinquies (quinque) mill£simus, a, uir sex (s£xies) mille'simus, a, um septem (s£pties) mille'simus I octo (octics) mille'simus, a, ut novem (n6vies) mill£simus | decern (de'cies) mille'simus vicits mille'simus, a, um quinqua'gies mill£simus, a, um ce'nties mile'simus, a, um millies mille'simus, a, um Q II. VVM unam quantitatem in alteram ducimus, 1 'multiplic&re' di- cimur. Quum vero multiplicamus, unam quantitatem 'multiplicandam, alteram autem ^ultiplicatoriam/ sive, vulgo, numerum 'multiplicato- rem 7 appellamus- Quantitas autem multiplicanda Numeris Distributivis multiplicatoria vero Adverbiis Numeralibus, ut in tabella sequenti, ex- primuntur; nempe: 1 X 2 x 2 x 2 x 1 = 2 = 3 = 4 - semel unum est singulum 3 bis bina 3 sunt quatdrna bis terna sunt sen a bis quatirna sunt oct6na 1. Duas quantitates congerimus, cumulamus, = ducimus. 'Multiplicator' revei; homo est, tamen, brevitatis causa etiam numerum, quo multiplicamus, mathematici it; vocant. 2. Ita scripsit Varro, teste Nonio Marcello. 3. Sic habet Cicero. Casterum, prater poetas, nemo apud Romanos numeris Cardi nalibus sive multiplicative, sive etiam vel ornate sciibendo, vel de quantitate non nume 309 2 x 5 = 10 2 x 6 = 12 2 x 7 = 14 2 x 8 = 16 2 x 9 = 18 2 x 10 = 20 3 x 3 = 9 4 x 4 = 16 5 x 5 = 25 6 x 6 = 36 7x 7 = 49 8 x 8 = 64 9 x 9 = 81 10 x 10 = 100 10 x 100 = 1,000 100 x 100 = 10,000 bis quina sunt dena bis sena sunt duodena bis septina sunt quateYnad£na bis octona sunt s£nad£na bis nove*na sunt duodevic£na bis dena sunt vicena ter terna (trina) sunt nov£na quater quaterna sunt s£nad£na quinquies quina sunt vic£naquina series s£na sunt tric^nase'na s£pties sept£na sunt undequinqua^na octies octona sunt sexag£na quaterna novies nov£na sunt octuag£na singula defies d£na sunt centra dtem sunt cubus trium, tria autem sunt radix cubica, Ratiocinium, 7 quo retr6rsum, ad deprehendendam radicem quadra- n, aut cubicam, alicuius quantitatis efficientem 8 operamur, 'extractio licis quadrate/ aut 'extractio cubi/ appellatur. Perinde atque quantities, sive cumuli unitatum, tarn in minores antitates, quam in unitates resolvi ac dividi patiuntur, 9 sic et omne egrum, proinde etiam unitas ipsa, in partes efficientes diss6Ivi ac re- :i queunt Quum unitatem, aut quamlibet 10 rem unam, bifariam, tri- jm, quadrifariam, plurifariam dividimus, partes sic ortas communi- aequales esse intelligimus, quamvis et inaequales esse pdssint Quum igitur rem bifariam diviserimus, res erit dimidiata, consta- que e duabus partibus, sive duobus dimidiis, atque integrum sic bi- titum 11 niimeris hunc in modum significamus: J£. Rem tripartitam. strifariam divisam, sic designamus: Ys; quadripartitam, sic: *4. merus sic expressus fractiira, sive f ractio, 12 vocari solet; superior 5. Cubus, i, Graecis idem atque alea; est mensura quaqua versum quadrata in lati- nem, longitudinem, et aliitudinem. 6. Eventus, us, — turn, i, quod evenit, fit, 2ccidit, quo in eventu, quo in casu, si fiat, siquid eveniat. 7. -um } ii, ratiocinatio, calculatio, computatio; retro, versus tergum; deprehendo, 3 Mm, reperio, praesertim quum aliquis non vult reperiri, videri- 8. Efficiens causa, res. numerus, quidquid rem efficit, sine quo fieri non posset; or, 1 atus sum, non quiescc, sedulo aliquid facio; extraho, 3 xi, ctum, traho — ex, eli- evello, extorqueo, exquiro, radicem. 9. Patiuntur resolvi, patior, pati, passus sum, sino, perfero, tolero, non reluctor, recuso, indulgeo, permitto; solvo* vi, utum, nodum, ligaturam quidquid sit ligatum, mis, filum, dissolvo, resolvo, renodo; sinunt ut ad unitatem reducantur. 10- Quilibet, qucelibet, quodlibet, quaecunque res ad libitum; bifariam, &c, adv- inationes non mutant: in duas, tres, quatuor, plures partes; communiter, more solito- o. in ordinarium. 11. Bipariio* —, titum y divido in duas partes; designamus. Tripartitus, a, urn rtitus, a, urn, part, prat-, sine verbo, divisum in tres partes. 12 Frango*fregi t fractum, rumpo, contero, comminuo; ~ra, ce, res fracta, rupta ; ms > f., est potius actus frangendi, sed et res fracta, non integra. 316 quidem a scholis 13 'numerator,' quod niimerat partes, quot sumimu inferior autem 'denominator,' quia docet quot in partes res divisa < nominantur. Efferendo 14 autem hos numeros, genere foeminino term nationum utimur, eo quod semper vocabulum 'pars 7 subaudiendum ei Verbis, proinde, hos numeros sic exprimimus: \ unum dimidium una dimidia (pars) \ una teVtia i una quarta unus quadrans \ una quinta ■J- una sexta \ una s^ptima \ una octava ■J- una nona ^ una d£cima T \ una undeama T \ una duod£cima 3^- una tred£cima * una vig£sima duae t^rtise duas quintal duae sextan tres quadrantes dodrans, tis, m- quatuor quintan quinque sextae sex s£ptimae septem octavae octo nonas novem d£cimae decern undeximae duodecim quindecimse "9 _9_ 1 u 1 1 1 2 ^ viginti quatuor cent£simae ^^ triginta mill6srm£ H sesquialter, tera, urn H sesqui tertius, a um li sesqui quartus, a, um 1^ sesqui quintus, a, um 1£ sesqui sextus, a, um 1\ sesqui Septimus, a, um H sesqui octavus, a, um H sesqui nonus, a, um 1 T \ sesqui dScimus, a, um 2\ duo cum dimidio 3 T \ tres c dodrante 4 T 2 ¥ quftuor c. duabus sed£cimh> 6 ¥ 8 -^ sex c. octo vic£simis 13 Per scholas Academias, Seminaria atque Scientiarum Universitates intelligimi quae Medio >Evo, h. e. a saeculo Xl-mo ad XV-mum floruerunt, quarum magistn ac e ctores uno verbo "Scholastici" appellantur. 14 Fffero, 3 extnli, elatum, hoc in sensu significat verbo edisserere, dicere, enunf te, pronuntiare; alias mortuos ad sepulcra cvehere, sepelire: subaudio est audio men , sine verbo, sine loquela, vulgo 'subintelligere.' Nota. Here we close our arithmatical exercises, to be applied in our next Pensu, For this reason Recensio and Vocabularia are omitted, there bring no new words. This is the way how the Kepplers, Newtons, Leibnitzes, and all Christendom 1 > learned and taught arithmetic and mathematics, from the birth of the new arithmetic j our own times, and so did I myself- So too Algebra, Geometry, and all other branc > of Mathematics are Latin creations, and they should be restored so in all schooK neither the teachers, nor the students understand the barbarized Latin-Greek tecnn. terms, for which modern tongues have no expressions. 317 PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS I. DE NVMERALIBVS. Of the six classes of numerals, specified in Pens. Octavum, we have treated four mally, of the two others, the Multiplicativa (as simplex, duplex, triplex, etc ), men- led incidentally, while the Proportionalia, only two-three in all, will be referred to tx on. 122. A very pleasing and characteristic Latinism is introduced in this Pensum No- n with the Numeralia Ordinaria, the interrogative adjective for that class of numerals, his, a, urn, (already referred to in Pensum Secundum), as connected with Pronomen efinitum quisque, quceque, quidque, quodque, each one, every one, and further empha- d, unusquisque, unaquceque, unumquodque (uniuscuiusque, unicuique, unumquem- , etc. each part declined in its own way). When we say in English, "How many of cnew that," we use the cardinal numerals, and think of a promiscuous little band of i; the Roman mind saw the image of a regular, orderly row of men, of which per- s each 5th, 10th, 50th knew the thing, and so the Roman said, "quotusquisque no- m id scivit?" "The each how manieth of us knew that?" The same idiom is used with as, like; so if I wish to say, "Just as one will sow for himself will also reap," the n idiom will be: "Ut quisque sibiseverit, itaet metet." The same is the case with ie superlatives, as: ' 'All respectable people deny that it was done," m Latin, "Opti- ^ quisque id factum (esse) negat." The average wicked man (or people of the wicked- rind) will point to the crowd (supporting) as his proof;" "Argumentum pessimi cu- ue turba est" 123. The Distributiva. — Singulus, a, urn is occasionally used in singular (semel m est singulum), but usually pi. Bird, *, a, pi. only, used of things in pairs (bini 0; of things in twos, with pi. nouns, as bina castra, so terna (trina); all the rest is 1, often for style's sake, in the place of the Cardinalia, in prose more than in poetry. 124. The Adverbia answer the English o?ice, twice, thrice to qualify verbs and nu- al, or other adjectives, as ter optimus, terque quaterque beati. II. DE VERBIS. 125. A. Verba Depon6ntia. — This is a system of regular verbs, passive only in Hi but active, some transitive, some intransitive in meaning, wherefore having all ; participia, consequently also gerundia. Deponentia, because, as the Roman gram- ians explain, they have laid down their passive meanings; but in reality they convey nd of immanent action as hortor, I busy myself m urging on, loquor, \ keep myself mg. Their cunjugation is as follows : 318 Coniugatio VERBA DEPONENTIA. ii in IV Tempora Primitiva MODVS INFINITIWS Tpus Prses. Tpus Prset. Tpus Fut. hortor ari atus sum hortari hortatum, a hortaturum, im,esse , um, ' ' PARTICIPIA Prses entis Prseteriti Futuri Activum Futuri Passivum vereor, en veritus sum vereri veritum, am, um, esse veriturum, am, um, esse hortans, antis verens, entis 16quens, entis hortatus, a, um veritus, a, um locutus, a, am hortaturus, a, um veriturus, a, um locuturus, a, um hortandus, a, um verendus,a, um loquendus, a, um MODVS INDICATIVVS. Tempus Prxsens. loquor, loqui locutus sum loqui locutum, am, am, esse locuturum,am,um,esse largior, largiri largitus sum largiri largitum, am, am, largiturum,am,um. hortor hortaVis [-re] hortftur hort^mur hortamini hort Oritur horttfbar hortabans[-re. hortaba'tur hortabamur hortabimini hortaba'ntur hortatus a, um hortati as, a horta'tus a, um horta'ti as, a vereor vereVis [-re] verdtur ver£mur ver£mini ver£ntur loquor loqueris 16quitur 16quimur loquimini loquuntur Tempus PrxUritum Imperfection. vergbar loqu£bar verebans loquebans [re] vereba'tur loqueba'tur verebamur loqueba'mur vereba'mini loquebamini verebintur loqueblntur Tempus Prseteritum Perfectum. locutus a, um locuti, as, a largiens, entis largitus, a, um largiturus, a, um largiendus, a, um Urgior largiris largitur largimur largimini largiuntur largidbar largieba'ris largieb^tur largieba'mur largiebdmini largieba'ntur largitus a, um largiti as, a Tempus Prseteritum Plusquamperfectum 6nm £rat erimus eritis erant hortibor horta'beris [re. hortibitur hortdbimur hortabimini hortabuntur horta'tus a, um hortfti, as, a locutus, a, um locuti, as, a Tempus Futurum Simplex. ver£bor loquar ver£beris [re] loqueris [re] ver£bitur loquitur verdbimur loqudmur verebimini loquimini verebuntur loquuntur Tempus Futurum Exactum. veritus, "\ a, um viriti, as, e ero e*ris 6rit eVimus iritis <£runt locutus, ^ a , um i locuti, | e*ro <5ris a.lim I e>it his X, a J ^runt largitus, a, um largiti, as, a laVgiar largiens largiitur largi£mur largidmini largidntur largitus, " a, um largiti as, a * sum es est sumus estis sunt e"ram e"ras £rat erlmus eritis e"rant e"r6 €x\s 6rit Primus iritis drunt I horter horteris hortetur hortemur hortemini hortentur hortarer hortareris hortarctur hortaremiur hortaremini hortarentur VERBA DEPON^NTIA MODVS CONIVNCTIVVS Tempus Prsesens. II III verear loquar verar.s loquaris vereatur loquatur vereamur loquamur vereamini loquamini verea^tur loquantur Tempu Prxteritum Imperfectum vererer loquerer verereris loquereris vereretur loqueretur vereremur loqueremur vereremini loqueremini vererentur loquerentur Tempus Prasteritum Perfectum. 319 fiortatus a, urn tiortati, ae, a )rt£tus, a, um I >rtaU | x, a )rtaturus a, um irtaturi se, a •rtaturus, a, um •rtaturi, as. a Lenior, « < Asperior, lociitus, a, um lociiti. 36. a sim sis sit simus sitis sint Tempus Prasteritum Plusquam Perfectum. IV largiar largiaris largiatur largiamur largiamini largiantur largirer largireris largiretur largiremur largiremini largirentur largitus, a, um largiti, x, a sim sis sit simus sitis sint essem esses esset esse'mus esse"tis essent largitus, a, um largiti, ae, a Tempus Futurum Simplex. veriturus, a, um verituri, 36. a locuturus a, um locuturi, ae, a Tempus Futurum Exdctum. essem esses csset essemus ess£tis essent verituruS: a, um verituri , as. a essem esses esset esse'mus esse"tis essent locuturus, a, um locuturi, ae. a sim sis sit simus s tis sint essem esses csset essemus esse'tis essent largitiirus, a, um largituri, 36, a largitiirus, a, um largituri, 36, a essem esses esset esse'mus essetis essent MODVS IMPERATIVVS. S. hortare PL hortamini S. 2, hortator " 3, hortator PI. 2, hortaminor 3, hortantor Ace. Abl. ora. en. at. cc. bl. hortatum hortatu 1. hortandum est hortandi hortando (ad) hortandum 'ab) hortando verere veremini veretor verStor vereminor verentor S V P I N A. veritum veritu G E R V N D I A. II. verendum est verendi verendo (ad) verenum (a) verendo loquere loquimini loquitor loqu itor loquiminor loquuntor locutum locutu III. loquendum est loquendi loquendo (ad) loquendum (a) loquendo largire largimini largitor largitor largiminor largiuntor largitum largitu IV. largiendum est largiendi largiendo (ad) largiendum (a) largiendo 320 126. Mark the difference between a regular active and transitive verb in passive for say, dico, passive dicor, and a deponent, say loquor, in the Futurum Infinitivi; dicor% have it dictum in, to be told, loquor, on the contrary locuturum esse, which is the actr form of the regular verb, as dicturum esse. 127. From the above (125) mentioned immanently active character of the Dep nents though otherwise active and transitive grammatically, follows, that we cannot s; in Latin I am admired, I am followed, I am being imitated, and the like, hence, we mi either find other verbs, or use active construction. 128. Inasmuch, however, as the Participium Pratenti is always passive, necessi broke through this inflexible principle of grammar, and did not allow the Deponentia lay down their original passive character. Wherefore, as it is a very difficult matter recall, or even to ascertain, which of them have retained their Participia Prateriti in n passive form and meaning, for easy reference 1 record them here: Abominatus, adeptus, arbitratus, comitatus, commentatus, complexus, conatus, cc fessus, defunctus, demeritus, despicatus, dignatus, dilargitus, dominatus, blanditus, blanditus, exsecratus, exhortatus, expertus, frustratus, imitatus, interminatus, interpre tus, lamentatus, largitus, machinatus, meditatus, mensus, admensus, dimensus, demens emensus, permensus, remensus, mentitus, ementitus, mercatus, mentus, metdtus, dii tatus, modulatus, moratus, oblitus, orsus, exorsus partitus, dispertitus, impertitus, ctus, pollicitus, populatus, professus, stipuiatus, testatus, contestatus, detestatus, testifi tus, velificatus, veneratus- 129. Only such of the Deponentia have a full set of four Participia as have dir government, i. e- accusativus, or indirect government with Ablativus, as: sequor, sequens, secutus, secuturus, sequendus patior, patiens, passus , passurus, patiendus ulciscor, ulciscens, ult us, ulturus, ulciscendus fruor, fruens, fruitus, fructus, fruiturus, fruendus fungor, fungens, functus, functurus, fu'igendus utor, utens, usus, usurus, utendus N ta i. — Lcetor, nitor , proficiscor do not have Part- Futuri Passivum, while scor has only vescens, and vescendus. N t a 2 — Those Deponentia which are intransitive, and, therefore admit neit Accusativus, nor Ablativus. have three Participia, labor, labens, lapsus, Ifpstrus. ^ f a 3 _ Orior, oriri, ortus sum has that peculiar character about it, that in Pr Infin-, oriri, it belongs to the 4th Conjugation, as well as in the Imperf. lnd et Coniun oriebar and onrer, and Pra^s. lnd- 2d pers.,it also displays the characteristic long/, as ris, but in 3d oritur, in the 3d Conjugation, and so throughout the whole Conjugal , in the Part Praet. ortus, the short « is dropped, in the Part Futuri Activum the sa. short i is retained, oriturus, a, urn. As a neuter (intransitive) verb, it has no onemius , urn, , Part. Fut. Pass.) but an old form of this, as an adjective, takes its place, muna , a, urn. 321 130. The Deponentia, just like the Passiva, change their -6ns, -iris, -ens, -iris, ;ndings in 2d person sing. Prses. Ind., Prass. Con., Imperf. Ind. et Coni., Fut. Simpl. nd. into -are, -ere, -ere, -ire, so that for hortan's, wtxeris, \6queris, hrgiris, north's, itxtaris, loqudris, hrgidris, &c., we can also say and write hovtdre; vtx'ere, loquere (but n Fut. Simpl. loquere), hrgire, hortzbare, vtxtbare, loqueb^, tergitbare. Nota. — In the older phase of Latin, what is called "ante-classical" speech, i. e., )efore Caesar and Cicero, the Prsesens Infinitivi in the Vox Passiva, consequently also in Deponentia, now nominaii, prceverti, &c, had the form of nominarter, praeverti^, often mitatad by the classical and later poets. VERBA ANOMALA. All verbs in no language follow one and the same model of conjugation, but some leviate and follow some other rule or model. Such are few in Latin, and were called by he Roman grammarians Verba Anomala (-us, a, um), that is, irregular. We have treat- id some of them, namely sum, possum, eo,fio (pp. 103—107); the remaining ones are ero, feror, volo, nolo, malo, queo, nequeo, v£neo and edo. These are conjugated in the olio wing manner: 131. Verbum Fero. VOX ACTIVA. fPRA primitiva— fero, ferre, tuli, latum p rces. Infinitivi, ferre p rcet. " tulisse Fut. laturum, am, um -os, -as, a esse p articipium Prcesentis, ferens, -tis Prceteriti, latus, -a, -um Act. laturus, -a, -um Futuri Pass, ferendus, -a, -um MODVS INDICATIVVS. Tpus Prcesens. e>o, fers, fert, eVimus, feYtis, ferunt Tps. Frcet. Imperfectum. erSbam, fer£bas, ferebat, erebamus. fereba'tis. fer£bant MODVS CONIVNCTIWS. Tempus Prcesens. f£ram, fe'ras, feVat, terimus, feritis, f£rant Tpus. Prcet. Imperfectum. feVrem, fe'rres, fe*rret, ferr6mus, ferr£tis, feVrent. Tps. Prcet. Perfectum. tulerim, tuleris, tiilerit, tule'rimus, tul^ritis, tulerint Tps. Prcet. Plus quam Perfectum, tulissem, tulisses, tulisset, tulis$6mus, tuliss£tis, tulissent Tps. Futurum Simplex, laturus, -a, -um, sim 7 sis, sit, latiiri. -ae, -a, simus, sitis> sint 322 Tps. Prcet. Perfectum. tuli, tulisti, tulit, tulimus, tulistis, tulenint, tulere Tps. Ptcet. Plus quam Perfectum. tuleram, tuleras, tulerat, tuleramus, tuleratis, tulerant. Tps. Futurum Simplex. f£ram, feVes. fSret feremus, fer&is, fSrent Tps. Put. Exactum. tulero, tuleris, tulerit tulenmus, tuleritis, tulerint GERVNDIVVM. N. Singulars. 1 N. Pluralis. Tempus Futurum Exactum. laturus, -a, -urn, £ssem, esses, 6sset laturi, -x, -a, essemus, -tis, -sent MODVS IMPERATIVVS. Lenior, Sing, fer! ferte! PI Tertia Persona. ferto! Asperior. Sing, ferto! PI. fert6te! Tertia Persona, Sing, ferto! PI. fer unto! A/om.ferendus,a,um Gen. fer£ndi, x, i Dai. ferendo, x, o /4cC.ferendum, am, um Voc. ferende, a, um Abl. (a)fer£ndo,a,o fer£ndi, ae, a ferendorum, arum, ferendis ferdndos, as, a ferendi, x t a (a) ferendis Supina. zAccus. latum Abl. latu GERVNDIVVM. Norn, ferendum est Gen. ferendi (lebor) Dat. ferendo (aptus) /to. ' ad fer£ndum (missus) Voc. caret Abl. (a) ferendo (destitit) *.. i. «. r ,, « •<£; SltttS irs i£\ Si'JSTA'Sft «SE- * "- >•"" * *°"' d s " i,! " fer. 1 , they say, it is rumored. ... No* 2. II, compound,: *M> («d - too), to tat * tot. to J™ * J» 323 fTo, to bring in front, or before, whence, prcelatus, in eccles. Latin, a priest olaced in ink before others; profero, to bring forth, before the public, into the open; refer o, to ring back, to put on record, to record, to report, as: ad Senatum referre, to lay before he Senate; whence, telator, who is appointed to make a report, a reporter; particularly: lultum refert, there is a great deal of difference, it is of a great importance; parum, or ihil refert, it is of little, or of no consequence, importance. Suffero; (sub — fero), to derate, to bear; qffero (ob — fero), to tender, offer. Nota 3 . The carrying idea is also expressed by other verbs, according to the various ays and methods it is done; such are: veho, 3 -xi, -ctum, on a wagon, ship, horseback, rid compounds: aveho, adveho, conveho (whence English convey), eveho, deveho, inve- o, reveho. Gero? gessi, stum, to wear, as clothes, or carry habitually; compounds: ggero, egero, digero, congero, ingero, obgero, regero, suggero. Porto? r. , to carry some- ling bulky, or to a distance, apporto, asporto, exporto, deporto, comporto, importo, re- orto, supporto, hence also porta, a gate, mdportus, a port, harbor. Baiulo} r., to carry eavy weight, bags, trunks, &c, Verbum Feror vox passiva. pra primitiva, feror, ferri, latus sum MODVS INFINITIVVS. ps. Prcesens, ferri Prceterit. latum, -am, -urn, -os, -as, -a esse rut. latum iri The Participium Praeteriti, and Fut. Passivum find with the other Participia in the Active Voice. MODVS INDCIATIVVS. f£ror, ferris, feVtur, f£rimur, ferimini, feruntur MODVS CONIVNCTISVV. Tempus Prcesens, f£rar, ferans, ferftur ferimur, feramini, ferintur fer£bar, ferebans (-re), ferebatur ferebamur, ferebimini, fereMntur Tempus Prceteritum Imperfectum. feVrer, ferrens (-re), ferr£tur ferr£mur, ferr£mini, ferr£ntur Tempus PrceUritum Perfectum latus, -a, -urn, sum, es, est, iati, -as, -a, sumus, estis, sunt latus, -a, -um, sim, sis, sit, lati, -as, -a simus, sitis, sint 324 Tempus Prcetkitum Plus quam Perf'ectum. latus, -a, -um torn, eras, erat, I latus, -a, -um essem, fees, Jet lati -x, -a eramus, eratis, erant | hfl. -«, -a, essemus, esset.s, essent Tempus FutHrum Simplex. f6rar, fer£ris (-re) , fer&ur, feremur, ferimini, fer6ntur fer£ndus, -a, -um sim, sis, sit fer£ndi, -as, -a simus, sitis, sint Tempus Futurum Exactum. i + •«,«, *™ em erit I fer^ndus, -a, -um 6ssem, £sses, dsset, T'-Zl SS Ss^nt I ferendi, * -a essemus, essetis, essen MODVS IMPERATIVVS. Unior, Si#. fSrre P/. ferimini Jlsp'erior. Sin, fertor P/. feriminor T£r/i# Personx. Sin. fertor, P/. feruntor. Nota. - The regular meaning offeror is / «« 6«* earned;** t rt _ B moj ft auently employed idiomatically in the meaning of they say comadmg w.th ferunl Romulus/"*" Romam condidisse," which in active vo.ee would sound, Romul ferZ Romam condidisse," Romulus is said, or -Off ^ that Romans . „ , and »fl application, as is seen, it is one of the verba senttendt and declarandr, wh.ch we ^'Tnott very frequent application of the verb is to express rapid movements of m animals things, as: "Avesferuntur per aera, birds dash through the a,r. 132. Verba vc TPRA primitiva: volo, velle v6lui MODVS INFINITIVVS, Tps. Prcesens 7ps. Prceteritum Tps. Futurum velle voluisse caret Verba VOLO, NOLO, Malo nolo, nolle n61ui nolle n oluisse caret malo, malle malui malle maluisse caret PARTICIP. Prcesentis Prxt. & Fut. volens (voliturus) nolens caret caret caret 325 volo, vis, vult vdlumus, vultis, volunt votebam, -bas, -bat volebamus, -bitis, -bant vdlui, voluisti, vdluit voliiimus, -istis, -enint, volume MODVS INDICATIWS. Tempus Prcesens. nolo, non vis, non vult n61umus, non vultis nolunt malo, mavis, mavult ma'lumus, maviiltis milunt Tempus Prceteritum Imperfectum. notebam, -bas, -bat matebam, -bas, -bat nolebamus, -bitis, -bant malebimus, -bitis, -bant Tempus Prceteritum Perfectum. ndlui, noluisti, ndluit milui, maluisti, miluit noluimus, -istis, -emnt maliiimus, -istis, -eYunt noluere malueYe volueram, -eras, -erat volueramus, -itis, -ant 'olam, voles, volet •'olemus, -£tis, -ent 'oluero, -eris, -erit r oluenmus, -itis, -int Tempus Prceteritum Plus quam Perfectum. nolueram, -eras, -erat nolueramus, -itis, -ant maliieram, -eras, -erat maluerimus, -itis, -erant Tempus Futurum Simplex. ndlam, n61es, ndlet ma*lam, miles, malet nolemus, -itis, ent malemus, mantis, malent Tempus Futurum Exactum. noliiero, -eris, -erit maluero, -eris, -erit nolueVimus, -iritis, -erint maluenmus, -iritis, -erint £lim, v£lis, vflit elimus, velitis, v&int MODVS CONIVNCTIWS. Tempus Prcesens. n61im, ndlis, n61it nolimus, nolitis, n61int milim, milis, milit malimus, malitis, milint 326 v&lem, velles, vellet vellemus, -6tis, -ent voluerim, -is, -it volueYimus, -itis, -int Tempus Prceteritum Imperfectum. ndllem, n611es, nollet mlllem, m flies, millet nollemus, -etis, -ent mallemus, -etis, -ent Tempus Prceteritutn Perfectum. noluerim, -is, -it noluerimus, -itis, -int maluerim, -is, -it maluenmus, -itis, -int Tempus Prceteritum Plus quam Perfectum. voluissem, -es, -et voluissemus, -tis, -ent voluero, -eris, -erit voluerimus, -itis, -int noluissem, -es, -et noluissemus, -tis, -ent Fututum. noluero, -eris, -it noluerimus, -itis, int maluissem, -es, -et maluissemus, -6tis, -ent maluero, -eris, -erit maluenmus, -eritis, -int Temporibus Futuro Simplici atque Exacto carent. MODVS IMPERATIVVS. caret; eius loco Praes. Coni. vilis, velitis adhibentur Leniot Sing, noli! PL nolito! zAsperior Sing, nolito! PL nolitote! caret Tertia Persona. nolunto! Not* 1. The meanings of these three verbs are, / will, I will not, and I prefer. to volo I will, is not synonymous with the English I will, in most cases an aux.l. , verb but rather with the verb / want, when used in its place, as what do you want, j vis? I want to speak with you, tecum colloqui volo. Often / wish ,s subst.tuted n E. lish as "more polite," but it is also more misleading; for to wish is e sentiment, no act 'of the will, and in that sense it answers Latin cupio, - volo is often joined with DatWus of the Pronomen Personale, tibi, sibi, thus: Quid tiU vis? what do you w . quid ille sibi vult? what does that fellow want? 2 We often hear people quote nolens - volens; but this quotation does not res Roman authority. The Roman equivalent is velle nolle, and vein- n^s. TheJ>a| pium Prasentis volens, -tis is much more frequent than nolens, -tis, and, smce the g. 327 marians have not found same in the now known works of the so called "classical* ' mthors, they have dropped it from school grammars. 3. Gentler imperatives, as: "please do/' "please do not," are expressed in Latin by :he Prasens Coniunctivi of volo and the imperative of nolo, as: velis mihi dicere, please ell me! noli id facere, please, don't do that! 4. Two negations in Latin mean one affirmation, as: nonnihil, means some- haud arum, not a little, some; non ignoro, \ am not unaware, &c, but ne, a prohibitive part- cle, standing with nolo, does not form an affirmation, but remains negative, as: vereor ie id facere nolit, I fear that he be unwillig to do, that, or, lest he refuse to .'. . 5. Malo is a contraction of magis volo, through another contraction, mavolo, almost he regular form before Cicero's time, meaning / rather have, I prefer, as: esse, quam rideri, bonus, malebat, he preferred to be, then to seem to be good- Hieronymus has also anployed malens, the Participium Prsesentis but we do not know of another instance, particularly in earlier authors. (Malo is often strengthened by the adverbia multo, longe, typido, as: muri, quam d£decus ferre, longe malo, to die, than to bear disgrace, I much prefer. 6. Part. Fut. Act., voliturus also occurs with later authors. 133. Verba Qveo et Neqveo. A Queo. rpRA primitiva — queo, quire, quivi (quii), quitum 40DVS INFINITIVVS 7pus prasens — quire, Tpus Prcet. quivisse, Tpus Fut. quiturum, -am, -um, -os, -as, -a esse, fuisse 'Articipia — Prats., caret; Prat., quitus, -a, -um, Fut. quiturus, -a, -um MODVS INDICATIVVS. MODVS CONIVNCTlVVS. Tempus Prasens. queo, quis, quit, queam, queas, queat, quimus, quitis, queunt queamus, queitis, qu£ant Tempus PrceUritum Imperfectum. quibam, -bas, -bat quirem , - es , -et quibamus, -Mtis, -bant quiremus, -e*tis, -ent .328 tempus Prmtkitutn Perfectunt. quivi (quii), quivisti, quivit ^verim, quiveris, quiverit quivimus, quivistis, quiverunt quiverimus, qmvent.s, qu.venr, quivere, quidre Tempus PrceVeritum Plus quarn Perfectum. quiveram, -as, -at, quivissem, -es et quiverimus, -ftis, -ant quivissemus, -ft* -ent Tempus Futurum Simplex. quibo, quibis, quibit, ^Woo, quiveris, quiverit, quivenmus, -ltis, -mt Futurum Exactum quivero, -is, it, quiverimus, -itis, -int Supina. Ace. quitum; AM. quitu Vox Passive Tps. Frees. Indie, quitur - queuntur, Prat, quitus sum Deponens: quitus est. B Nequeo. tpra primitiva — nequeo, nequire, nequivi (nequii), nequitum modvs infinitiws — Pr&s., nequire; Prcet., nequivisse, — participivm, Frees., nequiens, nequeuntis MODVS INDICATIVVS. MODVS CONIVNCTIVVS. Tempus Prcesens. , . L .x n6queam, nequeas, nequeat, nequeo, nequis neqmt, nejuelmus, -que^tis, -queant nequimus, -quitis, queunt nequeamu , Tempus Proeteritum Imperfectum. su w t%*f nequirem, -res, -ret, nequibam, -bas, -bat ^ , . x nequibamus, -Mb, bant neqmremus, -rete, rent 829 Tempus Pratt eritum Perfectum. nequivi (nequii) -visti, -vit - . nequivimus, -vistis, -verunt, neqmvenm, -veris, -verit, nequivere, nequiere nequivenmus, -veritis, -verint Tempus Prxtiritum Plus quam Perfectum. nequiveram, -veras, -verat . , lequiveramus, atis, -ant neqmv.ssem, -visses, -visset, neqmvissemus, -eHs, -issent Tempus Futurum Simplex. lequibo, -bis, -bit lequibimus, -tis, -bunt neqmvero, -veris, -verit Futurum Exactum equivero, -is, -it, equiverimus, -itis, -int nequivenmus, -itis, int Vox Passiva. Tpus. Prms. nequitur, Pratt., nequitum est. m ^^^^^^'^^^^ P-« witbtbe * more implies physical power, might authS R, f th T"' While ^" mswesay InUUiene aueo nr M y "* USed J> romis C"ously. » ** Butwhen^et y^Z^L^ l^oSe ' the" ^"^ ^ sK^r ally —' «* « - - - ~ *J2?j«5 annotwT sThaSs?" '", "* "^^ With W " et haud > « *"» ««■ *«. £ i:SS^ °~ - — * - 2nu century B. 134 Verbum Veneo ^-i-vvo, / ac^^., venire, rrcet. veniviss^ v^nkw participiis caret- venivisse, venisse, - 330 ^ „ MODVS CONIVNCTIVVS. MODVS INDICATIVVS. Tetnpus Pmsens. . .. , -as, -at vdneo ?' _lt ~ i ' V6neam ' -^us, -atis, -ant veneo ' -imus, -itis, -eunt Tetnpus Prceteritum Imperfectum. venibam **> * at ^ f Venirem ' -emus, -etis, -irent vemoam, _^ meS) .^ _ ant 7^w/)«s Pmteritum Petfectum. venivi " iviSti ' " ivi V l f veniverim, ^imus, -itis, -int venivi, „ iyimuS) -i s tis, -venint venieVunt, veniv£re venie*re Tempus Pmteritum Plus quam Perfectum. -vlsses, -set veniveram " Vera$ ' "I * venivissem, _ viss6mus , . t is, -ent veniveram, _ tous> -^tis, -ant Tempus Fufurutn Simplex. "riSi -rit venibo " WSi w u f VenlVer0, -vfrimus, -itis, -int venioo, . bimuS) .bitis, -bunt Futurum Exactum. -ris, -rit venivero, . vMmus> _ tis> . in t dropped, thus: venivi, becomes vmii, in the 1st person, Perl nivisti, veniveram, venieram, &c. . and w# j f(! - i 2. This verb is compounded rom « «, J. f ^ ^ f *h*m (see con ligation pp. 1U4—1U3). vuilc « ^ oww r £. » «u»i.. s ».« »'»»: » ,: »— »x«%«s (i , : - r-» SEES — ~» - — ;* ;rr.t: I 331 is ventimdo, dare, dedi, datum, the a is short throughout; to sell, to offer for sale, to put up for sate. These two verbs seem to have been devised to take the places of prostu tuo,ere f tut, tutum, from statue + pro, to place, to put forward, into sight, for sale the intransitive of which is prosto, prostdre, prostiti, prostitum, to stand-for (sale, to be on sale). The transitive form has immediately acquired an inmoral meaning, and had to be replaced by venumdo, the intransitive form, particularly in the 3rd person sing. pro. stat, is still a decent word, and is correctly used in the meaning of "for sale." Because the verb really is eo, it is so conjugated. 3. The following examples will illustrate the practical usage of these verbs: domus mea prostat, or v£num prostat, my house is for sale; domum meam venumd*bo, I shall sell my house, that is, I shall offer it for sale; domum meam vendam, I shall sell my house, i. e., I shall not keep it, or, I have a purchaser for it; domus mea venibit, my house is going to be sold, i. e., it will be offered for sale. 135- Verbum Edo. tpra primitiva: £do, <*dere, edi, £sum, or, edo, esse, edi, esum MODVS INFINITIVVS. Tps. Pmsens, e*dere, or, esse Prcet., edisse Put., esiirum, -am, -urn, -os, -as, -a esse, fuisse PARTICIPIA, Prxsentis. edens, -tis, Pt ^ eciimus, -istis, -enmt edenmus, -itis, -int 332 Tempus PrceUritum Plus quant Perfectum. dderam, -as, -at edissem, -es, -et ederamus, -tis, -ant edissemus, -tis, -ent Simplex, edam, edes, edet edSmus, ed&is, £dent Exactum, £dero, £deris, Sderit ed£rimus, -itis, int Tempus Futurum. Simplex, £dero, £deris, 6derit ederimus, -itis, -int Petiphrdsticum Simplex esurus, a, um ) sim, sis, sit esuri, as, a ) simus, sitis, sint Periphrasticum Exactum. esurus, a, um \ essem, -es, -et esuri, as, a [ -emus, -tis, -ent MODVS IMPKRATIVVS. Lenior. Asp'erior. Sing., 6de, PI. edite , £ste Tertice Persona. edunto Sing., £dito, esto PL edit6te, est6te GBRVNDIVVM. GKRVNDIVM. Nom. Gen Dat Ace. Voc. edendus, a, um edendi, as, i edendo, as, o edendum, am, um edende, a, um -di, -as, -a -d6rum, -arum, -6rum -dis -dos, -as, -da -di, -as, -a Nom. (mihi) edendum est Gen. (voluptas) edendi Dat. (idoneum) edendo Ace. ad edendum Abl. ab edendo Abl. (ab) edendo, i, o -dis Supina. Ace. esum tAbl. esu Notce — 1. The verb edo means / eat, in the widest sense, of men, animals de seases, rust, &c Because it is an active transitive verb, it is also used passively, both in the regular 'and irregular forms, as, editut and estur. 333 2. The marks over £deo, £dere, &c, mean the accent alone, not the quantity except ing in es, for the e is short throughout, excepting the irregular form, because these are derived from sum, is, est. This must be well remembered, because there is the verb edo from ex + do, to give forth, give out, to publish, in which the e is long, on account of the contraction from ex. These two verbs are entirely parallel in all forms excepting the Perfects, and the irregular forms, thus: edo, edis, edit; edebam edebas; edam, edes; edam, edas; ederem, ederes and £do, £dis, fctebam, e'dam, &c; but in Prat. Perf. the former is edi, the latter Midi, gderam, e^'deram; ederim, e^'derim, &c. 3. As some tempora of this verb are taken from sum, and these forms are very fre- quent in the authors, even in Cicero, instead of referring to these as exceptional forms I print the complete verb in both, regular and irregular forms, the deviations becoming far more striking. Since, therefore, es, est, esse, & c ., thus have two meanings, in Latin schools and circles many jokes, and plays on words are constructed, like Mea pater suum matrem lupus est in sylva. Go, father, the wolf eats the swines' mother in the forest. (£Meo,i r., to go, sus, suis, f., swine, est = edit &c.) VEBBA DEFECTIVA. Those verbs, which have no records of having been used in certain modi, tempora, or persons, are called defectiva. They can be divided into three groups: A, the group of Verba Maiora, which lack but few tempora, particalarly the present, and its derivatives; B, Verba [Minora, which have but a few fragmentary forms, and all the rest of the verbal forms are missing; and C, Verba Singularia, parts of individual verbs- A, Verba Maiora, !36- Verba Memini, Ccepi, Odi, Novi MODVS INDICATIWS. Tps.Pmsens caret caret caret caret fps. Prcet. Imp. caret caret caret caret 3>s. Prat. Perf. memini, -isti, -it coepi, -isti, -it odi, -isti, -it novi, -visti, -it meminimus, -istis, -imus, -istis, -imus, -istis, -imus, -istis, -erunt, -ere -erunt, -eYe, -erunt, -ere, -erunt, -eYe r ps. Prcet. Plus, memineram, -as, -at coeperam, -as, -at oderam, -as, -at soveran., -as, -at quam Perf. -amus, -atis, -erant -amus, -atis, -amus, -atis, -imus, -atis -ant -erant -ant 334 Tps. Fut. Sim. caret caret carei caret Tps. Fut. Exact, meminero, -is, -it coepero, -is, -it 6dero, -is, -it n6vero, -is, -it -Primus, -itis, -imus, -itis, -Primus, -itis, -Primus, -itis, -erint -int -int -int MODVS CONIVNCTIWS. Tps. Prces. Tps. Prcet. Imp. Tps. Prcet. Perf. Pps. Prcet. Plus quam Perf. Tps. Futurum caret caret caret caret caret caret meminerim, coeperim, 6derim, -is, -ti., -Primus -is, -it, -imus -is, -it, -imus, -itis -int -itis, -int -itis, -int meminissem, coepissem ; 6dissem, -isses, -isset, -isses, -isset, -isses, -isset -issemus, -£tis, -issemus, -iss&is -iss£mus, -&is, -issent -issent -issent meminero, coepero, -is, -it, 6dero, -is, -it, -is, -it, -Primus Primus, -itis, -imus, -itis, -entis, -erint -erint -erint caret caret noverim, -is, -it, -imus -itis, -int novissem, -isses, -isset, iss£mus, -£tis> • issent novero, -is, -it, -imus, -itis, -erint Sing. PL memento mementote Tps Prcet. meminisse Tps Fut. caret MODVS IMPERATIVVS. caret MODVS INFINITIVVS coepisse ccepturum, -am, um, -esse caret odisse, 6surum, -am, -um, -esse caret novisse cant Prcesentis Prceteriti, FutHri. caret caret caret PARTICIPIA caret coeptus, a, um coepturus, a, um caret osus, a, um exosus, a, um 6surus, a, um caret caret caret Notce. 1. The Tempora Primitiva, \. e., the way we quote these verbs, are: mbnini, meminisse, coepi, cozpisse, odi, odisse, novi, novisse. 335 2. Their meaning: mkmini, I remember; ctzpi, I have begun; odi, \ ha te; novi I know, I am acquainted w. a person, or thing. 3. As to quantity: Since the first persons, mbnini, & c ., are of Tps. Prcet Perf. the final us are long, the * in memini is short, but I mark it for the accent; the eah Y dnm * ticw *^ when he turns from the past tenses to the present ;nd at the climax he puts all his verbs into Pras. Infinitivi, in this manner: hostes mira- , oonsistete, pav.tare ac, denique, se in pracipitem fugam dare, the enemy to wonder o stop, to shake with fear, and finally to give itself to headlong run . . . the main verb,' 336 which puts all the other verbs into Infinitive, is missing; this missing verb is cceperunt. Abstract grammarians see in this Latinism a wonderful construction and call it "a histo- rical Infinitive," whereas it is but an ellipsis, an idiomatic omission of cazpi. 7. Odi, odisse, to hate, to dislike, a very important verb, used anciently, as odto; while the Christian writers largely disregarded its classical limitations, and used forms, like odis, bdiant, odiebani, bdivi, bditur, odiremur, &c. but, since Latin is no vernacu- lar to us' we are not allowed to follow such examples, and the classical usage must be followed. As the verb has no Pr * iat — — awnt — ~~ * iant ips. Pmt. Imperf. Indicativi: Tps. Prczt Perf. Indicativu ai£bam, -bas, -bat, £ aisti - i[t aieba*mus, -bdtis, -bant 387 MODVS INDICATIVVS. participivm Pmsentis, inquiens Tps. Prczsem: ^ jnquam, inquis, inquit, inquimus, inquitis, inquiunt tt Prat. Imperf. - - i nqui £ bat _ toff, inquii, inquisti put * — inquies, inquiet MODVS IMPKRATIVVS. Unbr, S-, inque Aspirior, S., inquito Tpra Primitive for, fari, fatus sum Tps. Prass. infinitivi, fari partic. Prcesentis, fans, -tis MODVS INDICATIVVS MoDVS CONIVNCTIVVS. Tpus Prxsens, - faris, fatur Tpus. Prat. Imperf., farer — — fantur Tps. Prat. Perf., fatus, a, urn, sum, eram modvs impbrativvs Tps.Futurum, fabor, - fabitur Unior, Ure SVPINVM gbrvndivm AbL fatu Gen., fandi Abl., fando The verb v,ded them mto three groups, Verba Maiora, Verba Minora, and Verba .mgulana, spectfymg m each verb all the forms that occur, aiding the memory by vi ua izmg them, and making them handy for reference >us witf 2 T0Pn i y ™* nsfassert ' or ' 7 **, emphatically; but ordinarily it issynonym- u don't sav"' W ^; e r meanmg ; n0t ^ W ° rdS ° f S ° meb0dy > is " uoted - "Q» id **?" eaUv'honSv^, r C r terS aiSm tu? d0 you sa y ? d ° y°« »ean to say? eally: honestly? ls very frequently contracted into ai'n lu? 838 3. Inquam, had an older form inquio, and also inquo, not used by the best authors, and gradually the inquam form survived. The meaning is "say 1 popularly says 1, I e qurt ne not the meaning but the words of some one, and it is put into the quotat.cn, after the fust or second word parenthetically, in this manner: "Qu sibi," inquit, senu- tarn non sapiunt, alteri monstrant viam." - The Part. Praesenhs, mqmins, does not oc- cur excepting in the Vulgata, likely from Hebrew similar usage- except.^ ; i ^ ^^ ^ ^ synonymous wlth loqu , to speak the difference being that>» nearer expresses the ability and inclination to speak, and not tc T2Z The fir toenson Pnes lndic, for, is not used, excepting as a part of the Tempo- SSmitiva FromTpart .^enfe/««s, is ,«fans derived, because unable to speak- BecaTe it has a Gerundium, we can assume that the verb has also had a Gerund.yum, LTconLquently, a Part- Fut. Passivum, and that in a real passive meaning, when* we have /3«s and, in particular, infandus, a, urn, as in "Infantum Reg.na, mbes re ; ™ dolorem » unutterable, unspeakable- The AM. /**>. is very frequent ,n vhras. like, "ntfando quidem audivi," I have not heard it even from hearsay. C. Verba Singular ia. 138 Under this head 1 have grouped certain verbs, »hich exist only in fragments such 2': qui, ausimjorem, age, salve and ave, defit intit, cedctnd «*. 1 qLo, M, or U, is the older, therefore more solemn and religious form, c rf qua ro ,3 qu *sivi, -Uum, to seek, to ask, to pray; in this form not used bu . rta fir** Inns V^so and ««!««»«, particularly as an interjected request, as: tu, quaeso, creb S T ? 1! 1 nr Att 7 10 10. It has passed into the Roman liturgy from the anc.e, ler?" Answer: "A prassta-quaesumus." " 2 Ausim,ausis,ausit,ausint, according to modern grammarians an ancient for. of Prts Con! of «*<».• ««« s« W ; I dare; 1 maintaine that this form is a mere co forem, from an old stem/wo, whence jm, 101 j j ^ bos, for honor and arbor), almost synonymous with «» . «s t» /« future meaning; for instance: "Si id verum«*t, gauderem, if it were true, 339 begrad; "Si id verum/^/, if it should become true, if it were to become true .. ." Used as auxiliary to sum. 4. Age and strengthened, agedum, age sis, the Imperat. of ago,* egi, actum, to act o do, used along w,th/ f/ te (imperat, of facio and dico) * .,^>„** fac abscedamus h.nc!" "say, hellow there, let's go away from here-" 5 Safe and L 26 - ,ts "<«■• «««• ac cordWtf ' ? r t f t °. 2CCepted P hilol °^' an adaptation from Greek, macar, blessed" iccordmg to our Latin tradition it is a pure Latin compound of magis + auctus and This xplams why ,t is constructed with Abl. and esto, este, estote, whilethe other' exifn •o hing. It has three forms, Norn., modus. Voc, made, in PI Tom. and Voc mS and ,s very frequent both as a religious word, and a simple exclamation, brav^on te°vi r tute y " U Cic Xe ^t P 12 ^T^ 7° "5* eSt °'" Cat ° *•*> 134 ' * M - ■irtuTe'la^jrad^^^T^' ** ^ ^ *> >* ™ 13S - VERBA IMPERSONALIA. A group of active transitive verbs is called Krba Impersondlia from the fact thaf ch verbs cannot be used with subjects of the first and second persons; ndther cm thev e used ,n plural number- They have several classes; as: hey 1«, of mental disposition; such are: 340 miseret, poenitet, pudet, Xcedet, piget, decet, libet, licet, oportet. a) Miseret, -ere, -rtus sum (with the philologists, miser/tus) it makes me pity, I pity, I feel merciful. This verb is simply the third person of misereo, -ere, -ui, -sertum, the deponent form being misereor, -eri, -rtus, -sum. I pity, I take pity. Construction: Subject Accusat., object Genit. of the noun or pronoun, Infmitivus with verbs, as: aegro- ti me miseret, vestri, tui, sui nos miseret; id videre, or vidisse me miseret. b) Poenitet, - r ere, -uit, -uerat, -eat, -ens, -urus, -endus (philologists, pae . . . ; but it is derived from punio, hence poena, — ancient ce for u), to repent, to regret. Con. struction like that of miseret. Ex.: poenitet me facti, ire, dedecoris; with verbs: pceni- tuit eum id dixisse, neglexisse, fecisse. c) Pudet, -ere, -uit (puditum est), -uerat, -bit, -eat, - r eret, -ens, -iturus, -endus, to be ashamed: delicti, culpae eum pudet; pudet eum dixisse. d) Tcedet, - r ere, -ebat, -uit (taesum est), -bit, -eat, -eret, to be loath, to be disgusted, to suffer from nausea; taedet, -uit nos sermonis tui, sermonem eius audivisse. e) Piget, -'ere, -uit (pigitum est), ixompigeo, and this from piger, pigra, pigrum, lazy; pigibit, -uerat, -eat, -tret, &c, to be lazy, to lack sprightliness, to feel too lazy tc do something; but the Romans themselves mixed it up with taedet, or used both together Construction the same: piget me laborare, or laboris, I feel irksome, unwilling to work. f) Decet, -ere, -uit, to be fitting, befitting, it behooves, it is becoming, can be usee of clothes, as fitting a person, and of moral fittingness. Construction different from tto others; with Accus.: mentiri neminem decet, it is unbecoming anybody to lie; with Dat vestis angusta non te, or tibi decet; Infim: timere non decet. g) Libet, or lubet, -ere, -uit (libitum est), German lieben, leben, English love, fron Hebrew Veb (leV), heart The diversity of spelling, just as in all similar cases, is due tc the "pingue quid sonat," the /sounding something fat; as some Romnn grammanai says that is, it is neither our thin i 9 like English ee, nor is it an u, like French ou, but : sound between the two, i. e., the French u, or German u. Therefore it is neither Ubet norlwbet but tfbet. Its meaning: it agrees with my will, agreably to my will, becaus. 1 want it so. Construction: with Infmitivus of the verb, as: libet oiiari, it is my choic. to lounge; with object: quod libeat, pete, ask what you choose; subject always Dativus mihi id facere non lubet, I do not care to do that. h) Licet, -ere, -uit, licitum est, not forbidden, can be done freely. Construction Infinitivus verbi, subiectum cum Dativo: semel in anno insanire licet, one may make : fool of himself once in a year, licet quidem mihi, sed non lubet, I am at liberty to do ll but 1 am not willing, n. pi. Norn., multa licent, sed non omnia expediunt, many thing are permissible, but all are not advisable. i) Oportet, -ere, -uit, one must, it is necessary- We conjugate this and all the other in this manner: 341 oportet oport^bat oportuit oportuerat oport£bit oportuerit properire opdrteat oporteret oportuerit oportuisset oporteVe oportuisse me te se nos vos se (illos) properire 2. Verbs, otherwise regular, used impersonally; such are: fit, it happens iccidit, happens adversely contingit, happens unexpectedly £venit, happens, it comes to pass acc^dit, in addition, add to it restat ) moreover superest J it remains sufficit, it is enough appiret, it appears liquet, it is plain patet, it is clear, evident constat, it is certain, proven fttinet, it is pertinent cdnvenit, it is suitable, befitting conducit, it is conducive, helpful e\xpedit, it is timely, opportune interest, it is advantageous delectat, it affords pleasure iuvat, it is profitable placet, it meats my approval prastat, it is better 2 I me > te > se i if ?t s my tu S" y < attention, or praeterit Jnos,vos,eos knowledge . 3. Verbs, expressing natural phoenomena; such are: «fc pluere, pluit, -erat, -et, -at, -eret -isset, -endo, to rain «flfc -gere, -nxit, &c to snow 'Andinat, -are, -vit, -bit, &c. to hail Pidat, -a* re , -vit, -datum est, -bit, -et, &c. to rain stones tonat, -are, -uit, abit, &c, tonans, to thunder fulgurat, -are, -vit, &c, to lighten lucescit, -ere, illucesco, -ere, illuxit, to light- en up, of the day vesperascit, -ere, advesperascit, -avit, to grow dark, evening rfdSfn^ ^ C °" StmCted either with A ^us., as, pluit sanguinem, or with AM., lacte, rained £; ~ f^*" ™ th0TS Several times mention la P Uat - la P id * bat > " atoned, rained stones, as it was popularly believed. -sonalt 1 " 1 ^ ^1 ^fl: ° r intransitive > ver b, if its meaning permits, can be used im- o Passive f 1 1 * Z """^ be UXd paSSively > b * chin ^ the 3 <> P*™ n ™* mest II PUgnat ' pusnztur ' P"gnato est; it, it«r, Hum est; laborer, iueated likf^" '" °? P ™? s ™ (139 < *• CW, oportet) the Verba Impersonalia are jugated hke other verbs m all Tempora et Modi, but in the 3d person sing, alone ex- 342 cepting, perhaps^**, for we can say "non te hsc pude«*?" but few of them have Participia, such being specified in each verb; nor have they Modus Imperative for wh.ch the Prss. Coni. is employed, as: pudeat te tail be ashemed of yourself 6 Grammarians think that Verba Impersonalia do really have subjects not expres- sed, but understood, thus: pugnatur (a militibus); itur (via, iter), pluit, tonat, fulgurat ( ' UP 7 e We may count along with the Impersonalia two participial constructions, frequent with the authors, one with o P us est, it is necessary, as: maturate opus est tact to opus est, it is necessary to hurry, to keep silent; and the other, an Ab at.vus Absolute. And, to regem in Ciliciam tendere; Sal.; desperato regionem posse ret.nen, Curt., ,. e, quurn desperatum esset; cognito, quod insidi* sibi pararentur. lust., i. e., quurn cognovissel insidias sibi parari. PENSVM DECIMVM. I. G&MINOS 1 hie descripsi circulos alterum intra alterum* Spatium 2 inter utrumque punctis primum quatuor, a summo, ab imo, a dextro et a lasvo in aequa intervalla interstinguo. Circuli nunc in quatuor quadrantes sunt secti. Quern- que quadrantem duobus punctis iterum in tria asqualia intervalla dispertior, 3 singula autem in- tervalla lineolis quatuor in quinque interestitia partior. (The teacher drawing these two circles should leave ample space between them, so he can better visualize the operation described in the text. After placing the four hour- marks, dividing the circles into four quarters, it will suffice if he marks out the hours 12, 1, 2, 3, and divides the spaces into minutes; he need not do it all around.) 1. -us, -a, -um, fr. gigno, 3 genui, -itum, double, two at a time, usually of two children born at the same time, gemini fiat res, twin brothers, and so as a pi. noun, gt- mini, -orum, twins; trigemini, triplets; frequently used of other things, as here, double. 2. -um, ii, a space; adv. at first; -urn, i, the top; -um, 4, from below; -urn, -i, from the right; -um, 4, from the left; -um, 4, fr. the military language, the space between the tents and the vallum, \. e . , pointed planks, or other timber, so sunk into the mound, or earth-work, as to stand out some 5 6 feet, making a wooden fence and pro- tection for the soldiers behind it; transferred to other spaces; -guo, 3 -nxi, -ctum, to mark off, properly, to paint apart, like distinguo, to paint in two colors, so as to make the thing conspicuous, fr. tingo, and this fr. tango. 3. -or* 4tus sum, to part asunder, to divide into parts, to distribute; a little more than partior, 4 ' -itus sum, to partition, to divide up, fr- pars; interstitium, fr. inter — si%io, standing between; a place, or space between things. 344 Si idem per totum circtiitum 4 fecero, atque ex adverso singulis punctis niimeros adscripsero, figiira istiusmodi notissima enascetur, quae ho- rarium vocatur. Quodque enim punctum hie ho- ram, qusequae autem lineola partes horarum, quae miniita 5 prima appellantur, significant; numeri autem du6decim totidem horarum ordinem, unum scilicet diem, aut unam noctem, exprimunt. H0RAR1VM INDICES Hor£rium lamella 6 est aenea vitre&ta, albo nigroque distincta, omnes horas, omniaque mi- niita diei exhibens. Sunt enim in die horae duo- decim, hora autem quaeque sexaginta miniita pri- ma, minutum denique quodque primum sexa- ginta minutis secundis ab^61vitur. 7 Proinde, si scire velimus, quota sit diei aut noctis hora, aut quis 8 quadrans, quotumque minutum vel mo- mentum, indicio opus est, quod nos doceat. In 4 .us, -6s. m. fr. circum 4- eo, to go around; the whole circumference; -urn, U the opposite side; well known; -scor* naius sum, to be born; a dial. I Minutum, -i, fr. minuo, 3 -i, -utum. fr. minus, what has been made very small, a minute, used as a noun, fr. which are the neo-Latin mutilations. As the Romans knew no cTocks in modern sense, they had no idea of any divisions of the hour, wherefore a very short space of time they called punctum tem P oris, and momentum (contracted fr. mm- mentul) temporis, but without a definite measure of its duration The invention of clocks finally enabled mathematicians to divide time as we now have it, when the dial was ch- SS into 12 (respectively 24) hours, the hour into ' 'sexaginta minuta prima because th? minutum^ was again divided into further "minuta ucunda." i. e., secondary minu- te — Exbrimo? -pressi, -ssum, to squeeze, press out, tu utter, to express. 6. I., a small plate; -us, -ft -urn, metal, metallic; -tus, 4a, -turn, a word used only by me, to mean enamel. 7 -vo 3 -vi, -utum, to loosen, to finish, finish up, divide. 8* Quis? interrog. pron. properly applied to persons only; but because qui? which would be the proper pronoun for things misc., was found by the Romans to cause a d* 3 ab hiatus with its vowel ending, they always employ quts in such places as ml lerwor^;-^ bathing that gives away, betrays; opuses / aliqu ^ -something i. needed, w. Abl., indicia, indicating device; -ceo- -ui, -ctum, to teach, to inform. 345 hac igitur figiira duo conspiciiintur indices, quorum brevior horas, longior autem minuta indicat 9 Verum enim vero 10 tempus labitur, et perpe- tuo fugit, nee indices stativf fugax tempus asse- quiintur. Machilla 11 opus est, quae labidum tempus pari passu comitetur, efficiatque ut indices circu- eant, atque tempus nee antecedant, nee subse- quantur, sed accurate, et ad amussim, tamquam digiti, prodant et ostendant. Machinula huius ge- neris horoltfgium 12 appellator. Est autem horolo- gium pagmentum 13 e rotulis axiculisque dentatis, inter se nexis, seseque in vices urgentibus, mira arte fictum, quod pone horarium, in capsa recon- HOROLOGIVM 9. Indico? r., fr. in + dico, 3 -dixi, -ctum, to tell in, to give away, to bring to one's knowledge, to indicate; the thing that does it, is index % -ids, m. 10. Many write it in one word: alas! -bor? -psus sum, to slide, fall; adv. unbro- kenly, constantly; -gio? fugijugitum, to run, flee; -us, -a, -urn, standing, that does not move; -ax, -acts, adj. that is given to running, fleeting; to overtake, attain. 11. -Ua, and machinula, dim. of machina, a machine, an engine, abl. because opus est; -dm, -a, -urn, slippery, liable to fall, or to run away; -tor* -atus sum, f r . con + i to, eo — cum, to go along with, to follow along; antte'edo? -cessi, -ssum, to precede, to go ahead of somebody, here: to be fast; -quor* cutus sum, to follow after, here: to be slow; adv. exactly; 4s, 4s, f. , a string, snapped lengthwise on a log, struck a colored line, or rule to be followed in squaring a round log, exactly, to precision; -do* -didi, -Hum, to give away a secret, to betray, to disclose, to inform, in bonam partem; -do* -di, -turn] -sum, to show. 12. -urn, ii, a clock; with the Romans the sun dial, water, or sand, for the word does not limit its meaning to any one kind. 13. -urn, ii, f r . pango, 3 p£pigi, pactum, to bring, bind, beat, press, forge together from many details and parts, like a book, from many pages, a house from many bricks, &c. ; -necto? -xui, -xi, -xum, to tie, to bind, join, fasten; in vices, alternately, invicem, adv. , one another reciprocally ; -geo* -sz, — , to coax, or, physically to press, squeeze, push, force; jingo? -n x i, fictum, to feign, to mould, shape; I., a box; -do? -didi, -ditum, to hide, conceal, put away; -ium, ii, really, a band-master, fr. chorus + ago, but in mecha- nics, a spring, that causes hopping and jumping; chalybs, -ybis, f., steel, 4ius t a, urn, tnough usually -ceus, disregarding Gr. etymology, of steel; I., a coil, a spring; -do* -di. ^um, .sum, to tighten, to stretch, wind up; -co? r., to unfold itself; -nor? -atus sum, 346 ditum, a choragio chalybeio in spiram intento, dum se explicare cona- tur, inmotumagitur, cuius motus iustum modum et mensuram per- pendiculum oscilldndo servat, in saccariis vero fraenum. Haec omnia in id unum conspirant, 14 ut duos indices, quos t6tidem axiculi, unus in altero, in medio horario prcminentes, dispari motu cir- cumversent. Alter enim indicum, brevior, horarum est, minut6rum pri- m6rum alter: hie semel omni hora, sive duodecies in die, circuitum to- tum percurrit, ille semel in die. Quod tempus indicat horologium istud? Istud horologium horam duodecimam cum quadrante indicat. Quota esset hora si index longior loco trium, quatuor indicaret? Tunc esset hora duodecima cum viginti minutis. Quota esset hora si indices inter se permutati essent? Tunc esset hora tertia. Quid si index minutalis sextam indicaret, horarius autem inter septimam et octavam medium locum teneret? Tunc esset hora septima cum dimidio, sive duobus quadrantibus. Quodsi vero mi- nutalis nonae immineret, 15 horarius autem decim^? Esset nona cum dodrante, sive tribus quadrantibus. At sunt horologia, quae tempus non modo visui nostro, verum etiam auditui indicant, quod quidem in tenebris maximo sunt ilsuL 16 Talia horologia partim campanulis, 17 vel nolis, partim campAnvla autem sonantibus spiris, chalybeiis atque pulsa- tn endeavor- -us, a, urn, just, fair, reasonable; -us, >i, a manner, moderation, curbing, restraint, I. 'measure, limit; -w i, a pendulum; -W r., to swing; modum servo, to temper, 'to keep regular; frcenum, i, here, escapement, bridle. 14. -ro,ir., to breath in common, in wider sense, to co-operate; axes parvi; -mi- nco* -ui, — , to stand Out; -verso} r, frequ. of verto. ' 15 -neo? — , — , to overhang, to be hovering over, to point to, to approach. 16* -us,'-uS, a use, practice, application; usui est, is of use, with. Dat, very useful. 17 Campana, ce, a church-bell; -nula, x, a small bell, gong; -nola, ce, a little bell; the first is so called from Campania, a province of Italy, where it was invented, the sec- ond is its diminutive; the third is derived from the name of Nola, as, the capital of Campania but the o in it was made short; Mum, i, fr. pulso, 1 r., to knock, as at a door or strike beat, like on a musical instrument, a short and light little stick with a wrapped head for beating, playing a stringed musical instrument with; -iw,*^w, to sound, resound; as, ceris, any metal; ictus, -us, a stroke. 347 PVLSABVLAM bulo sunt instructa, quoniam hasc resonantia a^ra statis temporibus tot ictibus pulsant, quotam ho- ram indices ostendunt. Idgenus horologium so- nax 18 vocatur. Inter haec illud quoque genus re- ferri potest, quod folliculo 19 inflatum, vocem coc- cygis imitatur. His item annumeranda sunt et- iam suscitabula, 20 quae nos eo quo expergefieri tempore ciipimus, aut cato crepitu suscitant, aut suavi musica. Caeterum horologia partim sunt stataria, 21 siquidem in mensis, pegmatibus ac pluteis stare solent; partim pendula, quae nempe e parietibus pendent; partim, denique, saccaria, quandoqui- dem horologiola istius generis nobiscum in sac- culis genere solemus. Quodque horologium bonum recte incedit, 22 tempus accurate indicat, pulsuque prodit; si vero id minus faciat, etnos errore fallat, sive maturando, sive tardando, horologium vagum et erra- SPIRA CLAVIS 18. Sonax, acts, adj., resounding, striking. 19. Follis, is, m., a bellows, -cuius, i, a dimin. thereof; inflo, 1 r., to blow into; coccyx, ygis (y long), mf., a cuckoo; -tor, 1 atus sum, to imitate. 20. -um, i, a Roman word, properly any tonic, anything inciting, waking up, used by me in the sense of an alarm clock; expergefio, -fieri, -f actus sum, like expergiscor, to become awake, the neutral forms, expergefacio, 3 -feci, -factum to wake up an other person, is the active transitive form; catus, ~a, urn, shrill, loud; -us, -Us, rattling noise; -to} r., to quicken up, wake up; -z's, -e, pleasant; I., music. 21. -us, -a, -um, fr. sto, statuo, standing; pegma, -atis f n., any wooden or other stand, case, in furniture; -us, U, shelves, book-stand, desk; -ulus, -a, -urn, hanging down; -drius, -a, -um, of pocket. 22. do, 3 -cessi, -ssum, fr. in + cedo, to be agoing, as a neuter, or intransitive verb, but also used transitively w. Ace. and Dat.; one of the most prolific verbs with Us com- pounds, as: abscedo, accedo (ad — c), decedo, excedo, concedo, praxedo, procedo, re- cedo, secedo, succedo; adv., accurate (adcurate), carefully, exactly; si id minus facit = whereas, if it does not; fallo, 3 fefellijalsum, to disappoint, to leave in lurch; -ro, 1 r., to hurry, to be fast; -do, 1 n, to tarry, to be slow; -us, -a, -um, to be roving about, ua, reliable, indefinite; -icus, -a, -um, one given to roaming about aimlessly, stray. 348 ticum est. Fit etiam sspe, ut horologium ex neglects non intentum omnloconsistatetobmutescat. Quum id animadyertimus, choragmrn clavi saccarium autem cervicuia* intorquendo, intendimuset ad nor- mal ftSattoris cuiusdam horol6gii adaptamus, et ad rec e inceden- rmrestaur a a m us. Si verp non detentum- sit, sed ex qual.be causa Seat nee id ad incedendum incitire queamus, almd superest mhl nSut horologium chart* emporetiae, aut diurnari*. mvolvamus, et sub axilla ad horopegum, causa reparations, deferamus. ttecensio. — Cuiusmodi figuram descripsi initio huius Pensi? - Quot in par es'divisi spatium inter geminos circolos? - Quid ind.can, ™S auid intervalla? - Quid vocatur horanum? - Ex qua mate- rsolet esfe Sum? - Quot in partes dividitur hora? quot in parte, StasectodaP-Statne tempos? - Quid est ho ologium? - Qu.c det (movet) machillam horologii? quid moderator? - In quid conspi- rnt oartes horologii? - Cuiusmodi horologia sunt sonacia? - Qua unt soSabTa - Qu* genera sunt horologiorum? - Quale oporte 3S Tbonum esse? - Quid agimus si horologmm detentum est -Quid si horol6gium in motum agere omnino nequimus? •n us -us a neglect, negligence; -sco* -ui, to become dumb, silent. 24 I dimin *tf£**, «" U a neck, in mechanics, any joint resembhng a neck here te stem of a watch; -gueo* -si, -rtum, to turn, to twist, ,n wmdmg a watch; I, ^'T^^ntXu^^^^si, -sum, to get stuck; ** ,, • I ,m 2Z Tmud superest nihil = nothing else remains (to do); I., packing " TwsL r v'o'-vi, -«*». to roll in, wrap in; I, the armpit, the arm; -us, , P w" d ckmak.; -ro> ,. to match, to pair a thing again; to .pan ( causa - f The sake of, for - -): -™> 3 Mi, latum, to br.ng, carry down to. VOCABVLARIVM 25 Nna. Snbst. spitium, ii interviillum, i interstitium, ii circuitus, us adversum, i horarium, ii hora, x minutum, i lamella, x momentum, i indicium, ii machilla, x machinula, x amiissis, is, f- digitus, i horol6gium, ii pagmSntum, i ars, artis, f. capsa, x 349 horanum, fi spira, x campanula, x nola, x pulsibulum, i ictus, Us folliculus, i coccyx, ygis, f. suscitibulum, i ^r£pitus, us musica, x pSgma, atis, n. pluteus, i pulsus, us error, is, m. negl£ctus, us clavis, is, f. cervicula, x norma, x dusa, x axilla, x horop£gus, i repadtio, nis, f. Nna. Adi. g£minus, a, um summus, a, um imus, a, um dexter, tra, um lasvus, a, um aequus, a, um notus, a, um aureus, a, um vitreltus, a, um stativus, a, um fug ax, -cis llbidus, a, um mirus, a, um chalybe'ius, a, um iustus, a, um accanus, a, um minuta*lis, e horaYius, a, um son ax, ids catus, a, um sua*vis, e statlrius, a, um pSndulus, a, um vagus, a, um errfticus, a, um accurltus, a, um empor£ticus, a, um diurnanus, a, um Adverbia. nunc, iterum scilicet veYumenimvSro perpe'tuo accurate ta*mquam dum, tunc partim siquidem nempe quand6quidem recte, ssepe Verba. interstinguo, 3 nxi, ctum seco, 1 cui, ctum dispe'rtior, 4 titus sum paYtior, 4 -itus sum en^scor, 3 tus sum Sxprimo, 3 , pressi, ssum exhibeo, 2 hibui,hibitum absdlvo, 3 vi, utum conspicio, 3 spexi, spectum indico, 1 r. labor, 3 psus sum fugio, 3 gi, itum issequor, 3 cutussum cdmitor, 1 atus sum circumeo, 4 ivi, turn antec£do, 3 cessi, ssum subsequor, 3 cutus sum prodo, 3 didi, itum oste'ndo, 3 di, turn, sum necto, 3 xui, xum iirgeo, 2 — , — , fingo, 3 nxi, fictum recondo, 3 didi, itum interido, 3 di, turn, sum eocplico, 1 r. & -cui, -itum conor, 1 atus sum oscillo, 1 r. sfrvo, 1 r. conspiro, 1 r. promineo, 2 ui, — circumve'rsor, 1 r. percurro, 3 rri, cucurri, sum permuto, 1 r. t£neo, 2 ui, turn immineo, 2 — , — . re'sono, 1 vi, — sono, 1 ui, itum sisto, 3 stiti, statum pulso, 1 r. inflo^r. imitor, 1 atus sum annumero, 1 r. expergefio, fieri, fa- ctus sum cupio, 3 ivi, itum siiscito, 1 r. p£ndeo, 2 pependi, — gero, 3 ssi, stum s61eo, 2 itus sum ince'do, 3 cessi, ssum fallo, 3 fefflli, ttlsum 350 mature 1 r. tardo, 1 r. consisto, 3 stiti, stitum obmut£sco, 3 ui, — animadv£rto,3 ti, sum intorqueo, 2 si, rtum adapto^r., restiuro, 1 r- d£tendo, 3 di, turn, sum haereo, 2 si, sum incite 1 r. involve 3 vi, utum d£fero, 3 tuli, latum . , • ., f . r,orc Hipi Diem autem illud tem- uora est una vigesima quarta pars aiei. uiem au 1. Arctus, -a, -urn, (to philologists: artus), tight, narrow, restricted; IV., sense meaning, AM.; adj. of dies- at the heels; .„, -a, 2. -urn, -«, twnight; ■*>.» -«*». ■«*». «* + £ ^^ transit . t o enlarge, -urn, reddish, or bright red; -esco, -, » * * neutra l, 1 become larger, 1 grow, make larger, the -sco ending makes he verb ntrans.to neuhra _^ . ^ longer, bigger; -turn, -.the outhnes opaco r to sh ad ^ ^^^ ^ sev . 3. Septimana, - f was enth, belonging to the seventh, f ^^J5» ( 2^^ to ^«dnue doin* used to express the Jewish idea of a ™*£™>™' £™ every seventh day, whence (the reference being to the history of creatmn M- e ^ tor est y ^ ^.^ the idea of a week (Lev xxn,, 15), the ^O^SS* smaine> and the like . The ,o the Italians, Span.ards, French, &c- , have the ir , RomanS| m Leek words MW««. ■-*- and »«. .^ ^ also kno ^ ^ ^ the meaning of seven days (A- Ge ^^V'the Roman Church Idiom, the pure Latin meaning of a week and . also p es ent u. ^ ^ as ^ ^ Romance SS. -Sft- WSmES. to denote, to d.stinguish. 351 pars septimanae est, et ut partes septimanae propriis nominibus insigni- lintur. Nomina vero dierum septimanae sunt: dies Solis 4 dies Lunae dies Martis dies Mercurii dies Iovis dies Veneris dies Saturn i Sex ex his diebus septem quotidiani, 5 sive septimanarii, vocantur, quibus htfmines ad victum merendum muneribus fungi, negotiaque quisque sibi prtfpria exercere solent. Dies Solis est sacer 6 et religiosus, quo Christiani ad sacra facienda in templa coeunt, cultu autem divino absolute, animos relaxant, seseque quieti tradunt 4. The fact that the names of the days of the week are pagan, of the sun, moon and the planets, and the further fact that some of them are found on Roman stones, even though the idea of a week was not Roman, it is plain that they are of ante-Christian origin The Christians, however, have rejected the first and the last, and for Dies Solis have adopted Dies Domini, or Dominica (Dimanche), and, for Saturni, have substituted Sab- batum, or Dies Sabbati, the Hebrew Shabbas. The original gender of dies was masculi- ne, which is conclusively proven by the word hodie, \. e. hoc + die, the Abl. of hie, but the poets, personifying it, changed the gender to feminine. Even Cicero et Caesar use it promiscuously, as, Bello Gall. 1, 6: diem dicunt qua die ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant; is dies erat a. d. V. Kal. Apr., both genders in one sentence, a good example for those who insist on cast-iron uniformity! 5. -us, -a, -urn, of every day, -ius, -a, -urn, of weekday; IV., a living; -eo* Mi -Hum, to earn; -us, -eris, n. , a duty, an office, Abl., fungor* -ctus sum, demands so. ' 6. Sacer, -era, -urn, holy, sacred; -us, -a, -urn, pertaining to sacred things, oaths duties, religion; -us, -a, -urn, a disciple, or follover of Christus, i, a Greek translation of the Hebrew rpffo, mashiach, the Anointed one, the national hero, who was to lead the Jews through a victorious revolution to political freedom, and national independence the Liberator, the Redeemer; coco* -vi, -Hum, to go, or to gather together, whence c suis nunquam desunt, ad off.cia semper tSnpori adsunt, qui ut alacres ac tempestivi omn.bus grab sunt. H6m,- nis cordati 11 est hoc praeceptum vitas observare: 7 .us, -a, -urn, of holidays, festal, festive, jolly; > turn, i a holiday; -tus-ta ^teisure in letters, 1 am engaged in literary pur^its; ««» , no *, ^ = g ^ss , laziness; 8 .^.i .«te«, to be indolent, lazy; L, -«.«> f- ^^±.£^1 *£ A '<*-. to -Pture, ,ize to hold; -- ^^UTS^S slaved by slotfulness and laziness are held, alt quern in a m is counted among . . .; -er> '*> - um > ^zy. WomP o W oke- impiger, -gra, -urn, 9. Expergiscor* -perrectus sum, to wake up, to become awake, p& , s non piger. oe ..^ MO i nffirisl duties, D at., on ace. of the expected to be, punctual, an early riser; velcome to ah Genitivus js a 11. -«,-«.-«». ^o h« a heart, indent. lud^us.«Uon^ Latinism: boni pastoris est tondere pecus. "^^^ £, it , skin it); -m, < dence, wisdom, duty) to shear the sheep, not to pluck it (or, pe what is bidden; -vo, l r- = servo, to keep. 353 Seotem horas 12 dormire sat est iuvenique senique, Octo damus pigris, novem at de stemmate natis, Quatuor septimanas, superadditis 13 binis, alias ternis diebus, efffciunt unum mensem, Mensis igitur est tempus duodetriginta, alias unius et triginta dierum. Menses, in universum, 1 * sunt duodecim, quorum quis- que nomine prtfprio insignitur. Nomina mensium h^ec sunt : mensis Ianuarius 15 mensis Iulius mensis Februarius mensis Augustus mensis Martius mensis Septembris mensis Aprilis mensis Octobris mensis Maius mensis Novembris mensis Iunius mensis Decembris 12. Although dormio is not a transitive verb, it cannot govern an Accusativus, yet, there is a higher principle the duration of time, which demands an Accusativus (al- though we could use an Ablativus here), and this puts the horn into Accusativus; sat, satis, no endings, enough, demands a Dativus (iuven*, sen/); stemma, atis, a distin- guished race, parentage, pedegree, -tus, -a, -urn, born, Dat. because damus, we give. 13. Super addo* -didi, -ditum, to add over and above; adv. , at another time mensis, -is, m ., a month- 14. In uuiversum, in all, altogether, a little different from umversim. 15. The names of the months are adjectives, as, Mensis Ianuarius, the Ianusww month, but they can be also employed as nouns, without changing the endings; from Septembris on, the Nomina tivi become -ber, as, Septemfor, -bris, October, -bris, & c ., all being m. Ianuarius is named after God I anus, not ianua, as though it were the door, or entrance of the year, for, in fact, king Numa Pompilius has made (Martius, in honor of God Mars, the first month of the year, and Februarius was the last month of the year, until the time of the Decemviri. On the 15th of Februarius were celebrated the Luper- cilia (Lupercus = Pan), with great orgies, the luperci, priests of Lupercus (lupos + ar- ceo) running about naked, whence our "carnivale" (vale caro! good-by meat! for the next 40 days, in the Christian system); whilst the name is from februo} r ., a Sabine word, to purify, evidently from fevers, and Februalis, et Februata, is a surname of Iuno, presiding over purifications; this feast of purification is also preserved in Christianity. — Aprilis, -is, fr. aperilis, fr. aperio, I open, the opening at spring of nature. — Maius, -i, supposed to be named after Maiesta, or Maia, the wife of Vulcanus. = Iunius, ii, prob- ably named in honor of the lunii, whence the Decii, Bruti; Iulius, ii, in honor of Caius Iulius Caesar, fr. lulus the grand-father and grand-son of >Eneas, whence the Gens Iulia 354 Tempus du6rum mensium est bimestrum; trium mensium, trime- strum; quatuor mensium quadrimestrum; quinque mensium quime- strum; denique, sex mensium semestrum; quod vero quoque mense fit, est' menstruum. 16 Menses duodecim efficiunt annum. Annus, itaque, est summa duodecim mensium, sive tercentorum sexaginta quinque di- gram, aliquot horarum praeterea, atque paucorum minutorum, quae ho- rse, quseque minuta, in annis quatuor unum integrum efficiunt diem ; tunc annus e diebus tercentis sexaginta sex coalescit, 17 qui annus bis- sextilis vocatur. Quoniam vero mensis Februdrius est brevissimus, quod hie dies nonnisi vigintiocto ntimerat, dies ille supernumerarius 18 huic attribuitur, et inter vigesimum quartum et quintum intercalatur, et ob id etiam in- tercalaris nominate, Hinc fit ut quartus quisque Februarius dies viginti novem numeret Annus, quern modo agimus, est, post Christum natum millesimu^ nongentesimus quindecimus, 19 mensis Februarius, dies vero hodiernus 20 has derived his origin; before the time of Caesar, who in 45 B. C, has reformed the ca- lendar, called after him the Julian Calendar, still in vogue in Russia. Augustus, -i, is named in honor of Emperor Octavianus Augustus. These two months were formerly called Quintilis and Sextitis, Fifth and Sixth, respectively, and the remaining ones re- tained their original numerical names, September, October, November, December, -bris, as nouns, though, since Ianuarius and Februarius had been taken off as the last two months, and had been transferred at the head, are no more the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th mon t ns . __ 16. -ws, -a, -urn, adj of mensis, monthly. 17. -sco? -ui, -itum, to be formed into one from nuny parts, to cleave, or grow into one whole. — Bissextilis, -e, annus, a leapyear; because sexto calendar CMartii, the sixth day before March 1st, or the 24th of Februarii was twice proclaimed, i. e., the 24th of February was announced twice, whereby February had 29 days. 18. -us, -a, -um, super + numerus, over and above the regular number, -buo, 3 -ui, -utum,\o apportion; intercalo, 1 r., fr. calo^tocall out, to proclaim, intercalaris, -e, that which is proclaimed; the day is meant which was twice proclaimed by the Pontifices as Febr. 24th. 19. Years, days, hours, any other serials, demand ordinal numerals. Our era dates from the birth of Jesus, which is assumed to have been the 753d of the Roman era, i. e. Annus Urbis Conditae, there it ceasing, the 30th of Octavianus Augustus (30 B. C. — 14 A. D.), though it is asserted that a mistake of 4 years has been discovered in the cal- culation. — 20. Adj. of hodie, of to-day. 355 est Mercurii Februarii decimus. Mensi Februario dies homo* non in- terca.atur, ideoque annus hornotinus bissextilis npn est, sed ordinarius. pndie fuerat dies Solis, 7 -mus Februarii nudius tertius fuit dies lume, 8-vus Februarii hen erat dies Martis, 9-nus Februarii H6die 2 2 est dies Mercurii, 10-mus Februarii eras ent dies Iovis, 11-mus Februarii perendie fiet dies Veneris, 12-mus Februarii postridie futurus est dies Saturni, 13-mus Februarii anni millesimi nongente- simi quindecimi HiPm? T ~ QU ' d 6St h ° ra? - Quod tem P° ris s P at ^ vocamus diem? - Arct.or, i autan sensu? - Quid vocamus, duos, tres, quatuor quidque septem d.es? - Memora nomina dierum. - Quid interest inter diem So is et easterns? - Quid solent agere homines diebus festL? 1 a 11 quid? -Qui sunt homines aiacres et tempestivi? - Recita pnece- ptum quod homines cordati observant !- Quid est mensis? - Recita rTt!^r nSiUm ' " Q uiestannus bissextilis? - Quo in loco inter- calate dies supernumeranus? - Qui annus, mensis, dies est hodie? of Jh C ° ntraction of hoc anno ' Abl - this year, adv., the adj. is hornotinus -a, -urn of this year; -us, -a, -urn, regular, ordinary. .«.*»• x Hif ■ i w he ^ aCherbe 5 inSat this WOrd ' goes backw ard, then foreward; hodie = hoc cttaL eirtT 5 ' 'V 5 CUSt ° m 7 '" l f t0 add the endin * s to num ^ -*S cltan gt h ei r reading; hen yesterday; nudius tertius, quartus, quintus, &c, = nunc ZZl: ;' \ v = Pn0n d ' e; the day before; cras > to-morrow; perendi, a fter-to- tzi :»: ith z : poster ° die> the day foi,owing < ° r ^ ** *■ ■**; an oration of ct IT 7*" ^l™' " 0t " SUperi ° ri n0Cte '" as some think from from nlw / ? \ I r rdS mea " a f0rmer ni£ht ' a ni £ht ago or so; whithin a week 4T r T; Sept,menaabhlnc ' aweek **> today, S epti m ana ex hinc; the other day, x.W f w'dT an "° SUPen ° r i- t nn ° Praterit0 '' n6Xt year ' anno fut " ro > «*** pro- d ebus oost to? H a£ t°' T* d ' ebUS 6X hinC; a feW days after > » aucos dies P«t, Pauc diebus post, for the time being, imprasentiarum; in our davs, nostris tempdribu . 356 VOCABVLARIVM 26, Nna. Subst. lineamentum, i biduum, i triduum, i quadriduum, i septimana, x hebdomada, x victus, us, m munus, -eris, n. neg6tium, ii cultus, us, m. Animus, i munia, orum officium, ii prasceptum, i stemma, atis, n. mensis, is, m. bimestrum, i trimestrum, i quadrimestrum, i quimestrum, i semestrum, i annus, i Nna. Adi. arctus, a, urn rutilus, a, um quotidianus, a, um septimanarius.a, um proprius, a, um sacer, -era, -crum divinus, a, um festus, a, um feria'tus, a, um nimius, a, um piger, gra, grum serus, a, um impiger, gra, rum Placer, cris, ere tempestivus, a, um gratus, a, um cordatus, a, um sat, indecl. menstruus, a, um biss£xtilis, e supernumerarius, intercalates, e hodiernus, a, um horn6tinus, a, um ordina'rius, a, um Verba intercede 3 cessi, ssum succ£do, d cessi, ssum perfundo, 3 di, sum augesco, 3 — , — , minuo, 3 ui, utum opaco, 1 r. insignio, 4 vi, turn mereo, 2 ui, itum fungor, 3 ctus sum exeVceo, 2 ui, itum c6eo, 4 ivi, itum absolve 3 vi, utum relaxo, 1 r, trado, 3 didi, itum cesso, 1 r. vaco, 1 r. d£do, 3 d^didi, itum a, um premo/ pressi, ssum cubo, 1 ui, itum pigror, x atus sum expergiscon 3 rectus sum d£sum, -esse, -fui adsum, -esse, -fui observo, 1 r- supperaddo, 3 -didi ditum coalesce 3 ui, itum attribuo, 3 ui. utum intercalo, : r. nascor, 3 -tus sum Adverbia raro, sero vicissim, admodum solerter, semper alias, praeterea tunc, modo homo, hodie heri, nudius pridie, eras per£ndie postridie Hi VBI coelum est temperatum, 1 annus abipsa rerum natura in quatuor partes dividitur. Unaquaeque pars spatium temporis trium mensium complectitur. Has quatuor partes anni "Quatuor Tempora" 2 appellantur, 1. -ro, l r., prop., to keep time, to keep measure (like moderor, to keep within bounds), to keep just distances, proportions, to keep equable grade of heat and cold, to be moderate and just; coelum temp., temperate climate; birth, origin of things, often natura alone. 2. Four seasons; corrupted in German into "Quatember," meaning the four sea- sonal fast days in the Roman Church; the compilers of English dictionaries do not know that the English "ember days" is the corruption of the German term. 357 Primum Tempus anni est Ver. 3 Initium capit 4 Ver a vigesimo pri- mo die mensis Martii, qui dies /Equinoctium Vernum vocatur ideo, quia dies et nox eo temporis puncto longitudinesuntasquales. Desinit 5 autem Ver die vigesimo prinio Iunii; is dies Solstitium iEstivum dicitur, quod turn secundum anni Tempus, nempe ^stas incipit, atque sol per ali- quantum temporis, stare videtur. Tempus aestivum die vigesimo pri~ mo Septembris finem 6 accipit, quum tertium anni Tempus, Autumnus instat, qui, vicissim, die vigesimo primo Decembris, Solstitio Hiemali, qui dies, anni brevissimus, bruma vocatur, desinit, Hiems autem incipit quae usque ad ^Equinoctium Vernum perdurat. Vere, 7 lenioribus 8 ventis, uti Vulturno, Austro, Favonio, sive Ze- phyro, atque Africo flantibus, aura sub temperato coelo tepescit, terram 3. Ver, v'eris, n., the spring, primum ver, early spring, Italian prima vera, French printemps; it does not seem to occur in pi. 4. Takes its beginning, fr. in - eo, initium, the going in. 5. Desino* sii, situm, to cease, to come to an end; cestivum, -us, -a, -urn, adj. of cestas, -atis, f., summer. 6. -nis, -is, m. an end; accipit, comes to an end. nus, i, like auctor, fr. augeo* xi, ctum, to enlarge, increase, augment, is also spelled auctumnus, though the prevalent spelling is without the c, whereas auctor never spelled as autor, or altogether author; the word means the third season, fall, autumn, as it increases the possesions of the farmer. — Insto, 1 stiti, statum, to stand in, to draw near, to approach, to enter; — hiemalis, e, adj. of hiems, is, f., winter, wintry; solstitium, ii, sol — stat; bruma, ce, the shortest day of the year, poetically, the winter; perdtiro, 1 r., to stay hard, that does not melt, that stays, lasts, holds out. 7- Vere, tempore verno, cestate, tempore cestivo, &c. , all reference to a period of time, is always expressed by the Ablativus, without a proposition, though we see in Ci- cero, (Phil. V. 14, 38) in illo tempere civitatis, when, however, tempus means rather the condition, than a year, month or day. Conditions of that kind are usually referred to by ea tempestate, nostra tempestate, not nostris diebus, as in English, the reference always implying something mournful, regretful. 8. -nis, e, mild, gentle; ventus, i, the wind, flo, flare, -vi, -turn, to blow, with gent- ler winds blowing, a very frequent Latin construction, called the Ablativus Absolutus, i., e , independent Ablativus, that is, an Abl. admitting no preposition, — Vulturnus, i f a wind from the direction of Vultur, -is, a mountain in Apulia, south-east wind; Auster, 4ri, the south wind, Favonius, -ii, is the same as Z'ephvrus, i, of the Greeks, 358 pltiviae tepidse humectant, atque si beneficus etiam solis calor accedit, gramina in campis, pratis ac sylvis revirescunt, flores in hortis, in agns pullulant, sata semina germinant, totaque rerum natura virorem rnduit Plantis 9 sensim adolescentibus, lumbrici, erucEE, aliique vermes, turn ta- bani, scarabgei, crabrones, apes, plantis vescentes nascuntur, quibus aves ceu pabulo superveniunt, et mox sylva, campi, vines, omnisque regio virens cantu avicul&rum resonat. ^stas tempus vernum excipit. Calore solis aer 10 concalescit, herb* segetesque sensim crescunt, grana ac semina dmnium frugum adole- scunt, sestateque procedente maturescunt, fnimenta autem matura tem- the west wind, gentle and dry; Africus, i, the south-west wind, warm and moist, blow- ing across the Mediterranean from Africa; aura, a, the atmosphere, a breeze, the air we inhale; Upesco? to become lukewarm; -do} v., -dm, a, um, lukewarm; -do, r., to moisten; -or, is, m., heat; goes to it, is added to it; -men, inis, n., the grass-covered- eround; -us, i, grassy level land, whence German Kampf, English camp; pratum, t, a meadow; -va, ce, a forest; -resco* to become green again; flos.flons, m. (not feminine) a flower; -us, i, a garden; -get, -gri, m., field under cultivation; -lo} r., to sprout, to come to the surface like grass, shoots, hence pullus of animals; ™,'™.*%»>* S o W ; -en, -inis, n., a seed; -no} v., to sprout; -or, is, m., greenness, verdure; -duo, m, Mum, to dress, to put on clothes. 9 i. properly foot-sole, but as the sower covers the seed with earth with his too and stamps it down, the act is called "plantare," hence pUnta means what grows out of the seed, a plant. Noticeably, little-by-little; -sco? levi, ultumir zd + oleum, oil, to come to be oily, the image taken from the olive tree, with all philology ancient and modern to the contrary notwithstanding, to ripen, to become of age, to grow up the pa- It verb is oho? to smell of oil, to have a smell good or bad; olidus, a um, having a bad smell, addleo* to sacrifice something of good smell, to bum in sacrifice; at Meo, to outgrow Us smell to lose its usefulness, to blot Out, to "abolish," constr. Abl. Abs, -cus i, an earth-worm, similar worms in the bowels; )., a caterpillar; -mts «, a worm; -nus i ahorse-fly; -us, i, a beetle, a June-bug; -ro, nis, m., a hornet; -w is, f., a bee, w LrT-to feed on, to live on, governs Abl.; scar? natus sum, to be born; ^ ,u. f a bird; ceu = tamquam, as if, just as; come on top; vtnea, ce, a vineyard; regto nis, f. ( properly a kingdom, a country, a region; -tus, us, m„ a song; d.m.n. of avts, -ro. 1 r., to sound- ,. , ., ,. ,J 10. Aer, is, m., the air; -sco? ui, to warm up; I., grass; -ges, ehs, f all the ce- reals in the state of grass; -co? crevi, turn, to grow; fruges, um, a the ea a bte the earth reals mine siaicui &id^ f ~, > ~ »— ' ' . . cc y c y c i the harvest* produces; -do? cessi, ssum, to go forward; -sco? ui, to ripen; -ssis, is, t., the harvest, -to? messui, ssum, to mow down. 359 pore messis in agris demetuntur. Fit subinde ut temperies 11 aens aesti- vo tempore ad gradum quadraginta Celsiacum et ultra, caloris exsurgat, quo fit ut omnes plantae languescant, 12 fontes, rivuli, lacuna, exare- scant, casspites et gramina exurantur, homines vero atque iumenta calore aestuent, ac sudore madeant, omnisque regio ardore solis torreat Aridi- tas 13 istiusmodi, si sit diuturna, plerumque sasva tempestate rumpitur. Sub occasum 14 etenim solis aut submissum e longinquo murmur, dissi- tum nempe tonitru, exaudiri solet, aut vero coelum micare animadverti- tur, praenuntium appropinquantis tempestatis. Turn procella 15 exoritur, pulveris nubes turbine correpta in altum rapitur et in furentem gyrum 11. -es, h, f., the right degrees of compounds, right proportions, properly mixed, tempered, moderated, temperature; 40 C° forty degrees Celsius, = 32° Reaumur, 104 Fahrenheit. Dr. Evangelista Torricelli (Faenza, 1608—1647), invented the vacuum, Dr. Ren£-Antoine de Reaumur (La Rochelle, 1683— 1757) has invented the thermometrum, bearing his name; Gabriel, Daniel Fahrenheit, a Prussian physician (Danzig, 1686— 1736), has changed its scale, but has not improved it; Olaf Celsius, a famous Swedish scientist (1670—1756), teacher of the illustrious Charles Linnaeus (1707—1778). It is a strange ignorance in the English-speaking countries that neither the manufacturers of thermometers, nor the compilers of dictionaries, ever so big, nor yet the schools and pub- lic writers know that C in a thermometer means Celsius, they all repeat parrot-like centi- grade. Celsius better deserves credit than Fahrenheit. 12. -sco,3 to become flabby; -ns, Us, m ., a well, a spring; I., a lakelet, a pool; -sco, 3 m, to dry out'^-es, Ms, a sod; -ro? ussu ustum, to burn out; -turn, i, a beast of bur- den j^-kg,* r., "to feel roasting" with heat; -dor, is, m ., sweat; -deo? ui, to be "soak- tag," to be wet; -or, is, m ., to be aflame, the burning, glowing; -reo? ui, tostum, to parch, to toast. 13. -tas, Wis, f., driness, drought; -us, a, urn, fierce; -as, atis, f., a storm; -po? rupi, r upturn, to disrupt, break, tear. 14. Sub occasum, towards sunset; -us, a, urn, subdued, low, -urn, i, a distance, -ut uns, n., a grumbling, a rumble; -tus, a, urn, far off; tonitru, us, or indecl. in S. n. r. •trua, pi. a thunder; -co} ui, to flash; -to* ti, sum, to notice; -urn, ii, a forerunner; -quo, 1 v., to approach. 15. I., a wind-storm; -vis, eris, m.> dust, powder; -es, is, f., a cloud; -bo, inis, m., a whirle-wind, a top, a turbine; -ripio* rripui, reptum, to seize, -pio* pui, raptum, to snatch; furo? to be raving; -go, inis, f., black darkness; -bo? cubui, itum, to lie upon; -gor, is, m ., a crash; -no? ui, to thunder; -us, a, urn, brilliant; -ro? r., to be lightning' -ber, ns, m ., a shower; I., a drop; -do, inis, m ., a hailstone; ruo? ui, turn, to dash, to rush, tumble. 360 agitur quum interim atrae nubes s61em dbruunt, caligo incumbit terrae. ccelum ingenti frag6re tonat, et cortiscis luminibus fulgurat, imber ma- gnis guttis, subinde cum grandine, in terram ruit. Exeunte 16 restate, autiimno autem ineunte, aestus sensim subsidit, aer non parum refrigescit, prasertim noctiirno tempore, quum guttse ro- ds in foliis plantarum colliguntur, quse coelo sereno et algido, nulhs fla- bris temperantibus, in pruinam congelant, tenellasque plantas enecant. Tempore autumnali e pomariis hortisque" omnes fructus, olera, cun- ctaquequse terra gignit esculenta, in horrea, granaria, cellasque penuanas agricolse olitoresque colligunt, et anndnam recbndunt, ut habeant unde ipsi suique hieme ac vere se sustentent; siquid autem annonse supersit, vendunt. „ , , , .. Denique recedente 18 autiimno gelida flabra crebrescunt : Aquilo, venti subsolani atque Eurus, venti humidi, nimbos cogunt, nebulas agunt pluvias gelidas afferunt, non raro nive mixtas. Alias 1 *- fngidus Caurus aut Boreas vapores aquarum atque pluvias in nivem congelat, eamque alias leniori pulsu, alias sasva procella in terram depellit, quo 16 Exeo * ivi, ii, Hum, to go out; ineo* ivi, ii, itum, to go in, the »' of the SupU num though of the 4th, in the compounds of to is short; AM. Abs.; -sido? s'edr, ses- Z. to sit, or settle down, to subside; -sco? fixi, to cool down; I. a drop; res, ions m the dew -turn, ii, a lief; -go? legi, tectum, to gather; -us, a, urn, cloudless; -us, a, um, cool; -bra, orum, n. pi., breezes; I, hoar frost; -lo? r., to freeze; -us, a, um, di- min of tener, era, um, tender; -co} -cui, -ctum, to kill out. 17 11 a garden- olus, eris, n., garden- vegetables; -gno? genm, itum, to beget, to to produce,' bring forth; -us, a, um, and -um, i, eatables; -um, ei, a barn; -urn gramary; I., a cha.nber, a cell, a larder; I., m., a farmer; -or, ts, a gardner, a truck- farmer 1. a year's product, provisions; -do? MM, Hum, to store up; adv. whence, who depend on them; Urns, is, f ., winter; -to? v., to support; is left over. 18 -do? cessi, ssum, to go back, to pass away; -us, a, um, frosty, cold; -sco? rui, to become more frequent;-/*, nis, m., north, also north-east wind; -us. aum. eas -winds, 11., southeast wind; -us, a, um, wet, damp; II., rainy, hangmg-down clouds- 1., a fog; I, a rain; nix, nivis, f., snow; -sceo? cm, xtum, to mix. 19. Adv., at other times; -us, a, um, cold; II., north-west wind; -as *, north wind- -or, is, m., steam, mist; IV., a driving; now - now; II., windstorm; -to? pepult pulsum, to drive down; which done; -us, a, um white; -men, tm.n., a cover; adj. of nix; iaceo? ui, to be lying down; stemo? strain, stratum, to spread out, to cove,. 361 facto, omnis regio candido tegmine niveo iacet strata. Frigora 20 nonnun- quam ita ingravescunt, ut superficies aquarum ad crassitudinem plurium digitorum, vel etiam pedum, in glaciem rigescat. Si raras 21 piantas sem- pervivas, muscumque demas, iam nunquam virorem conspicis: folia ar- borum ac dumorum frigore marcida et enecta iam pridem deciderunt, niveque in altitudinem aliquot digitorum 6bruta iacent, totaque rerum natiira in soporem hibernum recidisse videtur. Dies verni atque autumnales aeque longi sunt ac noctes, suntque duodecim horarum longitiidinis, quia tempore aequintfctii sol hora sexta oritur matutina, eademque hora vespertina occidit. Sed successu 22 tem- poris sol in dies maturius oritur ac tardius occidit, unde fit ut dies quo- tidie incrementa accipiant, ac, denique, vigesimus primus lunii sit dies anni longissimus, primus et vigesimus autem Decembris brevissimus, nox vicissim longissima. Annos duos, tres, aut plures etiam singularibus nominibus appella- nts, uti, biennium, triennium, 23 decennium, vicennium, sed centum anni nomen ferunt sasculi. Tempus du6rum, trium, quatuor annorum est bimatus, 24 trimatus, quadriiMtus, quod vero tantum temporis vivit vel durat, est bimulum, trimulum, quadrimulum; id autem quod omni anno fit, est annuum; quod quovis anno fit, aut sine intercapedine an- nue recurrit, est perenne, quod nunquam vel nusquam cessat, est per- 20. Lasting cold is expressed by the pi; -sco, 3 to increase; -es,ei,i., a surfaces -tudo, nis, f. , thicknes; II., finger, inch; -es, H, f., ice, whence gla;e, gla^e, glass; -sco, 3 ui to stiffen, harden. 21. -us, a, urn, scarce, a few; -us, a, urn, evergreen; moss; -mo^psi, ptum, to except; adv. nowhere; -cio,^ spexi, ctum, to see; -us, a, urn, withered; long since; -do? di, to fall down; -or, is, m ., slumber; -us, a, urn, wintry; -do* cidi, fall back. 22. IV., the coming up, following on the heels, in the course of time; day after day; adv. earlier; later; adv. every day; -urn, i, growth, accession, gain. 23. Also: quadriennium, quinquennium, sexennium, septennium, octennium; but neither centennium, nor millennium in Roman Latin. 24. IV., all, a two, three, four years time; -us, a, urn, all, puer bimulus, a two years old child; -ro} r., to last; intercapedo, inis, f., tempus interceptum, an interrupted time, interval, pause, cessation; adv., yearly; returns; -nis, e, annual, yearly, repeated every year, or never ceasing; nusquam, nowhere; -us, a y urn, uninterrupted, perpetual in time space, careo* ui, Hum, not having, lacking; -us, a, urn, everlasting. 362 petuum, quod, denique, fine omnino caret, est aeternum, vel sempiter- Tempus, quod spatium vitae humanae circumscribe^ 25 ac terminare creditur, ann6rum nempe sexaginta, aetas hbminis appellari solet, quam- vis non omnes h6mines eandam aetatem pervivant; unde hominem vi- cenarium, iuvenem, tricenarium 6ptimae aetatis, quadragenanum et quin- quagenarium, mediae aetatis, sexagenarium seniorem, vel adultiorem, septuagenarium et oetuagenarium, senem, senecionem, qui vero aerate iam confectus sit quotcunque annos sit natus, pappum, vel, per lmpro- bam contumeliam, silicernium appellare solent. Certa intervalla temporum, quibus h6mines 6mnium terrarum vi- vunt, etiam aetates vocitantur, 5 * S ed quaeque una aetas aevum audit. Pri- scum 2 ? illud tempus, ubi genus, sive saeclum, humanum mcepit, est pn- maevum; aevum quod ternis, quaternisque ab hinc annorum millibus viguit, est vetustas; de tem P 6ribus Graeco-Romanis, ut de vetenbus, vel de antiquitate, loquimur. Tempus quod a nato 2 * lesu Chnsto ad re- 25. To draw lines, setting limits; -noS r., to set limits, terminus, i, being a stone marking the ends of one's field, what is believed, or supposed to . . .; cetas, axis t., an age; vicenarius, a man of twenty years of age; -is, is, adj. and noun, no gender end- ing, young, a youth; senior, is, compar. of senex, is, adj. and n., old, older, but the compar. meaning less than the positive; -tus, a, um grown up, but also ,n compar- "elderly;" -cto.nis, m ., still a diminutive, an "oldy," cetate confectus, done up, "used up " with age; whatever; sum viginti annos natus, 1 am of twenty years ot age; -us, i, a grandfather, Greek, more in joke, for the Latin is avus v, -us, a um w.cked malicious; I., insult; -um, i, properly a burial feast, a contemptuous term for an old m 26. -to, 1 r., frequentative of voco; or, unaquceaue; cevum, i. an epoch, itself a Graco-Latin word, epocha, m; vocatur, a middle application of audio. 27. -us, a, um, ancient, primitive; sceclum, i, in this form = race, human race, -um, i, primum + ^evum; from hence = ago; -geo* ui, to be living thnvmg flounsh- ing, to exist; -as, atis, f., antiquity; veins, eris, adj., ancient, in pi., veteres, um, the ancients; -tas, atis, f., antiquity. 28 Nascor 3 natus sum,- to be born; lesus, -«, -um, -u, no other case ending Christus, i, Gr. '"the anointed one," lb, regular; a nato ... is a better form thai ' « we said a nativitate, though that is also correct; usque ad reperam - *™™ m <^ same construction, where in English they resort to a noun, the discovery, the Latin form "to the discovered America; America, Latinized from Amerigo, accent on i, and this .s 163 pertam usque a Christophoro Coltimbo Ameriaim effiuxit, Medium Mvum, inde ad exitum Saeculi Decimi Noni Mvum Renascentium Litte- rarum, quod vero inde effliixit, et quod modo vivimus, Tempora IV\o- derna, ^Evum Modernum vocitamus. Mensura annorum, mensium, dierum, ortus accasiisque solis atque lunge, est calendarium. 29 Recensio. — Ubi solent quatuor anni tempora distingui? — Quod est primum anni tempus? — ubi incipit? quo die desinit? — A quoto die, cuius mensis incipit a^stas? — quando finem accipit? — Duo ulte- riora tempora quando ineunt, et quando exeunt? — Narra aliquid de vere; de hieme. — Narra de tempestate. — Memora ventorum nomina, et unde quisque flet. — Quid est ros? — quid pruina? — Quando est iEquinoctium Vernum? — quando Solstitium Hiemale? — Quid inter- est inter bimulum et bimatum? — Quid est "perenne?"— Quo nomine vocamus centum annos? — decern annos? — duos annos? — Quid appellamus astatem hominis? — Quid vocamus aetatem viri quadrage- narii? — Quid est asvum? — Quod vocatur Medium y£vum? — JEvum Modernum? a corruption of Enrico, Henrigo, fr. German Haiti + reich, Heinrich, Henri, Henry, lastly Harry. — Christophorus, i, a Christ- bearer, a Christian name: Columbus, i, a male pigeon; effluo? xi, xum, to flow away. 29. -urn, ii, a tablet in Rome, the Fasti, upon which the Calendce (the-to-be-pro- claimed) first days of the months were engraved. Those who affect archaisms in parti- cular few things, and disregard in others, write these words Kalendae and Kalendarium , I follow tradition, for K is an unnecessary letter in Latin throughout. This would be the place to treat Roman Calendar, but space forbids, and insert it all at the end of the book. t i -j VOCABVLARIVM 27. Nna. Subtt. solstitium, ii hiems, is, f. gramen, inis, n. natura, x astas, atis, f. ventus, i campus, i ver, veris, n. finis, is, m. aura, x pratum, i initium, ii autumnus, i pluvia, x sylva, x fcquinoctium, ii bruma, x calor, is, m. flos, floris, m. 364 hortus, i, ager, gri, m. semen, inis, n- viror, is, m. planta, x lumbricus, i eruca, x vermis, is, m. tabinus, i scarabasus, i crabro, nis, m. apis, is, f. avis, is, f. vinea, x regio, nis, f. cantus, us avicula, x aer, is, m. herba, x seges, etis, f. fruges, urn, f. messis, is, f . temperies, £i, f. gradus, us fons, tis, m. rivulus, i lacuna, x csespes, itis, m. iumentum, i sudor, is, m. ardor, is, m. ariditas, tis, f. tempestas, tis, f. murmur, is, n. tonitru, us, n. prasnuntium, ii procella, x pulvis, eris, m. nubes, is, f. turbo, inis, m. caligo, inis, f. fragor, is, m. imber, bris, m. gutta, x grandoj inis, f. asstus, us ros, rods, m. folium, ii flabra, orum, n. pruina, x olus, eris, n. horreum, i granarium, ii cell a, x agricola, x, m. 61itor, is, m. ann6na, x nimbus, i nebula, x nix, nivis, f . vapor, is, m. pulsus, us tegmen, inis, n. superficies, e*i, f. crassitude, inis, f. glaxies, ei, f. muscus, i dumus, i, sopor, is, m. longitudo, inis, f. successus, us increm£ntum, i biSnnium, ii tri£nnium, ii dec£nnium, ii vicdnnium, ii sasculum, i bim&us, us trimftus, us quadrimitus, us intercap£do, inis, f. aetas, itis, f. sen£cio, nis, m. pappus, i contumelia, x silicernium, ii asvum, i sasclum, i primaevum, i vetustas, atis, f . v&eres, um, m. antiquitas, atis, f. 6xitus, lis mensiira, x calendarium, ii Nna. Propria Celsius, ii Vulturnus, i Auster, tri Fav6nius, ii Z6phyrus, i Africus, i Aquilo, nis, m. Eurus, i Caurus, i Boreas, eas, m. lesus Christus, Christ6phorus Columbus America, x Nna. Adi. Tern per itus , a , um vernus, a, um asstivus, a, um aliquintus, a, um hiemilis, e lenis, e tSpidus, a, um beneTicus, a, um maturus, a, um diutiirnus, a, um sasvus, a, um dissitus, a, um coriiscus, a, um nocturnus, a, um ser£nus, a, um ilgidus, a, um tendllus, a, um autumnalis, e escul£ntus, a, um penuirius, a, um gelidus, a, um subsolinus, a, um humidus, a, um frigidus, a, um cindidus, a, um niveus, a, um rarus, a, um sempervivus, a, um maxcidus, a, um hib£rnus, a, um bimulus, a, um trimulus, a, um quadrimulus, a, um innuus, a, um per£nnis, e perpetuus, a, um asternus, a, um sempiternus, a, um huminus, a, um iiivenis, is, senex, nis improbus, a, um priscus, a, um Graxus, a, um m£dius, a, um mod£rnus, a, um Verba complector, 3 xus sum d£sino, 3 sii, situm 365 insto, 1 stit, statum perduro, 1 r. flo, 1 !*. tep£sco, 3 ui hum^cto, 1 r. tempero, 1 r. acc£do, 3 cessi, ssum reviresco, 3 ui pullulo, 1 r. sero, 3 sevi, satum germino, 1 r, induo, 3 ui, utum adol£sco, 3 evi, ultum vescor, 3 nascor, 3 -tus sum superve*nio, 4 ni, turn vireo, 2 ui r^sono, 1 iv\ concal£sco, 3 lui cresco, 3 vi, turn proc£do, 3 cessi. ssum matur£sco, 3 ui d£meto, 3 ssui, ssum exsurgo, 3 rrexi, ctum langu£sco, 3 gui exar£sco, 3 ui exuro, 3 ussi, stum aestuo, 1 r. mideo, 2 ui torreo, 2 rui, stum rumpo, 3 rupi, ptum mico, 1 cui animadveVto, 3 ti, sum appropinquo, 1 r, corripio, 3 ripui, reptum ra'pio, 3 pui, ptum furo, 3 ui incumbo, 3 cubui, itum tono* 1 ui fulguro, 1 r. ruo, 1 rui, turn exeo, 4 ivi, itum ineo, 4 inivi, turn subsido, 3 sedi ssum r£frig£sco, 3 fixi c611igo, 3 legi, lectum congelo, 1 r. e^ieco, 1 cui, ctum gigno, 3 genui, itum recondo, 3 didi, ditum sust£nto, * r. rec£do, 3 cessi, ssum crebr£sco, 3 brui cogo, 3 c66gi, coactum misceo, 2 cui, mixtum depello, 3 d£puli, pulsum iiceo, 2 cui sterno, 3 stravi, stratum ingrav£sco, 3 rigesco, 3 gui demo, 3 psi, ptum decido, 3 cidi r£cido, 3 cidi vivo, 3 xi, ctum duro, 1 r. recurro, 3 recurri, sum cesso, 1 r. cireo, 2 ui, itum teYmino, ! r. credo, 3 didi, itum conficio, 3 feci, fectum vigeo, 2 ui repeVio, 4 peri, pertum £ffluo, s fluxi, xum r£nascor, 3 natus sum vdcito,' 1 r. Adverbia ideo, vicissim ceu, sensim subinde, ultra interim, praesertim raro 31ias, nonnunquam nusquam, pridem, maturius, taVdius innue, modo 366 EXERCITATIONES LEGEND! 154. Prima 1 salutantes atque altera continet hora, Exercet raucos tertia 2 causidicos. In quintam 3 varios extendit Roma labores; Sexta quies lassis, septima finis erit Sufficit in nonam nitidis octava palaestris; 4 Imperat exstructos frangere nona toros. 5 Hbra libellorum decima est, Eupheme, meorum, 6 Temperat ambrosias quum tua cura dapes. Martialis, IV. 8. 1. Namely hora, which began with sunrise, the last, or twelfth being at sunset and so hours were longer or shorter according to seasons. The clocks were either sun-dials, solaria o"up of sand, or water (clepsidr*, water stealers) . The ', a fern, noun but iSi^S laborers, we used in Pen, VI here it r^^SSf^ Publius Clodius Pulcher, Tribunus Plebis, a great enemy of Cicero), wh,ch is a contract ed form of Claudius, a famous Roman gens- 2. -MclamaUo ordinarily implies approval, but like here, it often stands for shout ing at somebody, as in this case, to interrupt. g 3. Petoro, to come to the end of one's oration, to finish, complete, drxtt « • e , all of what he intended saying; did accomplish with h,s mere authority and influenc ■ 4 Did not consist, i. e„ he went to pieces, could not hold out- Ab hora sexta u • que ad horam octavam, from 12 at noon, until 2 p. m.; versus, -us, a verse, ihymes, insulting ditties, lampoons. 159 Si te grata quies et primam somnus in horam 1 Delectat; si te pulvis, strepitumque rotarum; 2 1 mprimam horam, = usque ad p. h., until sun rise, or 6 o'clock in the . morning- 2. Rome had no asphalted streets, and the two wheeled wagons tumbling through the rough cobble stones, have caused much dust and noise. 869 Si laedit caupona:3 Ferentinum ire iubeba Horatius, Epist. I, 17, 6—8. 3. If the corner saloon, over which you have your apartment, is too offensive to you with its stale smell, and brawl of the drunken customers; I bid you to go to live at Fe- rentinum, a little, solitary town of the Hernici, in Latium, as if quiet people of New York were referred to Philadelphia, for sleeping. 160, De Crabrai quid agatur, etsi nunc quidem etiam nimium est aquas, tamen velim scire. Horologium mittam et libros, si erit sudum.2 Cicero, Familiarium XVI, 18. 1. The aqueduct from the Tiberis to Tusculum, Cicero's countryplace. ; 2. -urn i, bright, cloudless sky, clear weather, otherwise the sun dial-kind of horo- logium is of no use. 16 1# De Nominibus Septem Dierum. Primum supremumque diem radiatus habet SoL 1 Proxima fraterna? succedit Luna corona. Tertius assequitur Titania lumina Mavors, 2 Mercurius quarti sibi vindicat astra diei. Illustrmt quintam Iovis aurea sidera zonam. Cuncta supergrediens Saturni septima lux est Octavum instaurat revolubilis orbita Solem, D. Magnus Ausonius, Eclogarium, 5. 1. Primum diem habet Sol. As the idea of a week is Hebraic, unknown to the Ro- mans, the days of the week had no names until Christian times, say, the IVth century when Ausonius wrote. This fact also proves that the Neo-Latin nations have not inherit- ed their languages from the Romans, but from the Christian Roman missionaries, though ChrkriS ' Sund ^> the chief 2 M nl 7 n " • ° rdS ° ay StiH bdng Called DieS Solis > which > eventually, had to g 1 ^ D ™ tm > of the Church, and Dies Saturni had to give place to Dies Sab- ^^ f Z? ^ ^ The on ^ ^t reference to the names of the Gods as appLed to days is that of Plautus (Bacchides 2, 3, 21): "Vulcanus, Sol, Luna, Dies, Dn quatuor, scelestiorem nullum illuxeYe alterum," these four Gods, as days, have ne- ver shone upon another villain like him. 2. Mavors, mortis, is the old and poetical name of Mars, 370 162. De Mensibws et Quatuor Anni Temporibus. JEternos menses, et tempora quatuor anni Quatuor ista tibi subiecta monosticha 1 dicent : Martius, 2 Aprilis, Maius sunt tempora Veris. lulius, Augustus, nee non & Junius /Estas. Septembri, 3 Octobri Autumnus totoque Novembri. Brumales 4 lanus, Februarius, atque December. D. Magnus Auaonius, Eclogarium, 7. 1. ZMonostichum, i, or -stichon, i, a verse of one kind, like the present, all hexa- meters or six feet; subiecta, here below presented to you. 2 Beginning with Martius, not because that has been the first month since the be- ginning of the Roman calendar, introduced by Numa Pompilius, the successor of Romulus, no doubt, from Etruria, but because the first season is the Spring, which beg.ns in Martius. . . _ . 3. These are Ablatives of time, i.e., tn Sept., &c. 4. Brumalis stands for hyemalis. For the sake of meter lanus, the two faced God in whose honor lanuarius was named. 163 Eodem die legati ab hostibus missi ad Qesarem de pace* ve- nerunt His Csesar numerum obsidum, 2 quern antea imperaverat, du- olicavit eosque in continentem 3 adduci iussit: quod propinquo dieaequi- noctii/infirmis navibus, hyemi navigationem subiiciendam non existi- mzbzt. Cxaar< BeUi gall. IV, 36. 1 About peace, in rererence to peace. 2 Obses -sidis, fr. ob + sedeo, to sit, or settle down against something; men, ™n or children taken as securities for the fulfilment of an obligation, a hostage. ^ m TcontintX fr. con + teneo, to hold together, the solid land, as opposed to an island- although terra is understood, still the -ant. -ens ending is masculine and so conZns is masculine. He ordered the living securities to be delivered on the continent i ., I clarThen being in Britannia, bis transportation facilities were very poor, he could "* "1 oul^rautumnal, in September, for he explains: navigationem, infirmis •w/mnrh weakened, battered, patched ships) non existimabat hyemi subnaen- ^%o:ttZ7^^r,l,J^ the wintery tempests, stormy weather of the Channel. 371 164. .Estus 1 duobus squinoctiis maxime tumentes, et autumnali amplius quam verno. Plinius, Hist. Nat. II, 97, 99, 215. 1 Astus Us, m., properly heat, but figuratively it means the heat, or anger of the sea, the tide; tumeo? to swell. 165. Locis frigidis, ubi timor est, 1 ne autumnalis satio 2 hyemis ge- licidus peruratur, arundinibus humiles canterii fmnt, iisque virgas trans- versa imponuntur, & virgis stramenta supra iaciuntur, & sic a pruinis se- mina defenduntur. Ubi vero apricis^ regionibus post pluvias noxia in- cesserunt animalia, qua a nobis appellantur enicse, vel manu cdlligi de- bent, vel matutinis tempdribus frutices olerum concuti. Columella, De Re Rustica, XI, 3, 63. 1. Where there can be any fear. - 2. A sowing, a sown field; -dium, it, f r gelu, frost + cxdo, to slash, slay, kill, a killing frost; -n? ussi, ustum, to burn to burn out up, down; -do,tms,i„ a reed; -us, ii, properly a gelding, a horse, here a wooden horse; virga, x , a switch, a twig, shoots of trees; straw; pruina, 3 edi , esum, to gnaw, to' bite into, to eat out, sello m s, a specked, or starred little lizard, a newt; lucifuga, . Quid est dies Solis? — 6. Casteri autem dies que nomine distinguuntur a die- bus sacris ac feriatis? — 7. Quinam solent segnes ac pigri dies festos observare? — 8. Qui sunt alacres & tempestivi? — 9. Recita przecepta de horis dormiendi. — 10. Quid est mensis? — 11. Recita nbmina men- sium. — 12. Quid est bimestrum? — trimestrum? — semestrum? — 13. E quot mensibus, septimanis, diebus consistit annus? — 14. Quid scis de mense Februario? — 15. Qui dies est hodie? — 16. Edissere (explica !) scripto quando natus sis, et quotum annum agas. III. 1. Omnine in loco annus in quatuor partes dividitur? — ubi tan- turn? — 2. Nomina Quatuor Tempora. — Quando incipit, et quando desinit ver? — 4. A quibus diebus initia capiunt finiuntque sestas, autumnus, atque hyems?— 5. Qui venti flant vere & restate? — 6. Quid fit vere? — 7. Qualis solet esse temperies a solstitio aestivo? — 8. De- scribe temoestatem. — 9. Autumno ineunte quae mutatio temperiei su- pervenire solet? — 10. Unde est nomen "autumni?" — 11. Hyeme ap- propinquante qui venti solent irruere? — 12. Quid fit vaporibus, rori pluvias? — 13. Quid turn fit stagnis, fluviis, lacubus? — 14. Quid solet & quemadmodum tegere montes, vailes, campos,agros tempore hyema- li? — 15. Quomodo differunt dies hiberni ab aestivis? — 16. Qui dies noctesque anni sunt aequales, qui differunt maxime? — 17. Quo nomi- ne vocamus duos, decern, viginti annos? — centum? — 18. Quid est bimatus, et bimulum? — 19. Quid significamus vocabulis "annuum," "perenne," "sempiternum?" — 20. Quid intelligimus per "astatem," "aevum?" — 21. Explica diversas States? — 22. Quid est calenda- rium? 376 EXERCITATIONES LOQUENDL THOMAS 1 Tempestivus. T. Quonam curris Georgi? Nunquamte ita properantem vidi. T. Numquid 4 boni alicunde exspectas? T. Itane? strenam? Interim recte mones, perendie enim Annus Novus erit, sive pri- mus Ianuarii, quum amici cognatique inter se strenas dare solent. Ecquid strenae ex- spectas? T. ^Equum dicis. At iam hie sumus; in- tremus tabellariam. Quonam sub numero columbani 6 forulus tuus situs est? T. Haudquaquam. Nihil exspecto, nisi casu quis mini litteras vacuas mittat. Ta- men inspiciamus! — A, prorsus nihil. Cx- terum diribitor 8 usque diribet, speremus itaque. T. Siccine? Tunc planum est te manipu- um, aut saltern pugillum 10 accepturum. 7. Ex aspectu rei iam suspicor quid id sit. T. Horologium id alicuis generis stativi 13 esse auguror. 7. At vero, Hercle, tu eo plane eges. Ne- mo te plus T. Scilicet, quod tu oppido nimium cur- sas et properas. T. Nae, 16 yEdepol, cursatores et prope rantes segnes ac tardi sunt. Nemo enim sa- nus currit. Is tantum currit qui est tardus, tardus, autem est, quia sero munus inchoat. Nemo tempestivus persultat caespites, et anhelus advenit GEORGI US* Tardus. G. Eodem 3 pr6pero quo tu, nempe in tabellariam. G. E litteris nupcrnis 5 patrui colligo me strenam aliquam ab eo accepturum. G. Quinam ego sciam? Meo quidem iu- dicio ineptissimum esset praenuntiare ^ quis quid et quale cuiquam munusculum mittere vellet. G. Forulum conductum teneo rationa- tum, sub numero 527. Tune, mi Thomas, etiam strenam exspectas? G. Ohe, ego iam video notitiam in foru- lo, quae me ad fenestram refert manipula- rem. 9 Curiosissimus sum; miror quid sit. Exspectadum. G. Erit, jEdopol, aliquid pulchri. En, videdum, est potius pugillum- Sine 11 modo ut resolvam. G. Quidnam est? Divina! 12 G, Recte, me Hercule, divinasti mi Tho- mas- Est enim suscitabulum prorsus bellu- lum. 14 Quam gaudeo! G. Ecquid ita? G. Quin, si ita res esset, aliquid sedato- rii, 15 aut soporiferi me accipere decebat, quo sumpto minus cursarem, essemque se- gnior. G. Curiose tu ratiocinaris. Et tamen te vera memorare agnosco. Revera nimis sae- pe curro ac propero, quin et contra mores caespitem persulto. Sed nunc iam meliora doctus imposterum ne id faciam cavebo. 377 T. Optime statuis. At, cerne modo, et Iitterse te exspectant. Procul 19 dubio ab au- ctore munusculi. — Eho, et ego litteras accepi, quin et pyxidiculam. Oppido miror quid id sit, et quis id miserit. T. Aspice, Georgi, est horologiolum sac- carium aureum , ab avia 20 mea, quae me ob tempestivos mores valde collaudat, mihi in strenam missum, quae me etiam admonet ut in iisdem moribus ulterius quoque per- severem. G. Proinde non mihi invidebis. At Tho mas mi, litteras a patruo tuli 19 auctore stre- nse, et me fateri pudet eum quoque me de eadem re commonere, quam tu memorasti, ut tempus mihi sumam, nee amplius cur- sem ac properem. Ita et faciam. Sed quid tu strense accepisti? Ostende sis! G. Factum bene. Et ego tuos mores de- inceps 21 asmulabor. I. Thomas, oe, Hebrew, a twin. — 2. Georgius, ii, Greek, an "earth- worker," a farmer, a paysan, peasant, in all modern languages in one or another form, whence also the German form Georg, often pronounced as Jork, Jork, and hence the English York. — 3. Eo, thither, -dem same, quo whither; tabellaria, ce, post office. — 4. Anything? According to grammarians it always demands a negative answer. 1 say, it is not true- Genitivus partitivus, because quid means a noun; from somewhere. — 5. -us, a, urn, of the other day; -go, s egi, ectum, I gather; I., a New Year's gift. A Roman custom- Christmas is not a day of gifts and of commercial rage, mixing up St. Nicolas' day (6th of Dec.) and St. Lucia's (13th of Dec.) with the feast of the birth of Jesus, but a most solemn religious holy day. And the Churches ought to vindicate it. 6. -um, ii, properly a dovecot, pigeon holes, like here, is used as in English for let- ter boxes, &c; -us, i, a drawer, or pigeonhole. — 7. -tus, a t um, fr. rationor, reasoned, a combination lock; conduco, to hire; abbreviated to Nro, nro, or No. on account of sub, w. Abl.; quingentesimo vigesimo septimo. 8. -or, is, fr. diribeo, 2 — itum, to sort out votes, letters; a distributer, here of mailes. 9. Manipulus, i, a bundle, or handful; parcel window. — Just wait! 10. Pugillus, i, or -um, i, properly, a small fist, a fistful, a small parcel. II. Sino* sivi, situm, just allow me, to open it. 12. Divino, 1 r., to guess, Imperativus. 13. -us, a, um, standing, that stands. 14. -us, a, um, pretty; how glad I am! 15. -us, a, um, fr. sedo, 1 r., to make settle down, sit down, to sooth, sedate; -fer* f era, um, that brings upon sleep. 16. Imo, quin; inchoo, 1 r. to begin; -to, 1 r„ to jump, run, trample over grass plots, lawns; -us, a, um, panting, out of breath. 17. Against good manners; adv., hereafter. 878 18. Far from doubt, without doubt; the author, sender of the gift; tWttobn. Valde miror mitto. - 19. Litterasfero = 1- accipio, litteras do, scnbo mitto ad h- quet commoneo = admoneo, tempus sibi sumere, to take time. Ostendo , monstro, sis = si vis, velis, be kind enough. 20. Mater patris aut matris; persevero* r., permaneo. 21. Deinceps, in posterum, hereafter; xmulor} r., to emulate. ELEGANTUE SERMONIS. E M. ATTIO PLAVTO, & P. TERENTIO AFRO Congressus. Al Ad te, Hercle, ibam commodum. St' Atque ego, Hercle, ad te. — Cas. Ill, k, s, PLAVTTS. Pe Bene, opportuneque obviam es. — Mil. Ill, s, 2k. ve. FF M Tn Nunquam potuisti, mihi Magis opportunus advenire, quam advenis. - Most. Ill, l, k6. _ Me Non'potuisti magis per tempos mihi advemre, ^arnjdvems. Er Optime, in tempore advenis. - Cap. IV, 2,56. Mi. Salvos sum; eccom; quern qusrebam; quid agis, bonevir? J CL Pater, opportune advenis. - Heaut ^ muH _ La. Opportune te mihi, Phidippe, in ipso tempore ostendis. - Hee. IV, k, k. Si. Opportune hie fit mihi obviam.— And. Ill, k, n. Be. Ehem! opportune; te ipsum quaerito. - Add. I, %, l. Ge Te ipsam quasrito: Te exspecto; oppido opportune te obtulisti mi °b™^ ^ ^ j 879 Da. Te ipsum quasro; euge, o Charine! ambo opportune: vos volo. -— And. II, 2, 8. Si. Atque adeo in tempore eccum ipsum obviarn Chremem. — And. Ill, 2, 52. Ge. Eccum ipsum video in tempore hue se recipere. — Phor. II, 3, 2U. Ch. Te ipsum quasrebam. — si et ego te. Ch. Optato advenis. - And. Ill, s, i. Ca. Per tempus advenis; Ausculta. - And. IV, 5, U. So. Te ipsum quasro. Ch. Loquere, Quid velis. - Heaut. IV, 1, 9. My. Hem, Pamphile, optime mihi, te offers. — And. IV, 2, 3. . Me. Optime, Ipsos video. - Heaut. V, 5, 2. Ch. Amice, balve; nemo est omnium, quern ego magis nunc cuperem quam te. t, ., . . Eun.III,5,13 Sy. I e mihi ipsum iam dudum optabam dari. - Heaut. IV, 5, 10. Ge. Ipse est, quern volui obviarn. — phor. I, u, 19. Ge. Ego obviarn conabar tibi, Dave. — phor. I, 2,2. De. Nos ad te ibamus, Phormio. — Phor. V, 7, e. ' Egressus. St. Foris crepuit, senex eccum aurum ef fert foras. n c . . , — Aulvl. IV, 5, 5. PLAVTTS. Pa. Fores vicini proximi crepuerunt — Mil II, 4, 56. Pal. Foris concrepuit hinc a vicino sene; ipse exit. — Mil II, 1 73 Ch. Foris concrepuit nostra, quinam exit foras? - Bach II, 2 56 Do. Ibi concrepuit foris, quisnam egreditur foras? - Per.' ill, 2, 5- e Pe. Aperitur ostium* Eccum ipsum video, progreditur foras. - Men. 1, 1 32 Ly. Quis hincnam a nobis exit? aperitur foris/ 1 Mer. IV, 2, s. 380 Pa. Ecce, commode aperitur foris, Hilarus exit. — Mil TV, 4 61. Phil. Aperiuntur aedes, quo ibam; commode ipse exit. — Tri. II, s, 9. Sa. Quern convenire maxime cupiebam, egreditur foras. — Per. II, 4, 30. Pa. Quos videre exoptabam me maxime, Un& exeuntes video hinc e proximo. — Mil IV, 3, U%. Am. Heus, ecquis hie est? ecquis hoc aperit ostium? — Am. IV, /, id Me. Heus, ecquis hie est ianitor? Aperite, atque Erotium aliquis ante evocet ostium. — Men. IV, 2, 109. Ly. Pandite atque aperite propere ianuam. — 'Bach. Ill, 1, /. Pe. lam fores ferio Me. Placide pulta. p e . Metuis, credo, ne fores Samiae sient. — Men. /, 2, 65. Ct. Foris crepuit. Sy. Mane, mane, ipse exit foras. — Ad. II, 5, //. TERENTIYS, Ch. Quid crepuerunt fores? Hinc a me quisnam egreditur? — Heaut. /, /, 121. Ch. Quid est, quod tarn a nobis graviter crepuere fores? — Heaut. Ill, 3, 53. Ph. Ostium concrepuit abs te. An. Vide quis egreditur. — Phor. V, 5, 12, Sy. Quisnam a nobis egreditur foras? - Heaut. HI 2, 50. La. Video Phidippum per tempus egredi. — Hec. IV, ■?, ri- ch. Ipse egreditur; quam severus! — Heaut. V, ?, 20. Heus, heus, iEschinus ego sum; aperite aliquis actutum ostium. Prodit nescio quis. — Mel. IV, 4, 25. Mi. Quisnam a me pepulit tarn graviter fores? — Add. V, 3, 2. Ch. cesso pultare ostium Vicini? — Heaut. Ill 1, 1. 381 PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS. DE PRONOM1NIBUS. 140. A pronomen, as its name suggests, is a word which is used in the place of the name of the thing instead of repeating that name, as: Omnis Gallia est divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgas, &c, instead of saying: trium Galliarum unam. The man, who is approaching, is a physician. The pronomina are thus divided: 1. Pronomina Personalia, 2. Pronomina Demonstrativa, 3. Pronomina Relativa, 4. Pronomina Interrogativa, 5. Pronomina Indefinita, 6. Pronomina Possessiva, 7. Pronomina Gentilitia. 1. PRONOMINA PERSONALIA. As we have handled fairly all the Pronomina in all cases, I shall group them here for easy reference, and systematically declined. The Pronomina Personalia stand in the place of the names of persons. They are: ego, tu, — , in plural: nos, vos, — . They are thus declined: U^umerus Singularis. Nominativus, ego Genitivus, Dativus, Accusativus, Vocativus, Ablativus, mei mihi me* caret (jQme* Nominativus, n6s (nostri Gentttvus, j nostmm Dativus, n6bis Accusativus, n6s Vocativus, caret tAblativus, (i) n6bis tu — till sui tibi sibi te* s£ (6) tu caret (abs) tt W)s6 rails. vds vestri vestrum sui vdbis sibi vds s£ (6) v6s caret (i) v6bis 00 s* 382 Not*. 1. Grammar distinguishes three persons, the first, which is the speaker, ', ego; the second, to which we speak, thou, tu; and the third, m. he, f. she, n. it, wh.ch latter, i. », the third person, has no Pronomen in Latin Nominativus either in Sing, or PL Its place is filled by other Pronomina, to wit: hie, heec, hoc, ,f the .person or thing referred to is nearer to me; is. ea, id, if nearer to thee; or near to us both or back of us ilk, ilia, Mud, and ipse, ipsa, ipsum, of not present, or farther away. The most frequent has always been ilk, as is seen in the Romance languages, of which the Italian retained the first part, il, the French has split it into tl and le. 2 The speaker (the first person) always addresses the second person by tu, plur., «*. whether he (she), i. e., the second person, be God, a monarch, or a pauper, male or female, old or young. That in the neo-Latin tongues almost exclusively the plur. is used instead of the sing, is due to the Roman Church missionary w^ naturdly, spoke to crowds. The Slavs under French influence do the same; those unde ^German influence use the 3d person sing, and pi, while ^ ptnawm msnyv^W^*. or among friends, and towards children use the Latin principle, in military and rural us age address in the 3d pers. sing., in literary and social style they use 3d W-f' 3. Personal pronouns in Latin are not used at all, for the endings of he verbs su - ficiently express them; they are resorted to only for the sake of emphasis, ^ ^ «pre» contrasts, as: ego legebam, quum tu in horto ambulabas, one doing one thing, the other someftmgdse. ^ ^^ ^ ^ and ^ ^^ 3d> nQ h < social differences there may be between the persons; ""^^ ™?? y: *?' *' ™ pater, atque«*. On this same principle the male sex prece des the emale ^d so we cannot say in Latin "ladies and gentlemen," but "men and women, vm ataue mulwres, the same as in traditional German. Grammar does not ^^^^^ 5. Tides, a matter of affectation and flattery, are not known i i Rom an g ywmx, because such were not present in the severely simple Roman life. This subject will be treated more fully at its proper place. 6. Take notice that the 2d pers. sing, and pi, are used also in Vocat. 7. Mark that the Genitivus PI. has two forms, nostn and nostrum vest rt£ sttum. in sing, they are met et Hi, but they have their counter-parts in rth Pronoro na Possessiva, mus et turn. Their usage is best explained by examples: pars ma. my part, port on ar share; pars mi. physically, are my limbs, morally, one dearest to me, my wife, my child, my friend, who saved my life, my honor; pars nostra our part, our tot, Z Portion, share! pars nostri, a companion, member of the same body politic a vk- Z of the aL f te with us. Whereas nostrum is thus employed: nostrum nor, es ,ud - care, it is not our privilege, duty, business, to judge; vestrum est curare, v.dere, it is vour dutv, obligation, business, to attend, to see to it. * 8 The prepositions a and at, have also a third form, abs. With the per, pronouns m, te, se, /can be used with all, both in sing, and plur.; ab w. se only; abs only with te and se, and this is also the best usage. 383 9. The preposition cum, with, does not precede, but follows the personal pronouns, and is joined with them in one word, as: mecum, tecum , secum, nobiscum, vobiscum; but not with other pronouns standing for se, such as is, ea, id, ipse, ipsa, ipsum, ille, ilia, illud, they follow the rule, cum eo, ea, eo, cum ipso, cum Mo, &c. 10. The adj. similis y e, governs the Genitivus of the personal pronouns, as, mei, tut, sui, nostri, vestri, similis, but of no others; its regular government is the Dativus, as, filius similis est patri suo; discipulus similis est magistro. People given to affectation and display of learning make an exception in the case of verum, i, and invariably write simile verz, and in one word, verisimile, resembling truth, likely, probable, alleging Ci- cero's authority, as having always used so. While I do not wish to deny it, for I could not prove the contrary, as no manuscripts of Cicero are extant, I maintain that seizing and displaying this one word does not make the faddist a Cicero, but it can make him ridiculous, because he soon betrays himself, while grammar demands Dativus, and we are quite sure that we are right if we say verosimile, simile vero. 11. The personal pronoun of the 3d person, sui, sibi, se, is also called Pronomen Reflexivum, or Reciprocum, because it serves as the object of its own subject, as sol se movet, homo se in pedes erigit. As indirect object: nescit quid sibi velit, he does not know what he wants (for himself). The se is often doubled sese, in which case the first se has the appearance of a Nominativus. Charisius thinks that we say se, when a person acts upon another, and sese, when one acts upon himself, as, ille dicit se hoc 1111 fecisse and dicit sese hoc sibi fecisse; but this is not observed. The real difference is but the emphasis. We may say either "milites se ad Cassarem receperunt" or sese ad Cassarem receperunt, 12. When we wish to emphacise a Pronomen Personale, we attach the emphatic syllable -met in the 1st and 3d persons, excepting Gen. sing, and pi., thus tgomet, mi- himet, memet, nosmet, vosmet, &c. The second person, tu is strengthened by adding te to it, as tute, in the Norn, tete in the Ace, while the -met syllable is attached to the tute form, as, tutemet, and tibimet. 13. The Pronomen Personale is emphacised by bringing the Pronomen Demonstra- tivum ipse, ipsa, ipsum, self, in person, he, she, it, in opposition with it, just as in all other languages, as, ego ipse, I myself, tu ipse, thou thyself, is, or ille ipse, ea ipsa, ilia ipsa, id ipsum, illud ipsum or inverted? ipse ego, ipsa ilia, ipsi nos, ipsa vos, ipsa ea, &c, in all cases. But ipse does not exclude the -met syllable, and so we can heighten the emphasis by employing both, as: ipsemet ego, I myself, my own self; tibimet ipsi, to thy own self; semet ipsum, or, egomet ipse, ipsummet se, — Ipse however does not al- ways follow the subject into Accusativus - apposition say, te ipsum, nos ipsos, se ipsum, as the subject in such cases does not stand out sufficiently, and thus ipse must supply the emphasis, by remaining in the Nominativus; for instance, amicus meus se ipsum occidit: leaving out amicus, let us substitute ipse, and say, ipse se ipsum occidit; where the Accus. is stronger than the Norn., therefore we strike out ipsum, but retain ipse, in Norn, se being the Accus. and the sentence will be well balanced, as, se ipse occidit; as Cicero has it: "Junius necem sibi ipse conscivit" (N. D. 2, 3, 7), it might have been sibi ipsi . . . 384 2. PRONOMINA DI EMONSTRATIVA HIC, HJEC, HOC ILLE, ILL A, ILLUD Numerus Singularis U^umerus Singularis m. /• n. m. /. n. Norn. hie hasc hoc Me ilia illud Gen. huius illius Dat. huic illi Ace. hunc hanc hoc ilium illam illud Abl. (ab) h6c d^um hac . Plur. h6c (ab) ill6 ilia U^um. Plur. ill6 Norn. hi hae h#c illi ills ilia Gen. h6rum Mrum hdrum ill6rum illaVum ill6rum Dat. his illis Ace. h6s his hsec ill6s ilia's ilia Abl. (ab) his (ab) illis IS, EA, ID IDEM, EADEN, IDEM V^um Sing. U^um. Sing. m. /. n. m. f. n. Nom. is ea id idem £adem idem Gen. £ius £iusdem Dat. ei eidem Ace. eum earn id eundem eandem idem Abl. (ab) e6 ei e6 (ab) e6dem e^dem e6dem Num. Plur. Num. Plur. Nom. ii (ei) tx ea iidem eaedem eadem Gen. e6rum tirum e6rum e6rundem earundem e6rundem Dat. iis (eis) iisdem (eisdem) Ace. e6s tis ea e6sdem eisdem eadem Abl. (ab) iis (eis) (ab) iisdem (eisdem) IPSE, IPi JA t IPSUM m. /. n. m. /• n. Nom. ipse ipsa ipsum ipsi ipsse ipsa Gen. ipsius ips6rum ipsirum ipsdrum Dat. ipsi ipsis Ace. ipsum ipsam ipsum ipsds ipsa^ ipsa Abl. (ab) ips6 ipsa ips6 (ab) ipsis 385 3. PRONOMINA RELATIVA. 141. A Pronomen Relativum is a declinable particle, pointing back, or referring to, the person, or thing, just mentioned, as: vir qui, mulier quce, animal quod. In a wider sense also uter, utra, utrum, qualis, quale, quantus, a, urn, quot and quotus, a, urn, may be classed with the Pronomina Relativa; but as we have treated them- as numerical ad- jectives, what they really are, we omit them here, qui, quce, quod alone remaining for consideration. It is thus declined: U^umerus Singularis. m. f. Casus Nominativus, qui, quae, Genitivus, cuius < « n. quod 11 Dativus, cui " Accusativus, quern, quam, quod " Vocativus, caret " Ablativus, (a) qud, qua\ qu6 m. qui, quorum, qu<5s, humerus Pluralis. f. n. quae, quae quarum, quorum quibus, (queis) quis, quae caret (a) quibus, (queis) V^ota. 1, The Dat. and Abl. Plur. have retained an old form, queis, favored by writers in archaic, or solemn style. 2- The Abl. Sing, has also the form qui, only used when the preposition cum be comes a postposition, which is always the case with the Pron6mina Personalia (mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum) and with the Relativa, when qubcum, quacum, quo. cum and quibuscum, are the regular forms, but, instead of the three first, some writers use quicum. 3. The Pronomina Relativa, along with the Pronomen Interrogativum (quis? quae? quid?) undergo various changes, and extension of meanings, when certain other particles are attached to them, or when they are themselves reduplicated. Thus: a. quisquis, quaequae, quidquid, whoever, whatever. b. By adding the compound cum - que, contracted into -cunque: as: quicunque, quaecunque, quodcunque, quiscunque, quidcunque, whoever, whichever, whatever; uter- cunque, utdcunque, utrumcunque, whichever of the two; qualiscunque, qualecunque, of whatever kind; quantuscunque, quantaciinque, quantumcunque, however much, ever so much, or great; quotcunque, ever so many, no matter how many; quotuscunque quota- cunque, quotumcunque, no matter how mznieth; quotquot, of whatever number. c. The two nouns, modus, i, (o short), mode, manner, and genus, -eris, n (e in ge short as well as in -£f ), a kind, sort, enter into conjunctions with several of the Prono- mina in these forms: cuiusmodi, huiusmodi, eiusmodi. istiusmodi, illiusmodi, cuiuscun quemodi, of this kind, or sort, of what kind, of whatever kind, but (instead of cuius, 386 cuiusmodi) cuicuimodi. These are used as indeclinable adjectives, as: homo eiusmodi, hominis eiusmodi, homini huiusmodi, hominem, mulierem, animal istiusmodi, arborum illiusmodi; cuiusmodi libros etnisti? what sort of books have you bought? Genus, on the other hand is a noun in the Nominative, when connected with id, quod, hoc, and written in one word, as: idgenus, hdcgenus, qu6dgenus, because the compound is pronounced under one accent, while if we separate them, we must use two accents, just as if we se- parated English words, like commonwealth, nevertheless, and the like, into their consti- tuent parts, and say, common wealth, n'ever th f e less, under as many accents, the mean- ings would change. 4. PRONOM1NA INTERROGATIVA. 142. Many particles are used for the purpose of asking questions, such as: qualis, e? quot? quotus, a, um? uter, utra, utrum, quantus, a, um, and others, which under that consideration could be classed under this head; but, properly speaking, the Pronomina Interrogativa are only quis? and quid? who? and what? They are thus declined: QUIS? QUID? Numetus Singularis. Casus Norn. quis quid " Gen. cuius '« Dat. cui " Ace. quern quid " Voc. carei " Abl. (a) qu6 Numerus Pluralis. qui quae quorum quibus quos quae cant (a) quibus Notce. — 1. Quis? is equivalent to English who? quid? means what? and, in principle both are used like their English equivalents, i. e., the former only for male persons, the latter for things; thus: quis ita dixit? who has said so? quid ille dixit? what did he say? — quid novi? what news? — In fact, however, quis is also employed, at least by Plau- tus, for women, as quis mulier? and, even the best authors, like Cicero himself, employs it for masculine things, like, quis locus? quis mons? where grammar demands qui, as qui oculos? qui mons? — Moreover, quis is an adjective, as: "quis puer gracilis?" where- as, quid is a noun, as: "quid mulieris?" what kind of a woman? i. e., governing the fol- lowing noun into the genitive, as do all nouns. 2. Quid differs from quod just as in English what? differs from which? Since quid is a noun, it will always stand alone as the subject, or the object of a sentence, as: quid es hoc? what is this? quid innuis? what are you alluding to? If it stands with a noun, as above, quid mulieris? or, quid negotii habes? what is your business? the noun is put into genitive. Quod, on the other hand, being an adjective, will always stand with a noun, as: 387 quod animal memoras? what animal are you talking about? — One is liable to confound quod? interrogativum, with quod relativum. When it is so used, it will always refer to a noun, expressed, as, palatium, quod vidisti, regis est, the palace, which you have seen, is that of the king, or, at least, id will stand in the noun's place, either expressed, or under- stood, as* non intelligo, quod dicis, I do not understand what (really, id is left out, i. e., that which) you say. In such constructions there are two sentences linked, I do not un- derstand — that, wfrch you say. In Latin this means a world of difference, for the sec- ond sentence is said to be dependent on the first, and grammarians call such a sentence a dependent clause, the verb of which demands the Modus Coniunctivus- Example: Intelli" gis, quod tibi dico? Do yon understand (id = that, which) what I am telling you? — with quid it will sound: Intelligis quid tibi dicam? Non intelligo quod dicis; Non intelligo, quid dicas. 3. The Abl. Sing, has also the form qui, with a sharp and emphacised i, employed as an adverbium, answering the other adverbial question, quomodo? how? and is used ex- actly like this, as: qui scis? how do you know? 4, All cases of quis and quid can be emphacised by attaching to them the particle -nam, thus, quisnam, cuiusnam, quidnam, quemnam, quamnam, &c, as: quisnam ille vir est, quocum venisti? who is the gentleman you came with? Quis is sit, scio; quid is sit, nescio; who he is (be) I know; what he is (be) I do not know. 5. PRONOM1NA INDEFINITA. 143. The Pronomen Interrogativum quis, and the particles enumerated under the Relativa, are further utilized, by the attachment of particles, to furnish the Latin lan- guage with the Pronomina Indefinita, so called, because they cannot be grouped by their meanings under any head, and so they are classed according to their forms. Of these new formative particles the first is ali — 1. By attaching the formative particle ali- before quis, we obtain the new Prono- men aliquis, aliqua (not aliqux), dliquid, somebody, something, declined regularly: *li- cuius, ilicui, dliquem, iliquam, dliquid, &c, Nota Bene: This ali- (contraction of alius) in certain connections is dropped, and quis alone is employed in exactly the same meaning, as: dicet quis, some one will say (as an objection, in criticism). 2. In the same manner iXiquantus, a, urn, some, of some size, pars aliqudnta, some portion, and aliquantum as a noun, aliquantum temporis, some time, aliquantum virium, some of the strength. — So also aliquot, & few, aliquot dies, a few days, not declined; aliquot diebus, aliquot libellae, a few cents, pretio aliquot centussium emit, he bought it at the price of a few dollars. 3. The other particles, used like ali-, are: si-, num-, and quum- in connection with quis, in one word, under one accent, as explained above; thus: siquis, siqua (not siquce* 388 if divided into two words, this could be the case, but it cannot be divided) siquid. And so we obtain the forms, siquis, siqua, siquid, if anybody, if anything; nequis, nequa, ne- quid, lest anybody or anything; numquis, numquae (not numqutf), numquid, (is there, perhaps?) anybody, or anything? quumquis, quumquai, quid, when a person, when any- body, anything. All are declined like quis, the particles being indeclinable. 4. When the question is emphatic, the particle ec (an adaptation of et) is prefixed to quis, thus: ecquis? ecqua? ecquid? Ecquis id mandavit? who (the thunder) ordered, commanded, that? Ecquid hie vult? what (on earth) does he want? 5. Quis is also employed with the particles -dam, -piam, -quam, quidam, quaedam, quiddam, quoddam, a certain one, as an adjective, or alone, as, quidam vir, quasdam mu- lier, quoddam animal; but quidam alone will mean a certain one (person, masculine); but quiddam is a noun. Quispiam, quaepiam, quidpiam, quodpiam, somebody, some- thing; as quaeret quispiam, but some one will ask; quisquam, quidquam, any- body, anything; quisquamne vidit? has anybody seen it? audivistine quidquam? have you heard anything? — nihil quidquam audivi aut vidi, I have not heard or seen a single thing. All of them are declined like quis and quid alone, the particles being all indeclin- 6. Another set of formatives attached to quis, and the other particles mentioned among the Relativa, are -que, -vis, and -libet, producing the following Pronomina In- deilnita: quisque, quaeque, quidque, quodque, each, everybody, each one quivis, quaevis, quidvis, quodvis, every one, whatever quilibet, quaelibet, quidlibet, quodlibet, each one, whoever, whatever uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of the two utervis, utravis, utrumvis, whichever of the two ut&rlibet, utralibet, utrumlibet, whichever of the two quantusvis, quantavis, quantumvis, however much, or grate, ever so much quantuslibet, quantalibet, quantumlibet, no matter how much, or big qualislibet, qual&ibet, no matter of what kind Nota Bene: quisque is strenghtened by joining to it unus, a, urn, as: unusquisque, unaquaeque, unumqu6dque, unumquidque, each and every one, each single thing, govern- ing genitive, as, unusquisque nostrum, vestrum, eorum, civium, militum. To these also belongs quotusquisque, quotaquaeque, quotumquodque, the each "howmanieth, of a row, or of a crowd, as: quotusquisque nostrum haec intelligit? the howmanieth each in this row, or crowd of us understands these (things)? "Suae quisque fortunae faber est * This much used quotation is found in the 2d (called 1st) letter (called oration), ofC Sallustius Crispus - if the work is genuine - De Republica Ordinanda, to C lulius Caesar, advising him what to do with the country, when he became the sole mas every man is the maker of his own fortune; pro se quisque iudicet, for himself. 6. PRONOMINA POSSESSIVA. 389 let every man judge 144. These are the following: meus, mea, meum, my, mine; tuus, thine; suus, sua, suum, his, hers, its. They are thus declined: tua, tuum, thy MEVS, MEA, MEVM NOSTER, -TRA, -TRVM Numerus Singularis. tn. /- n. m. /. n. Cas. Norn, meus, mea, meum noster, nostra, nostrum tt Gen. mei, meae, mei nostri, nostras, nostri n Dat. me6, meae, me6 nostr6, nostra, nostr<5 tt Ace. meum, meam , meum nostrum, nostram, nostrum t* Voc. mi, mea, meum noster, nostra, nostrum tt Abl. (a) me6, mei, me6 Numerus (a) nostrd, Pluralis. nostri, nostr6 Cas. Norn. mei, meae, mea nostri, nostras, nostra " Gen. medrum, meirum , me6rurn nostrorum, nostrirum, nostr6rum tt Dat meis, meis, meis nostris, nostris, nostris " Ace. me<5s, meis, mea nostrds, nostris, nostra t* Voc % mei, meae, mea nostri nostras, nostra tt Abl. (a) meis, meis, meis (a) nostris, nostris, nostris TVVS, TVA TVVM VESTER, VESTRA, VESTRVM Numerus . Singularis. tn. f. n. m. /. n. Cas. Norn, tuus, tua, tuum vester, vestra, vestrum t* Gen. tui, tuae, tui vestri, vestrae, vestri tt Dat. tu6, tuae, tu6 vestro, vestrae, vestrd a Ace. tuum, tuam, tuum vestrum, vestram, vestrum " Voc. caret caret tt Abl. (a) tu6, tui, tu6 (a) vestro, vestri, vestrd ter of Rome. The quotation is in oratio obliqua, and it reads: "Sed res docuit id verum esse, quod in carminibus Appius zitfabrum esse suce quemque fortunce." This Appius the real author of the sentence, seems to be the one, whom Cicero praised as a ' 'sapiens poeta." 390 U^umerus Pluralis. Cas. Norn. tui, tuae, tua nostri, nostrae, nostra tt Gen. tu6rum, tuirum, tu6rum nostr6rum, nostrirum, nostr6rum « Dat. tuis, tuis, tuis nostris, nostris, nostris tt Ace. tu6s, tuis, tua nostras, nostris, nostra tt Voc. c a re t caret tt AM. (a) tuis, tuis, tuis (a) nostris, nostris, nostris SVVS, SVA, SVVM frQumorus Singularis. thQumerus Pluralis. :as . Norn suus, sua, suum sui, suae, sua tt Gen. sui, suae, sui su6rum, suirum, su6rum tt Dat. su6, suae, su6 suis, suis, suis tt Ace. suum, suam, suum su6s, suis, sua tt Voc. care t caret 41 AM. (a) su6, sui su6 (a) suis, suis, suis Notce. — 1. The Latin Pronomina Possessiva have no regard for the sex, or gender of the subject, and so we cannot say her , or it, hers, or its. The gender-endings refer only to the possession, as: me* manus, my hand, manus being feminine; nostra manus, our hands; tuum nomen, thy name, sua voluntas, his, her, or its will. 2. Like his in English, suus, a, urn, is often troublesome, in cases like "I called on his brother, in whose house I met also his friend," where the latter his may refer to two persons; this is avoided in Latin by saying: adivi suum fratrem, cuius domi et amicum eius conveni; but if the amicus is of the brother, 1 would say huiusque, or isttusque; vi- di mercatorem, eiusque uxorem, in such cases, where suus, a, urn would mean of the same, eius is better used- 3. To strengthen the meaning in the Ablativus of su6, sui, su6, we attach the syl- lable -pte t as: su6pte consilio, by his own determination; su6pte p6ndere, by its own weight; suipte naturi, by its own nature, by the nature of the thing. 7. PRONOMINA GENTIL1TIA. 145 As their name indicates, these Pron6mina mean one's origin, family, or count- ry, relationship, nationality, or other social or political connections. Only the following ones are recognized: cuias, -itis, of what country, place, clan 391 nostras, -4tis, of our kind, kinship, country, clan, crowd vestras, -a*tis, of your kind, kinship, country, clan, crowd They are declined regularly: cuia'tis, cuifti cuiftem, cuiate, cuiams, culatum, cui- atibus, &c. frCotce. -— 1. In colloquial Latin we add another, although not demonstrable by co- dices and inscriptions, but a very useful word, huius, -atis, and its adjectival form, hu- mus, -a, -um, of this place, town, or country. They are thus used: Quum quaererem ex eo cuius esset, nee scirem utrum e nostrdtibus, e vestratibus, an omnino alienigenus esset» ipse se huiatem (or huiatum) esse respondit, prorsusque nostratem; as 1 did not know whether he was of our kind, or your kind, or altogether a foreign-born, he answered, that he was a native of this place, and, what is more, he was belongig to our crowd. 2. Here I mention also the Adverbium tuutim, in thy way, in thy manner, a Plau- tus-word, used thus: rem tuitim faaam, I shall do the thing in your way, as you would doit. 8 PRONOMINA CORRELATIVA. 146. Some of the Pron6mina of the various groups have an interrelation among themselves, which, because they mutually illustrate and help each other, is called correla- tive By juxtaposition, and a few examples of their uses, their powers will easily be un- derstood. Pro, Intel rog. Relativum. Demonstrativum , Indefinitum, quis? ) qui J qui is iliquis qualis? qualis talis qualislibet quantus? quantus tantus aliquantus quot? quot tot aliquot Noia. -— The student will notice that there is a hiatus, or something missing, in the 1 ndefinita, which would properly answer qualis? All the answers begin with ali-, but qualis? has qualislibet. In traditional spoken Latin we have the proper answer, uliqualis, of some kind, while qualislibet, in classical Latin, is no answer to it at all, for qualislibet means, no matter what kind, whatever kind- Examples: Quis fuit ille? — Quis (relat.) is (dem.) fuerit, nescio; sed certe fuit aliquis (indef.). Qualis est servus? — Qualis (rcl.), est dominus. talis (dem.) est et servus; qualisli- bet (indef.) ille est, est et iste. Quanta turba fuit in theatro* — Aliquanta (indef.) certe fuit; tanta (dem.) profecto, quanta (relat.) merito exspectari poterat; surely of a size of crowd that reasonably could be expected. 392 Quot centusses solvisti pro ista domo? - How many dollars have you paid for this house' - Tot (derr. - non solvi, quot (relat.) tu existirnas; 1 have not pa.d as many as you think; solvi tamen aliquot (indef.) millia; yet 1 paid a few thousands. DE ADVERBIIS. 147 How a class of Adverbia are formed from Adiectiva, and how they are com- pared we have already seen That class of Adverbia answers the question, qutoodo. Walrecte longe late, breviter, feliciter, bene, male. Adverbia are so called because 5 + verbum! I, they primarily qualify verbs, but they also qualify adjecuves and adverbl as in English, as, he writes mil; very good; fully well, or ent.rely «11; valde "bene nimis celeriter, longe optime, bene multum, &c. AdvTbia then, can best be grouped according the questions they answer. A ADVERBIA LOCI. This class of adverbia answers the questions M quo? (whither?) unde? whence? ubi? ubi (relat.) ibi hie illic, there istic, here, near you alicubi, somewhere ubique ) ubivis l wherev ? r ubihbet | everywhere £libi, elsewhere utrobi? at which of the 2 places utrobique, at both places qui? by which way el, by that way hlc, this way 1. Ubi? that way this way by some way ill* illic ista istic aliqul, to somewhere qulvis qullibet * spiam ) anywhere usquam J niisquam, nowhere circa, about contra, against intra | inside intus J within supra, above insuper, in addition } behind infra, below subtus, underneath pone post prope, near coram, in presence of, openly prxsto, present 6bviam, on one's way foris, outdoors procul- far peregri, abroad 393 unde? whence? unde (relat.) whence inde, thence nine, hence qu<5? whither? qu6, (relat ) e6, thither hue, hither m ) LU 1 ffluc f t0 that place ist6 ) , . , blue / to this place aliqu6, to somwehre 2. Unde? illinc, thence istinc, from here aliciinde, from somewhere undelibet, whence ver 3. Quo? h any place whatever qudpiam quoquam qudvis quolibet i\\6, to another place utr<5? whither of 2 places? utroque, to both places n£utro, to neither of the 2 places B ADVERBIA TEMPORIS. rindique, from all sides aliunde, from somewhere else utrimque, from both sides d£super, from above intr6, inward retr6, backward foras, to outdoors quatenus? how far? eitenus, that far Mctenus, thus far protinus, forward, at once peregre, to abroad 148. These Adverbia express relations of time. They are: quando? when? quando, when, since (relat.) interim ) inteVea hn the meanwhile illico, \ stitim Vat once ext£mplo J quum mixime, as when most quam mixime, most of all simul, as soon as iam, already tandem, at last d£mum, finally £lias, at some other time nunc, now etilmnum ) etiamnunc even now quandocunque, whenever aliqu^ndo, at some time at the time, then dnte | a-nteaJ formerl y tunc turn pridie, the day before heri, yesterday nudius tertius, the day be- fore yesterday postridie, the next day eras, to-morrow per£ndie, after to morrow unquam, ever nunquam, never semper, always pleriimque, for the most Part interdum subinde occassionally m2ne, in the morning int£rdiu, during the day ve*speri, in the evening noctu, at night ex qu6? since when? ex e6, since then dein, deinde, then exinde, thence on deinceps, from thence praetirea, besides abhinc } define |tom now on idhuc as yet, so far quamdiu? for how long? quamdiu (relat.) as long as tamdiu. until 394 h6die, to-day modo, now, just nuper, the other day pridem, long since qu6ndam, once upon a time prop£diem, by-and-by p6sthac, hereafter p6stea ") postmodum V afterwards postmodo J mox, soon quam mox? how soon? aliqu£mdiu\ for some time dudum, long since usque, still parumper, a little while paulisper, for a little time tantisper, just until C ADVERBIA REPETITI^. 149. These Adverbia answer the question quoties? how many times? qu6ties? how many times? qudties, (relat.) as often as toties, as many times as aliqu6ties, a few times iterum, again rursus, again de'nuo, anew ssepe, often id£ntidem, repeatedly quotidie, daily D ^ADVERBIA MODI. quotinnis, every year quotmensibus, every month semel, once iterum iterumque, again and again 150. This class of Adverbia answers to the question, qu6modo? qui? quem4dmo- dum? in what way? how? and so they belong to the category of the Adverbia, formed trom the adjectives of the II., in e or o, as bene, male, merito, necessario, and of the III. in -iter, as ccleriter, feleciter; to which we add the endings -im and -itus, as, parttm, furtim, partly, stealthily, fitnditus, from the very foundations, divinitus, providentially; and the -urn, the neutral of the adjectives, as, incassum, in vain, of no avail. qu6modo? qui? quemadmodum? qudmodo, \ Qui, > quemadmodum ) ut, uti, as sic ) so, ita ) thus item, ] also itidem, > again perinde ) alike quam, how! how? rela- tively prsecipue ) above all imprimis j particularly frustra, in vain nequiquam, to no avail t£mere, recklessly vix, scarely sane, yes, indeed modo, if only dumtaxat, at least fere, ] ferme, > nearly, almost paene ) saltern, at least casterum ) as to the cseter6quin J rest nempe, that is nimirum ] scilicet V namely videlicet ) utpote, as, since plane, quite omnino, altogether nae, what is more utique, of course non, \ no, haud ) not 395 tarn, so v otherwise secus j satis, enough valde ] 2d mod urn > very perquam J quantdpere, how very tantopere, so very nimis nimium too much perhaps forte forsitan fortasse fortassis clam ) clanculum J™ the sly palam, openly subito, on a sudden repente, all at once sensim, noticeably alidquin, in contrary case ne — quidem, not even n£utiquam, not likewise im6, on the contrary cur? \ why? quare? Vwhere- quamobrem? J fore? ideo, 1 therefore idcirco \ for that proptirea S reason E ADVERis, by any ( qu^libet way 396 Mce.-l. TheAdverbia Interrogate can be emphadsed by adding the suffix .nam to any of them, as, mnam? undenam? qudnam? quanam? - ub.narr, gentium su ls> where (on earth) are we? -undenam venis? whence (,n to world are you comtog? - qudnam me ducis? - whither (in the world) are you leading me? - qui- nam is? bv what way (pray) are you going? 2 The Idverbia Relativa are modified either by reduplication, as, ubiubi? undeunde? or by attaching the particle -cunque, thus: ubicunque habites, wherever you may be living, te visum veniam. 1 shall come to see you. 3 The Adverbia Demonstrativa can be strengthened by adding to them the syl able .dmJmZ. (the i becoming emphatic) at the same place: ubicunque tu sis, Undm ero ei eeo wher ver thou be (vou shall, or happen to be) , I shall be at the same place. 1 The A verbalndefinita are formed from the Interrogate (.) putting be ore them the particle alu, and filling out the gap thus arising between the final vowel J of 1 and the possible following other vowel, by ^^Vi^^'^T where- or, (*), by subjoining the syllable -que, as, ub.que, he * becoming emphabc. Examples: Ubi est file? (interrogative) - where is he? S, ; ipse A. non .* «M - lative) eum reliquisti, certe est alkuM (indefinite) » vicuna; ; rftam do **«, ■*« von left him surely he is somewhere in the neighborhood. - Unde iste venit «"«™ C doe Hh s (one or man) come? Undecunque (undelibet, undevis) vfaent, ex.*™, eum fa£ veSe, «** tu venisti; - from wherever he came, 1 am of he opinion tot became thence, whence you have come: which all may not be good Enghsh, but >t telh- '^^^^^^tZ^Zo + ver-, in which direction? andtoSnlg AdvLa of directions: sursum, ^J^^ nrorsum forward; retrdrsum, backward; dextrorsum, to he right, tevorsum, left ahorsum, i„ some other direction, but quaquaversum, m every direction. PARS PAL^ESTRiE ALTERA 399 PENSVM VNDECIMVM, Mappa 1 Orbis Terrarum Antiqui. I. ^QVA ilia vastissima* quae Europam ab America separat, est mare. Maria magna dceatii* appellantur. Oceanus, quo Europa ab America wiungitur,* est Oceanus Atlanticus. Multo tamen u ■ L, in Roman Latin, a napkin; when maps were devised, their authors called them nappa mundi;" hence its name in the modern languages; 4s, is, m., a ball, a globe **s terrarum, the ball of the earth, the world; -us, a, urn, that goes before, the fore- *osi nihil habibam anti quiu s, I had nothing more important; in old English, after French, they used to write antient, fr. Latin ante - lent (ante iens, euntis, ient being *Tong), foregoing, now, ancient. 2- Vastus, a, urn, vast, immense, vasto* v., to lay waste, properly, boundless de- ts; mare, is, n ., a sea. — 3. II., a Gr. word, an ocean. — 4 Seiungo? n x i, ctum, the opposite of coniungo, to disjoin. - Fr. Atlas, lantis, mythol,, who carries, or holds', earth ' ba U on his shoulder, the name of the highest mountain in North Africa, the name vastior oceanus is est, qui America e Asia f*"^"^ ° ™ ' Tranqmllus vocatur. Sunt, pdno* et din ocean., ut. Indicus Arcti us, atque Antarctica ; prior Indiam alluit, postenorum vero .alter ad car TZ terra, SeptemLnalem ad .^f^TZtlmntes- h* Terrae auas oceani ab invicem? dividunt, sunt continenus nag autem urtquinque: Europa, Asia, Africa, America, atque Australia auretSL ? niaappellarisolet. Ex his America trifanam dispescitu^ t% eDtemtrLdlem, MediMam, sive Centralem, atque Australem seu MerSm qu6niam ea continens ingenti longitudine ab Hyperbolas Snfous ad Maria glacialia Antarctica pane se exporngit. £a partes sunt oceanorum. Maximum et amplfss.mum mare est ErvtSum quod inter Africam atque Asiam Meridianam s.ve Indiam, SSrestque pars Oceani Indici. Maria alias smgulas partes cont - I ™ iiS rema » dispescunt. Omnium marium celeberr.mum est ^Xtemm^kScL et Asiam ab Europa seiungit Ratione c i .4. ;„f fl r -/>n 2 — • -us, a, urn. quiet. — 6. of the ocean, adj. -icus, a, um. - 5. lacet - in to eo , ^ ^ the bear, 1. e., Ursa Maior, arcnc, . to stretch on that account/., but also « : , because ■■am. ens. 8 . . SC0 ,3 cui , stun* to karate; -.^- ; * ; £d. jj^ out . „«,, over - north, Or., far north; - s, «. .cy ^ ™^ *"£ ' name of tnat sea in . ^ 'Z^^^f^Z:^ n^uXwhich means anyth* chance, receive; 1 am using the name Data a rath ghan 11 lyr cu ^ ^ ^ name of a particular country, where* fflyncum^ J^J^ni^ now exist. countries along the eastern shores of the Adnat c, neu er does y ^^ 10. II., Hellespont HeUe's-M»nto, ttj-jrfH dfct ^^^ ft*), Black Sea; Sea of Azov, Crimea. 401 per Bosporum cum Ponto Euxino coniungitur, cuius extremitas Palus Maeotidis 11 est, quae Chersonesum Tauricam alluit. Sunt terras, quas aqua undique 12 incmgit; terra idgenus est insula. Tales insulas sunt Sicilia, 13 Sardinia, Creta, Cyprus, Anglia, Hibernia, multeque alias. Mas autem terrae, quas aqua a tribus lateribus cingit 14 ex una autem parte continenti hczret, est pceninsula; Italia, Hispania, Grascia, Dania, atque Scandinavia sunt pasnfnsulas. Ubi peninsula exigua^ in marese porrigit, atque continentem finit, promontarium dici- tur, quasi montium pr^nuntium. 11. Mceotis, idis, palus, udis, % lake, swamp, the Sea of Azov; Chersonesus = pen- insula, also Cherronesus, f.; Tauris, icus, a, urn, the peninsula of Crimea. 12. Adv. on all sides, from everywhere; -go, 3 nxi, ctum, fr. cingo, to encircle; I. an island. 13. The inhabitants are Siculus, i; Scandia, ce, and -navia, ce, originally supposed to be some northern island, but finally became the name of the great peninsula, inhabited by the Norvegii and Sued, neither is of Roman origin, Norvegians and Swedes, who are supposed to be the Gothi, one of the German tribes. — Creta, also Candia, whence creta, ce, chalk; -us, i, still retains its ancient name. — Anglia, ce, the country of the Angli, latinized from Eng-land, narrow land, Germans, formerly of Schleswig-Holstein neighbors of the Dani, Tannenland, country of pines, spruces, all Germans calling them selves from the character of their lands, as: Kothi (Gothi), Kothland, Tanneland, Jut- land (Gtiteland), Holland (hollowland), England, angusta terra; it is no more Britannia now since the invasion of six German colonies, any more than America, accidentally so called, is India, or Americans are Mohawks, Iroquois, or Seminoles. — Hibernia, ce, win- ter country, so called by the Romans, fr. hibernus, a, urn, fr. hyems, is, f., winter. 14. -go, 3 nxi, ctum, to surround; -reo, 2 si, sum, to stick; pcene, almost + insula. — I-, has retained its name, although the inhabitants call themselves Italic/, inhabitants of Italy, for they are the descendants of the Longobardi, Ostroghoti, Vandali, and other German conquerors and later immigrants from the North, of Greeks, Arabs, other Africans in Sicily and Southern Italy. — Hispania, now Espana, a little distorted from the Rom- an; the inhabitants are also to a considerable rate Visigothi, Suevi, Vandals (hence An- dalusia = Vandalitia), Arabs. — Grcecia, inhabitants Graeci, who call themselves Hel- lenes, and their country Hellas, not so known to the Romans, though their language is essentially Greek, but its pronunciation has strongly degenerated under Slav influence. — Dania, the Tannenland, the pineland, in the Chersonesus Cimbrica, the peninsula of the Cimbri, which word equally points to timber, or dimmer, in German, of the same meaning. 15. -guus, a, uum, small; finio,* vi, ii, turn, to end; -urn, ii, pro -f mons, before, 402 Fit, vicissim, ut maria longe in terras petietrent™ proinde terrae aquam a tribus lateribus claudunt, aqua vero a quarto latere mari hae- ret mare istiusmodi sinus vocatur; tales sinus sunt Sinus Adnaticus, Co'n'nthiacus, Arabicus, Persicus, atque Codanus, inter Sueciam, Ger- mdniam et Russiam. Propria loquendo etiam Mare Internum haud or preceding a mountain, despite all philological sophistry; mons, tis, a mountain; -us, a, urn, a forerunner, a messenger. , 16. -tro} r., to enter, to go in deep, to penetrate; on three sides; -do* si, sum, to close; sinus, As, a bosom, a bay, folds of a garment; fr. an old town of Adna (or Ha- driaV the gulf of Arabia, of Persia; Arabs, bis; Persa, «, Arabia, Persia, or Persis, idis; the Baltic Sea- Suecia, as, Sweden, Suecus, i. - Germania, as, a'pure Latin word, ge- nuine, real, xs in inter germanus, a brother by the same father and same mother as aeainst tracer uterinus, a brother by the same mother only. The Romans so called the Germans because their oneness and identity though divided into numerous clans with as many different names. The attempt of the German philologists to explain this name from words likv wehren, wahren, Eng. war, French guerre, Ital. guerra, &c., is irration- al for these words are the mere corruptions of the Latin germ in the phrase bellumge r'ere The worth of Germans as fighters and soldiers was very promptly recognized by C Gear, and he quickly engaged them as cavalrymen in his army. They continued in Roman service under the Emperors as cavalry and pretorian guards, whereas rew of the GalU were so valued; and it is the only nation now surviving that has measured swords with Rome and survived. In German imperialism we see Roman imperialism preserved. They have colonized directly, and indirectly by infiltration as mechanics and tradesmen during the last 2,000 years all countries of Europe, so that the northern countries are en- Sy Germans, the rest very largely. - Russia, as, the country of the Rus* which has no affinity with Latin russus, a, urn, red, rust color; they were not known to the Romans for the name Sauromatas, and Sarmatas, was the generic name of all Slavs, as .bcymx of the Tatars (not Tartars) Turcos, now called Turanians. By blood and bones the Kosst (as they call themselves) are Tatars but they were Slavicized by their neighbors, the va- rious Slav tribes, like the Roxolani, probably the Poles and Lithuanians, the latter the most original Slavs. So, too, the Bulgars, were Turanians, lost their own language and became the first Christian Slavs; their two Apostles, SS. Cyrillus e t Methodius have de- vised a new alphabet, the Cyrillic, and converted the nation to Greek Christianity. 17 -rius, a, urn, one's own, proper, adv. -tie, properly, prop, speaking; cttcum- cludo? si, sum, claudo, to close in all around; coarcto} v., con + arctus, a, urn, tight, narrow, to make narrow, tight; -go.' » xi > ctum - to bind ' *° ^ ht f n; S Z *' V J now Cadiz, Gades, ium, pi. only; the Strait of Gibraltar, Cal P e,es; the corruption o the Arabic Dshebel al - Taric, the Mountain of Taric, a part of the rocks, called by the Romans, Columns Herculis, the Pillars of H. 403 aliud est quam vastus sinus Oceani Atlantici, quandoquidem tribus continentibus circumclusum tenetur, atque ex una tantum parte Oceano haeret, a duobus promontoriis coarctdtum. Mare sic constrictum et co- arctatum /return, vocamus, quorum omnium celeberrimum est Fretum Gaditanum, prope ad Calpen, sive Columnas Herculis, quod fretum Europam ab Africa seiungit. Etiam fit, e contrario, ut maria terras sic coarctent & constringant, ut duae continentes, aut regiones, angustus tantum terras tractus 18 con- iungat. Eiusmodi terra angusta isthmus dicitur, uti est Isthmus Corin- thius. Alias autem aquae ita circumdatas sunt terris, ut easdem quasi in- sula liquid^ 19 undique septce videantur ; aqua sic circumdata & circum- septa lacus vocatur, qualis est Lacus Lemanus mfinibus Helvetia, La- cus Hyrcanus, sive Caspiacus, qui et mare appellari solet. Recensio: — Quid iacet inter Europam et Americam? — Nomina, sis oceanos, et ubi ii siti sint. — Qui sunt continentes? memora earum nominal — Quot in partes est America dispesta? — quare? — Enume- ra praecipua maria! — Die, sodes, quasnam sint prascipuas partes Maris Interni! — Ubi est Propontis? — Explica quid sit insula! — Eniimera aliquot! — Describe, sis, pasninsulam! — Nomina aliquot peninsulas! Quid intellfgimus sub nomine promontorii? — Doce nos, quid sit sinus maris! — Proprie, quid est ipsum Mare Internum? — et cur ita? — Velis nobis explicare quid fretum appelletur! — quod fretum, et ubi situm, est omnium celeberrimum? — Explica, rogo, quid sit isthmus, et memora unum! — Expone nobis quid sit lacus, et nomina aliquot! 18. Tractus, us, m., a drawing, a draught, fr. traho* xi, cturn, to draw, a tract of anything, here, of land. — Isthmus, i } m., a narrow piece of land between two bodies of water. 19. -us, a y urn, fluid, liquid; sepio,* ivi, ii, ptum, to enclose, to force in; -do, dare, dedi, datum, (a short, e short), to surround; -us, us, m., a lake, a vat; the Lake of Geneva, in Switzerland, fines, ium, pl„ the boundaries. 404 VOCABVLARIVM 28. Nna Subst. mappa, x orbis, is, m. aqua, x mare, is, n. 6c£anus, i cardo, inis, m. continens, tis, f. m. longitudo, inis, f- r£gio, nis, f. regnum, i ratio, nis, f. extr£mitas, tis, f. insula, x latus, eris, n. peninsula, x promontorium, ii sinus, us, m- fretum, i columna, x tractus, us m. isthmus, i, m. lacus, us, m. fines, ium, m. Nna Adi. antiquus, a, um vastus, a, um tranquillus, a, um a'rcticus, a, um anta'rcticus, a, um medianus, a, um centralis, e austrilis, e ingens, tis hyperboreus, a, um glacialis, e amplus, a, um celeber, bris, e internus, a, um diversus, a, um exiguus, a, um prasnuntius, a, um liquidus, a, um Verba s^paro, 1 r. seiungo, 3 nxi, ctum interiiceo, 2 alluo, 3 ui protendo, 3 di, turn, sum dispesco, 3 cui, pestum exporrigo, 3 rrexi, ctum sortior, 4 itus sum incingo, 3 nxi, ctum cingo, 3 nxi, ctum hsereo, 2 si, sum p6rrigo, 3 rrexi, ctum finio, 4 vi, turn fio, fieri, factus sum penetro, 1 r. claudo, 3 si, sum loquor, 3 cutus sum circumcludo, 3 si, sum teneo, 2 ui, turn coarcto, 1 r. constringo, 3 nxi, ctum circumdo, 1 dedi, datum s£pio, 4 psi, ptum ndmino, 1 r. sino, 3 sivi, situm m^moro, 1 r. enumero, 1 r. explico, 1 ui, itum describo, 3 psi, ptum doceo, 2 ui, ctum volo, velle, volui rogo, 1 r. expono, 3 posui, itum Adverbia multo, porro invicem trifiriam pa^ne, a'lias undique, quasi vicissim, longe proinde prdprie quand6quidem e contrario ita, sic ^QVA II. manna 1 est salsa & amdra nee potdtu apta ; sed sunt etiam aquae dulces & potabiles. Aquae marfnae sunt semper sta- 1. -us, a, um, of the sea, marine; -us, a, um, salt, salty, fr. sal, is, m., salt, whence also, salum, i, the salt, the sea; -us, a, um, bitter, hence, possibly mare; Abl. of the su- pinum of poto, 1 r., to drink, to drink heavily, mostly used of animals and drunkards, but it being a more flexible verb than hibo, in the odd forms is employed in its stead; 4s, e, sweet, aqua dulcis, fresh water; aqua viva, flowing, drinking water. 405 twee, 2 dulces raro. Aquae dulces fere semper fluunt, et propterea etiam thimiiid? fluvii, atque rM appellantur. Origcfi omnis fluvii est fons. Fons autem est locus, si ve foramen, in terra, vel in saxis, unde aqua, plerumque limpida & dlgida, saspe ta- men etiam fervida & acidula ebullit & manat, atque scaturit, unde fons etiam scatebra, atque scaturfgo vocatur. Aqua fontana, recens et gelida, potatu maxime sdlubris & iucunda est, quia sttim sedat & restinguit. Aqua, relicto fonte, loca humiliora quaerit, ac per saxa et lapillos 5 perstrepens, alifsque vents aquarum aucta in nvulum, turn fterum aliis accedentibus, in amnem aut torrentem crescit, atque tandem in planam terram, saepe non sine sonoris cataractis, delapsa, in rivum, fluvium, denique in magnum flumen aucta, longis saspe atque tortuosis, itineri- bus emensis, se in mare effundit. 2. -us, a, um, standing, stationary water; adv., seldom. 3. -en, iniSy n., a river. While not demonstrable from Roman usage in colloquial Latin flumen designates a large river, directly flowing into the sea, all others are fluvii rivi, &c. 4. -go, inis, f., the rise, start, origin; fons, tis, m., a spring, a fountain, a source, — men, inisfn., a hole; -um, i, a rock; -us, a, um, cool; -us, a, um, hot; -us, a, um, souerish, absolutely, sour mineral water; -Uo,± it, ivi, itum, to bubble, to b. up, fr. bul- la, ce, a bubble; -no} r., to flow gently, to oose; -*V r., to flow gently and steadily, hence the two nouns scatebra, and scaturigo, inis, f., a well, spring, also fons iugis (-is, e), a never failing spring; -us, a, um, derived from a spring; -ens, tis, this is also the form of adv., fresh; -us, a, um, cold, of water, frosty, of winds; -bar, bris, bre, whole- some, healthy; -us, a, um, pleasant; -is, is, f., thirst; -do, 1 x., to cause to sit, or settle down, to sedate; -guo* nxi, nctum, to quench. 5. II., a pebble; -po* ui, itum, to make noise; vina, ce, i vein; augeo, 2 xi, ctum> to enlarge; -us, i, a brook; -do? cessi, ssum, to go to, with others joining; -is, is, m. , usually a swift creek, or large river, coming down from hills, also generally, river; -ens, tis, a mountain brook, fr. totreo, 2 ui, tostum, to dry, to parch, to toast, any rivulet runn- ing water in the street, in the rut of a wheel, all such as will eventually dry up; -us, a, um, founding; delabor, 3 psus sum, to tumble down, fall, rush down; -osus, a, um, fr. torqueo, 2 si, rtum, to twist, twisted, wound; iter, itineris, a rout, a road, passage, jour- ney, course; emetior* nsus sum, to measure out, here, measure out a length, a Latin idiom, to leave a long road behind, to pass through; -do, 6 fudi (u short), -fusum, pour out {se, itself). 406 Tametsi 6 omnia flumina e fontibus derivantur, non omnia recta vid in maria illabuntur, sed nonnulla lacus, aut lacunas efficiunt, non raro etiam stdgna, ubi terra demissa est, aqua autem solutis nivibus, aut pluviis nimis aucta, ut totam regionem diluvione perfundant, denique in alia, se plerumque maiora flumina lnfluunt. Istiusmodi fluvii conflu- entes, locus autem, ubi confluunt, confluens vocatur. Europa multis & magnis rigdtur 1 fluminibus. Maximum horum est Rha, quod in occidua Russia ortum, magnis circuitibus Orientem ver- sus labitur, vocaturque Rha Occidental, dein Rha Orientali auctum, cursum ad Meridiem flectit, ac, denique, in Mare Caspium illabitur. Ultra hoc, ad orientem solem, e Montibus Hyperboreis deorsum fluit Daix, qui per partem cursus sui Europam ab Asia dividit, ac se, deni- que, in Mare Caspium effundit. Haud procul a Boruscorum 8 sedibus exsurgit Tanais, cis flumen 6. Adv., although; -vo, 1 r., to flow down; also, simply rectd, straight way, direct- ly; -bor*psus sum, to glide, slip, fall into; L, a lakelet; -urn, i, a pond; fr. demitto* si! ssum, lew, flat; solvo? vi, utum, to untie, to loosen, to melt, with the snows melted, when the snows melt; -vio, nis, f., a flood- — -ens, tis, m., a tributary; hence, where the Mosel empties into the Rhine, being a confluens, the name of the city at that place is now called Coblen^. 7. -go, 1 r., to water. — Rha, indecl., n., the Volga, the western branch is Volga pro- per, the eastern is the Kama; the name, on account of a weed, very generally used in all the' world as an article of food, originally brought from its shores, has been distorted in- to many shapes: Celsus calls it Radix Pontica, Amm. Marc, rha; Linneus rheum Rha Ponticum; popularly re barbara, ra barbarum, French, Rhubarbe, Eng., rhubarb, i. e., Rha Barbarum. — Montes Hyperborei, or Farnorth Mountains, the Ural Mountains; Daix, ids, m., the Iaik, or Ural river. 8. Boruscus, i, a Slavic people'in central Russia, possible the ancestors of the Bo- russi, popularly Prussi, now Germanized. — Tanais, is, m., the Don river; prapos. and adv.,' on this side; ultra & citra, further and nearer, the other side and this side; -ium, it, a' main door, entrance, mouth of a river; prep, and adv., across; the same as Caspi- um; by scholastic writers confounded with Tartarus, they have nothing in common; with the Romans all were Scythae, all the Slavs Sarmatx; Caucasius, -icus, a, urn, Armenius, icus, a, urn; in these our times (hac nostra tempestate, a frequent phrase). — I., its name is retained; I., Poland; I., Lithuania, the Lithuani are supposed philologically to be a connecting link between Greeks and Slavs, whence their claim to be the most original Slavs; the Baltic Sea; Sweden, Finland. 407 Rha, qui iam in Paludem Masotidem fnfluit. Ultra et citra ostia horum Aluminum, et c.s et trans Mare Hyrcanum, sive Caspiacum, sedes sunt Tatarorum qui se hinc in Asiam longissime protendunt, item Austrum versus, in Montes Caucasios, et Armeniam, quamvis hac nostra tem- pestate sub Russorum sint potestate. - Memorari, porro, meretur Vi- stula, qua Poloniam & Lithuanian! perfluit, et in Germaniam egressa inSinum Codanum, inter Sueciam, Finningiam, Russiam& Germaniam' aquas suas diffundit. Terra Germanic copiosis aquis fluentibus] est irrfgua. Licet hie inter celeberrima flumina memorare Viadrum, sive Suevicum, qui se in Sinum Codanum, sive Mare Suevicum infundit, Albim & Visurgim qui in Mare Germanicum, illabuntur, atque longe celeberrimum, Rhenum Hie in Helvetia onundus, confluentibus Nicro, Mceno ac Mosella auctus' cursum paullo superius in Occasum flectit, ac Bataviam perfluens' magnis ostns aquas suas cum Oceano Atlantico miscet. Solurni" Francis quoque haud paucis navigabflibus flumfnibus hu- in„ 1' '" , the n Un ! ry ,° f the Germani ' insisting of numerous tribes, but now all call, ing themselves Deutsch, or, what the Romans called Teutones, or Teuton! i e Teut "J- What teut means, is unknown, but the word likely is still present in some provin- 1 idiom as, for mstance in Dutch, Flemish, Vallon, Danish, &c It seems that, like in faxc L^ m ? w nme ^ the W ° rd Wi " 6XpreSS the Charader of the ' a "d. ^ does ±axo, Rockland, a Latin word, a Rocklander, Holland, hollowland, & c -us, a urn wa tered-Il., the Oder; Suabian; -is, is, Elbe; -is, is, Weser; Rhein, Rhine. - II Switz- erland; -us a, um, originating; -er, cri, Neckar; Main, Moselle; I., Holland, although he Hollanders are no more Batavi, who were Celts, but Germans; -sceo? scui, xtum to mix, to blend. 10. -um, i, the ground, soil; I., the country of the Franks, the inhabitants calling themselves Francenses; the Visigoths (442-507) settled there for some 70 years, the Franks established themselves permanently (437), the Burgundians (444), the Alemanni %) and numbers of Germans through all the countries, but an Ecclesiastical Latin lan- guage has maintained itself, and on this account the French are called Neo Latins. - -is, <•- tr. navis, is, f., a ship, navigable; to moisten; iuvat memorare (roS r ) an idiom it is helpful to mention; I., the Seine; L, the Marne; I., the head-city, gens, Us, f a na- hon called also Parisii, orum, which nieans the inhabitants, the nation, or tribes of the Galh, who have inhabited France before the Roman, and, afterward, the German inva- sion. - Liger, is, m> , the Loire; L, the Garonne; II., the Rhine. 408 mectatur, e quibus iuvat memorare Sequanam, quae confluente Matro- na adaucta, Lutetiam, caput gentis, perfluit, et in Oceanum Atlanticum effluit. Memorabile quoque flumen est Liger, ad Meridiem a superiori- bus, qui perinde in Atlanticum se effundit. In idem mare vergit, mul- to inferius, flumen Garumna. Denique celebre flumen est Rhodanus, qui ab Aquilone in Austrum tendit, ac, tandem, ternis magnis ostiis in Mare Internum illabitur. Notissimum 11 Anglias flumen est Tamesis, qui caput nationis, Lon- dinum, perfluit, ac mox post in Mare Germanicum se effundit. In par- te insulas occfdua, Sabrfna e Septemtrione labitur, atque adversum Li- bonotum in mare profunditur. Denique est etiam ad Aquilonem flumen Abus. Nee Iberia, 12 sive pasninsula Hispaniae, caret Claris flumfnibus. 11. Fr. nosco* novi, notum, to know, the most, or best known. By Anglia is the entire kingdom is meant, i- e., all who in its territory speak the language, of the Angli. Locally there is also a Scotia, a name, which unless it can be shown to be Celtic, 1 hold to be Greek, for scotos, in Greek means dark, shady, and Scotia, a fugitive slave, keeping in dark. As this people was subdued by the invading Germans, and other indications seem to point that way. The Saxones, Rocklanders, are the German Sachsen, which is the La- tin Saxo, Saxonis, their original German name being lost, must have migrated from mo- dern Saxony, from the Bohemian mountains, whence the name, into the neighborhood of the English, or eng - land - ish, the Narrow-land, which now is cut through by the Kiel Canal. The Welsh, and their country Wales, had no Roman names. The Britanni were but Celts of Bretagne, immigrated, as Csesar tells us, but conquered by Germans in the first half of the VI. century. They are called Vallenses, and Cambri, Valksia and Cambria; not Roman; — Hiberni, Hibernia, the Roman name of Erin, Ireland, which ought to sound Eriland, and the inhabitants Erinish, or Erish, unless some grammatical reason demands it so in Celtic, a language though classified into a group of Iberian, Welsh and Scotch, seems to me to belong to the Graeco-Latin group, many of their words being Latin, and the letters plain Latin, so that they can be recognized. — Tamesis, is, the Themse; -tio, nis, a nation; -um, i, London; I., the Severn; II., the Humber. 12. I., name of the peninsula from the river Iberus, Ebro. I., Spain, Hispanus, i, a Spaniard, the country's Roman name, whether from the language of the Iberi, or from Latin hispidus,a,um, shaggy, hairy, as the Helvetii from helvus, a, um, blond, I cannot tell. There are three distinct races in the country: the Caniabri, or Base, Vascon, Biscai- an, probably a Turanian people; the Castellani, the Spaniards properly, in the center; and the Catalauni, in the East (Barcino, Valentia, Barcellona, Valencia, &c.)- The latte 40< Imprimis memorandus est Iberus, a quo paenfnsula nomen sortfta est: hie a Cantabris Orientem versus defluit, et in Mare Internum se effun- dit. In Meridiana Hispania clarissima duo flumina sunt Bastis, atque Anas; utrumque in Oceanum Atlanticum, supra Gades ac Tartessum se effundit. Tagus, ex Hispania in Portugalliam transfluit, et amplfssi- mo orificio in Atlanticum elabitur. Est, denique, Durius, qui ad Caler in mare dilabitur. Italia 13 haud multis & magnis flumfnibus foecimddtur. Principerr locum inter flumina Italiae tenet Padus, qui ex Alpibus delapsus, Tici- no, plurimisque amnibus in se infusis in Orientem vergit, seque in Mare Adriaticum diffundit. Longe minores eo sunt Arnus, qui Floren- tiam, atque Tiberis, qui caput Italiae, Romam, perfluit, et hie se ad speak a Latin idiom, much nearer to the Latin than the Castellani, the only nation using Latin Nominatives, and they seem to be the descendants of the Suevi, Schwaben, or the Alani, both having invaded Spain in 409. conquered by the Visigoths 419, who in turn, were conquered by the Mauri, or Arabs, of Mauritania (our little map being copied by the artist from a German map, has it Mauritania, a German fad), who have held Spain until 1492. The Vandals, too, have stayed here for 20 years (409— 429) , when they passed over to Africa. Thus the Spaniards have little in common with Rome, or Latin, their language being derived from Christian Rome, through the missionaries. — Careo,' ui, Hum, to lack; -us, a, um, celebrated, famous; -is, is, m., now Quadalquivir; Anas &> m , now Quadiana (in Arabic IVadi, vallis, valley of Ana, river Ana); Tartessus, the Biblical Tarshish, whence King Salomon obtained his valuable timber, silver, &c, for his temple; both are situated on an island — Tajo. — Portugallia, i aestuarium, ii sapor, is, m. Nna Propria. Europa, se,continens Rha, indecl-, n. Russia, x f regnum Mare Caspium Montes Hyperborei Daix, fluvius, m. Asia, x, continens Boruscus, i, gens Tanais, is, m. fluv. Palus Masotis 412 Mare Hyrcanum Tatarus, i, gens Russus, i. gens Montes Caucasii Armenia, as, regnum Vistula, as, fluv. Polonia, as, regnum Lithuania, x, regnum Germania, x, regnum Sinus Codanus Suecia, x, regnum Finningia,as,regn. Viadrus, i, fl. Suevicus, a, um, gens Albis, is, fl. m. Visurgis, is, fl. m. Rhenus, i, fl., m. Helvetia, x, regnum Nicer, cri, fl. m. Moenus, i, fl., m. Mosella, as, fl., f. Batavia, as, regnum Oc£anus Atlanticus Francia, as, regnum S£quana, as, fl. Matrona, as, fl. LutStia, x, urbs Liger, is, fl., m. Garumna, as, fl. f. Rhodanus, L fl., m. Mare Internum Anglia, as, regnum Tamesis, is, fl. , m. Londinum, i, urbs Sabrina, 33, fl., f. Lib6notus, i, m. ventus, regio Abus, i, fl., m. j Iberia, as, I Hispania, x, regn. Iberus, i, fl., m. Cantaber, bri, gens. Bastis, is, fl., m. Anas, as, fl., m. Gades, ium, oppidum Tartessus, i, colonia Tagus, i, fl., m. Portugallia, as, regn. Durius, ii, fl-, m. Cale, £s, f., urbs Italia, as, regnum Padus, i, fl-, m. Alpes, ium, f., montes Ticinus, i, fl-, m. Mare Adriaticum Arnus, i, fl., m. Florentia, as, urbs Tiberis, is, fl., m. Roma, as, urbs Mare Inferum Pisas, arum, urbs Mare Superum Aufidus, i, fl., m. Vulturnus, i, fl. , m. Danubius, ii, fl. , m. Mons Abnoba Bavaria, as, regn. Austria, as, regn. Hungana, as, regn. Dravus, i, fl., m. Tysia, as, fl., f. Savus, i, fl., m, Singidunum, i, urbs Ister, tri, fl-, m. Serbia, as, regnum Bulgaria, as, regn. Rumania, as, regn. Pontus Euxinus. Nna Adi. marinus, a, um, salsus, a, um amarus, a, um dulcis, e potabilis, e stativus, a, um limpidus, a, um algidus, a. um f£rvidus, a, um acidulus, a, um recens, tis gelidus, a, um salubris, e iucundus, a, um sonorus, a, um tortuosus, a, um demissus, a, um copi6sus, a, um irriguus, a, um celeber, bris, re, f. oriundus, a, um navigabilis, e memora'bilis, e notus, a, um clarus, a, um amplus, a, um princeps, is inferus, a, um superus, a, um contrarius, a, um internus, a, um proprius, a, um reliquus, a, um Verba. potu, 1 r. ebullio, 4 r. mano, 1 r. scaturio, 4 r. sedo, 1 r. restinguo, 3 nxi, ctum relinquo, 3 qui, ctum perstrepo, 3 ui, itum augeo, 2 xi, ctum accedo, 3 cessi, ssum cresco, 3 crevi, turn delabor, 3 psus sum em^tior, 4 mensus sum efTundo, 3 fudi, sum derivo, 1 r. illabor, 3 psus sum solvo, 3 vi, litum perfundo, 3 fudi, sum influo, 3 xi, xum confluo, 3 xi, xum rigo, 1 r. labor, 3 psus sum exsurgo, 3 nexi, ctum protendo, 3 di, sum, turn memoro, 1 r. mereor, 2 itus sum egredior, 3 ssus sum liceo, 2 ui, itum misceo, 2 ui, xtum humecto, 1 r. iuvo, 1 iuvi, turn vergo, 3 xi (?) tendo, 3 tetendi, sum, turn prof undo, 3 di, sum careo, 2 ui, itum sortior, 4 itus sum foscundo, 1 r. e^gero, 3 ssi, ssum cedo, 3 ssi, ssum attingo, 3 tigi, factum pr6sequor, 3 cutus sum verto, 3 ti, sum 413 assumo, 3 psi, ptum muto, 1 r. excipio, 3 cepi, ptum intumesco, 3 ui inundo, 1 r. refluo, 3 xi, xum relinquo, 3 qui, ctum differo, 3 stuli. latum enarro, 1 r. scio, 4 r. recede 3 cessi, ssum Adverbia. semper raro, fere propterea unde, iterum plerumque tandem saepe, de'nique nimis, dein deorsum haud longissime porro, hie longe, paullo superius perinde multo inferius, mox post imprimis subito, diu donee, late admodum subinde recta' maxime satis, qui Pr&positiones. per, versus ultra, procul cis, citra trans, sub cum, adversum supra, prope circiter, pr aster usque, de Coniunctiones. tametsi quamvis III. DARTES continentum, quae pelagis 1 obiectce sunt, oraz maritime * appellantur, mdrgines autem oras, quos aquae contingunt pe- lagi, sunt litbra, fluminum autem, ripa. Ubi tamen nee rerum natura, nee ars 2 humana, obiectis littoribus aut aggeribus, impetui aquarum mo- dum ponit, fluctus libere diffunduntur, editiora & sicca loca, utinsulas, ambiunt, casteram vero regionem ita uvidam & hiimidam reddunt, ut praeter ulvas, carinas, arundines iuncosque nihil nisi herbas steriles, pe- cori ingratas, invia gignat. Regiones tales lustra sunt pestiferorum in- 1. -us, i, n., a frequent Gr. name of mare, although -us, i, it is n., not masc; fr. ob + iacio, to throw in the way, against, to oppose, obstruct, lying against; I., edge, margin, sea shore; -us, a, urn, of the see, maritime; -go, inis, brink, border; -go, 3 tigi, factum, to touch; -us, oris, shore, while or a, as to the sea, is the whole coast, littus, is the shore, or beach; 1.. a river bank. 2. Ars, Us, fr., any occupation of man; -us, a, urn, pertaining to man, human, by nature, or by human art; -ger, is, m., a dam, a dike; -us, us, m., a rush, a dash; -us, 414 sectorum, uti culices, qui hamana habitacula infestant etiam dissita, qirusque febrium disseminant; item unguium venenato morsu lethalium. Alterum 3 genus regionum littordlium est rupibus ac soxosis praeci- pitiis aspernum et Rorridum. Saxa haec plerumque sunt exesa, summa autem capita muscosa, quoniam spumantes fluctus ea per omne serum eis irruentes mrberant, aspergineque in sublime elisa rigant. His in locis saxa saepe etiam sub aquis dditescunt, quse scopulos et cautes appella- mus, quibus si navigia, ventis adacta, aut navarchis deceptis, illidantur, naufragium faciunt, itaque nunquam non sunt navigatoribus diro pe- riculo. Est, deuique genus littorum, ubi regio circum editor 4 et sicca est, i, a mode, moderation, modum pono, 1 check, temper, moderate, refrain (by throwing up dams, or dikes, to check the rush, of waters); adv. freely, unchecked; -us, a, um, raised, elevated, higher; -us, a, um, dry; -us, i, in pi. becomes n., excepting when meaning places in books; -bio,* ii, Hum, to go around, surround; -us, a, um, wet; -us, a, um, moist; I., sedge grass; cane, reed; -do, inis, f., reed; -us, i, bull rush; herba sterilis, weed; -us, oris, n., cattle; -us, a, um, unpleasing; -us, a, um, roadless, impassable; -gno, 3 g'enui, Hum, to beget, to produce. um, i, a lair, hiding place; -fer, ra, urn, bringing, bearing pestis, is, f., a pest, a desease; -um, i. fr. in 4- seco, 1 ui, ctum, to make an incision, to carve, cleave, whittle, a bug, because its body has incisions, the neck, the waist; as; -ex, ids, m., a mosquito; -ulum, i, a dwelling; -to, 1 r., to go into w. a hostile mind, to infest; -us, a, um, far away (etiam = even); -us, i, n., venom, poison; -is, is, f., a fever; -no, 1 r., to sow, disperse, disseminate; -is, is, m., a snake; -no, 1 r., to poison, pp., poisoned, -us, us, m., a bite; -is, e, deathly (d. by their pois- onous biting). 3. -er, a, um, ius, i, another; -us, eris, n-, a kind; -is, e, shory, littoral; -es, is, f., and -um, i, & rock; -um, it, fr. pras + caput, a downright dizzy height; -per, a, um, harsh, rough; -us, a, um, hair raising. Ex'esus, a, um, fr. ex + edo, out eaten, washed out; -osus, a, um, covered with moss; -mo 1 r., to foam; -ruo, 3 ui, to dash against, to rush upon; -ro, 1 r., to beat, to keep beating; -go, inis, f., a spray; -me, is, n., fr. -mis, e, lofty, high, height; -do, 3 si, sum, to fling, pitch, cast up, out. sco, 3 ui, to be hiding, to be hidden; II., a cliff, a crag, a ledge, under water; -is, is, f., a sharp rock; -um, ii, a vessel, a ship; 11., a ship captain; -io, 3 epi, ptum, to cheat, deceive, to lead into mis- take (w. the captain deluded, mistaken); -do, 3 si, sum, to strike against, to run into; -um, ii, shipwreck, nunquam non sunt = semper sunt; -or, is, m., a seafarer; -us, a, um, dire, cruel -um, i, a danger. 415 littus autem leniter devexurn, arenosum ac sabulosum, subinde etiam cretosum atque corallitica, ubi innumera teste testudinum, ostrearum, conchas conchyliorum, purpuras, extivias cancrorum atque cammaro- rum, nonnunquam etiam margaritas, vel uniones in conchis latentes colligere potes. Littora idgenus multitudini, quae estate gratia se la- vandi eo confluere solet, gratissima sunt; fit tamen subinde, ut incau- tos quospiam cete rapiant. Color aquae marine in alto 5 est, glaucus, propius autem littoribus vfridis est, et super has aquas terra propiores fulicdrum turban, pisci- culis inhiantes solent circumvolitare, unde nautce probe intelligunt se a ierris haud procul versari, seque cautos esse oportere; namque navi- gdtio in alto tonge tutior est quam in propinquitate terrarum. Flumina ^nim, ut et ipsi fluctus saepe magnam vim sabulonum atque gldrece, et 4. -us, a, urn, f r . edo, fr. ex + do, in comparat. -tor, ius, raised, elevated; -us, a wn, dry; adv. gently; -us, a, urn, fr. de - veho, to drew down, slanting down (the beach lying lower, slanting from the shore downward); -us, a, urn, sandy; -us, a, urn, with wet sand; -us, a, urn, chalky; -us, a, urn, of corallic formation; I., a shell; -do, **ts, f., a tortoise, a turtle; I., an oyster; I., a muscle; -urn, it, a shell fish; I., a purple shell; 1., the shed shell or skin; II., a crab; 11., a lobster; I., a pearl; -to, nis, m., a soli- taire pearl; -eo? ui, to be hiding; do, inis, maniness, multitude; -us, a, urn, reckless; -**, *, pi. only cete, a shark; -pio? ui, ptum, seize, grab. 5. -urn, i, an adj. standing for a noun, mare to be understood, on the high (sea); -us, a, urn, grayish blue, blue, said of the sea, of bodies bruised, of fruits; I., a sea gull; I., a crowd; -us, i, dimin. of piscis, is, m ., "fishies;" -hio? r., to gape covetously; frequ. of volo? r., to fly; I., m., a sailor; -ot? atus sum, to be, to find one's self; -to, nis, sail- ing; magna vis (vis, vim, vi, f., force) an idiom, a great quantity; glarea, Dat. & Abl. pi portz/fcus, pronounced as ubus, in German; -eo? ivi, ii, itum, to go under, to go in, to enter. 416 algdrum in aquis tranquillis converrunt, qua? in ingentes cumubs, totas adeo insulas ac peninsulas accrescunt, que syrtes ac brevia appellan- tur, navibus admodum vitanda, ne in vado capiantur ac desidant, ibf- que herentes, tempestatibus supervenientibus conquassentur, et affli- dentur. At loca hec modo iam cognoscuntur, nam etiam in promonto- riis proximis phari lumine versatili regionem indicant noctu, interdiu autem ratarm tinnientes. Ceterum nulla navigia prope littora accedunt, nisi que portum subire velint. Terre, quo magis ab equore 6 pelagi recedunt, eo altius assurgunt, alias subito, alias leni fastigio. Simul ac planitiem udam ac desertam littorum egrederis, campestremque assequeris regionem, virore herbo- so, dumorum, frutioum arbustorumque laetum, aura sensim tepescen- te, intelliges, arenosum solum te pone te reliquisse, pedibusque so- lum terere argillosum, humo fertili generosum. Hie iam case cobmrum inter arboreta ac f ruticeta albicant ; in pratis opimos conspfcies boves, vaccas cum suis vitulis, hinnulos cum equabus, pascua lete persultan- tes; in tumults bdlantes agnellos matres oves circumcursantes, unde clarum erit te in regione fertili, frugum feraci, colonis grata, versari. 6. Aiquor, is, n», a level, a sea level, the sea, so in poetry frequent, re+cedo, 3 cessi, ssum, back + go; quo - eo, the more — the higher; -go* rrexi, ctum, ad + surgo, to rise, up; -urn, ii, the top, the summit of an elevation, steps, building, a terrace, gently sloping. — Simul ac, before consonants, others than gutturals, (c, ch, g), atque, before h and vowels, as soon as; -es, ei, f., a flat, or level ground; -«s, a, urn, wet, humid; fr. desero? ui, turn, abandoned, deserted; -dior, 3 ssus sum, to step out, to leave; -ter, iris, tre, plain, an open country, without hills, grassy plains, prairie; -quor? cuius sum, to reach; 11., a bush; -tex, ids, f., a shrub; -um, i, young trees; -us, a, urn, glad, joyous; -sco* to become lukewarm; prep., behind, w. Accus.; -ro? trivi, tritum, to wear out by using, to tread (whence terra); fr. argilla, a, clay, claiy; humus, i, f., (because bearing) the top soil, humus; -is, e, fr. fero, 3 tuli, latum, bearing, fruitful; -us, a, um, of a good parentage, stock, pedigree, noble, liberal, generous. — II., one who cultivates the ground; hence colbnia, a settlement of cultivators; -um, i, where arbores crescunt, so frutic&um, dumetum, &c, where frutices and dumi are thick; -co} r., to peep out white from among trees; -us, a, um, good and fat; bos, bovis, m., and f., an ox, or cow; I., a cow; II-, a calf; II., and -ess,i, a colt; equa, a, a mare, Dat- and Abl., pi. -abus : -uum, i, a pasture; -to, 1 r., transitive, to romp, to frisk about; II- , a hillock; -lo, 1 r-, to bleat; II , dimin. of agnus, i, a lamb; -is, is, f., a sheep; -so, 1 r., to run about; frux, gis, f., usually pi. -ges, um, farm produce; -ax, cis, adj. fertile of. 417 Si oculos tuos in horizonte occfduo circumferas, fncidunt 7 tibi li- neamenta assurgentium collium, ultra quos iuga livescunt montium plus minusque celsorum. Post plurium horarum iter secundum decur- sum amnis eo si veneris, in vdllibus & anfrdctibus partim pecora repe- ries in declivitatibus pascentia, casasque incolarum e virore candican- tes; partim autem complura industries humane indicia. Una enim ope- rarum caterva arbores credit, ac materiam in serrdria apparat; alia car- ros ferr&oicv tabulis onerat; iterum alia in lapicidina lapides credit; alia ccementum atque mortdrium fabricator; alia denique lactdriam exercet. Alia in valle vise acclines 8 et arduae ducunt ad clibanos Idterum ac teguldrum, et calcis, sive laterfnas, tegulinas, atque calcarias, item cat- bondrias, quibus commodis producendis atque expediendis, multa homi- num millia victum merentur, quasstumque exercent. Superius, in convallibus, 9 fodfnae lithdnthracum conspiciuntur, quarum ex amigiis metdllici, in capedulis suis pusillas lucernas geren- 7. -do, 3 di, to fall in, to come into sight, mind; -urn, i, the outlines; •«, is, m., a hill; -um, i, a yoke, heights, chain of mountains; -sco, 3 to become, or appear blue; -us, a, um, high. — -us, Us, the run, or flowing; thither if you come, arrive; -is, is, f., a valley; -us, {is, m., a winding valley; -us, oris, n., cattle, including horses, asses, mules, excluding sheep, hogs, goats, which are pecus, udis, f.; 4as, tis, f., a slope; -scot, 3 stus sum, to be grazing; 1., m., -or, is, m., verdure; -co, 1 r., same as albico; 1., diligence; de industria, aliquid agere, to do something purposely, deliberately, industry; -ium, ii t a mark. — 1., workers, laborers; I-, a gang; -do, 3 cecidi, ccesum y to slash, to chop, to cut; I., a matter, in general, lumber, building material, in particular; I., fr., serra, a, a saw, a saw mill; ad + paro, to prepare for; II., a freight cart, or railway freight car; compounded fr. ferrum + via, iron road, a modern Latin formation, not by me, a rail- way; I., a board; -ro, 1 r., to burden, to load; I., a quarry; -urn, i, broken stone, for roads or building; -urn, ii t mortar, cement; I., a dairy; -ceo, 2 ui, Hum, to practice. 8. -nis, e, rising upward; -uus, a, urn, steep; II., kilns, furnaces; -er, eris, m., a brick; I., a tile; calx, cis, f., lime; 1., a brick kiln; I., a lime kiln; I., a charcoal kiln; -urn, i, a commodity; -co 3 xi, ctum, to bring forth; -dto} ivi, itum, to transport; vi- ctum (-us, us, m.) mereor, (-o, 2 ) itus sum to earn a living; -us, 6s t a gain, a lucrative pursuit. 9. -is, is, f., a closed valley; I., a mine; -thrax, cis, m., coal, stone coal, a neo- Latin word, not by me; I., a shaft, a pit of a mine; II., a miner, metallum, i, a mine (fodina is a general term for any dugout); -urn, i, a cap; -us, a, um, little; I., a lamp; -urn, it, a hundredweight (the um means a contraction of -orum); adv., yearly; -uo, 3 ui, 418 tes, centupondiGm centena ac mfllia annue eruunt, magnariisque per aversionem vendunt, qui, vicissim, aucto pretio, minutulariis minuta- tim evenditant, hi vero consumentibus. ^ Si his visis 10 etiam superius scandere statueris, sylvam circum te, perinde atque auram rarescere, teporem dimfnui, algorem autem ingra- vescere senties, ac tandem omnem virorem, prater museum, prorsus cessare. Fissm ac ritnosa rupes in cautes exacuuntur; undique hian- tes vordgines; pedetentim ingentes conspicies stlrias, in vertiginosa ba- rdthra dependentes. Dispiciens, animadvertes vertices montium coni- cos, prorsus steriles ac desertos te iam superasse, nunc vero te celsfs- simum cacumen solitarii montis tentare, ubi nihil reperias nisi nives sempiternas. His etiam deteriores 11 sunt montes ignivorni, veluti Vesuvius, pro- pe Neapolim, /Etna in Sicilia, aliique alibi, quorum vertices hiant era- utum, to get out something from a tight place by force; II., a wholesaler; per aversionem, by dumping, at wholesale; -urn, ii, a price; II., a retailer; 4o} r., to sell about little by little; -mo*psi, ptum, to use up. 10. His visis = with these seen, the Latin needs no preposition, : ust plain Abl., which is, therefore, called Ablativus Absolutus, a bare Abl, very frequent in narrating events; we shall come back to it at another place; adv., higher; -do? di t sum, to climb; if you decide; I., a forest; -sco, 3 to become more scanty, thin; -or, is, m., lukewarm- ness; -or, is, m., a chill; II., moss; -o, 1 r., to cease. — -do?fidi, ssum, to split; -ws, a, urn, full of chinks, cracks; -cuo* ui, utum, to sharpen it, to make a thing pointed; -go, inis, f„ a chasm; adv., gradually; I., an icycle; -us, a, urn, dizzy; -urn, i, an abyss; -deo, 2 to hang down. — -io, 3 pexi, ctum, to look around; -to 3 ti, sum, to notice; -ex, ids, m., the top, the turning point; -us, a, urn, coneshaped; -is, e, barren; ~ro, 1 r., to overcome, to be higher; -en, inis, n., a peak; -us, a, urn, lonely, that is alone; -to, 1 r., to try, to attempt; -us, a, um, everlasting. 11. -ior, ior, ius, Comparativus, -Srrimus, a, um, Superlat, Gradus Positivus lack- ing, worse; -us, a, um, fire- vomiting mountain; II., the wellknown volcano; -is, is, f., Accus. -im, or -in, Naples; crater, eris y m., in first meaning a deep wine vessel for mix- ing wines, in secondary meaning, the mouth of a volcano; -po, 3 rupi, ptum, to break forth; -um, i, here, a metal; -do, 3 dijusum, to pour, to melt, to smelt; -us, a, um, won- derful, stupendous; vis, Ace, vim, Abl. w, no other cases in sing., reg. in pi. vires, -ium, &c., force, strength, power, violence; -bro, 1 r., to fling out; -us, us, perdition, destruction; adv. all over; -go, 3 si, sum, to scatter; advs., far and wide; -sco 3 ui, to be- gin trembling, fr. tremo, 3 ui, to tremble. 419 Uribus, e quibus haud raro ater fumus, alias etiam flammas erumpunt, metalla, saxaque fusa effluunt, aut vero prodigiosa vi in sublime evo- muntur et evibrantur, interitum circumquaque spargentia, ita ut ipsa terra longe lateque contremfscat. Jtecensio. — Narra, sis, quid sint ora maritima, littus, ripa. — Quonam modo solemus aquis modum ponere? — Quas res gignit regio littoralis? — Culices quid? — Cuiusmodi est alterum genus regionis littoralis? — Ubi et cur solent naufragia fieri? — Ubi reperies arenam? — et quid aliud? — Ubi solent fulica* versari? — Ubi solent syrtes ef- formari? quare? — Quomodo cavetur contra syrtes? — Ubi solet ter- ra assurgere? — Ubi et quales sunt terrae fertiles? — qui scies? — Quid cernes in occiduo horizonte? — Si propius accedes quid vides? — Memora genus industriae in valle vigentis. — Quo ducunt vise ar- duae? — quid ibi fit? — Ubi invenies fodinas lithanthracum? — qui et quomodo earn vendunt? — Quid si altius ascendas? — Narra de mon- tibus ignivomis. VOCABVLARIVM 30. Nna Subst. p£lagus, i, n. ora, x margo, in is, m. littus, oris, n. ripa, x ars, tis, f. agger, is, m. impetus, us, rru ulva, x carina, x arundo, inis, f. iuncus, i pecus, oris, n. lustrum, i insectum, i culex, ids, m. habiticulum, i virus, i, n. febris, is, f. anguis, is, m. morsus, us, m. prsecipitium, ii caput, itis, n. fluctus, us, m. aspergo, inis, f, sublime, is, n. scopulus, i, cautes, is, f. navigium, ii navarchus, i naufra'gium, ii navigator, is, m. periculum, i testa, x testudo, inis, f. 6strea, x concha, x conchylium, ii purpura, x exuvise, arum cancer, cri cammarus, i margarita, x unio, nis, m. multitudo, nis, f. gratia, x c£te, indecl. color, is, m. altum, i fiilica, x turba, x pisciculus, i nauta, x, m. navigatio, nis, f. propinquitas,is,f. vis, vim, vi, f. sabulo, nis, m. glaYea, x alga, x cumulus, i syrtis, is, f. breVia, orum, n. navis, is, f. vadum, i pharus, i, m. rataVia, x portus, us, m. 420 a iuor, is, n. fastigium, ii planities, ei, f. dumus, i, frutex, ids, f. arbustum, i humus, i, f- col6nus, i arboretum, i frutic6tum, i pratum, i bos, bovis, m. f. vacca, x vitulus, i hinnulus, i equa, x pascuum, i tumulus, i agnellus, i ovis, is, f- frux, gis, f. lineamentum, i collis, is, m. iugum, i mons, tis, m. iter, itineris, n. decursus, us, m. vallis, is, f. anfractus, us, m. pecus, oris, n. declivitas, tis, f . incola, x, m. viror, is, m. industria, x indicium, ii operae, arum, f. caterva, x materia, x sen-aria, x carrus, i ferr6via, x tabula, x lapicidina, x lapis, idis, m- caementum, i morta*rium, ii clibanus, i later, is, m. tegula, x calx, cis, f. laterina, x tegulina, x calca'ria, x carbona'ria, x c6mmodum, i v ictus, us, m. qusestus, us, m. convallis, is, f. fodina, x lithanthrax, acis, m. arrugia, x metallicus, i capedulum, i lucerna, x magnaVius, ii minutulirius, ii aversio, nis, f. premium, ii sylva, x tepor, is, m. algor, is, m. muscus, i vora*go, inis, f. stiria, x barathrum, i vertex, icis, m. cacumen, inis, n. crater, eVis, m. flamma, x metallum, i sublime, is, n. inteVitus, lis, m. Nna Adi. huma'nus, a, um editus, a, um siccus, a, um easterns, a, um uvidus, a, um humidus, a, um sterilis, e ingratus, a, um invius, a, um pestifer, a, um dissitus, a, um venena*tus, a, um lethalis, e littodlis, e sax<5sus, a, um asper, a, um hdrridus, a, um exesus, a, um summus, a, um muscdsus, a, um de*vexus, a, um aren<5sus, a, um sabuldsus, a, um cret6sus, a, um coralliticus, a, um innumerus, a, um gratus, a, um incautus, a, um glaucus, a, um viridis, e cautus, a, um tutus, a, um versitilis, e lenis, e udus, a, um herb6sus, a, um argil!6sus, a, um fertilis, e ge*ner6sus, a, um opimus, a, um ferax, cis celsus, a, um acclinis, e irduus, a, um pusillus, a, um rim6sus, a, um vertigin6sus, a, um c6nicus, a, um solita*rius, a, um sempiternus, a, um deterior, ius ignivomus, a, um prodigi6sus, a, um Verba obiicio, 3 ieci, ctum contingo, 3 tigi, tactum ambio, 4 r- gigno, 3 genui, itum infesto, 1 r. dissemino, 1 r. spumo, 1 r. irruo, 3 ui verbero, 1 r. elido, 3 si, sum rigo, 1 r. delitesco, 3 ui adigo, 3 egi, actum decipio, 3 cepi, ptum illido, 3 si, sum lateo, 2 ui colligo, 3 legi, lectum lavo, 1 lavi, -vavi, atum rapio, 3 ui, ptum inhio, 1 r. circumvtflito, 1 r. imilligo, 3 xi, ctum versor, 1 atus sum 421 oportet, 8 uit converro, 3 rri, sum accresco, 3 vi, turn vito, 1 r. capio, 3 cepi, captum desido, 3 sedi, ssum haereo, 2 si, sum superv£nio, 4 ni, turn conquasso, 1 r. afflicto, 1 r. cognosco, 3 novi, nitum indico, 1 r. tinnio, 4 r. accedo, 3 cessi, ssum subeo, 4 r. recede, 3 cessi, ssum assurgo, 3 rrexi, ctum egr£dior, 3 ssus sum a'ssequor, 3 cutus sum tepesco, 3 relinquo, 3 liqui, ctum tero, 3 trivi, turn albico, 1 r. conspicio, 3 spexi, ctum persulto, 1 r. balo, 1 r. circumcurso, 1 r. circumfero, 3 tuli, latum incido, 3 cidi livesco, 3 repeVio, 4 ri, turn pascor, 3 pastus sum candico, 1 r. caedo, 3 cecidi, cassum ipparo, 1 r. 6nero, 1 r. exerceo, 2 cui, citum duco, 3 xi, ctum produce 3 xi, ctum expe*dio, 4 r. mereor, 2 itus sum gero, 3 ssi, stum eruo, 3 ui, utum ev^ndito, 1 r. consumo, 3 mpsi, ptum scando, 3 si, sum raresco, 3 diminuo, 3 ui, utum ingravesco, 3 cesso, 1 r. findo, 3 fidi, ssum ex£cuo, 3 ui dependeo. 2 dispicio, 3 pexi, ctum animadverto, 3 ti, sum de*sero, 3 rui, rtum supero, 1 r. tento, 1 r. erumpo, 3 rupi, ptum £vomo, 3 ui, itum eVibro, t r- spargo, 3 si, sum contrSmisco, 3 ui Adverbia libere, leniter subinde, nonnunquam propius probe, procul a*deo, admodum modo, caeterum magis, i\t\us alias, subito simul, sensim hie, laete plus, minus partim, iterum supeVius, annue minutatim undique pedetentim alibi, raro longe lat£que 422 EXERCITATIONES LEGENDI. 171. Omne hoc, quidquid est, cui Mundi Coelique nomen indfdi- mus, 1 unum id est, et uno ambitu se, cunctaque amplectitur. — Huic medio Terra sublimis cingitur undique mari ; eademque in duo latera, quae Hemisphgeria nominantur, ab oriente divisa ad occasum Zonis quinque distinguitur. Mediam asstus 2 infestat, frigus ultimas ; reliqu^e habitabiles paria agunt anni tempora, verum non pariter. Antichthones 3 alteram, nos alteram incolimus. Illius situs ob ardorem intercedentis plagas incognitus, huius, dicendus est. Haec ergo ab ortu porrecta ad occasum, et quia sic iacet, aliquanto, quam ubi latissima est, longior, ambftur omnis oceano, quatuorque ex eo maria recipit : unum a se- ptemtrione a meridie duo, quartum ab occasu. — Hoc primum angu- stum, necamplius decern millibus passuum patens, terras aperit, atque intrat. Turn longe lateque diffusum, abigit vaste cedentia littora, fis- demque ex diverso prope coeiintibus, adeo in arctum agitur, ut minus mille pasbibus pateat. Inde se rursus, sed modice admodum, laxat, rursusque, etiam quam fuit, arctius exit in spatium. Quo quum est acceptum, ingens iterum, et magnae paludi, cseterum exiguo ore, con- iungitur. Id omne, qua venit, quaque dispergitur, uno vocabulo, No- strum 4 Mare dicitur. Angustias, introitumque venientis, Fretutn apella- mus. Qua diffunditur, alia aliis locis cognomina acceptat. Ubi primum se arctat, Hellespontus vocatur ; Propontis, ubi expandit. Ubi iterum pressit, 5 Thracius Bosporus. Ubi iterum effundit, Pontus Euxinus. Qua paludi committitur, Cimmerius Bosporus; palus ipsa Mseotis. Hoc mari et duobus inclytis amnibus, Tanai, atque Nilo, 6 in tres partes universa dividitur. Tanais a septemtrione ad meridiem vergens, in 1. fndo, 3 didi, ditutn, do, impono- — 2. Mediam zonam, terras tropicas; cesius, calor; frigus infestat. Zonarum extrema, regiones Artcicas et Antarcticas. — 3. -nes, urn, antipodes; incognitus est, huius situs describendus est. — 4. Mare Internum, vulgo Me- diterraneum; praster Melam vix alii ita vocarunt. — Fretutn nempe Gaditanum. — 5. Si textus germanus est, grammatica non est, se pressit, se compressit, coarctavit; se ef- fundit. — 6. Ridiculum esset, nisi interpretaremur mentem auctoris veluti qui de Mar* Interno scriberet, cuius et Pontus Euxinus pars esset, sic autem accepta mente auctoris, clarum erit et Tanain, et Nilum in idem mare influere, ille e septemtrione, hie e meridie 423 mediamfereAfeotidadefluit; et ex diverso Nilus in pelagus Ouod terrarum iacet a Freto ad ea flumina ab altera latere Africam vocamus ab altera Europen; ad Nilum Africam, ad Tanain Europen. Ultra auid- quid est, Asia est. M Pompdnius Mela, De Situ Orbis, I. l. 172 Ac principle terra universa cernatur, locata in media mundi sede, solida et globosa, et undique ipsa in sese nutibus suis congloba- ta vestita floribus, herbis, arboribus, frugibus. Quorum omnium in- credibilis multitudo, insatiabili varietate distinguitur. Adde hue fon- tiumgehdas perennitates, Iiquores perlucidos amnium, riparum vestftus vindissimos, speluncarum concavas altitudines, immensitatesque cam- porum: adde etiam reconditas auri argentfque venas, infinitamque vim marmons. — At vera quanta maris est, pulchritudo! qua? species amoeniMesorarumetlfttoraml ~ Ipsum autem mare sic terram ap- petens littonbus alludit.i ut una ex duabus naturis conflata videatun 1 I ,^,t ,a a vu L M - T - cieero < Nat. Deorum, II, 39. 1- Ludit ad, fluctibus verberat. 173. O, quam ridiculi sunt mortalium termini! Ultra Istrumi Da- tici h tZ^T n traX " ^ ' Stria ' Parte ° Hm Gmx Cisalpins > P* ninsuIa M aris Adria- tic, ab mcol.s lstns, quorum caput erat Tergeste, nunc Triest, ita nominata Aloes Car mc* determinant Istriam ex una parte, ex altera autem Pannoniam aZe ilyr am Sa- vusfluvmsonturexA.pibus Carnicis, in Pannonia, itaque non proprie in™, tlu t Bemd) inn 6m K aCSi ,fJf ria r Venir6t ' 6t 3d SingidunUm - AiLt Alba' Arx Belgrad) in Danub.um illabitur. Ab hoc confluent! ipse Danubius Ister vocatus est auas ex Istna onundus. ' 4 ■\ D J?h P ° PU,US Sarmaticus (Slavicus), qui quondam partes Hungarte (Transyl- vamae), Moldav,* atque regiones usque ad Istrum a Singiduno ad Pontum Euxinum u - Zu mTJf "f 1 T ra !° r TraianUS £0S Sub P0testatem Romanam red ^'t. Ponte per strum conduo. Imp. Aurehanus .egiones inde reduxit. Terras has ex magna parte gens .ncoht,q Ua; se/?«^m^ appellat, utiturque idiomate quodam Italico. Fabula quasi gens o ri g lnem a , eg j onibus Traiani ducat) siveeliberis Mc ^.^ fida fertur a tribus q mo _ nachis Hunganc.s Romas, circa finem s*culi XVIII, e paucis sententiis unius Scriptorum Re- run. Augustanarum. Scriptores Byzantini hane gentem Blax, per aversionem vocaverunt Rnl^T "T 6 " Suum V,acs ' Valacs ' Walachs. qui tamen se ab ipsis incolis Imperii Komam Byzantini Romaioi appellaverunt, unde Rumani. 424 cuss non exeat. Strymon^ et Haemus* Thracas includat. Parthis obstet Euphrates. Danubius Sarmatica ac Romana disterminet. Rhenus Oer- maniae modum facial Pyrenaeus medium inter Gallias et Hispamas iugum extollat; inter ^gyptum et ^thfopas arenarum inculta vastitas ^ Ceat L. Ann. Seneca, Quasi. Nat. I., Pro! 3 Modo Struma fiuvius Macedonia;. - 4. Mons Hasmus, nunc Balkan, inter Thra- ciam nunc ex parte Turcia, cetera omnis regie usque ad Istrum, est Bulgaria, qua= modo t am ScythtanfMinorem, cuius pars nunc Dotru4sHa appellor, ~»~?£ JjJ istri complectitur. Urbes illic notissim* lstropolis, atque Tom,, ub. P- Ov.d.us Naso Poeia Romanus vitam in exsi.io degerat Oeterum regie > inter Hon- et Istrum ,n dua partes erat divisa: Mcesiam Superiorem, nostris temponbus Serb.a, a gente, qua « i« vocat, atque Mcesiam Inferiorem, modo Bulgaria, gens Tatanca, sed lmgua Sarmat.ca. — 5. Modum facere, est moderari, fines imponere. 174 Itineribus extensis, Amazones ad usque Caspium Mare pro- ducts circumcolunt Tanain, qui inter Caucasias oriens rupes, per si- nuosos labitur circumflexus, Asiamque disterminans ab Europa, in stagnis IVUeoticis delitescit. Huic Rha vicinus est amnis, in cuius su- perciliis quasdam vegetabilis eiusdem nominisgignitur radix, proiiciens ad usus multiplices medelarum. 1 Amm. Marcellinus, XX11, 8. 1. Medicatio, medicamentum- 175 Ortus Ister in Germania, iugis montis Abnobaa, ex Adverse Raurici.'Galliae oppidi multis ultra Alpes mfllibus, ac per innumeras lapsus gentes, Danubii, nomine, immenso aquarum auctu, et unde pn- mum lllyricum alluit, Ister appellatus, sexagmta amnibus receptis, me- dio ferme numero eorum navigabili, in Pontum vastis sex fluminibus C. Plinius Secundus, Maior. Hist. Nat. IV, 12, 79- 176 Terrarum orbis universus in tres dividitur partes, Europam, Asiam, Africam. Origo ab occasu solis et Gaditano Freto qua irrum- pens Oceanus Atlanticus, in maria interiora diffunditur. H.nc mtrant. 425 dextera Africa est, lasva Europa, inter has, Asia; termini Tanais et Ni- lus. Quindecim millia passuum in longitudinem, a vico Mellaria Hi- spanias ad Promontorium Africa Album. — Nee profunda altitudo mi- raculum minuit, frequentes quippe taeniae 1 candicantis vadi carinas territant, qua de causa limen Interni Maris 2 multi eum locum appella- vere. Proximis autem faucibus utrfmque impositi montes coercent claustra, 3 Abyla Africa, Europe Calpe, laborum Herculis mete, 4 quam ob causam indigent Columnas eius Dei vocant, creduntque perfossas, excliisa antea admisfsse maria, et rerum naturae mutasse faciem. C. Plinius Secundus, Maior, Hist. Nat. Ill, 2. 1. Tcenia, -oe, proprie, vitta, ligamentum, plerumque coloratum, ornamenti causa vestium muliebrium, aut etiam crinium; hie, per similitudinem, ordines saxorum in fun- do maris vadosi; candico, eniteo colore albo; carina, cz, est tabulatum subtus fund urn navis, quas hanc in aqua sequilibrio sustinet, navis ipsa. — 2. Mare Internum, est nomen proprium maris, quod vulgo Mediterraneum appellatur; eius Umen (-inis, n., est lignum, aut lapis, inferior pars postis, quam domum intrantes transgredimur), quia per eum locum naves Mare Internum intrant. — 3. Claustrum, i y id quod aliquid claudit, frustum lignL quod intra ianuam transversum ponitur, ne ianua pandi possit; firmamenti instar Abyla et Calpe, montes ex utroque latere Freti Gaditani. — 4. Finis; qui illic nati sunt; Colu- mns Herculis; quasi Hercules ilia claustra perfregerit, oceanoque ostium ad ingredien- dum aperuerit. 177. Namque perpetua vallis iacet usque ad Mare Caspium patens. Duo terras eius velut brachia 1 excurrunt; media, flexu modico, sinum faciunt* lunaa maxime similem, quum eminent cornua, nondum totum orbem sydere 2 implente. Qu. Curtius Rufus, VI, 8. 1. e Brachium i ii, pars corporis humani, supra manum, ad humerum usque. — 2. Sidus, eris, n., (etiam scribitur sydus), lumen, pars luminosa, illuminata. ♦Since the German-made dictionaries, like that of Freund (Harper's), seem deliberately to omit examples of facio with inanimate subjects, they mislead book-learned latinists into assuming, that this verb can only stand after living, animate subjects. On this ground criticism has reached me, because I used in Pens. III., "duae lineae obliquae faciunt angulum." Here C. Rufus, author of the first half of the first century uses it so; so do Mela, of the same century, and Plinius of the same age, and here is M. Cete Faventinus, an architect, using the very same expression as did I: "Mul- ta variaque genera sunt horologiorum, sed Pelecini et hemicyclii magis aperta et sequenda ratio vi- detur. Pelecinum enim horologium dicitur, quod ex duabus tabulis marmoreis, vel lapideis superiori parte latioribus, inferiori angustioribus componitur; sed hae tabulae aequali mensura fiunt, et quinis lineis directis notantur, ut angulum faciant, qui sextam horam signabit." 426 178. Aut stant omnes aquae, aut eunt, aut colliguntur, aut varias habent venas: dliae sunt dulces, aliae variae, aspera quippe interveni- unt, salsse, amaraeque, aut medicate, ex quibus sulphuratas dicimus, ferratas, aluminosas: indicat vim sapor. L. An, Seneca, Quaest. Nat. Ill, 3. 179. In eadem Campaniae regione Sinuessanae aquae — virorum insaniam abolere produntur; in yEnaria insula calcinosis mederi, et qua? vocatur Acfdula, a Teano Sidicino quatuor millibus passuum — hsec frigida, — item in Stabicano, quae Dimidia vocatur, et in Vena- frano ex fonte acfdulo. Crannone est fons calidus citra summum fervorem, qui vino tn- duo addito calorem potionis custodit in vasis. Sunt et Matiaci 1 in Ger- mania fontes calidi trans Rhenum, quorum haustus trfduo fervet, circa margines vero pumlcem fdciunt aqu<£. C Plinim Secundum, Maior, Hist. Nat. XXXI, 9. 1. Wiesbaden. 180. Sarmatia intus, quam ad mare, latior, ab his, quae sequuntur, Vistula amne discreta, qua retro abit usque ad Istrum flumen immitti- tur. Gens habitu armisque Parthicae proxima, verum ut coeli asperioris, ita ingenii: non se urbibus tenent, et ne statis quidem sedibus. Ut in- vitavere pabula, ut cedens et sequens hostis exigit, ita res opesque secum trahens, semper castra habitat; bellatrix, libera, indomita, et usque eo immanis, ut foemin^ etiam cum viris bella ineant. Pompdnius Mela, De Situ Orbis, III. 4. SCYTHIA, Inde Aste sonfinia, 1 nisi ubi perpetuae nives sedent et intolerdbi- lis rigor, Scythici populi incolunt, fere omnes etiam in unum Sagae 2 1. Fines, limites; rigor, is, m.^gelu, congelata terra, glacies. — 2. Ita Graeci, Au- ctor, alios imitatus, scripsit "Belcae." 427 appellati. In Asidtico littore primi Hyperborei, 3 super a aquilonem Rhi- pseosque montes, sub ipso siderum cardine iacent, ubi sol non quoti- die, ut nobis, sed primum verno aequinoctio exortus, autumnali de- mum occidit, et ideo sex mensibus dies, et totidem aliis nox usque continua est. Terra angusta, apnea, per se fertilis. Cultores iustissimi, et diutius quam ulli mortalium, et beatius vivunt. Quippe festo sem- per otio laeti, non bella novere, non iurgia; sacris oper&ti — habitant lucos sylvasque, et ubi eos vivendi satfetas magis quam taedium cedit, hilares, redimiti 4 sertis, semet ipsi in pelagus ex certa rupe prascipites dant — Mare C&spium — in tres sinus diffunditur; contra os ipsum in Hyrcanum, ad sinistram in Scythicum, ad dextram in eum, quern proprie, et totius nomine, Caspium appellant. — Multi in eo sinu ma- gni parvique amnes fluunt, sed qui famam habent, ex Cerauniis 5 mon- tibus uno alveo descendit, duobus exit in Caspium, Rha. Pompdnius Mela, De Situ Orbis, III 6. 3. Ita, sine discrimine, gentes ad extremam Septemtrionem appellant, utique de Lap- ponibus, Samoiedis, Zyrienis et caeteris Fennicis tribubus haec aceipienda sunt, fabulis exornata. Montes autem sunt Ural, nulli enim alii sunt. Habitant lucos, auctoris est pro- prium, habito enim non est transit! vum, /whabito, atque /»colo, sunt- — 4- Exornati, adornati manipulis florum, — 5. Hie non de Caucasiis montibus agitur ut volunt intei- pretes. 182. Germani quoque, qui usque a fontibus istri terras ad Sinum Adriaticum spectantes habitant, legatos miserant. Nam Ister in Ger- mania oritur; ipsi, patrio vocabulo, T>aniibium appellant. Magnitudi- nem corporum, animorumque alacritatem admiratus Alexander, inter- rogavit: Quidnam omnium mdxime vererentur? putans suam potentiam formidabilem ipsis esse, eamque se confessionem expressurum. Illi nihil se magnopere vereri responderunt, nisi, forte, ne caelum in ipsos rti- eret; cceterum virorum fortium amicftiam plurimi facere. Perculsus im- proviso responso, paulum retfeuit; deinde hoc unum effatus: Germd- nos arrogdntes esse; foedus, ut petiere, iunxit. Qu. Curtius Rufus, De Reb. Ges. Alex. M., I., 12. 428 183. Nunc de Suevis dicendum est, quorum non una, ut Catt6- rum,Tenchterorumve gens, maiorem enim Germ&niae partem obtinent, propriis adhuc nationibus, nominibusque discreti, quamquam in com- mune Suevi vocantur. — Vetustissimos se nobilissimosque Suevorum Semnones memorant. — Adiicit auctoritatem fortuna Semnonum: centum pagis habitatur, magnoque corpore efficitur, ut se Suevorum caput credant. Contra, Longobardos paucitas nobilitat. — Reudigni de- fnde et Aviones, et Angli, et Varfni, et Eudoses, et Suardones, et Nui- thones fluminibus aut sylvis muniuntur, nee quidquam notabile in singulis, nisi quod in commune Hertham, i. e. Terram matrem colunt, eamque intervenire rebus hominum, invehi populis arbitrantur. • C. Corn. Tacitus, De Morib. Germ. Cap. 6. 184. Eo tempore Picti, in duas gentes divisi, Dicalfdonas et Ve- ctoriones, itidemque Attacotti, bellicosa hominum natio, et Scotti, per diversa vagdntes, multa populabantur, Gallicanos vero tractus Franci et Saxones, iisdem confines, quo quisque erumpere potuit, terra et mari, prsedis acerbis, incendiisque et captivorum funeribus omnium violabant. Amm. Marcel., XVI 1, 8. G E R M A N I A. 185. Germania hinc ripis eius usque ad Alpes, a meridie ipsis Alpibus, ab Oriente Sarmaticarum confinio gentium, qua Septemtrio- nem spectat Oceanico littore obducta est. Qui habitant, immanes sunt animis atque corporibus, et ad insitam feritatem vaste utraque exer- cent bellando animos, corpora ad consuetudinem laborum. Maxima fri- gora nudi agunt antequam puberes sint, et longissima apud eos puerf- tia est: viri sagis velantur, aut libris 1 drborum. Quamvis s^va hyeme, 1. Liber, bri, m-, primus ac proprius sensus verbi est, ut hie, fibrce, Ucia arborum sub cortice, e'quibus primitus vestes, deinde charta, parari solebant, unde sensus secunda- rius libri, libelli, scripti. 429 nandi non patientia tantum Mis, studium etiam est. Bella cum finiti- mis gerunt; causas eorum ex libidine arcessunt; neque imperitandi prolatandique quae possident (nam ne ilia quidem enixe colunt), sed ut circa ipsos quae iacent, vasta sint. Ius in viribus habent, adeo, ut ne latrocinium quidem pudeat; tantum hospftibus boni, mitesque sup- plfcibus. Victu ita asperi incultique, ut cruda etiam carne vescantur, aut recenti, aut quum rigentem in ipsis pecudum ferarumque coriis, manibus pedibusque subigendo 2 renovarent. Terra ipsa multis impeditur flumfnibus, multis montibus aspera et magna ex parte sylvis ac paludibus invia. Pallidum Suesia, Estia et Malsiagum maximae ; sylvarum Hercynia, et aliquot sunt, quae nomen habent, sed ilia dierum sexaginta iter occupans, ut maior aliis, ita et notior. Montium altissimi Taunus, et Rhetico, nisi quorum nomina vix est eloqui ore Romano. Amnium in alias gentes exeuntium, Danubius et Rhodanus, in Rhenum, Moenis et Lupia, in Oceanum, Amisius, 3 Vi- surgis, et Albis clarfssimi. Super Albim Codanus ingens sinus, magnis parvisque insulis referctus est. Hac re mare, quod gremio littorum ac- cipitur, nusquam late patet, nee usquam mari simile, verum aquis pas- sim interfluentibus, ac saepe transgressis, vagum atque diffusum facie omnium spargitur, qua littora attfngit, ripis contentum insularum non longe distantibus, et ubique p^ene tantundem, it angustum et par freto, curvansque se subinde longe supercilio 4 inflexum est. In eo sunt Cim- bri et Teutoni; 5 ultra, ultimi Germanise, Hermiones. , Pomponius Mela, De Situ Orbis, III, 3. 2. Subigo t 3 egi, actum, macerando, aut depsendo; dicimus de massa, quam qui pa- nem faciunt, pugnis suis tractant, subigunt, depsunt. Ita carnem crudam veteres trive- runt manibus vel pedibus, et ita emolliveiunt. — 3. Nunc Ems, alii scriptores Amisiaw vocant. — 4. Est ripa editior, in similitudinem dorsi montis, vel iugi. — 5. Alii eos- Teuton^s vocant. 430 EXERCITATIONES SCRIBENDI I. 1. Doce, sis, quid appellenter vastae illae aquae, quae terris interia- cent. — 2. Velis nominare cunctos oceanos atque maria, item, situm eorum. — 3. Enumera continentes. — 4. Die, quaenam sint partes Maris Interni. — 5. Explica, velim, quid sit insula, quid paeninsula; nomina aliquot. — 6. Declara quid sit sinus, fretum; nomina celebri- ora. — 7. Quidnam est isthmus? — 8. Quidnam ut "insula liquida?" — 9. Nomina aliquot lacus. II. 1. Estne aqua marina potabilis? — si non, quare non? — 2. Quae- nam aquae sunt potabiles? — 3. Unde prodeunt illae aquae, et quo illinc vergunt? — 4. Denique qua via, quo omnes aquae deveniunt! — 5. Quid et quales sunt aquae stativae? — 6. Memora maxima flumina in Europa orientali. — 7. Quas regiones incolunt Tatari? — 8. Memora flumina Germaniae. — 9. Enumera flumina Franciae. — 10. Habetne Anglia flumina navigabilia? quae sunt ea? — 11. Enarra quid scias de fluminibus Hispaniae atque Lusitaniae. — 12. Quae sunt flumina clario- ra Italiae? — 13. Describe quidquid scias de Danubio. — 14. Praeter haec suntne et alterius generis flumina? quae et qualia sunt ea? III. 1. Velis explicare, quid intersit inter oram et ripam. — 2. Ubinam diffunduntur aquae marium atque fluminum libere? — Terrae ob earn rationem uvidae et palustres quid gignunt? — 4. Quodgenus animalia eiusmodi in locis habent sua lustra? — 5. Quaenam plantae gignuntur in saxis humidis? — 6. Quaenam res sunt navigatoribus diro periculo? — 7. Nonnunquam qualia sunt littora, et quid in arenis reperiuntur? — 8. Quidnam est pharus? ubi solet stare? — quamobrem? — 9. Ubi solent stare casae colonorum? — 10. Quae animalia solent pasci in tu- mulis? — 11. Ubinam sunt valles et anfractus? — 12. Quae potissimum 431 humane industrial genera vigent in regionibus montanis? describe ali- quot. — 13. Ubinam vigent fodin^e lithanthracum? — 14. Quid vides in summis verticibus et cacuminibus celsorum montium? — IS. Qui montes sunt deteriores aliis? EXERCITATIONES LOQVENDI, Duo Studios! Colloquuntur. P. Campestris. — Diis habeo grates, 1 quod schol^ finita, iam feriari licet. Cam. — Quonam tibi in animo est 4 ire his feriis. Cam. — Urbs 5 ne mihi quidem solum natale est, sed ut tu, scholarum causa, domi mat£rteraj ha*bito, quas hie convictum susti- net. Nunc vero rus paternum redibo. Cam. — Sedes 7 nostras haud procul ab ostiis fluminis Flavi s\tx sunt, ubi nulli col- les, ne grumi quidem, videntur. Aquas> fe- re sine ripis, centena navigia 8 omnis gene- ris sulcant, orbte ferroviarum eo concur- runt, duoque ingentes pontes, alter ferreus, lapideus et arenaceus alter, magnis arcubus flumen traiiciunt. Cam. — Recte memoras. Ubi enim so- lum, praesertim aliquanto retrorsum 9 a flu- mine, editius est, prasdia multa vigent, et agricolatus floret; sed apud nos, ubi solum satis siccum est, fabric* chalybeiae, fusoria, mote, textrinas sedulo operantur. Cam. — ita, sane. Apud nos certe fer- vet 11 labor. Verumtamen nos et pradiolum Z.. 2 Montanus. — Tibi pemtus 3 assentior, nam et ego volo ruris voluptatibus frui. Mon. — Nos, utique, domum proflcisc6- mur, quoniam parentes, totaqne familia, gratia' scholarum, 5 hyemem in urbe agunt, aestate autem intra montes nostros remigra- mus. Et quo tu? Mon. — Rus tuum paternum, ut e ver- bis tuis coniecto, non est regio montana, sed campestris, ubi agricolatus exercetur, non autem fabricatus. Ego, ex mea parte, monta'nam regidnem campestri 6ppido an- tep6no. Mont. — A, id quoque iucundissimum videtur esse aspectu. Prseterea, si tot navi- gia, totque ferroviarum orbitaa ad vestrum flumen concurrunt, nee illic videntur homi- nes oti6si vitam d£gere. Mont. — At locus eius generis iam non rus vocandus est, sed potius alvear 10 fabro- rum, quippe ubi nulla quies, otium, nullus rusticatus est, ut in urbe remanere satius videri debeat. Apud nos res longe aliter se habet Mont. — Mira narras. Qualenam illud praedium esse potest, quod in parvulas in- 432 habemus, a ferrovia haud procul, quae ibi stationem habet. JEdes nostras stant in in- sula; et sive in stabula, sive in horrea, sive in hortulum, vel quocunque te conferre ve- lis, pontem transeas necesse est. Cam. — Eheu, tu rem male intellixisti, et p£rperam 13 interpretaris. Situs is nostri habitaculi est a patre meo, geometra, sic effictum; quum enim solum udum esset, elicibus ductis. insula et rivuli nati sunt; in- sulae vero quum essent spatiosae arbustis, dumis ac fruticibus consitae sunt, aedificia- que commoda erecta, ut alteram Venetiam putares. Cam. — Culicibus non affligimur. Pro- ximum nobis est praediolum, tamquam men- sa haec plana, quod easdem quas memoras res, nobis ubertim 15 suppeditat. Cam. — Nonne meministi Magistrum quondam ex Tullio 17 recitasse: "Patria est, ubicunque est bene?" Si ergo tu montibus tuis contentus es, ego certe contentus sum nostra planitie. Faustas ac felices tibi fe- rias ! sulas est discerptum. 13 Ibi certe non aratis, occatis, sed pala foditis, rastris occatis, li- gonibus humum vertitis. et agellos ex sac- culo conseritis- Ecquis tale quid excogi- tavit? (Mont. — Locus certe perquam curiosus ali6quin 16 tamen egregius esse videtur. Ve- reor tamen ne agminibus culicum sit infe- stus; quodsi ita sit, montes nostros longe pluns facio: utpote ubi aer est purus, ubi armenta vaccarum saluberrimum )ac, ca- seum, florem lactis atque butyrum mini- strant. Mont. — Itaque, ut ex tuis verbis facile colligo, nihil refert, 16 utrum quis in monti bus aut vallibus, aut vero loco campestri vivat et mari proximus, dummodo locus habitabilis sit. (Mont — Idem et ego tibi vicissim pre- cor. 1. Used only in Norn. Ace and Abl. pi- towards the Gods; toward men we say, gratias ago, habeo, nuntio, I thank, I render thanks. Ferior, 1 atus sum, to take a rest, cease to work, have a holyday. 2 Lucius, ii, Roman proper name. 3. Adv., entirely, thoroughly; -or, 4 assensus sum, to agree. Rus, ruris, n., fields, country, country place. Fruor, frui, fructus, or fruitus sum, to enjoy, gov- Abl. and Accus. 4- In animo (mihi, tibi, sibi) est, it is in my (thy, his, &c.) mind, it is my inten- tion. Feria, arum, holydays. 5 Gratia scholarum, for the sake of schools. (Migro,* r., re - migro, to transfer one's domicile. Quo? whither? 6. Urbs, urbis, f., a city; solum natale, native soil, birth place; causa, like gratia; matertera, ce, a mother's sister; convictus, us, a boarding place; -neo? ui, tentum, to maintain, to support. 433 7. -ium, pi. f., a seat, family seat; flavus, a, urn, yellow, here the name of a river; grumus, i, a hillock, said also of an ant hill. 8. -ium, ii, any ship; -co, x r., tu furrow; I., properly a rut, the rails of a railroad track; of iron; of stone; of sand (concrete); IV., an arch; do* ieci, iactum, to throw over, to cross- to span. 9. Adv., back, backward, -tus, a t urn, more raised, higher: turn, ii, a farm; IV., farming; -reo* ui, to bloom, to flourish; prasp. with apud nos, with us; -us, a, urn, dr> ; of steel; -urn; i, smelting; 1., weaving factory (called mills, but not properly, for Latin mola, can be used only of grist mills, fr. molere, to grind cereals, or generally, crush- ing), -ror,' 1 atus sum, to be working. 10. -ar, is, n., a bee hive; -her, bri, a worker at some trade, a mechanic; IV., a field occupation, an engagement in farming, summering. 11. -veo* bui, to be boiling, a great activity; horreum, i, a barn; -us, i, dimin. of kortus, i, a garden; whitherever; to betake thyself. 12. -po,*psi,ptum, to tear into bits; -ro* r., to plough; -co* r., to harrow; I., a spade, -rum, /, (in pi. m., rastri), a rake; -go, nis, m., a hoe; -us, i, dimin. of ager, a cultivated field; -us, i, a pocket; -ro, 3 sevi, satum, situm, to sow, to fo-sow; to think out. 13. Adv., falsely, wrongly; -tor,' 1 atus sum, explain, translate, interpret; IV., loca- tion, place; 1., m-, an engineer; -ngo? nxi,fidum, to devise, to feign, to plan, to shape; elix, pi. elices, urn, m., a drain, a trench to lead off water. 14. Adv. otherwise; -us, a, urn, prominent, eminent, splendid, fine; -stus, a, urn, disturbed, bothered, harrassed; pluris facere, to esteem higher; as where; -urn, i, a drove; -us, t f cheese; flos lactis, cream; butter. 15. Plentifully; -toj r., tu supply. 16. It makes no difference. 17. Marcus Tullius Cicero, Quasstiones Tusculanas, 5,37,108, quoting some an- cient poet. PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS. DE PR>EPOSITIONIBVS. 152. A Prapositio is a part of speech, which modifies the relation of the word be- fore which it stands The word itself is compounded from prce, fore, before, and po- no* posui, positum, so prcepono, pmponere, prxpbsui, prcepositum, I put, place before, ptcepositio, the placing, or the thing placed before. 153. The Praepositiones are divided into two general classes: A. Prcepositiones Se- parators, i. e ., independent words, by themselves; and, B. Prcepositiones Inseparables* i. e., syllables, which cannot stand alone. 434 A. PRsEPOSITIONES SEPARABILES. 154. The group of Propositions Sepadbiles is divided into three classes: 1, of those, which govern Quart um Casum, that is Accusativum; 2, of those, which govern Sextum Casum, i. e. Ablativum; and, 3, of those, which govern now the Quartum, now the Sextum, according to che meaning to be conveyed. 1. The Praepositiones demandig Quartum Casum, are comprised in the following memorial verses * to be studied by heart: 155. Trans, apud, adversus Quarto iungantur & ante; Pone, per, adversum, iuxta, prope, versus et infra, Ad, post et circum, circa, cis, circitei , extra; Prceter, ob, intra, erga, citra, secus, usque, secundum-, Et propter, contra, supra, penes, inter et ultra. As to their meanings: Trans, across, over, trans montem, across the mountain. Apud, by, by the side, with, apud nos, with us. Adversus, and adversum, toward, adversum mare, toward the sea. Ante, before, of place and time, ante Christum, ante helium, before Christ, before the war; ante pedem, before the foot, ante portam, before the gate. Pone, behind, pone tergum, behind the back. Per, through, ire per pontem, to go through the bridge; per me licet, it may be done, as far as I am concerned. Iuxta, beside, iuxta mensam, beside the table. Prope, near, prope urbem, near the city. Versus, towards, in the direction of; it follows its noun, according to Roman usage, as: Romam versus, Italiam versus; in later Latin, used promiscuously. Infra, beneath, under, infra terram, under the earth. Ad, to, eo ad patrem, 1 am going to my father. Post, after, post Christum; post meridiem, after noon. Circum, around, circum insulam, around the island. Circa, about, circa meridiem, about noon time, circa domum, about the house. Cis, on this side, cis lacum, on this side of the lake. Circiter, about, circiter mensem, about a month; octavam circiter horam, at about eight o'clock. ♦These memorial verses are taken from the Institutiones Grammaticse, by the Royal Hunga- rian University of Budapest, 1823, in four volumes. They are far more suitable, being in hexameters, as Latin didactic matter should be, than the rhythmic German verses of Latin words, now so gener- ally made use of. 435 Extra, outside, extra ictum, outside of shooting (firing) distance; sum extra me, 1 am beside myself (unconscious). Ptceter, besides, excepting, praeter viam, on the roadside; prater nos nemo, no one, excepting us- Ob, for, on account, ob eius diligentiam, for his diligence. Intra, within, intra domum, within the house; intra horam, within an hour. Erga, towards, erga parentes, .towards our parents. Citra, on this side (like cis) citra Rhenum, on this side of the Rhine. Secus, otherwise, also along, res longe secus est, the thing is very differently. Usque, as far as, usque Romam, until, all the way to Rome; also with other pre- positions: usque ad sylvam, until, as far as the forest. Secundum, according, along, secundum mentem auctoris, according to the mind of the author; secundum parietem, flumen, along the wall, the river- Propter, like prope, propter viam, on the road side; on account, propter tempestates, owing to bad weather. Contra, against, contra voluntatem, against one's will; contra hostes, against the enemy; contra leges, against the laws. Supra, over, above, supra terram, above the ground; super, on, upon, super men- sam, on the table; super caput, on the head. Penes, beside, with, in the power of, summa potestatis penes Imperatorem est, the supreme power is with (in the possession of) the Commander in chief. Inter, between, among, whether two or more, inter duas fenestras; between the two windows; inter omnia animalia, amongst all the animals. Ultra, over, beyond, ultra vires humanas, beyond human power. 2. The Praspositiones governing Sextum Casum: 156. Abs, ab et a poscunt cum clam sibi sumere Sextum; Et tenus atque palam, procul, absque fruuntur eodem; Ex, e, de, coram, pro, prise, sine. Ponitur apte Post Patrium ferme numero tenus una Secundo. Their meanings: A, before consonants, ab, before vowels and h, abs, before s and t, from, off, away, by, venio a fratre; ab urbe, abs te, I am coming from my brother, from the city, from thee; locus ab hostibus captus est, the place has been taken by the enemy. Clam, on the sly, clam patre without the knowledge of my father. Tenus, as far as, up to, pectore, collo, capite tenus, up to the breast, neck, head. Palam, openly, palam populo, before the people, palam omnibus, before (in pres- ence) of all; palam te, in your presence, to your face. 436 Procul, far, procul castris, urbe, moenibus, away, far from the camp, city, the walls, fortifications of a town. Absque, without, absque me perivisses, only for me (without my help) you would have perished; absque praeiudicio, prejudice being absent, witout prejudice. E, before consonants, ex, before vowels and h, out, out of, e manibus, out of the hands;' ex ore, from the mouth; ex auro, of, out of, gold, e domo, out of the house. De, down from, de coelo, down from the heavens; de me, about me; de Bello Gal- lico, about (concerning, down from) the Gallic War. Coram, in the presence, coram Deo, before God; te coram (or, coram te) in thy presence; coram populo, in the presence of the people. Pro, many meanings: Wktprce (next below), before, pro porta, before the gate; pro rostris, before the speaking stand; on behalf, for the benefit of, pro Archia Poeta, in be- half of the Poet Archias; pro patria, for (in behalf) the country; pro me, for me (for my good) ; pro me, in my place. Prce, fore, before, in preference, for: prae foribus, before the door, prae caeteris, be- fore (in preference) the rest of them; pr* gaudio flere, to weep for joy. Sine, without, sine fine, without an end; sine studio, without partiality. Tenus, same as above, as far as, up to, the rule saying, that "una numero Secundo, that is, with Numerus Pluralis, tenus is properly joined with the Casus Patrius (which is the Casus Genitivus), and we say: genuum tenus, i. e., placing same post Patrium Ca- sum, after the Genitivus, up to the knees, whereas in Nrus. Sing, it would be genu te- nus, up to tee knee; so manuum tenus, humerorum tenus, up to the shoulders. We pro- nounce this word always like an enclitic, without any accent, the stress falling upon the end-syllable of the preceding word, as: digit6 tenus, digitorum tenus, up to the fingers, or finger. 3. The Praepositiones, which govern both, Quartum and Sextum, Accusativus and Ablativus. . 157 The following prepositions have two powers: one is that of tending, moving towards; the other is that of being, standing still. As the Accusativus case is the case of the direct object of the action of transitive verbs, it will be the Accusativus that these prepositions will demand when they exert their power of tending, moving towards. But when they imply nothing more than being, being in or at a place, they will demand an Ablativus. They are: In, into, upon: eo in hortum, I go into the garden; ieci librum in mensam, I have thrown the book upon the table. Its other power is to denote the condition of being, of being somewhere, when it stands with an Ablativus: sum in horto, I am in the garden; liber iacet in mensa, the book lies on the table. In other words: When in is to answer the question quo, whither, it will be followed 437 by an Accusafivus; when, on the other hand, it answers the question ubi, where, Ablati- vus is used. Sub, under, quo is? whither dost thou go? eo sub arborem, 1 go under the tree; ubi sedes? where dost thou sit, sedeo sub arbore, I sit under the tree. Subter, under, underneath: pulli confugiunt subter alas matris; the chickens flee under the wings of their mother; Abl., subter littore> down at the shore, only in poetry. Super, over, above, upon: super mensam, montem, upon the table, on the moun- tain; a'gere super re aliqua (Abl.) to treat, act about a thing, mostly in the language of the lawyers. NotsB ad Prospositiones Separabiles. Nota 1. — There are two general tendencies, or not formulated principles through- out the language, governing the usage of prepositions. We omit the prepositions when not compounded, wherever we can without causing ambiguity; and we repeat them in many cases, when they are compounded with verbs. This principle applies both to Accu- sative and to Ablativus, to the latter more than to the former, when namely the natural power of either Casus suffices to express the relation implied in the preposition. Such is the case in particular with the names of cities, some islands, domus, rus, and the Supi- num being the Accus- of the IVth Declension, as: eo Romam, dornum, rus, emptum chartam, I am going to Rome, to the country, to buy paper. In the Ablativus: si essem tuo loco, if I were in your place, suo quisque modo, everybody in his own way; toto ccelo, by a whole heavens, &c A bare Ablativus, depend- ing on its own power, is called an Ablativus Absolutus, an Independent Ablative, which has many details, with corresponding names, such as, Ablativus Medii, Ablativus Instru- ment!, Ablativus temporis, Ablativus cum Participio, &c, which we shall treat in their places. On the other hand, in compounds we duplicate, by repeating, the prepositions, as: abto a fratre, 1 go away from my bi other, exto ex horto: I go out of the garden; addo ad earn rem, I add to that thing; intro in cubiculum, 1 enter (into) my room; convenlo cum amico, I come together with my friend; &c, K e., 1 meet my friend. 2- When prepositions lose their cases, that is, when they can be used without any case government, by themselves, independently, they are considered as Adverbia, thus: Id factum est longo post tempore, that happened a long time after. Such are ante, area, clam, coram, contra, infra, intra, iuxta, palam, pone, post, propter, secus, subter, super, supra, ultra. 3. Prepositions of two syllables, such as ante, contta, inter, propter can be placed after the Proncmen Relativum, as: quern ante, quern contra, quos inter. Those of one syllable are often placed after the Pronomen Relativum, or Demonstrativum, and between an Adiectivum and its noun, in this manner: quam ob causam, quam ob rem, certis de causis, magna ex parte, aliquot post menses. 438 4. Proposition cum regularly follows a Pronomen Personale and connected there with, thus: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum; also with Pron. Relativa, as: quocum, quacum, quibuscum (also quicum, instead of quocum); yet, occasionally we also find cum quo, and this of necessity, when the relative pronoun is followed by its noun, as: cum quo viro, not quocum viro. 5 The preposition cum, with, along with, is used only when it denotes accompani- ment, in society with, and not as with is used in English. Ibo cum fratre ambulatum, shall go awalking with my brother. So also: cum prima luce, with the first light; i.e. (with) early morning; id cum malo tuo facies, you will do that with (at) your penljfe- rendum hoc opus est cum labore, this burden has got to be carried with great hardship; multis cumlacrymis obsecrare, to beseach with many tears. On the other hand, the with in sentences, like he threatens me with death, 1 write with a pen, with my right hand with lamplight, come under other considerations: the first means a simple govern- ment of the verb minors atus sum, to threaten, and is to be thus expressed: mortem mihi minatur. The others belong under the head "Ablativus Absolutus," under the sub- divisions Abl. Medii, and Abl. Instrument!, i. e., an independent Ablative (without a preposition), manu dextra, ad lumen lUcernas, calamo scribo. De Prsepositionibus in Compositis. 158 Several of the prepositions are prefixed to verbs, some to nouns, whereby changes in powers and relations are brought about in the words so prefixed. Many in transitive verbs, by receiving a preposition, become transitive, or change their govern- ments, sometimes their conjugations. As many of the prepositions end in a consonant, and the words to which they are joined begin with consonants, in practical use by the Roman people, these concurrences of consonants were worn down by assimilating the final consonant of the preposition to that of the initial of the verb, or noun; thus, for 2d + loquor, they said a/loquor, but arfvenio, a^miror, a^probo, a^clamo, a^necto, a/figo, assequor, but a^iudico, a^stnngo, a/tento, &c. , M , , . This condition of things has opened a wide field for German philology for specula- tion, to devise a cast iron principle of generalization, as to what particular consonants are assimilated into what other consonants. As the result is an intolerable vexation to students and readers, and, because these conclusions are mere puerilities, vain hairsplitt- ings, and historically as well as philologically not true, I simply ignore them. For, it i be true, that cow (from cum, com) must stand before lego, and we must say cowligo, tor co/ligo,' collegium, for co/legium, co^paro, inpar, then, this principle must first apply to modern tongues, so that the Germans themselves, then the French, English &c> must say, respectively, Konlegium, conlege, conlege, conlegio, &c, before we should do it in Latin. Since, however, all the world will never acknowledge that it was mis taken through all these centuries until German philologists discovered this light, students 439 need take no notice of this preposterous claim. Hearing, and common sense will show the way. Ante, does not change, as: antepono, antecedo, anteeo. Circum, as: circumdo, circumnavigo; but it throws out the m in circueo, I go around, circiiitus, the going around. Inter, with lego, combines into intilligo, otherwise it remains unchanged, as, inter- cludo, interficio, intereo, interimo, intercalo. Ob changes: occupo, occurro, officium, ofTero, but, omitto, oblector, obmutesco, ob- sequor. Per does not change, as, perfero, with adjectives, permagnus, peramplum; but one may say pelluceo, pellucidum, though this is needless. Also pelliceo is used, to lure on e over to some other party. Post has but two changes pomosrium, pomurium, from post, or pone murium, a space beyond the town walls; and pomeridianum, for postmeridianum. Trans, suffers some contractions: trado, for transdo, I hand over, traduco, I lead over, traiicio, 1 throw, shoot through, trano, I swim oven the former from trans + iacio, the latter from trans + no, no, nare, navi, to swim, to float- 159. A, ab, abs, do not differ in meaning, the only question is the form to be changed in compounding. A stands usually before m and v, as, amoveo, amolior, to move away, avolo, I fly away; ab is used with vowels, and before many consonants, as aberro, I go astray; abiudico, ablaqueo; before fero and fugio the ab changes into an, as aufero, auferre, but abstulu and ablatum, whence Casus Auferendi, or Ablativus; aufugio^ I run away. Before s and t the form abs is used, as, abscondo, I hide, I conceal, absti- neo, I withhold myself, I keep myself away. E , ex, out, out of, from, will employ its latter form before vowels and many con- sonants (c, p, q, s, t, and assimilates its x with f), as, exeo, exaudio, excandesco, exci- pio, expono, exporto, exquiro, exsolvo, exspecto; but effero, extuli, elatum, educo, eligo, edo. In, in, within, in some cases it retains its form, as, incido, I fall in, induo, I dress, I put on dress; infligo, I inflict; ingero, I insert, or I meddle; inspicio, I look into; infit, says; but before m and p its n changes into m, as: imbuo, improbo, impudicus, immitto, impero; illaqueo, illegitimus, iilabor, illudo; it loses its n altogether in ignarus. Before r the n is assimilated, as, irruo, irrumpo, irrogo, irretio. Sub, under, assimilates its b with many consonants, as: succurro, succino, suffoco, suggero, suppono, suppeto; before vowels, and several consonants it does not change, subeo, subacidum, subiicio, subiaceo, subodoro, subligo, submoveo, subnitor, subnoto, subrideo; in other cases, surripio, surrigo (and subrlgo) ; still in other cases it changes into sus- as, suscipio, suspicor, sustineo, and once subscus (for sub + cudo), a dove- tail (in carpentery) . 440 B. PRJEPOS1TIONES INSEPARABLES. 160. The small group of monosyllabic propositions, inseparably connected with Adiectiva and Verba, producing the same changes in those words, consists of the follow- ing particles: Amb- around, on both sides, from Gr. amphi- whence Latin ambo, both, as, am- bio, I go around a thing, ambitus, us, the going around, ambitio, nis, the act, the habit of going around, in good or bad sense; ambigo, ere, to be in doubt as to which way to go, to hesitate in choosing; ambiguus, a, urn, doubtful, uncertain, a thing that has two ways about it; amputo, to chop off all around; anfractus, us, a winding valley, through woods, with pastures; anceps, itis, dubious, doubtful, not sure which way is better. Dis or di- t asunder, apart, separation on the same level, hence, fundamentally dif- ferent from de down from above; yet, for this very leason deliberately confounded by German philology, and by ignorance, as in English, when people insist en saying and writing distill, for Estill. De word is compounded from de + still a, down + drop, drip, whereas distWXo would mean to scatter to drop asunder, instead of dripping down. So, too, German philologists insist that we should say and write on account of two things. Ob oculos versari, to be (rolling, turning) before the eyes. Pretium ob stultitiam fero, I am getting my reward for my folly. PENES Penes quern est summum imperium, in whose hands is the supreme power. Penes usum est arbitrium, usage holds the decisive power. Fides sit penes auctorem, the author is re- sponsible for the statement (not I) Penes quern non est culpa, who (the person I am speaking about) is not at fault. Non est penes me, I have not the authority. PER Per se sibi quisque charus est, by nature everybody is dear to himself. Per se, sine alio, all by himself, with no- body else. Per se expetenda virtus, virtue is desirable, (to be sought) by itself. Per idem tempus, at that same time- Per negligentiam, quae fit, turpissima iactu- ra est, the loss, one sustains by negli- gence, is the most shameful. Per iocum, by joking, as a joke. Per litteras, by letter, correspondence. Per simulationem, perspeciem, by a make- believe, by appearance. Per avaritiam id appetit, he covets it from avarice. Per aetatem potuit, he could, owing to his age. Per insidias (interna), to be slain by an ambush. Per eos dies, all through those days. Per legem licet, it is allowed, as far as the laws are concerned. 444 Per te stetit, it depended on you. Per partes, piecemeal. Per manus aliquid tradere, to deliver, to hand down to posterity. Per Deum te oro, I beseach you for God's sake. Per Deum iuro, 1 swear by God. Per valetudinem non potuit, he was unable owing to his (bad) health. Per tres annos, during three years. Per vim, by force- Per otium, by leisure time. Per vices, in turns. Per occasionem, when convenient. PONE, PROPE, TRANS Pone nos recede, get behind us. Prope diem, by and by. Trans f return, across the ferry. POST Post tergum, behind the back. Post aliquod tempus, after some time. Post homines natos, since the beginning of mankind. Post hominum memoriam, within the me- mory of men. PILETER Praeter morem, beyond measure. Praeter hoc, besides this. Praeter opinionem, against all expectation. PROPTER Propter metum parere legibus, to obey laws for fear. Propter earn causam, on account of that, for that reason. Propter viam, near the road. Propter te qui sedet, vel dormit, the one, who is sitting or sleeping beside you. Propter officium datur beneflcium, remune- ration is given for duly performed. SECVNDVM Secundum Platonem, according to Plato. Secundum facta sua laudari, to be praised according to one's deeds. Secundum patrem tu es proximus, you are the next to me after my father. Vulnus in capite secundum aurem, a wound on the head along the car. Secundum arbitrium tuum, at your own free will- SVPRA Supra terram, above the earth. Supra modum, beyond measure. Supra numerum, beyond counting. Supra vires, beyond one's strength. Quae supra nos, nihil ad nos, things beyond us, do not concern us. VLTRA Ne sutor ultra crepidam, a shoemaker (should not reach out) beyond the sandals. Ultra terminum vagari, to roam beyond the limits. Ultra primas litteras progressus est, he has reached beyond the rudiments. Viret ultra gramen, he is more green (more thriving) than grass. VERSVS Meridiem versus, toward the South. Romam versus, toward Rome. 445 Cum Ablativo. A, AB, ABS, ABSQVE A praeceptore castigari malo, quam torque- ri a carnifice, I prefer to be chastized by the teacher, then to be tortured by the hangman (to choose the lesser evil). Ab eo tempore, from that time on. A nobis stetit, he stood on our side. Ab aliis exemplum cape, take example from others. A sole dolet caput, my head aches from the sun. A me est hoc totum, all this is water on my mill. Ab obitu eius, since the time of his death. A coena, from supper on. A teneris, ab adolescentia, ab incunabulis, a puero, a pueris, ab unguiculo, ab in- eunte astate, from childhood. A rege proximus (primus) the next after the king. A capite piscis, the fish (begins to rot) from the head. A necessariis instructus, provided with all the needs. A pecunia imparatus, unprovided with money. A fronte, from the front. A tergo, from the back. A poena liber, free of punishment. Ab amicis inops, lacking friends. Abs te hanc ne segreges, you must not part with her. CVM Cum prima luce, early morning. Cum imperio esse, to be in power. Cum telo esse, to be armed. Cum virtute esse, to be virtuous. Cum patre esse, to be with the father. Cum aliquo facere, to make a common cause with somebody. Cum animo statutum habere, to have one's mind made up. Cum illo quid ages? what can you begin with him? Cum illo mihi nihil est, 1 have nothing in common with him. Cum bona gratia dimissus, he was allowed to depart with much courtesy. CLAM Clam patre, without the father's knowl- edge. Clam me omnia fecit, he has done all with- out my knowledge. Clam vos (Accus.) ilia sunt, this all is with- out your knowledge. CORAM Coram Senatu, in the presence of the Sen- ate. Coram illis, in their presence. DE De integro (to do it) anew. De industria, purposely. De improviso, to happen unforeseen. De caetero (and caeterum), as for the rest. Hac de re, about this thing- Gravi de causa, for a grave reason. De grege illo est, he is one of the gang. De plebe est, he is a plebeian. De tua sententia, according to your mind. De manu in manum, from hand to hand. De prandio, immediately after dinner. 446 De facie aliquem noscere, to know one by sight. De scripto dicit, he is reading his speech. De nihilo est, it is almost nothing. De civitate bene meritus, well deserving of his country. De lana caprina rixari, to quarrel about goat's wool, (which does not exist) nothing. E, EX E medio tolli, to be done away with. E regione solis, from the direction of the sun. E regione mihi, opposite to me. E re tua est, it concerns you. Ex hoc die, from to-day on. Ex necessitate facere, to act from necessity. Ex asse hseres, sole heir. Ex omnibus unus, one from among all. Ex insperato, inopinato, all unexpectedly, unhoped for. Ex industria, deliberately. Ex me saluta eum, greet him on my part. Ex ordine, in right order. Ex ingenio suo habet, by his own inge- nuity. Ex supervacuo, for no purpose. Ex pacto, e conventione, according to agreement. Ex professo (or de) professedly- E contrario, quite the opposite. E vestigio, forthwith. Ex voto, like by charm (as was wished). Ex animo, from one's heart. Ex tempore, on the spur of the moment. Ex usu tuo, according to your practice. Ex usu tibi est, helpful to you. Ex obliquo, from an oblique direction. Ex occasione ementium, varia sunt pretia, prices vary according to demand- Ex continenti, instantly. Ex equo labi, to fall from the horse. Annus est ex quo regnavit, it is a year now, since he has been reigning. Ex improviso, unforeseen. Ex insidiis capi, to be caught from an am- bush. Ex Platonis sententia, according to P's mind. E pedibus laborat, his feet hurt him. Aliud ex alio malum, one trouble begets another. Ex eo tempore, since that time. Poculum ex auro, a goblet of gold- Ex eo die, ever since that day. Ex me nemo sciat, no one shall know it from me. Ex asquo et bono, from what is just and right. Ex toto, by its entirety. Ex xquo, from what is fair. Ex parte, in part. Ex abundantia, out of plenty. Ex longinquo, from afar. Ex lege, by the law. Ex arte, in accordance with art. Ex ad verso loci alicuius, in the opposite direction of a place. Ex consuetudine, from habit. Ex composito, in accordance with an under- standing. Ex pacto, as per contract. Ex quo (of time), since. PRO Pro mercede vel prasmio mihi hoc erit, this 1 shall consider as my reward or pay. Pro ratione nostrorum temporum, consi- dering the conditions of our times. Pro tua prudentia, humanitate, by reason of your prudence (kindness). 447 Pro re nata, for the occasion. Pro re ac tempore consilium capere, to take measures according to conditions and times. Pro se quisque, everybody on his own part. Pro vectura solvere, co pay for transpor- tation. Pro eo ac debui, in the manner it was my duty. Pro certo habere, to consider it as certain. Satis pro imperio, enough of (your) domi- neering! Pro cive se gerere, behaving as a citizen. Pro beneficio hoc habeo, I regard this as a good deed toward me. Pro me est, it works for my good. Pro tuo in me amore, for your great favor toward me. Pro ancilla earn habet, he treats her like a servant girl. Pro sua quisque facultate, every one to the extent of his ability. Pro mentis gratias referre, to render thanks for benefits. Pro more, according to custom. Pro viribus, to the extent of one's ability. Pro concione, before an audience. Pro curia, foribus, before the court, door. Pro patria mori, to die for one's country. Pro tempore et loco, with regard to time and place. PRiE Prae se agere gregem, to drive a flock be- fore one's self. Pras gaudio, ubi sim, nescio, I do not know for joy where 1 am. Pras lacrymis loqui non possum, I cannot speak for (on account of) tears. Viri boni speciem pras se ferre, he bears the appearence of a good man. Ilium prae se contempsit, he despised the man as compared with himself. Prae nobis beatus.. est, he is more happy than we. Pras se putare neminem, to regard as no- body, compared to himself. Prse manu alicui dare pecuniam, to advance money to somebody. Similitudinem pras se fert, to bear resem- blance to somebody. SINE Sine ullo dubio, dubitatione, without any doubt. Sine cortice natare, able to support himself. TENVS Capulo tenus, up to the hilt, Titulo tenus, by title alone. IN, cum Accusative*. Ivit in urbem, has gone to town. In postremum, to the last- In quintum annum, into the fifth year. In perpetuum, forever. In speciem, for appearance. In os aliquem laudare, to praise one in face. In manus sumere, to take into hand. Miserandum in modum, in a pitiful man- ner. In horas mutatur, changing hourly. In rem nostram hoc est, this is helpful to our cause- In dies singulos crescit numerus, their num- ber is increasing every day. Pius in Deum, devout to God. Crudelis in victos, cruel toward the van- quished. DifTerre in crastinum (diem), to postpone till the next day. 448 In apricum, in lucem proferre, to bring it out to daylight. In aliquem dicere, to hold an oration against somebody. In singulosdies, annos, for every day, year. In universum, in general, altogether. In Deum peccat, he sins against God. IN, cum Ablativo. In culpa est, he is at fault. In ore omnium est, it is all the town-talk. In periculo sum, I am in danger. In tempore (or, tempori) venire, to come in time. In libris perdius et pernox, he is in his books day and night. In sere alieno sum, I am in debt. In ambiguo hoc est, this is in doubt. In incerto hoc est, this is not certain. In vitiis hoc est, this is counted among faults. In loco pecuniam negligere, to be ignorant of where and how to employ money. Est in manu nostra, it is in our power. In more est, it is so customary. In sinu gaudere, to rejoyce over something in secret. SVB, cum ^Accusative*. Sub idem tempus, simultaneously. Sub lucem, at daybreak. Sub noctem cura recurrit, at nightfall wor- ries return. Sub vesperam, towards evening. Sub finem, toward the end. Sub adventum, at about home coming. Sub iugum mittere, to force one under yoke, to humiliate one. Sub manus hoc bene succedit, this goes off the hands quite smoothly. Sub oculos cadit, it falls under the eyes. SVB, cum Ablativo. Sub dio, under open sky. Sub poena capitis, under punishment of death. Sub iudice lis est, the case is still in court, the matter is undecided- Sub imperio alicuius esse, to be under the jurisdiction of somebody. Sub specie pacis, under the guise of peace. Sub manu habere tabellarios, to have mes- sengers at command. SVPER, cum A ecus, et Ablat. Super coenam, during supper. Alias litterae super alias, one letter after an- other. Super hac re scripsi, I have written on this subject. Super me tarn multa rogat, he is asking so many questions about me. Super se collocare aliquem, to place some one over one's self. Super fronde viridi, about a green bough. Super octingentos annos, over eight hund- red years. Super somnum servus, a guard over the master's sleep. SVBTER, cum Accus. et Ablat. Subter terram, lunam, under the earth, moon. Subter testudine densa, under the shelter of a strong vault. 449 PENSVM DVODECIMVM. 1. Avis. 2. Sciurus. 3. Rana. 4. Anguis. 5. Vespertilio. 6. Nidus et ova. 7. Papiliones. 8. Aranea. 9. Formica. 10. Musca. 11. Asilus, sive Tabanus. 12. Cicada. Ti ANIMALIA AERIA. ERRA circumfusa undique est hac animali spirabilique natura, cui nomen est aer. 1 Omne id, quod hunc aerem animalem spiritu du- cit, sive spiral, est dnimans, quia habet dnimam: dnima 2 enim est qua 1. Cic, N. D. 2.36,91, expressing most concisely the thoughts here implied. Its words: -do, 3 di, sum, to pour around; -lis, e, animating, life-giving; -bilis, e, what can be breathed; aer, is, m., the air. 2. This other fundamental conception is expressed by Ennius (169 B. C), and it sets clear what the Romans understood by anima, ce, animans, tis, (m. f. n.), and ani- mus, i; accordingly, anima is the breath of life (originally meaning but breath, a breeze, light wind), life itself, last breath; -ans, is a living being, also comprising plants; animus, is, by which we are rational beings, i. e., sapimus, for sapio, 3 ivi, ii % ui, originally, to have a taste, bene sapit, it tastes well; therefore, to have the power of discernment, to know, to understand, sapiens, Us, wise, a wise man. 450 vivimus, animus autem, quo sapimus. Omne animans, quod motu cietur interno et suo, animal appellator. 3 Sunt qusedam animalia aeria^ quippe quae in sublimi aere moven- tur, non quidem pedibus eundo, sed voldndo. Animalia autem volantia, sive volatilia, adminfculo duarum alarum volant, et ob id etiam dhtes, atque wlucres, aut vero communi vocabulo, aves, vel avicula vo- cantur. Aves animalia sunt bipeda, 5 attta, plumis, saepe pictis, ac versico- loribus vestita. Alae atque caudae dvium pennis firmis sunt munitae, quarum ope corpora sua levia in sublime facile et celeriter attollere, et perniciter quaquaversum agitdre possunt. Ora avium rostra appel- lantur. Volucres, ut cetera animalia cuncta, secundum sexum,* sunt ma-^ resetfamince, sive, masculas et foemellae. Mares et foeminas, collate opera, uni nidificant, hoc est, materiam comportant, sibique ntdos fa- ciunt. Earum aliqu^e in rands drborum, alia- in cavis arborum, aut in saxis ac prsecipftiis montium ; aliqua- tamen etiam humi, in virguttis atque dumetis nidificant. Nido parato, foemella avis ova 7 parit, ea calore corporis, us mcu- bando, fovet, pullosque ex iis excludit, dum mascula ei alimentum 3. Again Cicero's (Tusc. 1,23,54); its words: cieo? civi } citum, to move, to set into motion; -al, is, n., a breathing, living being, an animal, with man included. 4 -us, a, urn, adj. of aer: -me is, n., -mis, e, adj., high aloft, on high; -lo t r-, to fly; •tilts, e, given to flying; -urn, i, the means, in scholastic Latin, along with this, but more frequently, media, orum, is used, whence English means, pi.; I., a wing; -es, tns, adj ana noun, a winged thing, a bird; -oris, is, f., a flying thing, a bird, the adj. being volucer, oris, e % fleeting, flying; -is, is, f., a bird; its diminutive. 5. .pes, dis, two feeted; I , feather; -us, a, urn, colored; -lor, is, of many colors, -/w/ r., to clothe; I., a quill, whence a pen; -io? r., to strengthen, to be fitted; ops, opts only opis, opem et ope, by the means of; -lo? to lift, to raise up; adv.. nimbly; os, oris, n., a mouth; -urn, i, a beak. 6 -ws, rfs, the sex; mas, maris, male; I., a female; confero, <#***, «, with con certed effort; -«V r„ to nest; -«s, i a nest; -«s, /, a branch; -urn, i, a cavity; hum, in genit., on the ground; -urn, i, a copse, a place full of switches, osiers; -urn, i, bushes, a thicket. h x 7. -ww, i, an egg; -io* peperi, partum, to give birth, to bring forth, to lay; -™% 451 supportat. Dein, pullis exclusis, tarn pater, quam mater alimentum quassitum avolant, repertum autem magno gaudio reportant. Pulliceni famelici nudique, rostellis hiantibus pipientes prsestolantur parentes, qui repertos vermfculos, lumbricos, muscas, aut quaslibet insecta, aut aliud quod esculenti genus, patulis oribus immittunt, sicque suos cha- ros pipiones cibant ac nutriunt. Secundum vitas rationem 8 aliquas aves sunt rapdces acpmdatorice; prsedas autem quas rapiunt, sunt varia animalcula minora, sive alata, sive humi repentia, sive vero quadrupeda, quorum cdrnibus vescuntur, et eapropter carnivorcz appellantur. Taleb sunt dquilce, 9 accipitres, milvi, vultures, fakones; item ordo nocturnarum avium, quales sunt noctuce, bubones, sive ululce, item buteones; bubones enim noctu in sylvis bu- biunt et circumvolitant, interdiu autem in cavis suis dormitant. Eodem fere modo vitam agunt et vespertiliones, 10 qui aves quidem non sunt, sed volatiles, fereque mures, quique sera vespera volitant, et vappo- nes, nocturnos papiliones, captant. Corvi 11 et cornfces nocte quiescunt, ut plerasque volucres in perti- ui, Hum, (also, r.\ to lie upon, to hatch; -veo? vi, turn, to foster, to keep, or to make warm; -us, i, the young, the brood; -do, 3 si, sum, to hatch out; -urn, i, the means of living, the feed; -to, 1 r., to keep bringing on; -lo, x r., to fly away; -us, i, the little chicks; -us, a, nm, hungry; -us, a, um, bare, naked; -urn, i, little beak; hio, 1 r., to gape, -io* r., to pipe, chirp; -or, 1 atus sum, to be waiting; -us, i, little worms; -us, i, an earth-worm; I., a fly; -um, i, an insect; -um, i, eatable; -us, a, um, open, gaping; -us, a, um dear (by affection, carus, a, um, dear by price); -to, nis, m. f., chickies; -bo, 1 r., to feed; -*'o, 4 r., to nourish. 8. According to their way of living; -ax, cis, given to grabbing, to plunder; -ius, a, um, living of prey, spoil, plunder, booty; I., a booty, prey; -to* ut, turn, to grab, to rob; -po, 3, psi,ptum, to creep; -ro, mis, f., flesh, meat; -scor, 3 to feed on, usually gov. abl.; -us, a, um, flesh-gulper. 9. I., an eagle; -ter, iris, a hawk; -us, i, a kite; -tur, is, a vulture; -co, nis, a fal- con; -do, nis, m., an order, class, family; I., an owl; -bo, nis, m., a horned owl; II., same; -teo, nis, a buzzard; -io, 3 to hoot; -to, 1 r., to slumber. 10. -to, nis, m., a bat; mus, ris, m., a mouse; -us, a, um, late; -po, nis, m., a moth; -io> nis, m., a butterfly. 11. II., a raven; -nix, ids, f., a crow; I , a perch; -to, 1 r., to stay overnight; -us, a, um, fallen, or about to fall, shaky, ramshackel; -ver, is, n., a dead body; II., a squir- 452 cis pernoctantes, et praedam suam, sive caduca cadavera speculantes, sive vero sciuros, mures, glires, sorices, aut minores aves, interdiu persequentes. Autumno praesertim tempore catervatim rura grocantes et cornicantes pervolant. — Pica garrula et furax ex arboribus stre- pens et ganniens pullicenos observat. Omnium longe maxima et fortissima avis est struthiocatnelus, 12 qui propter longum collum, parvum caput, staturamque corporis simi- litudinem cameli prae se ferre videtur, nee volare valet, sed pennae et plumae eius in pretio habentur. Sunt etiam alise aves, quas potius pro- pter externam speciem, ac pennarum pulchritudinem, cristas et cirras gestimantur, uti upupa, olor, sive cygnus, pavo, cassita, palumbes, at- que turtures. Perinde alias aves circa, aut intra domos aluntur plerum- que in caveis, quae hominibus alio quodam modo oblectamento sunt, uti monedula, sive grdculus, atque psittacus, quae aves humanum ser- monem imitari discunt. - Cuculus vero, sive coccyx, avis Europaea eo se infamem reddit, quod sibi nidum non facit, sed in nido alieno ova parit, atque facit, ut alia avis suam sobolem excludat, nutriat atque educet. Sunt complura genera volucrum, qu^ gregatim 13 in planitie, in solitariis campis et pratis humi nidificant, seminibus herbarum, granis rel; glis,gliris, m., a dormouse; sorex, ids, m., a shrew-mouse, as the Romans knew no'distinction between a mouse and a rat; in scholastic Latin these two words are used to signify a rat, particularly glis. — Catervatim, adv., in crowds; -co, 1 r., to croak; the voice of a crow. — Pica, a 9 a very common bird in Italy and central Europe, the magpie; -us, a, urn, prattling, babbling, prating; -ax; acts, thievish ; po* ui, to rattle; -w, 4 to prate. 12. -us, i, an ostrich; -urn, i, a neck; I., shape, standing; II., a camel; prx sefert, has theappearance; in pretio esse, v. habere = is valued. — Potius, adv., rather; I., a crest; II., a tuft of feathers; -mo, 1 r., to value; I., a hoopoe, a handsome European bird;' -or, is, m., or -us, i, a swan; -vo, nis, a peacock; I., the tufted lark; -bes, is, f., a ring-dove; -tor, is, a turtle dove. — I., a cage; -um t i, pleasure, delight; L, or -us, i t a jackdaw; II., a parrot; -tor, 1 atus sum, to copy, imitate. — II., or -cyx, ygis, f., a cuckoo; -mis, e, of bad reputation; -es, is, f., an offspring; -co 1 r., to rear, to bring up. 13. Adv., in flocks; -us, a, urn, lonely; -urn, i, a meadow; -men, inis, n., a seed; -urn, i, a grain; -um, i t cereals; -nix, ids, f., a quail; -dix, ids, f., a partridge; I., a lark. 453 frumentorum herbisque vescuntur, cuiusmodi sunt coturnices atque perdfces ; alaudas quoque idem agunt, sed magnam partem diei in sub- lfme se extollunt dulcique cantu se audientes oblectant. Avicularum plurima^ cantillant, 14 ac trissant, et quum hoc modo aures nostras delectabili cantu permulcent, turn etiam summam utilita- tem hortis, segetibus arboribusque afferunt, quoniam deterrimas pestes frugum terr«, erucas, locustas, cicadas, asilos sive tabanos, larvas vermium, ipsos vermes, scarabaeos, insecta omnigena, muscas, culi- ces, devorando, fertilitatem agrorum atque hortorum tuentur. Inter has memorare iuvat hiriindines, fringillas, tnerulas, sturnos, scolopaces. Notissimas 15 omnium alitum illas aviculas sunt, quae in areis ac tectis domuum obstrepunt, frumenta granatim avidissime vorant, nee quidquam utilitatis afferunt: hi sunt pdsseres, sive passerculi. Turn sunt canariae, quas propter suavem modulationem, qua fere luscinias, sive philomelas, sequant, turn etiam propter pulchras plumas flavas, homines in caveis captfvas servant. Sunt et mercatores avium, prassertim cantantium, quia et multi concupfscunt 16 aves cantantes, quas ipsi capere nequeunt, et sunt ho- 14. -lo, 1 r., -sso, 1 r., to warble, to twitter; -ceo, 2 si, sum, to charm, to sooth; ~tas, tis, i., usefulness; -us, i, a garden; -es, etis, f., the standing crops; -rior, ius, superlat -errimus, a, um, worse, worst, an adj. without positive degree; -is, is, f., a plague; frux, gis, f., Nomin. not in use, pi. -es um, produce of the land; I., a caterpillar; I., a locust; I., a grashopper; -us, i, and II., a horsefly; I., prop., a ghost, also a mask, otherwise persona , of insects, when they are grubs, in transition, maggots; -is, is, m., and its abbrev., -cuius, i> a worm; II., a June-bug, a bug, or beetle; ~um y i, fr. in + seco, an insect; -us, a, um, all kinds; I., a fly, -ex, icis, m., a mosquito; -tas, atis, f., the power of bearing fruit; -er, gri, m., a cultivated field; or, 2 itus sum, to defend, to assert; memorare iuvat, a Latin idiom, it is serviceable, or helpful to mention; -do, inis, f., a swallow; I., a red-breast, a robin; 1., a merle, a blackbird; II., a starling; -pax % cis, f. , a snipe. 15. Fr. nosco y tus, a, um, best known; I., a yard, a garden-bed; -po, 3 ui, itum y to rattle, clatter, to make such noise by loud and rapid talk; adv., grain by grain; adv. of -us, a, um, eager; to gobble; -er, is, m., a sparrow. us, a, um, of dogs, doggish, the Dog Islands (Canary Islands, so called on account of their breed of dogs), a canary bird, originally from those Islands; -tio, nis, f., singing; 1., a nightingale; I., same in Gr.; -us, a, um, yellow; -us, a, um, a captive, a prisoner; -vo, 1 r., to keep. 16. -sco 3 ivi, Hum, to covet; laqueus, i, a noose; I., a snare; I., a trap; -do, 3 teten 454 mines, qui aves capere sciunt, et sua arte pecuniam mereri cupiunt. Hi itaque partim laqueos, pedicas et tendiculas aviculis tendunt, par- tial visco, cassibus, aut aliis insidiis, inter has fistula, eas allectant et capiunt; de his carmen scriptum est: "Fistula dulce canit, volucrem quum decipit auceps." Recensio. — Quanam re est ista terra nostra circumfusa? — Quidnam vocamus omne id quod aerem animalem spirat? — Quidnam interest inter animam et animum? — Quae animalia vocamus aeria? — Qua re vestiuntur volucres? — Quid est avis, et ubi solet habitare? — Sexu quomodo inter se differunt? — Quid agit avis foemella in ni- do? — Quomodo, et quibus rebus aluntur pipiones? — Quas volucres vocamus rapaces? — Quid est vespertilio? quid et quando hie captat? — Quid solent corvi insectari? — Statura corporis quae avis est ma- xima?— Quodgenus volucres solent homines ob pulchritudinem potius quam ob utilitatem domi suae servare? — Quae aviculae vivunt grega- tim? — Quid scis de cuculo? — Quaenam est utilitas avicularum quae canorae (singing) sunt? — Novistine passerem? quid scis de eo? — Qui, et ubi emunt homines aviculas canoras? — quare? — Recita car- men de aucupe 1 di, turn, sum, to stretch, to set up; -scum, i, a birdlime; -es, ium, m., a net, a hunting-net; -dice, arum, an ambush, plot; I., a whistle; -do, 1 r., to lure; -men, inis, n., a verse* -pio* cepi, ptum, to deceive; auceps , aucupis, m , a bird-catcher, a fowler. VOCABVLARIVM 31. Nna Subst. motus, us avicula, x mas, maris, m natura, x animal, is, n. pluma, x foemina, x aer, aeris, m. adminiculum, i penna, x opera, x spiritus, us ala, x ops, is, f . materia, x animans, tis ales, itis, f. sublime, is, n. nidus, i £nima, x volucris, is, f. rostrum, i ramus, i animus, i avis, is, f. sexus, us cavum, i 455 humus, i, f. virgultum, i ovum, i calor, is, m. pullus, i alimentum, i gaudium, ii pullicenus, i rostellum, i vermiculus, i lumbricus, i musca, x insectum, i os, oris, n. pipio, nis, m. vita, x ratio, nis, f. praeda, x animalculum, i humus, i, f . caro, nis, f. aquila, x accipiter, tris, m. milvus, i vultur, uris, m. falco, nis, m. ordo, inis, m. noctua, x bubo, nis, m. ulula, x buteo, nis, m. cavum, i vespertilio, nis,m. mus, ris, m. vappo, nis, m. papilio, nis, m. curvus, i cornix, icis, f. p£rtica, x cadaver, is, n. sciiirus, i glis, gliris, m. s6rex, icis, m. rus, ruris, n. pica, x struthiocamelus, i collum, i statura, x similitudo, inis, f . camelus, i species, ei, f. pulchritudo, inis, f . crista, x cirrus, i upupa, x olor, is, m. cygnus, i, m. pavo, nis, m. cassita, x palumbes, is, mf. turtur, is, mf, caVea, x oblectamentum, i mon£dula, x gr^culus, i psittacus, i sermo, nis, m. cuculus, i coccyx, ygis, mf . s6boks, is, f. semen, inis, n. coturnix, icis, f. perdix, icis, f. alauda, x auris, is, f. utilitas, atis, f. hortus, i seges, etis, f. pestis, is, f . frux, gis, f. locusta, x cicada, x asilus, i tab^nus, i larva, x vermis, is, m. scarabasus, i fertilitas, atis, f. hirundo, inis, f. fringilla, x meVula, x sturnus, i scolopax, cis, f. irea, x passer, is, m. modulatio, nis, f. luscinia, x philome*la, x laqueus, i p£dica, x tendicula, x viscum, i casses, ium, m. insidia% arum fistula, x carmen, inis, n. auceps, aucupis, m. Nna. Adi. animalis, e spirabilis, e internus, a, um aerius, a, um sublimis, e volatilis, e bipes, dis alatus, a, um versicolor, is firmus, a, um masculus, a, um fam£licus, a, um nudus, a, um pitulus, a, um charus, a, um rapax, cis pr£datorius,a,um carnivorus, a, um serus, a, um caducus, a, um garrulus, a, um furax, cis externus, a, um humanus, a, um infamis, e ali£nus, a, um complures, es, a solitarius, a, um dulcis, e delectabilis, e summus, a, um deterior, ius omnigenus, a, um notus, a, um canarius, a, um suavis, e flavus, a, um captivus, a, um Verba circumfundo, 3 di, sum spiro, 1 r. sapio, 3 ivi, ii cieo, 2 civi, turn volo, 1 r. vestio, 4 r. munio, 4 r. attollo, 3 — , — confero, 3 tuli, latum nidifico, 1 r. comparo, 1 r. pario, 3 peperi, partum incubo, 1 ui, itum 456 foveo, 2 vi, turn excludo, 3 si, sum supporto, 1 r. dvolo, 1 r. reporto, 1 r. hio, 1 r. pipio, 4 r. prxstolor, 1 atus sum immito, 3 si, sum cibo, 1 r. nutrio, 4 r. rapio, 3 ui, ptum repo, 3 psi, ptum vescor, 3 — , — bubio, 3 — , — dormito, 1 r. volito, 1 r. capto, 1 r. speculor, 1 atus sum persequor, 3 cutus sum groco, 1 r. cornico, 1 r. pervolo, 1 r. strepo, 3 ui, itum gannio, 4 r. observo, 1= r. valeo, 2 ui, itum aestimo, 1 r. alo, 3 ui, itum imitor, 1 atus sum reddo, 3 didi, itum nutrio, 4 r. educo, 1 r. extollo, 3 — , — oblecto, 1 r. cantillo, 1 r. trisso, 1 r. permulceo, 2 si, sum 4rTero, 3 tuli, latum dSvoro, 1 r. tueor, 2 itus sum memoro, 1 r. iuvo, iuvi, iutum obstrepo, 3 ui, itum voro, 1 r. aequo, 1 r. servo, 1 r. canto, 1 r, concupisco, 3 ivi, itum capio, 3 cepi, captum mereor, 2 itus sum cupio, 3 ivi, itum tendo, 3 tetendi, tentum allecto, 1 r. decipio, 3 cepi, ptum Adverbia perniciter p6tius perinde gregatim avide fere dulce Prsepositiones secundum propter 45 7 II 1. Piscis. 2. Ardea. 3. Tursio. 4. Testudo. 5. Crocodilus. 6. Phoca. ANIMALIA AQVATICA, A. .QVA: marinas perinde ac fluviatiles 1 innumera pasne genera animalium alunt et sustinent, quorum aliqua aqudtioa vocantur, quod aquam nunquam relinquunt, alia autem, quae partim in terra sicca vi- tal agunt, amphibia appellantur. Multigena 2 animalia, praesertim aquatica, aut omnino testis inclusa 1. Adj. of fluvius; -lo, 3 ui, itum, to feed; -neo, 2 ui, tentum, to support; -ticus, a, urn, watery, living in water, or derived from w«; -quo, 3 reliqui, ctum } to leave; -us, a, um f dry; -bium, ii, Gr. two lives. 2. -us, a, urn, many kinds; I., a shell; -is, is, f„ a skin; -us, a, urn, horny; -us, a, urn, hard; -is, e, soft; -us, a, urn, made of shell; -is, e, light, thin; -us, a, urn, soft- shelled; -to,* r. , are called. — Crustum, i, a hard bark, shell, crust; adi. of calx f cis, f. lime; -do, inis, f., a tortoise; -cer, ai, a crab; II., a lobster; nepas, ce, and nepa, a shark; II., a dolphin; -to, nis, m., a porpoise; II., a many- feet, polypus. 5. I., a multitude; -is, is, m., a fish; no, nare, navi, to swim; its frequentative is more frequent, nato, y r. ; -mo, nis, m., a lung; -chix, atum, the gills; I., a feather; II., a hair; -Ho* r., to clothe; -ma, ce, the scales of fishes; I , the fins; -culum, i, the go- vernment, a rudder. — Migro? r., to wander; -um, i, the salt water, the sea (nempe = that is to say). — Esculentus, a, urn, eatable, fit to be a food; -bilis, e, that can be eaten; adv. accordingly; est cibo belluis, serves as food to the big beasts; principem lo- cum vindicat, it claims the most important place; -do, inis, f., Gr. alcyon, the king- 459 — Piscis est animal aquaticum sine pedibus et alis, proinde nee it, nee volat, sed nat; porro, nee pulrnonibus, sed branehiis spirat, nequeplu- mis aut pilis vestitum est ut eastern animalia, sed squammis, nat autem tiinnis, versatque se gubernaeulo eaudae. Aliqui pisees migrant, tam- quam aves, ex salo nempe in aquas dulces, et vieissim. — Plenque pisees sunt esculenti, hoe est, edibiles, proinde eibo sunt magnis bel- luis, et etiam eompluribus alitibus, inter quas prineipem loeum sibi vindieat alcedo, quales sunt lari, fulieae; aliae alites non supervolant maria, sed longis eruribus invadunt asstuaria atque vada, uti ardeae, et eieoni's, et sie piseieulos eaptant. Hae aves palmipedes sunt. Verum etiam homines, non tantum fabulosi ichthyophagi 1 vetusta- tis, piseibus, eseterisque aquatieis, animalibus libenter veseuntur, sal- tern semel aut bis per septimanam. Gratissimi autem pisees Romanis fuemnt, — hodieque nobis fere sunt, — truetae, thynni, seomber, asellus, perea, salmo, dein sarda- atque saperdae, quas, ut salsamenta, salsugine eondfta, nos haud minus libenter edimus quam Romani; ta- men, fortasse delicatissimi atque sapidissimi existimantur aeipenser, elupea, atque turdus. Crudele 8 et inhumanum est piseieulos, avieulas, aut quodlibet m- nocuum animaleulum sive eausa gulae, sive ex inerti otio,animi eausa, fisher; -us, i, the sea gull, according to zoologists; 1., a coot, usage makes this bird the sea gull; cms, cruris, n„ a leg; -do? si, sum, to enter; I., a heron; I-, a stork; -pes, dis, web foot. , , . 7. II., fish-eaters; -fas, Us, f., antiquity; I., a trout; II., a tunny; -bet, bn, m., a mackarel; II., a cod; I., a perch; -mo, nis, m., a salmon; I., a sardine; I., a herring; turn, i, a pickle; -go, inis, f., salt water, brine; -dio? r., to season; -tus, a, urn, fine, delicate; -us, a, urn, tasty; -mo* r., to deem, consider; -ser, eris, m., a sturgeon, I., a shad; II., a thrush. 8. -is, e, cruel; -us, a, urn, unmanly, not befitting a man; -us, a, urn, harmless; !•, a throat, for the sake of gluttony; -ers, Us, idle, inactive; -urn, it, leisure; animt causa for a pass-time; "one should deem enough," -mo} r., to deem; I., the catching; I., fish- ing; -us, us, a living; IV., a gain, earning; -urn, i, gain, profit; -or, is, a fisher. 0«- losus, a, urn, gluttonous; II., a fish-hook; arundo, inis,, f., a reed, a fishing-rod; I., a bait; II., a fishmonger; -urn, i, a market-place; -of, is, a customer; -us, a, urn, here, -ww, i, muddy, stirred, confusion, disorder = a man utilizing the disturbed, unsettled conditions for his personal gain; do not bear a good reputation. 460 occidere. Satis existimandum est si pisces ab iis capiantur qui captu- ram piscium, siv e piscaturam, tamquam victum atque quaestum, lucri causa, exercent; ii sunt piscatores. Gulosi piscatores hamo, arundine et esca piscibus insidiantur, eosque inique, per dolum ac fraudem ca- piunt. Piscatores ex quaestu retibus, sagenis, atque everriculis, veluti vi, eosdem capiunt, quos dein cetariis vendunt, a quibus, vicissim, in foris et tabernis a cetariis adventores emunt. Homines denique, qui in turbido piscari amant, apud cives suos non bene audiunt. Recensio. — Quid alunt et sustinent aqua?? — Aqua marina tan- turn? — Quo nomine designamus ea animalia, quas et in aqua et in arido solent vivere? — Ad quod genus animalium pertinet testudo? — Quod genus animal est ostrea? — Quod genus animal est phoca? — Memora quasdam magnas belluas marinas! — Describe piscem! — Memora aliquot volucres quas piscibus vescuntur! — Suntne omnes pisces esculenti? — Qui vocabantur antiquitus (anciently) ichthyo- phagi? — Memora nomina quorundam piscium, quos Romani in delitiis habueruntl — Qui pisces solent ut sdlgama (-orum, pickles in brine) condiri? — qui in oleo? — Quid existimamus esse crudele et inhuma- num? — Quibus rebus piscantur gulosi piscatores? — Piscatores autem pro qusestu (who practice it is a living)? — Quid de piscatori- bus in turbido? VOCABVLARIVM 32. Nna. Subst. amphibium, ii testa, x pellis, is, f. crustum, i testudo, inis, f. cancer, cri cammarus, i nepa (-as), as ostrea, a? familia, x musculus, i conchylium, ii concha, x pompa, x color, is, m. matrix, icis, f. margarita, x unio, nis, m. crocodilus, i hippopotamus, i phoca, x bellua, x cete, n. phys£ter, £ris, m. oleum, i "spermaceti" balaena, x carcharus, i delphinus, i tursio, nis, m. polypus, i frequentia, x piscis, is, m. pulmo, nis, m. branchiae, arum 461 pilus, i squamma, x pinna x gubernaculum, i cauda, x salum, i cibus, i ales, itis, f- alcedo, inis. f. larus, i fulica, x crus, ris, n. ardea, x ciconia, x pisciculus, i ichtyophagus, i vetustas, atis, f- tructa, x thynnus, i scomber, bri asellus, i perca, x salmo, nis, m- sard a, x saperda, x salsamentum, i salsugo, inis, f. acipenser, is, m. clupea, x turdus. i gula, x otium, ii captura, x piscatura, x victus, us quasstus, us lucrum, i piscator, is, m. hamus, i arundo, inis, f. esca, x dolus, i fraus, dis, f. rete, is, n. sagena, x everriculum, i vis, vim, vi, f. cetarius, ii forum, i civis, is, mf. turbidum, i Nna Adi. fluviatilis, e innumeri, x> a aquaticus, a, um multigenus, a. um corneus, a, um durus, a, um mollis, e uni versus, a, um testaceus, a, um molluscus, a, um calcarius, a, um crustaceus, a, um niloticus, a, um memorabilis, e immanis, e generalis, e ceratus, a, um mercatorius, a, um esculentus, a, um edibilis, e princeps, ipis palmipes, edis fabulosus, a, um gratus, a, um delicatus, a, um sapidus, a, um crudelis, e inhumanus, a, um innocuus, a, um iners, tis gulosus, a, um Verba. sustineo, 2 ui, tentum relinquo, 3 liqui, lictum includo, 3 si, sum vivo, 3 xi, ctum munio, 4 r. pertineo, 2 ui, — sono, 1 ui, itum invenio, 4 ni, turn accresco, 3 crevi, turn suppedito, 1 r. insignio, 4 r. adnumero, 1 r. no, nare, navi, — vestio, 4 r. verso, 1 r. migro, ' r. vindico, 1 r. invado, 3 si, sum condio, 4 r. edo, 3 edi, esum existimo, 1 r. occido, 3 di, sum exerceo, 2 cui, citum insidior, 1 atus sum piscor, 1 atus sum audio, 4 r. Adverbia pasne nunquam partim praesertim omnino loco aliquando prorsus saepe proinde porro libenter saltern fere fortasse inique vicissim Pr&positiones sine per ab, ex apud 462 1. Vaccae. 2. Taurus. 3. Vitulus. 4. Oves. 5. Equus. ANIMALIA TERRESTRIA. A, .NIMALIA quidem, sensu proprio, terrestria sunt omnia, quippe quae cuncta hunc terrarum orbem incolunt, arctiori tamen sensu ea tantum ita vocamus, quae aut in humana societate circa domos habi- tant, et ideo domestica appellantur, quod sunt manibus hominum as- sueta, 1 unde et "mansueta," et cicura vocantur; aut vero fera, et li- bera, quae in sylvis, aut montibus, in cavis, antris, lustris ac latibulis vitam agunt, atque foramfnibus, saepe abs se scalptis et effossis, eaque uno verbo fern nominantur. Domesticorum animalium quadrupedum maiora, uno verbo peco- 1. -sco, 3 suevi, turn, to get used to; -tus, a, um, used to hand, tame; -ur, is, tame; -us, a, um, wild; -er, a, um, free; -M 3 P s ^ ptum, to scratch; -do, or ~dio, 3 di, ssum, to dig out; I . , a wild animal. 463 ra, 2 minora, pecudes appellamus. Ad priora pertinent equi, asini, muli, item, cornfgera, nempe boves. Multi equi, asini et muli sunt grex; multi boves, sunt artnenturn. Utrumque genus pecorum vocatur iumen- ta, sive adiumenta laborum; nam utrumque adiuvat hominem labo- rando. Equus et equa progignunt 3 parvos equos et equas, sive pullos equinos, quos hinnulos vocamus a voce sua, quia equi hinniunt. Bos est animal cornutum; 4 mas vocatur taurus, foemina autem vacca, pulli vero, sive soboles, buculi, iuvencae, vel vituli. Hoc gene- re pecorum nihil homfnibus est utilius. Viva enim labores maxime ar- duos mira patientia perferunt, vili aluntur, lac, florem lactis, butyrum, caseumque ad victum nostrum suppeditant: mortua vero tergora sua nobis pnebent, quibus, sub nomine bubulcecarnis, vescimur, pelles autem in carium conversa, calceos, pluresque alias res nobis subministrant. Laborum patientissima iumenta sunt asini et muli. Sunt enim la- bores, ad quos perficiendos nee equi, nee boves valent, sunt etiam loca aliseque conditiones, quibus hi soli apprime 5 conveniunt. Ut equi hin- niunt, boves bovant et mugiunt, sic aselli rudunt, vel meant. 2. Pecus, oris, n., cattle; pecus, udis, f , the smaller house-animals, particularly the sheep; -asinus, i, an ass; II., a mule; corniger, a, urn, horn-bearing; bos.bovis, pi., boves, bourn, bobus (bubus), &c, m. and f., an ox, or a cow. — Grex, gregis, m., a flock; -urn, i, a drove. 3. -gno? genui, g'enitum, to beget, to bring forth; -us, i, or, -leus, i, a colt; -mo, r., to neigh, to whinny. 4. -us, a, urn, horny, having horns; II., a bull; I., a cow; II., a young bullock; a steer; II.. a calf. — -us, a, urn, alive, living; I , a patience; to endure; vilis, e, abl. vih (scil pretio), cheaply; lac, tis, n., milk; flos lactis, cream; -urn, i, butter; II., cheese; -to* r., to supply, to furnish; -us, a, urn, dead; -us, oris, n., a carcass; -eo* ui t Hum, to give, to hand over; II , (scil. caro, mis, flesh) beef; -urn, i, leather; -to, 3 ti, rsum, to turn into; II-, a shoe; -tro, 1 r., to put to our service. 5. Adv. most exactly; -mo* ni, ntum, to tally, to fit; boo, 1 r., or, bovo,boare, boavi, boatum, boo, boat, &c, boant, bovant, and mugio* r., to bellow, to roar, said of cattle, of storms, seas, also of men; rudo 3 ivi, Hum, properly, like onco* r., is said of an ass, whereas of a lion we say rugio,* r., even Roman authors confuse these two words. 464 Pecudum primae sunt oves, 6 hae quidem sunt foeminae, mares sunt arietes, aries autem castratus est veroex, pulli autem sunt agni, agnelli, et agnellse, quse balantes solent matres suas quaerere. Haec est pecus lanigera, qu« hominibus tarn carne sua ooilla, quam lana, unde no- stra vestes, tarn viva quam mortua multifariam se utilem praebet. Alterum genus pecudum sunt caprce, 1 quarum mares vocantur capri, sive hirci, animalia cornuta et barbata, quod hirci sub mento bar- bam, sive aruncum gerunt. Pulli horum sunt hoedi, hoeduli, atque ca- pellce. Summa utilitas horum est lac, atque pellis. Tertium genus pecudum sunt sues* quarum mares, si domestici, vocantur verves, si ferae, apri; foeminae autem sunt scrofoe, quarum pulli nomen ferunt porcorum, porcellorum, atque nefrendum. Genus hoc pecudum admodum sordidum et squdlidum existimatur, quod nee in eligendo cibo, nee in seligendo ad cubandum loco quidquam fastidiat. Qeterum, si vivum nihil homini prodest, tergus magno beneffcio ho- mini est. Vergora enim suum saginatarum suppeditant hominibus pin- guedinem, laridum, petasones atque pernas, suillamque tarn recentem, quam salitam atque fumatam, gratissimum cibum omnibus fere genti- 6. Ovis, is, f., a sheep; dries, etis, m., a ram; -tro, 1 r., to castrate; vervex, (ber- bex, verbex)', £cis, m., a wether, its meat, in English is called mutton, another Latin wor ' d; _ ii., II., a lamb, and its diminutive, in fern., I., -lo, x r., to bleet. — -ger, a urn, Una, x, wool + gero, to wear; -us, a, urn, adj. of ovis, flesh, meat of a sheep, as ag'nina is of lambs; vestis, is, f., clothes; adv., in many ways; utilis, e, f r . utor* usus sum, useful. 7. I., a she goat; -per, pri, a he goat; II., a buck; -us, a, urn, bearded, II., the beard of a goat; II., and dimin., a kid; I., a little she-goat. 8. Sus, suis, m. f., (subus, suibus), a hog, swine; -es, is, m., a boar; -per, pri, m ., a wild* boar; I., a sow; II., a pig; dimin., II., -frens, dis, an adj. , that cannot crack beans, little pigs, teethless, at the stage of being no more sucklings, then killed, roasted and served whole; both -us, a, urn, dirty, filthy; eligo, to choose, and seligo* legi, ctum, to select, pick out; -bo, 1 ui, Hum, to lie down; -dio* r., to feel loath, to be particular about food, or personal matters. — Sagino,* r., to fatten, by forced feeding; -do, inis, f., lard; -urn, i, bacon; -so, nis, m-, a shoulder (of a hog, as meat); I., a ham; I. pork; ■ens, Us, adj.', fresh; salio* r.» to salt; -mo} r., to smoke; -us, a, urn, pleasing, wel- come; seta, ce, a bristle, hair of hogs, as well as the mane and tail of horses, so also brushes made of them; -ro* rri, sum, to sweep, to brush; scopes, arum, a broom, parti- cularly of seta, bristles; the other kinds are genista, ce, and spartum, i. 465 bus; e setis autem penicilli pictorum, seteque ad verrendas vestes, atque scopse domibus verrendis apte fiunt. Nullum pecus domesticum est carnivorum; cuncta herbis vescun- tur, sive frugibus terras. /Estate greges et armenta in campos herbi- dos, 9 in colles et anfractus virentes, sive in pdscua dimittuntur, turn ad pascendum, turn ad quiescendum, ubi, post pasturam, iam herbis saturi, equi se in gramine volutare solent, boves vero in amnem aut stagnum ad potandum descendunt, in aqua autem genuum tenus stan- tes, delectantur, suamque voluptatem longo mugitu enuntiant. lllinc, denique ascendentes, perambulant pascuum, et umbroso sub arboribus loco reperto, boves decumbunt, conquiescunt, sorteque sua contenti, rumindntur. Aliud genus animalium terrestrium sunt ferze. Homo quoque animal est, sed rationis 10 compos; quod vero ani- mal rationis compos non est, vocatur animal brututn; omnia quidem bruta possunt et bestice appellari, verumtamen eo vocabulo prassertim bruta agrestia, sive fera, propter saevitiam et immanitatem ita appel- lamus. Bestir enim procul ab omni societate 11 curaque humana, instin- 9. -us, a, um, grassy; -urn, i, a grazing ground; -to,* si, ssum, to send forth; -tur, a, um, full, replenished; -en, inis, n., the grass, ground, -to, 1 r., to roll one's self; to, 1 r., to drink; genu, us, or u, the knee; -tas, talis, f., delight; -tio, x r., to express; •us, a, urn, shady; -bo, 3 cubui, Hum, to lie down; sors, Us, f., one's lot; -us, a, um, satisfied: -nor,* atus sum, to chew the cud. 10. -do, nis, f., reason; -pos, potts, to be in possession; -us, a, urn, raw, and, as a noun; -urn, i, an untrained, raw animal; I., an untamed animal; -is, e, ix^ager, field- animal, not domesticated; -tia,